The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
Annual Report of the Secretary of the Treasury on the State of the Finances For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1956 TREASURY DEPARTMENT DOCUMENT NO. 3203 Secretary U N I T E D STATES GOVERNMENT P R I N T I N G OFFICE, WASHINGTON For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing OfRce Washington 25, D. C. - Price 32.50 : 1957 CONTENTS Page Transmittal and statement by the Secretary of the Treasury REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 1 Summary of fiscal operations .. Budget receipts and expenditures , . Budget receipts in 1956 _. Estimates of receipts in 1957 and 1958 Budget expenditures in 1956 . ..' Estimates of expenditures in 1957 and 1958. _._ Trust account and other transactions Account of the Treasurer of the United States-_ Public debt operations and ownership of Federal securities Public debt operations . Ownership of Federal securities Corporations and certain other business-type activities of the Government. . . Securities owned by the United States. Government . Taxation developments.. . ... International financial and monetary developments 5 8 8 11 16 18 19 21 22 25 SO 35 37 37 50 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS Management improvement program . Comptroller of the Currency, Bureau of the Customs, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Bureau of Fiscal Service Internal Revenue Service ^ . International Finance, Office of Mint, Bureau ofthe Narcotics, Bureau of Production and Defense Lending, Office of United States Coast Guard United States Savings Bonds Division United States Secret Service ' . . ^ . 63 66 6985 93 121 129 131 134 137 140 157 159 EXHIBITS PUBLIC DEBT OPERATIONS Offerings and Allotments of Treasury Certificates of Indebtedness, Treasury Notes, and Treasury Bonds, and a Call for Redemption of Treasury Bonds 1. 2. 3. 4. Treasury certificates of indebtedness ^ . Treasury notes : Treasury bonds Call, May 14, 1956, for redemption on September 15, 1956, of 2 ^ percent Treasury bonds of 1956-59, dated September 15, 1936 167 173 177 180 Treasury bills 5. Tenders for Treasury bills invited and accepted 180 Guaranteed obligations calls 6. Calls for partial redemption, before maturity, of insurance fund debentures _ . _ _ . . . . . . . . _ _ . _ . _ _ . , _ _ ^ ^^_.^.^_., ^,^, 186 IV CONTENTS TAXATION DEVELOPMENTS Page 7. Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 14, 1956, before the House Committee on Ways and Means on the problem of financing the highway program 8. Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, May 17, 1956, before the Senate Finance Committee in general support of the highway program 9. Letter of Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, March 6, 1956, to the Chairman of the House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, concerning the opposition of the Treasury to the tax deduction under H. R. 9065 for employee contributions to the railroad retirement fund . 10. Letter of Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, AJ^arch 15, 1956, to the Chairman of the House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, urging the committee to act unfavorably on H. R. 9065 to amend the Railroad Retirement Act 11. Statement by Dan T. Smith, Special Assistant to the Secretary of the Treasury in Charge of Tax PoHcy, July 3, 1956, before the House Committee on Ways and Means, on H. R. 10578 and H. R. 11764 to amend the Railroad Retirement Act 12. Letter of Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, March 26, 1956, to the Chairman of the Senate Finance Committee on H. R. 7225 to provide important changes in the social security program 13. Statem.ent by Dan T. Smith, Special Assistant to the Secretary of the Treasury in Charge of Tax Policy, October 4, 1955, before the Subcommittee on Excise Tax Technical and Administrative Problenis of the House Committee on Ways and Means 14. Announcement by the Treasury Department of an agreement negotiated with the French Ministry of Finance and Econom.ic Affairs concerning the application of French turnover taxes to license fees received by American owners of patents, copyrights, etc., licensed for use in France (memorandum to the Press, February 14, 1956) 15. Miscellaneous revenue legislation enacted by the Eighty-fourth Congress, Second Session 190 192 197 197 198 200 201 .205 205 INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL AND MONETARY DEVELOPMENTS 16. Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, March 2, 1956, before the House Ways and Means Committee . 209 17. Letter of Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, July 27, 1956, to the Chairman of the House Ways and Means Committee on proposed legislation imposing a processing tax on certain watch movements.. 210 18. Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey as Governor for the United States, September 24, 1956, at the opening joint session of the Boards of Governors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund, Washington, D. C .. 210 19. Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess as Temporary Alternate Governor for the United States, September 26, 1956, at the discussion of the Annual Report of the International Monetary Fund . 212 20. Remarks by Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Overby as Temporary Alternate Governor for the United States, September 24, 1956, at the inaugural meeting of the Board of Governors of the Inter-^ national Finance Corporation, Washington, D. C '.-213 21. Statement by Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Overby as Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, June 22, 1956, before the Subcommittee on International Organizations and Movements of the House Foreign Affairs Committee 214 22. Extract from remarks by Assistant Secretary of the Treasury KendaH, . . March 7, 1956, at the International Trade Conference, Pittsburgh, Pa : ... 216 23. Press release, December 2, 1955, on the signing of a new Stabilization Agreement between the United States and Mexico^.^._^-^-^.,^^. 220 CONTENTS V Page 24. Press release, February 16, 1956, on the signing of an extension of the Stabilization Agreement between the United States and Peru 25. Press release, April 26, 1956, on the signing of an exchange agreement between the United States and Chile 220 220 ADDRESSES AND S ATEMENTS ON GENERAL FISCAL AND OTHER POLICIES 26. Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, November 17, 1955, before the American Petroleum Institute, San Francisco, Calif '. 221 27. Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, November 19, 1955, before the National Grange, Cleveland, Ohio 225 28. Excerpts from remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, December 7, 1955, before the Mercantile Trust Company, St. Louis, Mo 231 29. Extracts from remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 1, 1956, before the Junior Achievement Conference, Washington, D. C 231 30. Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 3, 1956, before the Joint Committee on the Economic Report 232 31. Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 22, 1956, upon receiving an award of the American Good Government Society, via telephone from New York, N. Y 233 32. Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 22, 1956, upon receiving a certificate of honorary membership in the Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, New York, N. Y ^..^_ 234 33. Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, April 17, 1956, before the House Post Office and Civil Service Committee 235 34. Letter and joint statements from Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey and Budget Director Brundage on budget receipts, expenditures, and estimates 236 35. Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, May 27, 1956, before members of the Press Club, Washington, D. C 240 36. Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, June 19, 1956, before the House Ways and Means Committee 245 37. Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, November 28, 1956, before the Subcommittee on Housing of the Senate Banking and Currency Committee • 245 38. Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, February 27, 1956, before the House Committee on Banking and Currency 246 39. Remarks by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, April 25, 1956, in presenting a medal to the American Newspaper Publishers Association, NewYork, N. Y . 247 40. Remarks by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, May 8, 1956, before the National Association of Mutual Savings Banks, Washington, D. C 248 41. Remarks by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, May 10, 1956, at Rutgers University, New Brunswick, N. J 250 42. Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, June 7, 1956, before the Subcommittee on Executive and Legislative Reorganization of the House Committee on Government Operations •. 252 43. Extract from remarks by Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Kendall, October 27, 1955, before the United States Customs Service, Detroit, Michigan > '... 254 44. Statement by General Counsel of the Treasury Scribner, June 20, 1956, before the Subcommittee on Government Information of the House Committee on Government Operations 255 ORGANIZATION AND PROCEDURE 45. Treasury Department orders relating to organization and procedure 257 VI CONTENTS REPORTING AND ACCOUNTING CHANGES Paere 46. Instructions governing the furnishing of information to the Treasury of estimated collections of foreign currencies and estimated needs of agencies for the currencies (Department Circular No. 967, August 24, 1955).. 47. Regulations relating to the submission of business-type financial statements by Government corporations and certain unincorporated agencies (Department Circular No. 966, January 30, 1956, and Supplement No. 1, June 1, 1956) 48. Regulations governing the handling of certificates of deposit for credit in the general account of the Treasurer of the United States (Department Circular No. 945, Supplement 1, May 3, 1955) 49. Regulations concerning certain procedures for the transition from funded checking accounts to accounts for cash transactions (Department Circular No. 945, Supplement 2, May 3, 1955) 50. Regulations concerning the establishment of a transfer between appropriations or other accounts including, where applicable, the funding of checking accounts for the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States (Department Circular ' No. 945, Supplement 3, May 19, 1955) 51. Regulations governing the fiscal year closing of the Treasury's central accounts for the Government cash operations (Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplements 4 and 5, March 13, and May 14,1956). 52. Regulations governing the disposition of cash gifts, donations, and contributions received by the Treasury Department (Department Circular No. 865, Second Revision April 27, 1956) 53. Compilation of general requirements in various existing regulations on the integration of Treasury-agency accounting data transmitted to departments and agencies on June 4, 1956 54. Statement relating to the preparation of the Combined Statement (Department Circular No. 965, Revised July 3, 1956) ..__ 272 273 275 284 288 290 292 293 297 MISCELLANEOUS 55. Regulations covering the purchase of surety bonds to cover civilian officers and employees and military personnel of the executive branch of the Government (Department Circular No. 969, Novem. ber 1, 1955) 56. Principal provisions of law relating to the acquisition and use of foreign currencies by the Uhited States Government since enactment of the basic control provisions contained in Section 1415 of the Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1953 57. Circular from Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, October 24, 1955, to heads of Treasury Department bureaus requesting additional economies 58. Letter of the Postmaster General to the Secretary of the Treasury certifying extraordinary expenditures contributing to the deficiencies of postal revenue for the fiscal year 1956 299 304 306 307 TABLES Bases of tables Description of accounts relating to cash operations 311 313 SUMMARY OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 1. Summary of fiscal operations, fiscal years 1932-56 and monthly 1956. 316 RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES 2. Receipts and expenditures, fiscal years 1789-1956 3. Budget receipts and expenditures, monthly for fiscal year 1956 and totals for 1955 and 1956 ._._ 4. Public enterprise (revolving) funds, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 5. Trust account and other transactions, monthly for the fiscal year 1956 and totals for 1955 and 1956 318 324 350 352 CONTENTS VII Page 6. Budget receipts and expenditures by major classifications, fiscal years 1949-56 7. Trust account and other transactions by major classifications, fiscal years 1948-56. 8. Budget receipts and expenditures, based on existing and proposed legislation, actual for the fiscal year 1956 and estimated for 1957 and 1958 . 9. Trust account and other transactions, actual for the fiscal year 1956 and estimated for 1957 and 1958 10. Effect of financial operations on the public debt, actual for the fiscal year 1956 and estimated for 1957 and 1958 11. Internal revenue collections by ta^ sources, fiscal years 1929-56 12. Customs collections and refunds, fiscal years 1955. and 1956 13. Postal receipts and expenditures, fiscal years 1911-56 14. Deposits by the Federal Reserve Banks representing interest charges on Federal Reserve notes, fiscal years 1947-56 15. Cash income and outgo, fiscal years 1948-56 364 367 369 372 373 374 380 381 382 383 PUBLIC DEBT. GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS, ETC. I.—Outstanding 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Principal of the public debt, 1790-1956 Public debt and guaranteed obligations outstanding June 30, 1934r-56_ Public debt outstandihg by security classes, June 30, 1946-56 Guaranteed obligations held outside the Treasury classified by issuing Government corporations and other business-type activities, June SO, 1946-56 Maturity distribution of marketable, interest-bearing public debt and guaranteed obligations, June 30, 1946-56 Summary of public debt and guaranteed obligations by security classes, June 30, 1956—-. . Description of public debt issues outstanding June 30, 1956 Description of guaranteed obligations held outside the Treasury, June 30, 1956 • ^ Postal Savings Systems' deposits and Federal Reserve notes outstanding June 30, 1946-56 Description of Postal Savings Systems' deposits and Federal Reserve notes outstanding June 30, 1956 . Statutory limitation on the public debt and guaranteed obligations, JuneSO, 1956 Debt outstanding subject to statutory debt limitation as of selected dates ., 391 393 394 396 397 398 399 414 416 417 418 419 II.—Operations 28. Public debt receipts and expenditures by security classes, monthly for fiscal year 1956 and totals for 1955 and 1956 . -._ 29. Changes in public debt issues, fiscal year 1956 1 30. Issues, maturities, and redemptions of interest-bearing public debt securities, excluding special issues, July 1955-June 1956 31. Public debt increases and decreases, and balances in the account of the Treasurer of the U. S., fiscal years 1916-56 _.. 32. Statutory debt retirements, fiscal years 1918-56 , 33. Cumulative sinking fund, fiscal years 1921-56 34. Transactions on account of the cumulative sinking fund, fiscal year 1956 420 428 447 466 467 468 468 III.—United States savings bonds and Treasury savings notes 35. Summary of sales and redemptions of savings bonds by series, fiscal years 1935-56 and monthly 1956 36. Sales and redemptions of Series E through K savings bonds by series, fiscal years 1941-56 and monthly 1956 469 470 VIII CONTENTS Page 37. Sales of Series E through K savings bonds by denominations, fiscal years 1941-56 a n d monthly 1956 38. Redemption of Series E through K savings bonds by denominations, fiscal, years 1941-56 and monthly 1 9 5 6 . . . 39. Sales of Series E a n d H savings bonds b y States, fiscal years 1955, 1956, a n d cumulative ... 40. Percent of savings bonds sold in each year redeemed through each yearly period thereafter, by denominations 41. Sales and redemptions of Treasurv savings notes, August 1941-June 1956 : 474 477 479 480 486 IV.—Interest 42. Amount of interest-bearing public debt outstanding, t h e computed annual interest charge, and t h e computed rate of interest, J u n e 30, 1916-56, a n d a t end of each m o n t h during 1956 43. C o m p u t e d annual interest rate a n d computed annual interest charge on the public debt by security classes, June SO, 1939-56 44. Interest pavable on t h e public debt b y security classes, fiscal years 1953-56.1 _^ 45. Interest paid on t h e public debt a n d guaranteed obligations, fiscal years 1940-56, classified b y t a x status . 487 488 490 491 V.—Prices a n d yields of securities 46. Average yields of long-term Treasury bonds b y months, J a n u a r y 1930-June 1956 . 47. Prices a n d yields of marketable public debt issues, June 30, 1955 a n d 1956, a n d price range since first t r a d e d . 492 494 VI.—Ownership of governmental securities 48. E s t i m a t e d ownership of interest-bearing governmental securities outstanding J u n e 30, 1941-56, classified by t y p e of issuer 49. E s t i m a t e d distribution of interest-bearing governmental securities outstanding J u n e 30, 1941-56, classified b y tax s t a t u s a n d t y p e of issuer 50. S u m m a r y of Treasury survey of ownership of interest-bearing public debt a n d guaranteed obligations, J u n e 30, 1955 a n d 1956 496 498 500 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES IN THE ACCOUNT OF] THE TREASURER OF T H E UNITED ^STATES 51. Assets a n d liabilities in t h e account of t h e Treasurer of t h e United States, J u n e 30, 1955land 1956 502 TRUST FUNDS AND CERTAIN OTHER ACCOUNTS OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT 52. Holdings of Federal securities b y Government agencies a n d accounts, a t p a r value, J u n e 30, 1946-56 . 53. A d j u s t e d service certificate fund, J u n e 30, 1956 54. Ainsworth Library fund, Walter Reed General Hospital, J u n e 30, 1956 55. Civil service retirement a n d disability fund, J u n e 30, 1956 56. District of Columbia teachers' retirement a n d a n n u i t y fund, J u n e 30, 1956 57. District of Columbia funds—Investments as of June SO, 1956 58. Relief a n d rehabilitation. Workmen's Compensation Act, within t h e District of Columbia, J u n e SO, 1956 . 59. Federal old-age a n d survivors insurance t r u s t fund, J u n e 30, 1956_60. Foreign service retirement a n d disability fund, J u n e 30, 1956 61. Library of Congress t r u s t funds, J u n e 30, 1956 62. Relief a n d rehabilitation. Longshoremen's a n d H a r b o r Workers' Compensation Act, J u n e 30, 1956 .. .^.,..,,,,. ^ 504 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 517 CONTENTS 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. National Archives trust fund, June 30, 1956 National park trust fund, June 30, 1956 National service life insurance fund, June 30, 1956 ' Pershing HaH Memorial fund, June 30, 1956 _. Public Health Service gift funds, JuneSO, 1956 Railroad retirement account, June 30, 1956 Unemployment trust fund, June 30, 1956 U. S. Government life insurance fund, June 30, 1956 . U. S. Naval Academy general gift fund, June 30, 1956 Payment of pre-1934 bonds of the Philippines, June SO, 1956.. Status of the loan program under the Refugee Relief Act of 1953, through June 30, 1956 . 74. Status of Colorado River Dam fund, Boulder Canyon Project, by operating years ending May 31, 1933 through 1956 IX Page 518 518 519 520 520 521 522 527 528 528 529 530 SECURITIES OWNED BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 75. Securities owned by the United States Government (other than World War I and World War II foreign government obligations), June 30, 1956, and changes during 1956 531 STOCK AND CIRCULATION OF MONEY IN THE UNITED STATES 76. Stock of money, money in the Treasury, in the Federal Reserve Banks, and in circulation, by kinds, June 30, 1956 77. Stock of money, money in the Treasury, in the Federal Reserve Banks, and in circulation, June 30, 1913-56. 78. Stock of money, by kinds, June SO, 1913-56 79. Money in circulation, by kinds, June 30, .1913-56.. -. 80. Location of gold, silver bullion at monetary value, and coin held by the Treasury on June 30, 1956 81. Paper currency issued and redeemed during the fiscal year 1956, and outstanding June SO, 1956, by classes and denominations . 538 540 542 543 544 544 CUSTOMS STATISTICS 82. Summary of customs collections and expenditures^ fiscal year 1956. _ 83. Customs collections and payments, by districts, fiscal year 1956 84. Value of dutiable and taxable imports for consumption and estimated duties and taxes collected by tariff schedules, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 -_ 85. Value of dutiable imports and amounts of duties collected at specific, ad valorem, and compound rates, fiscal years 1941-56 __. 86. Estimated customs duties, value of imports entered for consumption, and ratio of duties to value of dutiable imports and to value of all imports, calendar years 1945-55 and monthly January 1955June 1956 87. Estimated customs duties, value of dutiable imports, and ratio of estimated duties to value of dutiable imports, by tariff schedules, calendar years 1945-55 and monthly January 1955-June 1956 88. Value of dutiable imports for consumption and estimated duties collected by countries, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 89. Merchandise entries by number, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 90. Vehicles and persons entering the United States by number, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 -_-_ .91. Aircraft and aircraft passengers entering the United States by number, fiscal years 1955 and 1956.. 92. Drawback transactions, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 93. Principal commodities on which drawback was paid, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 94. Seizures for violations of customs laws, fiscal years 1955 and 1956_» 95. Seizures for violations of customs laws, classified according to agencies participating, fiscal year 1956 96. Investigative and patrol activities, fiscal years 1955 and 1956__ 545 546 548 549 550 551 555 556 557 557 558 558 559 560 560 X CONTENTS FEDERAL AID TO STATES Page 97. Expenditures for Federal aid to States, individuals, etc., fiscal years 1930, 1940, 1950, and 1956 _! 98. Expenditures made by the Government as direct payments to States under cooperative arrangements and expenditures within States which provided relief and other aid, fiscal year 1956 561 568 GOVERNMENT LOSSES IN SHIPMENT 99. Government losses in shipment revolving fund 583 INTERNATIONAL CLAIMS 100. Mexican claims fund as of June SO, 1956 101. Awards ofthe Mixed Claims Commission, United States and Germany, certified to the Secretary of the Treasury by the Secretary of State, through June 30, 1956 . 5.85 586 GOLD AND CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS AND FOREIGN GOLD AND DOLLAR HOLDINGS 102. United States net gold transactions with foreign countries and international institutions, fiscal years 1952-56 103. Estimated gold reserves and dollar holdings of foreign countries as of June 30, 1955 and 1956 _._.i 104. Assets and liabilities of the exchange stabilization fund as of June 30, 1955 and 1956. . .^ .. 105. Summary of receipts, withdrawals, and balances of foreign currencies acquired by the United States, principally under intergovernmental agreements, without purchase with dollars, fiscal year 1956. 106. Receipts, withdrawals, and balances of foreign currencies acquired by the United States, principally under intergovernmental agreements, without purchase with dollars, by type of currency and disposition, fiscal year 1956 107. Receipts, withdrawals, and balances of foreign currencies acquired by the United States, principally under intergovernmental agreements, without purchase with dollars, by source and disposition of currency, fiscal year 1956 : 588 589 591 593 594 600 INDEBTEDNESS OF FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS 108. Indebtedness of foreign governments to the United States arising from World War I, and payments thereon as of June 30, 1956 109. World War I indebtedness of Germany to the United States and amounts paid and not paid as of June 30, 1956 110. Summary of amounts billed, collected, and balances due the United States under lend-lease and surplus property agreements (World War II) as of June SO, 1956_-,_. . 111. Outstanding indebtedness of foreign countries on United States Government credits as of June 30, 1956, by area, country, and type 604 605 606 609 CORPORATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER BUSINESS-TYPE ACTIVITIES OF T H E UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 112. Borrowing power and outstanding issues of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities whose obligations are guaranteed by the United States or issued to the Secretary of the Treasury, June 30, 1956 113. Comparative statement of obligations of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities held by the Treasury, JuneSO, 1946-56 ------114. Description of obligations of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities held by the Treasury, June 30, 1956. 115. Change in Treasury holdings of obligations of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities, fiscal year 19,56-_ 611 613 614 618 CONTENTS XI Page 116. Comparative statements of the assets, liabilities, and capital of ks^a &^k Government corporations and certain other business-type activities. . JuneSO, 1947-56 . 1 620 117. Statements of financial condition of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities, June SO, 1956 .-622 118. Income and expense of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities, fiscal year 1956 660 119. Source and application of funds of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities, fiscal year 1956 690 120. Restoration of amounts of capital impairment of the Commodity Credit Corporation through June SO, 1956 : 721 121. Reconstruction Finance Corporation notes canceled and cash recoveries made through June 30, 1956. ^ 722 122. Dividends, interest, and similar payments received by the Treasury from Government corporations and certain other business-type activities, fiscal year 1956 723 PERSONNEL 123. Number of employees in the departmental and field. services of the Treasury Department quarterly from June 30, 1955, to June SO, 1956 .: ____:_....._-_l' INDEX . . . 724 725 NOTE In tables where figures have been rounded to a specified unit and where calculations have been made from unrounded figures, the details may not check to the totals shown. \ SECRETARY, UNDER SECRETARIES, AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES OF THE TREASURY DEPARTMENT FROM JANUARY 21, 1953, TO NOVEMBER 15, 1956 i Term of service From Official To Secretary of the Treasury George M. Humphrey, Ohio. Jan. 21,1953 Under Secretaries 2 Jan. 28, 1953 Aug. Si 1954 -Aug. 3, 1955 July 31, 1955 Jan. 21, 1953 Aug. 2, 1954 Jan. 31, 1956 Marion B. Folsom, New York. W. Randolph Burgess, Maryland. H. Chapman Rose, Ohio. Deputy to ihe Secretary W. Randolph Burgess, New York. Assistant Secretaries 2 Jan. Jan. Sept Aug. 24, 28, 20, 3, 1952 1953 1954 1955 Aug. 2, 1955 Andrew N. Overby, District of Columbia. H. Chapman Rose, Ohio. Laurence B. Robbins, Illinois. David W. Kendall, Michigan. Fiscal Assistant Secretaries Mar. 16, 1945 June 19. 1955 June 17, 1955 Edward F. Bartelt, Ihinois. William T. Heffelfinger, District of Columbia. Administrative Assistant Secretary Aug. 2, 1950 William W. Parsons, California. 1 For officials from September 11,1789, through January 20,1953, see exhibit 55, p. 314, in the 1953 annual report. 2 The positions of an additional Under Secretary and an additional Assistant Secretary were established under the provisions of Public Law 516, 83d Congress, approved July 22,1954. PRINCIPAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND STAFlF OFFICERS OF THE TREASURY DEPARTMENT AS OF NOVEMBER 15, 1956 SECRETARY GEORGE, M. H U M P H R E Y W. Randolph Burgess Andrew N. Overby Laurence B. Robbins Harold T. Mason Robert C. Maxwell William T. Heffelfinger Martin L. Moore Hampton A. Rabon, Jr Boyd A. Evans Frank F . Dietrich George F . Stickney George B. Kneass . Frank A. Southard, Jr Vacancy ., David W. Kendall James P. Hendrick John D. Lathem Undersecretary. Assistant Secretary. ___ Assistant Secretary. Assistant to the Assistant Secretary. Assistant to the Assistant Secretary. Fiscal Assistant Secretary. Assistant to the liscal Assistant Secretary. Technical Assistant to the Fiscal Assistant Secretary. ___ _ Technical Assistant to the Fiscal Assistant Secretary. Technical Assistant to the Fiscal Assistant Secretary. Head, Fiscal Service Operations and Methods Staff. Assistant to the Secretary. Special Assistant to the Secretary. Under Secretary. Assistant Secretary. Assistant to the Secretary. Technical Assistant to the Secretary for Enforcement (Acting). Robert D. Hartshomc, Jr.. Assistant to the Assistant Secretary. Elmer T. Acken _.. Assistant to the Assistant Secretary. Captain Q. R. Walsh, U. S. C. G Aide to the Assistant Secretary. William W. Parsons _. Administrative Assistant Secretary. Paul McDonald Director of Administrative Services. John D. Larson Assistant Director of Administrative Services. Willard L. Johnson Budget Officer. Howard M. Nelson Assistant Budget Officer. S.T.Adams Director of Personnel. Nils A. Lennartson '. Assistant to the Secretary (for public affairs). John .P. Weitzel Assistant to the Under Secretary. Fred C. Scribner, Jr ___ General Counsel. Francis J. Gafford Assistant to the Secretary and Personnel Security Officer. Dan Throop Smith.: Special Assistant to the Secretary. ^ Russell E. Train ._ Assistant to the Secretary and Head, Legal Advisory Staff. Douglas H. Eldridge Chief, Tax Division, Analysis Staff (Acting). Robert P . Mayo Chief, Debt Division, Analysis Stafl. Fred C. Scribner, Jr Elting Arnold John K. Carlock Charles R. McNeill. John Potts Barnes Russell E. Train Raphael Sherfy.__ Frederick C. Lusk-_ Edward C. Rustigan. Hugo A. R a n t a . . . Lawrence Linville.._ Kenneth S. Harrison Trevor V. Roberts . Robert Chambers Edwin F . R a i n s . . . John Potts Barnes Elting Arnold Alfred L. Tennyson Thomas J. Winston, Jr George F . Reeves OFFICE OF T H E GENERAL COUNSEL General Counsel. Assistant General Counsel. Assistant General Counsel. Assistant General Counsel. Assistant General Coimsel. _._ _ Head, Legal Advisory Stafl (Assistant to the Secretary). Associate Head, Legal Advisory Stafl. Assistant Head, Legal Advisory Stafl. __ Assistant Head, Legal Advisory Stafl. Assistant to the General Counsel. _ _ Special Assistant to the General Counsel. Chief Counsel, U. S. Coast Guard. Chief Counsel, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. 1 Chief Counsel, Bureau of Customs. Chief Counsel, Foreign Assets Control. Chief Counsel, Internal Revenue Service. Chief Counsel, Office of Intemational Finance. Chief Counsel, Bureau of Narcotics. Chief Counsel, Bureau of the Public Debt. Chief Counsel to the Fiscal Assistant Secretary. OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCE George H. Willis _ Director. Charles Dillon Glendinning Deputy Director and Secretary, National Advisory Council. Elting Arnold Acting Director, Foreign Assets Control. OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY Ray M. Gidney L. A. Jennings W.M.Taylor G. W. Garwood H. S. Haggard. ^ Comptroller of the Currency. First Deputy Comptroller ofthe Currency. .._ Second Deputy Comptroller of the Currency. Third Deputy Comptroller ofthe Currency. Chief National Bank Examiner. XIII XrV PRINCIPAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND STAFF OFFICERS BUREAU OF CUSTOMS Commissioner of Customs. Assistant Commissioiier of Customs. Special Assistant to the Commissioner. Deputy Commissioner of Appraisement Administration. Deputy Commissioner of Investigations. . . . Deputy Commissioner of Management and Controls. Chief, Division of Entry, Value and Penalties. Chief, Division of Classification and Drawbacks. . . . . Chief, Division of Marine Administration. .: Chief, Division'of.Technical Services. Ralph Kelly...David B. Strubinger Vacancy WalterG. Roy " C. A. Emerick Lawton M. King B . H . Flinn W. E. Higman J, W. Gulick George Vlases, Jr ' Henry J. Holtzclaw BUREAU OF ENGRAVING AND P R I N T I N G ,. Director, Bureau of Engraving and Printing. BUREAU OF ACCOUNTS (IN T H E FISCAL SERVICE) Robert W. Maxwell-J Commissioner of Accounts. Gilbert L. Cake Associate Commissioner. Harold R. Gearhart Deputy Commissioner—Central Accounts. Sidney S. Sokol Deputy Commissioner—Accounting Systems. Samuel J. Elson ._ Deputy Commissioner—Central Reports. Edmund C. Nussear. Deputy Commissioner—Deposits and Investments. Wallace E, Barker, Jr Assistant Commissioner for Administration. Harold A. Ball Chief Auditor. Julian F. Cannon Chief Disbursing Officer. Charles 0 . Bryant Assistant Chief Disbursing Officer. Maurace E. Roebuck Assistant Chief Disbursing Officer. George Friedman Technical Assistant to the Commissioner. Stephen P. Gerardi Executive Assistant to the Commissioner. BUREAU OF T H E PUBLIC D E B T (IN T H E FISCAL SERVICE) Edwin L. Kilby Commissioner of the Public Debt. Donald M. Merritt . Assistant Commissioner. Ross A. Heffelfinger, Jr Deputy Commissioner in.Charge, Washington Office. Charles D, Peyton Deputy Commissioner in Charge, Chicago Office. OFFICE OF T H E TREASURER OF T H E U N I T E D STATES (IN T H E FISCAL SERVICE) Ivy Baker Priest Treasurer ofthe United States. Edmund Doolan Deputy and Acting Treasurer. William T. Howell _ Assistant Deputy Treasurer. Russell C. Harrington 0. Gordon Delk Gray W. Hume, Jr Harry J. Trainor Clifford W. Stowe Richard W. Nelson Justin F. Winkle Leo Speer John Potts Barnes George C. Lea William H. Brett Leland Howard Harry J. Anslinger George W. Cunningham... Hem-y L. Giordano... I N T E R N A L REVENUE SERVICE Commissioner of Internal Revenue. Deputy Commissioner. Acting Assistant Commissioner (Admmistration). . Assistant Commissioner (Inspection). _ Assistant Commissioner (Operations). ^ Assistant to the Commissioner. Assistant Commissioner (Technical). Technical Advisor to the Commissioner. _ Chief Counsel. Director of Practice. BUREAU OF T H E M I N T :. Director of the Mint. Assistant Director. BUREAU OF NARCOTICS Commissioner of Narcotics. Deputy Commissioner. Assistant Deputy Commissioner. OFFICE OF PRODUCTION AND D E F E N S E L E N D I N G Lam*ence B. Bobbins. -Assistant Secretary ofthe Treasury. Matthias W. Knarr Secretary of Federal Facilities Corporation and Reconstruction Finance Corporation (liquidating). Milnor 0 . HoeLDirector of Loans, Defense Lending Division. U N I T E D STATES COAST GUARD Vice Admiral Alfred C. Richmond Commandant, U. S. Coast Guard. Rear Admiral James A. Hu'shfield Assistant Commandant and Chief of Staff. Captain Stephen H. Evans Deputy Chief of Staff. Rear Admu-al Kenneth K. Cowart Engineer in Chief. Rear Admiral Henry T. Jewell Chief, Office of Merchant Marine Safety. Rear Admiral Frank T. Keimer Chief, Office of Operations. Rear Admiral William W. Kermer... Chief, Office of Personnel. Captain Charles B. Arrington Comptroller. PRINCIPAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND STAFF OFFICERS U N I T E D STATES SAVINGS BONDS DIVISION National Director. Assistant National Director. Assistant to the National Director. ._:.' .* Assistant to the National Director. John R. Buckley Bill McDonald James J. Newman Arthur B. Hill U. E. Baughman Russell Daniel E. A. W i l d y . . . . . . . Harry E. Neal.. George W. Taylor . U N I T E D STATES SECRET SERVICE Chief, U. S. Secret Service. Assistant Chief—Investigations. Assistant Chief—Security. . Assistant Chief—Administration. Administrative Officer. TREASURY MANACIEMENT C O M M I T T E E William W. Parsons Chairman. Gilbert L. Cake Member. John K. Carlock Member. George W. Cunningham Member. O. Gordon Delk Member. Captain Stephen H. Evans, U. S. C. G Member. Ross A. Heffelfinger, Jr Member. William T. Heffelfinger Member. Leland Howard Member. William T. Howell Member. L. A. Jennings Member. Harold T. Mason Member. Bill McDonald Member. Harry E. Neal J Member. David B. Strubinger ._ Member. Frank G. Uhler . Member. TREASURY AWARDS C O M M I T T E E James H. Stover Chairman. S. T. Adams Vice Chairman. John K. Carlock Member. O. Gordon Delk _• Member. Captain Stephen H. Evans, U. S. C. G Member. Leland Howard Member. Willard L. Johnson Member. Lawton M. King Member. John D. Lathem _ Member. Martin L. Moore.-Member. Frank G. Uhler Member. WAGE BOARD - Chairman. Member. , Member. S. T. Adams William T. Heffelfinger Willard L. Johnson Ivy Baker Priest I N T E R D E P A R T M E N T A L SAVINGS BOND C O M M I T T E E i Chairman. E M P L O Y M E N T POLICY OFFICER Willard E. Scott. XV •ORGANIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY* November 30.1956 '"-?^i'-'t...^^lrt--yr UMOCR SeCftCTMY UNOEB SECRETAHY -c: >*n ASST TO THE IXlZZHIk^cf-:- '^7-r==r7 rrrr; r--\' Wlici ot Bud4i< FOptrofhtg \ Office of Production and Defense Le;»ding U.S. Sovin9s Bonds Division Office of the ComptroUer of the Carrfincy Internol Revenue Service Office of the Treosurer ofthiUS. Bureou of ttte Public Debt Bureou of Accounts Bureau of Engroving and Printing U.S. Coost Guord Bureou of ine Mini US. Secret Service Bureauof Customs BuNouol Norcetics CHART 1. • 1 The General Counsel serves as legal advisor to the Secretary, his associates, and heads of bureaus. . r r o ^ *n ^ -o ^r/-. of«rr,o -n^^-oo,, nf TMar/.nf,v<= 2 The Technical Assistant for Enforcement coordinates enforcement activities of the U. S. Secret Service, U. S. Coast Guard, Bureau of Customs, Bureau of Narcotics, and Internal Revenue Service. ANNUAL REPORT ON THE FINANCES TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, D. C , January 31, 1957. S I R S : I have the honor to report to you on the finances of the Federal Government for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1956. A balanced Federal budget—a major goalof the Eisenhower Administration—is now a reality. The Government not only lived within its income in fiscal 1956 but there was better than a $ 1 ^ billion budget surplus for debt reduction. Another balanced budget and further surplus are in prospect for the current fiscal year and again for fiscal 1958. Their attainment will mean three surpluses in a row—for the first time in more than 20 years. This accomplishment was matched by monetary policies designed and executed to help keep credit expansion within sustainable limits. Americans are enjoying high peacetime prosperity. We have record high employment, high wages, and high productipn. I t represents true prosperity—for there has been little change in the cost of living during the past four years. The exceptional vigor of our economy, however, points to the need for continuing self discipline and national restraint. With the economy operating at a very high rate and with shortages of materials and manpower in many areas, we cannot do all the things we would hke to do as fast as we would like to do them without running the risk of serious price inflation. On the fiscal front, we must continue to try to reduce Federal spending and keep the budget in balance. Modest surpluses are appropriately used for debt reduction. Important as further tax reduction is, it should wait until the time when we can look ahead and see a sufficient surplus of Government income over spending to pay for a tax cut fairly spread among all our people. In this way we can best maintain the fiscal integrity of our country and help assure the continued soundness of our currency. A full report on the Treasury's operations during the 1956 fiscal year follows. G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary oj the Treasury. To To THE THE PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE. SPEAKER OF THE H O U S E OF REPRESENTATIVES. 1 399346—57 2 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS Summary of Fiscal Operations A balanced budget, with a surplus of $1.6 billion, was achieved in the fiscal year 1956. Both net budget receipts of $68.2 billion and expenditures of $66.5 billion were somewhat higher than first anticipated, as was the surplus. The surplus, combined with a rise in the balance in the accouht of the Treasurer of the United States and an excess of receipts in trust account and other transactions, resulted in a decrease in the public debt pf $1.6 billion. The Treasurer's balance on June 30, 1956, amounted to $6.5 billion, The public debt outstanding stood at $272.8 billion compared with $274.4 billion a year earlier. Net receipts in 1956 were $7.8 billion larger than in 1955 and $3.3 billion above those in 1953, the highest previous record. Expenditures were $2.0 billion higher than in 1955, but $7.7 billion below those in fiscal 1953, the largest previous expenditures in the postwar period. Budget results and the change in the public debt are summarized for the fiscal years 1955^ and 1956 in the following table. Budget results: / Net receipts. _. Expenditures.. Budget deficit, or surplus (—)licss: Account of the Treasurer of the United States, increase In balance, or decrease (—) _._ _ _ Trust account and other transactions, excess of receipts (-)i Equals: Public debt increase, or decrease (—). *Less than $50 million. 1 Includes net trust account transactions, etc.; net investment by Government agencies in public debt securities; net sales or redemptions of obligations of Government agencies in the market; changes in clearing and other accounts necessary to reconcile to Treasury cash; and changes in amount of cash held outside the Treasury. Balanced budgets for the fiscal years 1957 and 1958 also are estimated. In the 1958 budget, net budget receipts are estimated at $70.6 billion for 1957 and $73.6 billion for 1958; expenditures in 1957 and 1958 are estimated at $68.9 billion and $71.8 billion. A summary of receipts and expenditures for the fiscal years 1956, 1957, and 1958 5 6 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY is contained in the following section. Table 8 shows budget receipts and expenditures, actual for the fiscal year 1956 and estimated for the fiscal years 1957 and 1958 on the basis of existing and proposed legislation, and table 10 shows the effect of financial operations on the public debt. THE BUDGET. C H A R T 2. In his message dated January 16, 1956, transmitting the 1957 budget, the President stated that it continued ^'the policy of the two previous budgets I sent to the Congress, in which I emphasized the importance of actions to eliminate excessive accumulations of unexpended balances, which so frequently invite comiriitihehts leading to unnecessary future expenditures.^' Unexpended balances include not only the appropriations by the Congress permitting Government agencies to incur financial obligations, but also authorizations to enter into contracts prior to enactment of appropriations, and authorizations to make expenditures from borrowed money. The progress in reducing these balances is REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 7 evident from the following table. It shows a decline in unexpended balances of appropriations from $80.2 billion on June 30, 1953, to $50.6 billion on June 30, 1956. Total unexpended balances, including all types of authorizations, declined from $102.8 billion on June 30, 1953, to $72.9 billion on June 30, 1956. Unexpended balances brought forward From appro.Total, priated funds, including including other revolving authorizations funds JuneSO— In billions of dollars 1953--.— 1954 1955 1956 - _- - - ---— 80.2 70.6 57.6 50.6 102:8 94 2 79.6 72 9 As in the fiscal year 1955, there was in 1956 a wn:de disparity between receipts in the first half of the year and in the second. There were, however, substantial differences in amounts of the deficits in the first half and. the surpluses in the second, as is shown in the table which follows. The first half-year deficits in both years necessitated the usual Treasury borrowing program. In each year, only 37 percent of receipts came in during July- \ December and 63 percent during January-June. The disparity is still due in part to the completion in 1955 of the 5-year schedule initiated by the llevenue Act of 1950 to speed up the timing of corporate tax payments to relate them more closely to receipts of income. Under this arrangement, calendar year corporations had paid all of their 1954 tax liabilities in the January-June period of 1955. Beginning with; the fiscal year 1956, a new 5-year schedule provided by the 1954 Code progressively redistributes within each fiscal year substantial amounts of corporate tax payments. C Thus the calendar year corporations to which the schedule applies were required to pay 5 percent of the estimated tax on 1955 tax liabilities in September 1955, 5 percent iin December 1955, and 45 percent each in March and June 1956. While this redistribution as it proceeds wiir tend to initigate the seasonal borrowing problem of the Treasury, there still remain larger receipts from individual income taxpayers and other sources during January-June than during July-December. • 8 1956 EEPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TEEASURY 1955 Net budget receipts Period 1966 Net budget expenditures Budget surplus, or deficit ( - ) Net budget receipts Net budget expenditures Budget surplus, or deficit ( - ) In billions of dollars July-September October-December . . Total first half January-M arch April-June Total second half Total fisca lyear . 13.0 12.2 16.9 16.2 -3.9 —3.9 3L6 -4.9 -4.4 -9.3 25.2 33.1 —7.9 15.7 17.3 4.2 LO 22.2 20.7 15.6 17.8 6.6 2.9 33.0 5.1 42.9 33.4 9.5 64.6 -4.2 68.2 66.5 1.6 11.7 10.6 16.6 15.0 22.3 19.8 18.3 38.1 60.4 BUDGET RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES BUDGET RECEIPTS IN 1956 Net budget receipts in the fiscal year 1956 amounted to $68.2 billion and thus surpassed the revenues of any past year. Previously the fiscal year 1953 total of $64.8 billion had been the largest amount collected. The 1956 receipts were $7.8 billion greater than receipts in the previous fiscal year. A comparison of receipts, by major sources, in the two years is shown in the following table. [In billions of dollars] Source 1955 Increase 1956 Amount Internal revenue: Individual income taxes _— Corporation income taxes Excise taxes _ _ Employment taxes Estate and gift taxes Internal revenue not otherwise classified . 3L7 18.3 9.2 6.2 (*) 35.3 2L3 10.0 7.3 1.2 3.73.0 Ll .2 (*) (*) Percent n.6 16.6 17.3 25.1 Total internal revenue. Customs __ Miscellaneous receipts 66.3 .6 2.6 75.1 .7 3.0 13.3 16.2 17.5 Gross budget receipts _. Deduct: k^i Transfer to Federal old-age and survivors insurance trustfund f; .Transfer to railroad retirement accoimt . Refunds of receipts E\ ! Net budget receipts... 69.5 78.8 13.5 5.0 .6 3.4 6.3 .6 3.7 60.4 (*) .3 25.7 5.9 7.5 7.8 12.9 L3 •Less than $50 million. All major revenue sources showed substantial increases for 1956, reflecting a general rise in incomes, production, and business activity. REVIEV^ OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 9 Individual income taxes.—Receipts from individual income taxes amounted to $35,334 miUion in 1956. This is an increase of $3,684 million over 1955 receipts of $31,650 million. A substantial rise in personal incomes was responsible for the rise in receipts. Corporation income taxes.—Corporation profits in the calendar year 1955 were much greater than 1954 profits. The rise in receipts in the fiscal year 1956 of $3,034 million reflected this increase but not completely. Receipts in 1956 did not benefit from the year-to-year acceleration of corporation installment payments under the Revenue Act of 1950 which increased receipts in the 1951-55 period. ^A continued advance in installment payments occurred in 1956 through the declaration and payments of estimated tax required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 but the net increase in fiscal year receipts is small since the payments of most corporations are merely advanced to an earlier part of the fiscal year. A second factor reducing the rise in 1956 receipts was the virtual absence of any coUections from the excess profits tax of 1950 which was terminated on December 31, 1953. Some revenue from this source was received in 1955. Excise taxes.—Receipts from this source, by major groups, are listed in the table which follows. [In millions of dollars] Source 1955 1956 Increase, or decrease (—) Amount Alcohol taxes . Tobacco taxes.. __ Taxes on documents, other instruments, and playing cards Manufacturers' excise taxes. Retailers'excise taxes 1 _. Miscellaneous excise taxes Total Undistributed depositary receipts and unclassified advance payments of excise taxes Total excise taxes Percent 2,743 1,571 2,921 1,613 178 42 6.5 2.7 112 r 2,885 292 »• 1, 493 115 3,456 322 1,608 3 571 30 116 2.6 19.8 10.2 7.8 9,096 10,035 940 115 -31 -146 9,211 10,004 794 10.3 0) 8.6 »• Revised. 1 The amount of decrease was so large that a percentage comparison is inappropriate. All major excise tax categories contributed to the increase of $794 million in excise tax receipts in 1956 but more than half of the rise was accounted for by the manufacturers^ excise tax group. Every tax in this group with one minor exception showed an increase in 1956 For some taxes the relative increases were very large, but more than half of the absolute increase was provided by the tax on passenger automobUes which rose $329 mUlion, 10 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Receipts from alcohol taxes increased $178 mUlion. Collections of all principal taxes, those on distilled spirits, wines, and beer, were larger in 1956. The increase in tobacco taxes is attributable to higher receipts from the tax on small cigarettes since collections from cigars and manufactured tobacco dropped by small amounts. The increase in collections from smaU cigarettes resumed the year-toyear rise characteristic of this tax which had been interrupted in 1954 and 1955. The increase in the miscellaneous excise tax group was principally attributable to larger collections from communication taxes and the tax on transportation of property. Employment taxes.—Receipts from the various employment taxes are shown in the following table. [In millions of dollars] Source 1955 1956 Increase, or decrease (—) Amount Federal Insurance Contributions Act and Self-Employment Contributions Act Railroad Retirement Tax Act Federal Unemployrhent Tax Act -_. Total employment taxes _. -__ Deduct: Transfer to Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund- ._ Transfer to railroad retirement account.-. Net employment taxes. _. Percent 5,340 600 280 6,337 634 325 997 34 45 18.7 5.7 16.0 6,220 7,296 1,076 17.3 5,040 599 6,337 634 1,297 35 25.7 5.9 681 325 -256 —44.1 Increased receipts in the fiscal year 1956 from the Federal Insurance Contributions Act, Self-Employment Contributions Act, and the Railroad Retirement Tax Act reflected increased wages. In addition the first two were augmented by an increase in coverage and an increase in the maximum amounts taxable from $3,600 to $4,200 a year. Most of the increase in receipts from the Unemployment Tax Act resulted from the elimination of quarterly installment payments and a consequent bunching of receipts in 1956. Estate and gift taxes.—Receipts from estate and gift taxes were $1,171 mUlion in 1956. This was the first year in which receipts from these taxes exceeded one bUlion dollars. The percentage increase in 1956, 25.1 percent, was the largest for any major tax classification. The substantial rise in 1956 reflected a sharp rise in property values. REVIEW 0$" fISCAL Of>ERATION^ 11 Customs.—Customs duties receipts rose from $606 million in 1955 to $705 million in 1956 as a result of the increase in general business activity. The collections were the largest in history, exceeding the^ previous record in 1951. Miscellaneous receipts.—Receipts from miscellaneous sources of income in the fiscal year 1956 totaled $3,006 million, $447 million more than in the previous year. The largest increase occurred in receipts from sales of Government property and products. Refunds of receipts.—Refunds of receipts amounted to $3,684 million in 1956, an increase of $258 mUlion over 1955. Refunds of overprepayments of individual income taxes was the only tax refund source showing a significant increase. ESTIMATES OF RECEIPTS IN 1957 AND 1958 The Secretary of the Treasury is required each year to prepare and submit in his annual report to Congress estimates of the public revenue for the current fiscal year and for the fiscal year next ensuing (act of February 26, 1907 (34 Stat. 949)). The estimates of receipts from taxes and customs for the current and ensuing fiscal years are prepared in December of each year by the Treasury Department. In general, the estimates of miscellaneous receipts are prepared by the agencies depositing the receipts in the Treasury. The receipts estimates reflect the high levels of business activity, personal income, and corporate profits attained in the calendar year 1956. They assume continued gains in the level of personal income and a moderate increase in corporate profits. The estimates for the fiscal years 1957 and 1958 are based on the assumption that legislation wUl be enacted extending tax rates at their current levels for another year beyond AprU 1, 1957, as recommended by the President. Net budget receipts in the fiscal year 1957 are estimated to amount to $70,628 million, an increase of $2,463 mUlion over actual receipts in 1956. A further rise of $2,992 million to $73,620 mUlion is estunated for 1958. The amounts to be reported as budget receipts in 1957 and 1958 are reduced by the Highway Revenue Act of 1956. Receipts from certain previously existing excise taxes which were included as budget receipts in 1956 and previous years are, in 1957 and 1958, treated as trust fund receipts. 12 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Fiscal year 1957 Actual receipts in 1956 and estimated receipts in 1957 are compared by major sources in the following table. [In millions of dollars] Source 1956 actual 1957 estimate Increase, or decrease (—; Internal revenue: Individualincome taxes Corporation income taxes _Excise taxes. Employment taxes Estate and gift taxes Internal revenue not otherwise classified. 35,334 21,299 10.004 7,296 1,171 5 38, 500 21, 400 10,691 7,750 1,380 5 3,166 101 687 454 209 Total Internal revenueCustoms Miscellaneous receipts 75,109 705 3,006 79,726 775 2,986 4,617 70 -20 Gross budget.reoeipts Deduct: Transfer to Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund Transfer to Federal disability insurance trust fimd ._. Transfer to railroad retirement account Transfer to highway trust fund Refunds of receipts 78,820 83, 487 4,667 6,337 3,684 6,445 335 660 1,539 3,880 108 335 26 1,539 196 68,165 70,628 2, 463 Net budget receipts.. """634" Greater receipts from the individual income tax are primarUy responsible for the estimated increase of $2,463 million in net budget receipts in 1957. Other receipt categories also increase, in some cases significantly in relative terms but not in absolute amounts. Only about one-half of the increase in gross receipts is carried through to net budget receipts. The deduction for the transfer of certain excise tax receipts to the highway trust fund is much larger than the increase in gross excise tax receipts and the increase in employment taxes is eliminated by the deduction for transfers to trust accounts. Individual income tax.—Receipts from the individual income tax are estimated to be $38,500 million in 1957, an increase of $3,166 million over actual receipts of $35,334 mUlion in 1956. The increase results from the rise in incomes which has taken place in the calendar year 1956 and the expected continuation of rising personal incomes in the first half of the calendar year 1957. Corporation income tax.—Corporation income tax receipts in 1957 are estimated to amount to $21,400 mUlion, as compared with receipts of $21,299 mUlion in 1956. The rise of $101 mUlion reflects a modest increase in corporate profits as estimated for the calendar year 1956, the profit level which primarily determines receipts in 1957. Other factors of a technical nature which affect the 1956-57 comparison of receipts are largely offsetting. 13 REVIEW . OF FISCAL OPERATIONS Excise taxes.—Receipts from this source are listed in the table which follows. [In miUions of dollars] 1956 a c t u a l Source Alcohol taxes _ .. T o b a c c o taxes : T a x e s on d o c u m e n t s , other i n s t r u m e n t s , a n d p l a y i n g M a n u f a c t u r e r s ' excise taxes R e t a i l e r s ' excise taxes Miscellaneous excise taxes . '.. U n d i s t r i b u t e d depositary receipts a n d unclassified p a y m e n t s ot excise taxes _ T o t a l excise taxes D e d u c t transfer to h i g h w a y t r u s t f u n d . N e t excise taxes . . .. cards— _. .. .. advance .. . _ 2,921 1,613 115 3,456 322 1,608 1957 e s t i m a t e Increase, o r decrease ( - > 3,003 1,643 110 3,882 341 1,712 82 30 -5 426 19 104 10,004 10,691 1,539 687 1,539 10,004 9,152 —852 -31 31 The receipts from practically all excise taxes are expected to increase in 1957, the total reaching $10,691 million. Important exceptions are the tax on passenger automobiles, the admissions tax, and the tax on transportation of persons. A decrease is anticipated in the tax on passenger automobUes because of the decline of automobile production which occurred in the calendar year 1956. I t is expected that automobile production will increase in 1957 but will not achieve the very high levels of the calendar year 1955. The relatively large decline in receipts estimated for the admissions tax is attributable to the increase in the admissions exemption from 50 cents to 90 cents. The yield of the tax on transportation of persons is adversely aft'ected by the exemption of certain travel. Large relative increases in receipts are estimated only for those taxes affected by the Highway Revenue Act. This act increased the tax on gasoline used for highway purposes from 2 cents to 3 cents a gallon; mcreased the tax on diesel fuel from 2 cents to 3 cents a gallon; increased the tax on tires for highway-type vehicles from 5 cents a pound to 8 cents; increased the tax on trucks and buses from 8 percent to 10 percent of manufacturers' price; imposed a new tax oh rubber for retreading tires for highway-type vehicles of 3 cents a pound, and imposed a new tax of $1.50 a thousand pounds on the total weight of highway vehicles over 26,000 pounds of gross vehicle weight. These taxes were effective July 1, 1956, but, because of the lag in collections, a full 12 months of receipts will not be collected in 1957. The increased revenue from these higher tax rates and new taxes is responsibile for most of the increase in gross excise tax receipts in 1957. However, the revenues from all of the taxes affected by the Highway Revenue Act are transferred to the highway trust fund. The net effect of the act is to reduce excise tax receipts remaining 14 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY in budget receipts so that net excise taxes in 1957 are estimated to be $852 million less than in 1956. Employment taxes.—The yield of the employment taxes is shown in the following table. [In millions of doUars] 1956 actual Som-ce Federal Insurance Contributions Act and Self-Employment Contributions Act •.. Railroad Retirement Tax A c t - . . _.Federal Unemployment Tax Act . . . . Total employment taxes Deduct: Transfer to Federal old-age and survivors insufance trust fund... Transfer to Federal disability insurance trust fund Transfer to railroad retirement account Net employment taxes 1957 estimate Increase, or decrease (—) 6.337 634 325 6,780 660 310 443 26 —15 7,296 7,750 454 6,337 634 6,445 335 660 108 335 26 325 310 —15 The estimated increase in receipts under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act and the Self-Employment Contributions Act results from increased levels of salaries and wages subject to tax and increased tax rates. The increase in receipts resulting from the higher rates are to be transferred to the Federal disability insurance trust fund. Receipts from the Federal Unemployment Tax Act are estimated to be lower in 1957 than in 1956 because of the bunching of receipts in 1956 as a result of the elimination of installment payments. . Estate and gift taxes.—Receipts from estate and gift taxes are estimated to be $1,380 million in 1957, a rise of $209 million reflecting recent increases in estate values. Customs.—Customs receipts are estimated to amount to $775 mUlion in 1957. This increase of $70 million reflects a higher level of business activity. Miscellaneous receipts.—Receipts from miscellaneous sources are estimated to be $2,986 million in 1957 as compared with $3,006 million in 1956. Eefunds of receipts.—Refunds of receipts are estimated to be $3,880 million in 1957 as compared with actual refunds of $3,684 millionin 1956. Fiscal year 1958 Estimated receipts in 1957 and 1958 are compared by major sources in the following table. REVIEW OF FISCAL 15 OPERATIONS [In millions of dollars] Source 1957 estimate 1958 estimate Increase Internal revenue: Individual income taxes... j Corporation income taxes Excise taxes Employment taxes Estate and gift taxes. Internal revenue not otherwise classified. 38, 500 21,400 10,691 7,750 1,380 5 41,000 22,000 11,071 8,420 1,475 5 2,500 600 380 670 95 Total internal revenue. Customs Miscellaneous receipts 79, 726 775 2,986 83,971 800 3,278 4,245 25 292 Gross budget receipts Deduct: Transfer to Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund -_-.... Transfer to Federal disabUity insurance trust fund Transfer to railroad retirement account Transfer to highway trust fund Refunds of receipts 83,487 88,049 4,662 6,445 335 660 1,539 3,880 6,609 826 665 2,173 4,156 164 491 5 634 276 70,628 73,620 Net budget receipts.. Net budget receipts in 1958 are estimated to amount to $73,620 mUlion. This is an increase of $2,992 million over estimated receipts in 1957. All sources of receipts are expected to increase in 1958, with the largest absolute rises affecting net budget receipts occurring in individual and corporation income tax collections. The gain in individual income tax receipts is smaller than in 1957 b u t is augmented by a rise of $600 million in corporation income tax receipts in 1958. Miscellaneous receipts are also expected to rise in 1958. Individual income tax.—Reflecting continuing gains in personal incomes, receipts from the individual income tax are expected to increase from $38,500 mUlion in 1957 to $41,000 million in 1958. Corporation income ^ax.---Receipts from the corporation income tax are estimated to amount to $22,000 million in 1958. This is $600 million above estimated receipts in 1957, reflecting an estimated rise in profits from the calendar year 1956 to the calendar year 1957. Excise taxes.—Receipts from this source, by major groups, are listed in the table which follows. [In mUlions of doUars] 1957 esthnate 1958 estimate Source Alcoholtaxes _. -. .. ... Tobacco taxes Taxes on documents, other instruments, and playing cards Manufacturers'excise taxes . .. RetaUers'excise taxes MisceUaneous excise taxes . Total excise taxes Deduct transfer to highway trust fund Net excise taxes -. _ .. . _ Increase, or decrease (—) 3,003 1,643 110 3,882 341 1,712 3,028 1,626 110 4,184 357 1,766 25 -17 10,691 1,539 11,071 2,173 380 634 9,152 8,898 -254 302 16 54 16 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Total excise taxes are estimated to increase. $380 million to $11,071 mUlion in 1958. This gain reflects a higher level of taxable goods and services and the full year effect of increased rates and new taxes under the Highway Revenue Act. Employment taxes.—The yield of the employment taxes is shown in the following table. [In mUlions of doUars] 1957 estimate 1958 estimate Source Federal Insurance Contributions Act and Self-Employment Contributions Act RaUroad Retirement Tax Act . . .Federal Unemployment Tax Act._ Total employment taxes Deduct: Transfer to Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund ._ Transfer to Federal disabUity insurance trustfund Transfer to railroad retirftment account.. ^, . Net employment taxes . _ Increase 6,780 660 310 7,435 665 320 655 5 10 7,750 8,420 670 6,445 335 660 6,609 826 665 164 491 5 310 320 10 Receipts from the Federal Insurance Contributions Act and the Self-Employment Contributions Act are estimated to increase as a result of higher levels of salaries and wages and the full year effect of the higher tax rates. The increased receipts resulting from the higher tax rates are to be transferred to the Federal disabiUty insurance trust fund. Estate and gift taxes.—Receipts from estate and gift taxes are estimated to increase to $1,475 million in 1958, a rise of $95 inillion. Customs.—^A continued high level of business activity is expected to increase customs receipts in 1958. Miscellaneous receipts.—M.ost sources of miscellaneous receipts are estimated to show some increase in 1958. Tbe total is estimated at $3,278 milhon, up $292 million from the 1957 estimate. Refunds of receipts.—Refunds of receipts are estimated to be $4,156 million in 1958, an increase of $276 million over the estimated refunds of $3,880 million in 1957. BUDGET EXPENDITURES Net budget expenditures of $66.5 bUlion in the fiscal year 1956 were $2.0 billion more than in 1955, but $1.2 bUlion less than in 1954 and $7.7 billion less than the post-World War I I peak in 1953. Costs of major national security were held imchanged from 1955 at $40.6 17 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS billion, nearly $10 bUlion less than in 1953. Annual expenditures for this and related functions are outlined in the foUowing table, begiur ning with an average of 1949-50, the two fiscal years immediately preceding the Korean action. InterMajor national Veterans' national affairs Interest services security i and and finance benefits Fiscal year other Adjustment to daUy Total Treasury statement basis In billions of dollars 1949-50 average 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 .-1 _.. . 13.0 22.4 44.0 50.4 46.9 40.6 40.6 5.4 3.7 2.8 2.2 1.7 2.2 1.8 5.6 5.7. 5.9 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.8 6.7 5.3 4.9 4.3 4.3 4.5 4.8 8.6 7.5 8.7 10.8 8.4 10.9 12.4 +0.3 -.7 -.9 39.6 44.1 65.4 74.3 67.8 64.6 66.5 NOTE.—The classification in this table is taken from the 1958 Budget document. The figures beginning with 1953 are on the same reporting basis as the Monthly Statement of Receipts and Expenditures of the United States Oovernment (see "Bases of Tables"). 1 Includes principally mUitary functions of the Defense Department, mUitary assistance. Atomic Energy Commission, acquisition of strategic and critical materials under the General Services Administration, and defense production expansion. Not only w^as the magnitude of defense outlays virtuaUy unchanged from 1955, but also there were relatively small changes in the distribution of the components. The three decreases were $356 million for stockpiling and defense production expansion, $206 million for the development and control of atomic energy, and $197 million for Army defense. The largest increases were $342 million for Air Force defense and $319 inillion for military assistance. A decrease for international affairs and finance from $2.2 billion to $1.8 billion was due mainly to a reduction of $344 million for economic and technical development. The overall increase in expenditures for other programs was distributed throughout the various categories, except natural resources, which declined. Continuing the rise in 1955, veterans' services and benefits increased $0.3 billion. Interest expenditures, all of which related to public debt obligations except $60 million, rose $0.4 billion from those in 1955, with the increase reflecting both the general rise in money rates and the somewhat higher average of interest-bearing debt outstanding throughout most of the year. 399346—57- 18 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY The rise of $1.6 bUlion for major domestic programs and the regular operating expenses of the Government included an increase of $0.5 billion each for agricultural purposes and for commerce and housing. The first was mainly for stabilization of farm prices and farm income, with the 1956 total for this purpose amounting to $3.9 billion. For the Commodity Credit Corporation alone gross expenditures were $5.6 bUlion and net expenditures $3.6 billion. For commerce and housing, net recoveries from aids to business other than housing decreased more than $0.3 bUlion, although partly offset by a decrease of $0.1 billion in expenditures for housing programs. There were increases of more than $0.1 bUlion each in expenditures for highways and for the postal service. Of the increase of $0.4 billion for general government, one-half consisted of the Federal payment to the civU service retirement, and disabUity fund as the Government's share of the benefit payments from the fund in 1956. No Federal payment had been made to the fund in 1955 except $30 mUlion for increases in annuities pursuant to the act of August 31, 1954. Annual expenditures for these programs, beginning with a 1949-50 average, are shown in the table following. Fiscal year Labor and welfare Agriculture and Natural agricul- resources tural resources Commerce and housing General government Total In biUions of doUars 1949-50 average 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 - 1.8 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.6 .6 1.0 2.9 2.6 4.4 4.9 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.9 2.2 2.6 2.5 .8 1.5 2.0 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1:6 8.6 7.6 8.7 10.8 8.4 10.9 12.4 NOTE.—The classification in this table is taken from the 1958 Budget document. The figures begiiming with 1953 are on the same reporting basis as the Monthty Statement of Eeceipts and Expenditures ofthe United States Government (see "Bases of Tables") : ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURES IN 1957 AND 1958 Actual expenditures for the fiscal year 1956 and estimates for the fiscal years 1957 and 1958 are summarized by agencies in the following table. Further details wUl be found in table 8. The estunates are based on those submitted to the Congress in the Budget of the United States Government for the Fiscal Year Ending June SO, 1958. 19 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS Actual budget expendiiures for the fiscal year 1956 and estimated expenditu.res for 1957 and 1958 [In millions of dollars. On basis of 1958 Budget document] 1956 actual Legislative branch The Judiciary Agriculture Department (including Commodity Credit Corporation). Atomic Energy Commission ._. Civil Service Commission Commerce Department-. Defense Department: Military functions Civil functions.Expansion of defense production Export-Import Bank ofWashington General Services Administration Health, Education, and Welfare Department. Housing and Home Finance Agency Interior Department , Justice Department Labor Department Mutual security: Military assistance Other mutual security programs Post Oflice Department. Small Business Administration -. State Department __-.-. Treasury Department: Interest on the public debt Other Veterans Administration Reserve for contingencies.. All other Net budget expenditures.. 1957 estimate 1958 estimate 85 37 109 40 122 44 5,177 1,651 253 1 1,293 5,152 1,940 646 644 5,330 2,340 23 772 35,791 573 237 «90 523 2,071 ' 39 512 216 412 36,000 649 397 690 2,361 719 652 214 409 38,000 700 60 243 654 2,831 391 704 226 418 2,611 1,590 463 64 142 2,600 1,602 469 101 184 2,600 1,756 68 61 230 6,787 932 4,731 460 7,200 792 4,857 200 483 7,300 832 5,068 400 654 66,540 68,900 71,807 0 Excess of credits (deduct). 1 Includes $740 mUlion for Federal-aid highways; such expenditures in 1957 and 1968 are charged to the highway trust fund. TRUST ACCOUNT AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS Financial transactions of. Federal agencies which do not affect budget receipts and expenditures but do affect balances both in the account of the Treasurer of the United States and those held outside the Treasurer's account are reported in three classifications. These are trust and deposit fund transactions, net investment by Government agencies in public debt securities, and net redemption or sale of obligations of the agencies in the market. Monthly data for each of these classifications for the fiscal year 1956 and comparative totals for the fiscal years 1955 and 1956 are shown in table 5. Annual transactions for the fiscal years 1948 through 1956, together with the combined net total of receipts or expenditures for each year, will be found in table 7, and table 9 shows the estimates for 1957 and 1958. The relation of these transactions to the budget surplus or deficit and changes in the public debt, cash balances, and intransit items is indicated in table 1. For the fiscal year 1956, the aggregate of these transactions resulted in an excess of expenditures amounting to $194 million, as compared with an excess of receipts of $231 million in the preceding fiscal year. Trust and deposit fund accounts,—^Trust funds are established to 20 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY account for moneys which are held in trust by the Government for use in carrying out sjDecific purposes and programs in accordance with :a statute or a trust agreement. Deposit funds are used to account for moneys held b}^ the Government as banker or agent for others, or to account for collections held in suspense temporarily and later refunded or paid into some other account of the Government. For a further explanation of these nonbudget accounts, see page 315. The major trust funds consist of those for social secmTty and insurance, retirement, and veterans' life insurance. Detail by funds appears in table 5. Receipts and expenditures in most of the trust fund accounts are reported on a gross basis, although certain accounts which operate as revolving funds or working funds are reported net. Payments from general fund appropriations to certain trust accounts are included as receipts in those accounts. Investment transactions in public debt securities are shown sepaxately, since they ure not part of the operating programs of the trust funds but represent an exchange of assets. Deposit fund transactions also are reported net. For Government-sponsored enterprises they include net investment transactions. This method of classification became effective at the beginning of the fiscal year 1956 but data for the preceding fiscal year have been revised accordingly. During the fiscal year 1956 trust and deposit fund transactions in the aggregate resulted in an excess of credits, or net receipts, in the amount of $2,250 mUlion, as coinpared with $991 million during 1955. Investment hy Government agencies in IJnited States securities {net)}— These transactions are in the nature of financing operations in that the temporary investment of excess balances or the sale of securities to acquire operating cash does not affect the budget program of the agency, or the operating program in the case of trust accouats. Detail by agencies appears in table 5, with Government-sponsored enterprises carried as memorandum items. During the fiscal year 1956 net purchases of public debt and guaranteed securities excluding the net purchases by Government-sponsored enterprises amounted to $2,617 million, as compared with $1,362 million during 1955. Redemption or sale of obligations of Government agencies in the market (net).^—These transactions represent financing operations between the agencies and the public. The securities are reported at face amount, with separate classifications for those guaranteed and those not guaranteed by the United States. The bulk of the transactions are in nonguaranteed securities. Except for debentures issued by the Federal Housing Administration in exchange for defaulted mortgages, activity in guaranteed obligations currently consists only of redemptions of nominal amounts of matured securities. Detail b}^ 1 The figures shown here differ from those in thc daily Treasury statement because of differences in the reporting bases (see "Bases of Tables"). REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 21 agencies appears in table 5, with Government-sponsored enterprises carried as memorandum items. During the fiscal year 1956, net sales of these agency obligations excluding the net sales by Governmentsponsored enterprises amounted to $173 million, as compared with net sales of $602 million during 1955. ACCOUNT OF THE TREASURER OF THE UNITED STATES The cash assets held in the account of the Treasurer of the United States consist of gold, silver, paper currency, coin, unclassified collection items, and balances in Federal Reserve Banks and other depositary banks. The liabilities consist of Treasurer's checks outstanding, balances to the credit of the Board of Trustees of the Postal Savings Systein, and uncollected items, exchanges, etc. The dift'erence between the cash assets and liabilities constitutes the balance in the account of the Treasurer of the United States. Items in this balance represent (1) available operating funds, consisting of the gold balance, available funds on deposit in the Federal Reserve Banks, and the balances in Treasury tax and loan accounts in commercial banks; and (2) funds not immediately available for operating purposes, consisting of the silver balance, other silver bullion, coin and currency, checks in process of collection, and deposits in general and other depositaries. Details of assets and liabilities are shown under the caption ^'Account of Treasurer of the United States" in the Daily Statement of the United States Treasury. The balance in the Treasurer's account at the close of the fiscal year 1956 amounted to $6,546 million, an increase of $331 million during the fiscal year. The net change in the balance in the account of the Treasurer of the United States during the fiscal year, on the basis of the Daily Statement of ihe United States Treasury, is accounted for as follows: {In millions of dollars) Balance J u n e 30, 1955 Add: N e t deposits . 77, 079 Certain public d e b t redemptions included as cash withdrawals below ^ 1,086 . Total _. Deduct: Cash withdrawals _ 71, 984 I n v e s t m e n t s of Government agencies in public debt securities, net__ 3, 202 Sales of obligations of Government agencies in market, net -684 Accrual of discount on savings bonds a n d Treasury bills •_ 1, 709 N e t decrease in gross public d e b t . 1, 623 Balance J u n e 30, 1956 ._ 1 Represents principaUy discount included in savings bond redemptions. 6, 216 78,165 84, 381 77, 834 . 6, 546 22 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY A comparative analysis of the assets and liabilities in the account of the Treasurer of the United States as of June 30, 1955, and June 30, 1956, is shown in table 51. The balance in the Treasurer's account during the fiscal year ranged from a low of $2,615 million on January 17, 1956, to a high of $7,522 million on March 21, 1956. PUBLIC DEBT OPERATIONS AND OWNERSHIP OF FEDERAL SECURITIES A net decrease of $1.6 billion in the public debt and guaranteed obligations during the fiscal year brought the total Federal debt outstanding to $272.8 billion on June 30, 1956. This is the first decline in the amount of the public debt for a fiscal year since 1951. The public issues in the interest-bearing debt showed an even greater dechne during fiscal 1956. Nonmarketable public issues decreased by $3.5 billion and the marketable pubhc issues by $0.3 billion. However, there was a net increase of $1.9 billion in special issues to Government investment accounts (principally the result of increased issues to the Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund). This increase, together with a rise in matured debt and debt bearing no interest, brought the net decline in the total public debt outstanding down to $1.6 bilhon. THF PIJRI ir. nFRT $Bii. 300 200 World Wor EPeak — 280 ^^^.^ 273 - 100 26 0 1916 '19 '30 '39 Uec. ^1 C H A R T 3. xcluding Victory Loan proceeds used to repay debt in 1946. '46 49 Apr.30 '56 June ou ""^ 23 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS A summary of changes in the debt during the year is shown in the accompanying table. Changes in the level of the debt outstanding during the past four decades is illustrated in chart 3. [In billions of dollars] Class of debt Publicdebt: Interest-bearing: Public issues: Marketable Nonmarketable Total public issues SpeciBl issues to Government investment accounts Total interest-bearing public debt Matured debt on which interest has ceased Debt bearing no interest.. _ Total public debt . Guaranteed obligations not held by the Treasury. Total public debt and guaranteed obligations.._ June 30,1955 June 30,1956 Increase, or decrease (—) 155.2 73.3 155.0 69.8 -.3 -3.5 228.5 43.3 224.8 45.1. -3.7 1.9 271.7 .6 2.0 269.9 .7 2.2 -1.9 .1 .2 274.4 272.8 .1 (*) ._ 274.4 272.8 (*) -1.6 -1.6 *Less than $50 mUlion. Progress toward debt management objectives Treasury debt management operations continued to be conducted so as to make a maximum contribution to Government fiscal and monetary action to promote economic stabUity and growth. Since January 1953 considerable progress has been made in improving the maturity structure of the debt as well as in distributing the ownership of the debt as widely as possible among the various investor groups, particularly among nonbank investors. Readjustment of debt maturities has reduced the volume and frequency of Treasury financings. Except for seasonal borrowing in anticipation of taxes, the Treasury went to the market only four times during the fiscal year 1956 for major borrowings. In contrast, during earlier postwar years when heavier reliance was placed on short-term borrowing, the Treasury engaged in major market financing as often as twelve times a year. With Treasury financing operations less of a factor in the market, the Federal Reserve System had more free time during the fiscal year 1956 in which to exercise an independent monetary and credit policy. Also, the capital markets have been freer to absorb a record-breaking volume of new corporate and State and local government securities and mortgages. Market conditions have not been favorable for any further extension of the Federal debt into the long-term area since the additional cash offering in July 1955 of around $% bUlion of the 3 percent bonds of 1995. Nevertheless, this issue, plus optional offerings of intermediate term notes in connection with the December and March refundings, helped to offset partially the effect of the passage of time which is 24 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY always operating to shorten the average length of the marketable debt. The average maturity of the marketable debt (callable bonds to first call date) stood at 4 years and 2 months at the close of .fiscal 1956. WhUe this was five months shorter than at the close of the previous fiscal year, it is still four mohths longer than it was in December 1952. On June 30, 1956, the amount of marketable under-oneyear debt was $65 bUlion, representing 42 percent of the total marketable debt, as compared with $80 billion, or 52 percent of the total marketable debt and savings notes at the end of December 1952. The structure of the debt a t the end of the 1956 fiscal year is shown in chart 4. STRUCTURE OF THE PUBLIC DEBT JUNE 30,1956 Total Nonmarketable Marketable $Bil. Savings Bonds 200 Time fo Maturity: ^ Investment Bands, etc ...N ' fl fl !273j Special Issues toTrust Funds 100 C H A R T 4. 1 CaUable bonds to earliest call date. A significant feature of debt ownership changes during the year was the liquidation of a large amount of Government securities by the commercial banking system. Under the impact of heavy demands for private credit, commercial banks reduced their holdings of Governments by around $6K billion, and by the close of the fiscal year their holdings were down to about $57 bUlion, the lowest year-end figure since June 1943. Insurance companies and savings banks also continued to liquidate Government securities to help meet the heavy demands of mortgage and corporate financing. Some of this liquida- REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 25 tion represented debt retirement by the Treasury. The remainder represented securities which were purchased in the market by other types of investors. State and local governments and foreign and international accounts, for example, increased their Federal debt holdings by around $2 bUlion. The $2 billion increase in investment in Governments by individuals during the year, added further to the widespread distribution of the debt. Their holdings of almost $67 bUlion in Federal securities make them the largest single investor group in the public debt ownership structure. Sales of Series E and H savings bonds set another alltime postwar record in fiscal 1956, with sales running well ahead of redemptions. An account of the operations in the public debt and changes in the ownership of Federal securities during the year is given in the pages immediately following. Further detaU on the debt and its ownership is given in the exhibits and tables sections of the report. PUBLIC DEBT OPERATIONS The unprecedented demand for mortgage, corporate, and municipal credit that has accompanied our prevailing prosperity has been exerting a heavy pressure on the supply of savings avaUable for long-term investment. As a result, the demand for long-term Government bonds since the additional cash oftering in July 1955 of the 3 percent bond maturing in 1995 has not been sufficient to warrant further long-term offerings. In the August 1955 refunding the I'reasury oft'ered only securities in the one-year range to holders of the maturing issue. In the December 1955 and March 1956 refundings, however, holders of maturing securities were offered a choice between a one-year certificate and a note due in June 1958, with holders of $4K billion of the maturing issues preferring the longer security. Optional exchange offerings into a one-year or a longer-term security have characterized Treasury refundings since the beginning of 1953. In addition to the major financings (exclusive of Treasury bills) there was seasonal borrowing through the issuance of tax anticipation certificates in the Jul\-December deficit period. This borrowing was repaid out of heavy tax receipts the following spring. As a result of this seasonal borrowing, the public debt reached a high point in December and was within $1 biUion of the statutory debt limit of $281 billion. In June 1955 the Congress extended, for an additional year, a temporary increase in the limit from $275 billion to $281 billion to permit the Treasury to meet its seasonal borrowing needs during the fiscal year 1956. (For further information on the statutory hmitation on the public debt and guaranteed obligations as of June 30, 1956, see table 26, and for earlier years, see table 27.) 26 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY The following tables summarize the financing operations during the fiscal year and show the results of the public offerings ofmarketable bonds, notes, and certificates of indebtedness. Public offerings of marketable bonds, notes, and certificates of indebtedness, fiscal year 1956 [In miUions of dollars] Date of issue Apr. July Feb. Aug. May Oct. Oct. Dec. Dec. Mar. Dec. Apr. Description of security and maturity date 1,1955 18,1955 15,1955 1,1955 17,19554 1,1955 11,1955 1,1955 1.1955 5.1956 1,1955« 1,1956 Issued for cash 1M% exchange note—Apr. 1,1960 ^ .V/i% certificate (tax anticipation) Mar. 22,1956. 3% bond—Feb. 15, 1995 2% certificate (tax anticipation) June 22,1956 2% note—Aug. 15, 1956 1H% exchange note—Oct. 1,1960 J 2H% certificate (tax anticipation) June 22,1956.. 2H% certificate—Dec. 1,1956 2%% note—June 15,1958 2^4% certificate-Feb. 15,1957 2%% note—June 15, 1958 1 ^ % exchange note—Apr. 1,19611. Issued in exchange for other securities 2,202 821 2,970 Total. Total issued 1,486 6,841 278 2 181 2,202 821 1,486 6,841 278 9,083 2,283 7,219 2,109 23 9,083 2,283 7,219 2,109 23 29, 504 35,497 2 181 2,970 ' Issued only on demand of owners, in exchange for 2% percent Treasury Bonds, Investment Series B 1975-80. 2 Amount issued subsequent to June 30,1955. 3 Issued July 20,1955, additional amount of the issue dated February 15,1955. 4 Issued August 1,1955, additional amount of the issue dated May 17,1955. 8 Issued March 5,1956, additional amount of the issue dated December 1,1955. Disposition of matured marketable bonds, notes, and certificates of indebtedness, fiscal year 1956 [In mUlions of dollars] Date of refunding or retirement CaUed or maturing security Description and matm'ity date Issue date Redeemed for cash or Exchanged carried to for new matured security debt Total Percent exchanged 1956 Aug. 1 Dec. 1 1 13^% certificate-Aug. 15,1955—. Aug. 15,1954 1K% certificate—Dec. 15,1955.... Dec. 15,1954 1M% note—Dec. 15,1955 Dec. 15,1950 149 387 460 8,327 4,972 6,394 8,477 5,359 6,854 98.2 92.8 93.3 Feb. 15,1955 Apr. 1,1951 July 18,1955 148 2 ' 2,202 8,324 1,005 8,472 1,007 2,202 98.3 99.8 1956 Mar. 5 5 22 June 22 22 1H% note—Mar. 15,1956 13^% exchange note—Apr. 1,,1956VA% certificate (tax anticipation) Mar. 22, 1956. 2% certificate (tax anticipation) June 22, 1956. 2K% certificate (tax anticipation) June 22,1956. Total.. Aug. 1,1955 1,486 1,486 Oct. 11,1955 2,970 2,970 7,804 29,022 36,826 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 27 In handling its regular weekly offering of 91-day Treasury bUls during the year, the Treasury raised new cash of $1.3 biUion by increasing the weekly offering of Treasury bUls by $100 mUlion a week during the first 13 weeks of the year. For the balance of the year each weekly bUl issue was for $1.6 bUlion, the equivalent of the issue maturing. The 13 issues outstanding at the close of the fiscal year 1956 thus totaled $20.8 bUlion, as compared wdth $19.5 bUlion at the beginning of the year. The Treasury also issued 99-day tax anticipation bUls in December 1955 amounting to $1.5 billion, maturing March 23, 1956 and acceptable at par in payment of taxes on March 15. (For additional infermation on all bUl issues see exhibit 5.) During June 1956, $159 miUion of the 2 percent Treas'ury notes maturing August 15, 1956, were purchased for the account of the sinking fund and retired. In addition, $604 million of the regular cash payments on the unexchanged portions of the December 1955 and March 1956 Treasury note maturities was charged against the sinking fund. (Tables 33 and 34 give further information on sinking fund operations.) The heavy demand for credit during the year in excess of the supply of savings, together with the Federal Reserve credit restraint policy, was reflected in rising borrowing costs for the Treasury. The average rate on Treasury bUls, for example, moved up from around IK percent at the beginning of the year to a peak of around 2% percent in April 1956. The weeldy average rates on new biU offerings throughout the year are shown in exhibit 5. The average annual interest rate as computed on the total interest-bearing public debt was 2.576 percent on June 30, 1956, as compared with 2.351 percent a year earlier. (For further detaU on the computed annual interest charge and computed annual interest rate by security classes, see table 43.) The decline of $3.5 bUlion in nonmarketable debt during the year was the largest in history, with more than half of the reduction accounted for by the decrease of $1.9 billion in savings notes. The sale of these notes was discpntinued in October 1953 and by the close of the fiscal year 1956 all outstanding savings notes had matured. (Sales, redemptions, and amounts outstanding of Treasury savings notes of aU series from August 1941 through June 30, 1956, are shown in table 41.) 28 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY The amount of investment bonds outstanding declined by $0.6 billion, principaUy because of the exchange of the 2% percent convertible Series B-1975-80 bonds (mostly issued at the time of the Federal Reserve-Treasury accord in 1951) for marketable 5-year, Iji percent Treasury notes. Changes in the nonmarketable interestbearing debt during the year, by type of security, are shown in the following table. [In billions of dollars] J i m e 30, 1955 J u u e 30, 1956 Class of security U n i t e d States savings b o n d s : SeriesE- .. Series F a n d G S e r i e s H . .._ Series J a n d K . . _. _ . _. S u b t o t a l , savings b o n d s T r e a s u r y savings notes T r e a s u r y b o n d s , i n v e s t m e n t series Depositary bonds T o t a l interest-bearing n o n m a r k e t a b l e issues '-_- Increase, or decrease ( - ) 37.2 16.5 2.1 2.6 37.9 13.5 3.0 3.1 0.7 -3.0 .9 .5 58. 4 1.9 12.6 .4 57.5 12.0 .3 -.9 —1.9 -.6 —.1 73.3- 69.8 -3.5 The largest portion of the nonmarketable debt is, of course, in United States savings bonds. The underlying purpose of the savings bond program since its inception has been to provide small savers with a safe, liquid, and attractive investment, and at the same time broaden the ownership of the Federal debt. The primary intention of the program has been to encourage thrift as well as to interest citizens through their participation as bondholders in the fiscal affairs of their Government. As alread}^ noted, sales of Series E and H bonds set a new peacetime record in the fiscal year 1956. These bonds continue to be the best vehicle the Treasuiy has for achieving a widespread distribution of the public debt and they are the heart of the Government's effort to promote nationwide thrift. B}^ the end of the fiscal year the amount of Series E and H bonds outstanding (including accrued interest) amounted to $40.9 billion—an alltime high record and an increase of $1.6 billion during the 37'ear. Approximately $15 bUlion of this amount, more than a third of the total outstanding, represent E bonds which have now passed their tenth anniversary and are being held under the Treasuiy's E bond extension program for periods up to another 10 years. REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 29 E AND H BONDS, FISCAL YEARS l95l-'56 CHART 5 Since May 1953 savings bond redemptions have been dominated by. the large maturities of Series F and G savings bonds. The peak wartime sales of F and G bonds matured during^ the fiscal year, and as a result the $3.0 billion decline in the amount of these bonds outstanding more than offset the increase in all other series. The total of all series of interest-bearing savings bonds outstanding at the close of the year was $57K biUion. The redemptions of savings bonds as a percentage of the total sold, by 3^early series, are summarized in the accompanying table. Detailed information on savings bonds from March 1935, when this type of security was first offered, through June 30, 1956, is given in tables 35 through 40. 30 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Percent of Series E, F, G,^H, J, and K savings bonds sold in each year redeemed through each yearly period thereafter ^ [Onvbasis of P u b l i c D e b t accounts, see " B a s e s of T a b l e s " ] R e d e e m e d b y e n d of— OT Series a n d calendar year i n w h i c h issued 1 03 5 CO 52 (53 •^ 1 00 CO 1 1 o 1 1 1 CO Oi SeriesE 2 E-1941 E-1942 E-1943 E-1944 E-1945 E-1946 E-1947 E-1948 E-1949 E-1950 E-1951 E-1952 E-1953 E-1954 E-1955 3 8 15 19 28 23 21 20 22 26 29 29 28 29 29 . 6 15 24 33 38 34 30 30 34 36 38 39 38 38 10 21 34 41 45 40 37 39 40 41 44 45 44 14 29 41 47 50 45 43 44 44 45 48 49 18 35 47 52 54 51 47 47 47 48 52 23 40 51 56 58 54 50 49 60 61 27 44 55 60 61 56 52 52 53 30 48 58 62 63 58 55 54 34 52 61 64 65 60 57 40 58 65 68 68 64 62 68 71 73 73 67 71 75 76 70 74 78 72 77 75 24 31 36 34 32 36 27 34 39 36 34 68 60 68 72 97 95 95 98 97 99 Series F a n d G F-1941 F-1942 F-1943 F-1944 F-1945 F-1946 F-1947 F-1948 F-1949 F-1950 F-1951 F-1952 and G-1941... and G-1942... and G-1943... a n d G-1944 . and G-1945... a n d G-1946 a n d G-1947. _. a n d G-1948 and G-1949... a n d G-1950 . a n d G-1951_-a n d G-1952 _ 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 4 6 3 4 6 6 7 7 8 5 9 9 9 12 5 7 10 10 11 12 12 9 13 11 14 16 15 17 20 10 14 19 18 18 20 21 13 20 16 20 13 18 22 21 21 23 24 16 23 18 15 21 26 25 24 27 28 18 26 18 24 29 28 27 30 31 21 20 28 33 31 30 33 34 Series H H-1952 . * H-1953 H-1954 H-1955 3 3 3 4 8 8 7 13 12 17 Series J V J-1952 J-1953 J-1954 J-1955 2 3 4 6 8 14 14 14 18 Series K K-1952... K-1953 K-1954 . K-1955 . 2 3 1 2 6 6 6 9 10 12 NOTE.—The percentages shown in this table are proportions of the value of the bonds sold in any calendar year which are redeemed before July 1 of the next calendar year, and before July 1 of succeeding calenda years. Both sales and redemptions are taken at maturity value. 1 Percentages by denominations may be found in table 40. 2 SimUar detail for Series A through E savings bonds may be found in the 1952 annual report, p. 77. O W N E R S H I P OF FEDERAL SECURITIES Private nonbank investors held $138.5 bUlion of Federal securities at the end of the fiscal year 1956, one-half of the total debt outstanding. Private nonbank investors include individuals, insurance com 31 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS panics, savings banks, nonfinancial corporations, pension funds, foreign accounts. State and local governments, and nonprofit associations. Commercial banks and Federal Eeserve Banks together held $80.8 billion or 30 percent of the debt. The remaining one-fifth of the debt, $53.5 billion, was held by Government investment accounts, primarily social security funds, veterans' insurance funds, and retiremeat funds. Private nonbank investors continued to increase their holdings during this fiscal year, as in 1955, but there was a substantial liquidation of holdings by commercial banks. Holdings by private nonbank investors were up $1.8 billion. Commercial bank portfolios were down $6.5 billion, while the Federal Reserve Banks increased their holdings by less than $0.2 bUlion. Holdings by Federal Governmeat investment accounts increased $3.0 billion during the year. The following table presents figures on bank and nonbank ownership, together with pertinent details on the holdings of Federal securities by the various investor classes. Their holdings as of June 30, 1956, are shown in chart 6. Ownership of Federal securities by investor classes on selected dates, 1941~56 ^ [Amounts in bUlions of dollars] J u n e 30, 1941 Estimated ownership by: P r i v a t e n o n b a n k investors: Individuals 3 I n s u r a n c e companies M u t u a l savings b a n k s Corporations * S t a t e a n d local g o v e r n m e n t s Miscellaneous investors * Total private nonbank uivestors. F e d e r a l G o v e r n m e n t i n v e s t m e n t accounts... ^ Banks: Commercial banks ... F e d e r a l Keserve B a n k s „ . F e b . 28, 1946 2 J u n e 30, 1955 J u n e 30, 1956 Change during fiscal y e a r 1956 11.2 7.1 3.4 2.0 .6 .7 64.1 24.4 11.1 19.9 6.7 8.9 '64.8 14.8 8.7 '19.3 14.7 14.4 66.9 13.3 8.4 18.0 15.7 16.2 2.1 -1.6 —.4 -1.3 • 1.0 1.8 25.0 135.1 136.7 138.5 1.8 8.5 28.0 60.5 53.6 3.0 19.7 2.2 93.8 22.9 63.5 23.6 67.1 23.8 -6.5 .2 Total banks 21.8 116.7 87.1 80.8 -6.3 T o t a l gross d e b t o u t s t a n d i n g 55.3 279.8 274.4 272.8 -1.6 P e r c e n t of t o t a l Percent owned by: P r i v a t e n o n b a n k investors: Individuals other. . Total F e d e r a l G o v e r n m e n t i n v e s t m e n t accounts—. _ _ Commercial banks Federal Reserve Banks T o t a l gross d e b t o u t s t a n d i n g 20 25 45 15 36 4 100 23 25 48 24 26 50 26 26 61 10 34 8 100 18 23 9 19 21 9 100 100 ' Revised. 1 Gross public debt, and guaranteed obligations of the Federal Government held outside the Treasury. 2 Immediate postwar peak of debt. 3 Includes partnerships and personal trust accounts. Nonprofit institutions and corporate pension trust funds are included under "Miscellaneous investors." < Exclusive of banks and insurance companies. «Includes savings and loan associations, nonprofit institutions, corporate pension trust funds, dealers and brokers, and investments of foreign balances and intemational accounts in this country. 32 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Individuals, as has been true in recent years, are still the largest single investor group in the Federal debt ownership structure. Their holdings amounted to $66.9 billion on June 30, 1956. Savings bonds accounted for over three-fourths of this total, with an increase of $1.6 billion in the amount oustanding of Series E and H savings bonds during the year. This more than offset the decrease in their holdings of other series of savings bonds. Individuals' holdings of securities other than savings bonds, principally marketable securities, after showing a very small gain in the first half of the year, increased significantly in the second half and were up $2.0 billion for the year as a. whole. .OWNERSHIP OF THE PUBUC DEBT JUNE 30,1956. C H A R T 6. Federal securities held by insurance companies at the end of the fiscal year amounted to $13.3 billion, a decrease of $1.5 billion during the year. Of the amount held, $7.9 billion was held by life insurance companies. These companies reduced their holdings in 1956 by $1.1 billion, compared with a liquidation of $0.4 billion in the fiscal year 1955. Thus life insurance companies continued the trend of the postwar years to liquidate Federal securities as new investment opportunities appeared in the form of an increased supply of mortgages and corporate securities. Federal securities held by fire, casualty, and marine insurance com- REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 33 panics of $5.4 billion on June 30 were $0.4 billion lower than a year earlier. The securities held h j these companies are primarily concentrated in issues with a maturity of less than 10 years Mutual savings banks holdings of Federal securities at the end of the fiscal year were $8.4 billion. Like the life insurance companies, mutual savings banks have been increasing their mortgage and corporate securities portfolios since the end of World War I I and liquidating some of their holdings of Federal securities to aid in financing these acquisitions. The decline of $0.4 billion in fiscal 1956 was about the same as that in 1955. Although life insurance companies and mutual savings banks together acquired an additional $0.2 billion of the 3 percent bonds of February 1995, when they were reoffered in July of 1955, there was some liquidation later in the fiscal year of their holdings of this issue to meet the continued pressure for funds. Portfolios of Government securities of both life insurance companies and mutual savings banks declined in average maturity during the course of the year and ended at approximately 9 years to first call or maturity, which was slightly below their prewar averages. Federal securities held by corporations other than banks and insurance companies decreased by $1.3 billion during the fiscal year, bringing their holdings to $18.0 billion. This was a reversal of their net acquisition of Government securities during 1955. Eather than funding as much of their tax liabilities in Government securities as in 1955, corporations used more of their available funds to meet current operating needs, thus holding their borrowing to a minimum under the tightened credit conditions. Holdings of Federal securities by State and local governments amounted to $15.7 billion at the close of the fiscal year, an increase of $1.0 billion during the year. About one-third of the Federal security holdings of these governmental units are in State and local government employee retirement funds. The holdings of all other private nonbank investors amounted to $16.2 billion on June 30, 1956, an increase of $1.8 billion. The largest increase in this category, $1.1 billion, came about as a result of the increased investments in short-term Federal securities of foreign and international balances. These investment balances made up about $7.9 bUlion of the total holdings of miscellaneous investors at the end of the fiscal year. There were also increases of about $0.4 billion in the holdings by savings and loan associations as they built up their secondary reserves against larger share balances. Corporate pension trusts again increased their holdings of Federal securities by $0.3 billion, and their holdings amounted to $3.0 billion at the dose of the year. Tbe re399346—57 4 34 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY maining investor classes in this group include nonprofit associations, dealers and brokers, and certain smaller institutional groups. Government investment accounts showed an increase in their holdings of Federal securities by $3.0 billion during the year. This was significantly larger than the $1.2 biUion increase in the fiscal year 1955, and primarily reflected a faster rate of accumulation by the Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund and a reversal in the investment trend of the unemployment trust fund, which had declined in 1955. Of the $53.5 billion held by Government investment accounts, $45.1 billion, or approximately 84 percent, was in the form of special issues held only by these accounts. DetaUs on the ownership of securities by these accounts are shown in table 52. Holdings of Federal securities by commercial banks decreased sharply by $6.5 billion during the year and stood at $57.1 bUlion on June 30, 1956. Under the impact of the unprecedented demand for private credit, commercial banks liquidated some of their holdings of Government securities. There was only a small change in Federal Reserve Bank holdings of Federal securities during the year. An analysis of the estimated changes in bank versus nonbank ownership of Federal securities, during the fiscal year 1956 is shown by type of issue in the following table. Estimated changes in ownership of Federal securities ^ by type ofissue, fiscal year 1956 [In biUions of dollars] .. Change accounted for b y - •Total changes Banks Private nonbank investors Govemment investment accounts 1.3 2.5 -4.8 .8 1.5 -.1 1.0 2.0 .2 .3 .6 -.4 2.2 -6.3 -1.3 -.4 -.5 -3.8 -1.3 (*) 2.7 -.2 4.4 1.2 -5.8 -6.9 .2 -.9 -1.9 -.6 -1.9 1.9 -.6 .1 -.5 .2 Total nonmarketable, e t c . . . -1.4 -2.6 1.8 -.5 -.5 Total change.. -1.6 1.8 3.0 -6.3 -6.6 Marketable securities: Treasury bills Certificates of'indebtedness Treasury notes Treasury bonds, etc _ .. Totalmarketable Nonmarketable securities, etc.: United States savings bonds Treasury savings notes Special issues to Government investment accounts Treasury bonds, tnvestment series other _ (*) (*) (') 1.9 -.1 Total -.4 Commercial -2.5 -.4 (*) (*) (*) (*) -.1 Federal Reserve -.1 .2 *Less than $50 mUlion. 1 Gross public debt, and guaranteed obligations of the Federal Govemment held outside the Treasury. REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 35 CORPORATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER BUSINESS-TYPE ACTIVITIES OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT The activities of Government corporations and certain other business-type agencies are financed according to law from-their own receipts, from capital stock subscriptions or by appropriations, from sale of obligations to the public, or from borrowings from the United States Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized by law to purchase the obligations of many of the agencies and is authorized to approve the terms and conditions of such obligations. In general, obligations issued by agencies to the public must be approved by the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with the Government Corporation Control Act (31 U. S. C. 868); a few agencies are exempt from this requirement but are required to consult with the Secretary of the Treasury prior to issuing obligations to the public. . Advances by the Treasury Cash advances were made by the Treasury during the fiscal year 1956 to certain Government corporations and agencies, pursuant to statutory authorizations, amounting to $16,447.5 mUlion; repayments and refundings by these Government corporations and agencies amounted to $12,568.5 million, and cancellations to $5.8 million, as. authorized by law, resulting in net advances by the Treasury during the fiscal year of $3,873.2 mUlion. The total outstanding advances as of June 30, 1956, amounted to $20,048:6 million; the detaUed information pertaining to these advances is shown in table 115. Interest on advances by the Treasury Interest rates on borrowingst^^from the Treasury, except where such rates are fixed by statute, are determined by the Treasury from month to month and take into account the cost which the Treasury must pay to borrow money in the current market, as reflected by prevaUing market yields on United States Government obligations with.maturities corresponding to the approximate duration of the advances to be used by the agencies for their programs. The rates currently determined are used when new advances are made. A description of the holduigs by the Treasury of the obligations issued by the Government corporations and agencies for" advances outstandiag as of June 30, 1956, together with the applicable rates of iaterest, is given in table 114. Borrowing authority and obligations outstanding The borrowiag authority of agencies authorized to borrow from the Secretary of the Treasury was increased in the net amount of $2,002.3 mUlion during 1956. There were $3,056.0 in new authorizations and $1,053.7 of reductions in authorizations. The Commodity Credit Corporation received the largest increase, amounting to $2,000.0 mU- 36 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY lion, pursuant to the act approved August 11, 1955 (15 U. S. C. 714b). Table 112 shows the status of the borrowing authority of the agencies authorized to borrow from the Secretary of the Treasury. The unused borrowing authorizations of these agencies amounted to $15,404.7 million as of June 30, 1956, and $16,705.2 mUlion as of June 30, 1955. Assets, liabilities, and net investment of the United States in Government corporations, etc. The reporting coverage of Government corporations and certain other business-type activities was considerabl}^ expanded by Department Circular No. 966 issued Januaiy 30, 1956, and Supplement No. 1 thereto, issued June 1, 1956. The agencies submitting reports to the United States Treasury as of June 30, 1956, had-combined assets of $75,582.3 million and liabilities of $4,666.6 million, leaving a net Government investment in these agencies of $70,915.7 million. The major assets consisted of $18,113.1 million in net loans receivable; $21,811.5 million in commodities, supplies, and materials, after deducting allowances for losses; $17,599.8 million in land, structures, and equipment, after deducting reserve for accumulated depreciation; and $4,437.1 million in investments including public debt obligations of the United States. The major liability items consisted of $1,617.9 million in accounts and other pa^^ables and $1,427.4 million in outstanding obligations issued by certain agencies to the public and not guaranteed by the United States. Borrowing b}^ agencies of the Government from the Treasury, formerly shown as bonds, debentures, and notes pa^^able of the agencies, are .now shown as part of the Government's net investment. This change in classification is the principal reason, for the showing of a decrease in liabilities outstanding in 1956 as compared with 1955. These borrowings amounted to $19,951.1 million on June 30, 1956. The statements of financial condition submitted by the various reporting agencies are published q u a r t e r ^ and their statements of income and expense, and of source and application of funds semiannually in the Treasury Bulletin. The statements of financial condition of each agency as of June 30, 1956, are shown in table 117 of this report. Table 116 shows a comparison of the combined assets, liabilities, and net investment of the Government in the reporting agencies as of June 30 for the years 1947 to 1956 inclusive. The statement of income and expense of each agency for the fiscal year 1956 appear in table 118 and the statement of source and application of funds of each agency in table 119. ReT)ayments of capital stock of Government corporations During the fiscal year 1956, Government corporations made cash repa3aTLents on capital stock amounting to $14.2 million. The Fed- REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 37 eral Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation deposited $11.9 million into miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury. The production credit corporations, through the Farm Credit Administration, deposited $2.2 million into a revolving fund maintained in the Treasury. Table 75 includes detaUs relating to capital stock of Government corporations. Other payniients to the Treasury by Government corporations, etc. Interest, dividends, and other earnings deposited in the Treasury by Government corporations and certain other business-type activities amounted to $618.5 million during the fiscal year 1956 as compared with $577.7 million during the fiscal year 1955. Detailed information on such pa37^ments appears in table 122. Guaranteed obligations of Government corporations, etc. As of June 30, 1956, outstanding obligations guaranteed by the United States amounted to $73.9 million, of which $73.1 million were unmatured outstanding obligations issued by the Federal Housing Administration. The balance of $0.8 million represents matured obligations issued by the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation and the Home Owners' Loan Corporation. Funds are on deposit with the Treasurer of the United States for payment of these matured obligations. Detailed information covering these obligations is shown in table 23. SECURITIES OWNED BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT The United States Government owned securities with a net face value of $31,636.2 million as of June 30, 1956. These securities consisted principally of capital stock, bonds, and notes of Government corporations and other business-type activities; mortgages acquired from sale of real estate, vessels, and other property; securities evidencing loans to farmers, railroads, home owners, foreign governments, and others; and securities evidencing the United States subscriptions to the capital of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and to the International Monetary Fund. A statement showing the securities owned as of June 30, 1956, other than foreign government obligations of World War I and World War I I , appears in table 75, with an explanation of each net increase or decrease during the fiscal year. : TAXATION DEVELOPMENTS In his January 1956 State of the Union Alessage, the President recognized that our present tax level is very burdensome and, in the interest of long-term and continuous economic growth, should be reduced when we prudently can, " I t is essential, in the sound 38 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY management of the Government's finances," he said, '^that we be roindful of our enormous national debt and of the obligation we have toward future Americans to reduce that debt whenever we can ap- . propriately do so. Under conditions of high peacetime prosperity, such as now exist, we can never justify going further into debt to give ourselves a tax cut at the expense of our children. So, in the present state of our financial affairs, I earnestly believe that a tax cut can be deemed justifiable only when it will not unbalance the budget, a budget which makes provision for some reduction, even though modest, in our national debt. In this way we can best maintain fiscal integrity." The objectives of tax policy in the fiscal year 1956 were prescribed by the budgetary situation. During the year a budget surplus, to which the administration has been pledged from the beginning, was achieved. Receipts exceeded expenditures by $1,754 million. The President's objective was to secure and safeguard the budgetary balance and to achieve a surplus in order that a start might be made toward debt reduction. In the tax area this meant that it was necessary to hold fast against major tax reductions. In the expenditure area, it entailed constant care for efficiency in Government operations and an alert guard against waste and duplication in activities. Budgetary balance and economic prosperity were recognized to be interdependent and complementary objectives. The nationwide prosperity was in large part inspired and sustained by confidence in the administration's determination and success in getting the Government's financial affairs on a sounder basis. I t refiected a public realization that continued heavy deficit financing contributes to pressures for inflation and that getting and keeping the Government's budget in balance has a very real, practical bearing upon general well-being. Corporate and excise rate extensions To implement his fiscal policy, the President recommended that the existing corporation normal tax rate and the existing rate on certain excises due to be reduced on April 1, 1956, be extended for another year. Legislation implementing these recommendations was reported unanimously by both the House Committee on Ways and Means and the Senate Finance Committee and passed in-time to be approved by the President on March 29, 1956 (Pubhc Law 458). Without this extension, the corporation income tax rate would have reverted to 47 percent on April 1, 1956, through a scheduled reduction in the normal tax rate from 30 "to 25 percent. The excise tax rates which in the absence of this extension would also have been decreased in 1956 were those on alcoholic beverages, cigarettes, gasoline, automobiles, 39 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS trucks and buses, automotive parts and accessories, and diesel and special motor fuels. Public Law 458 forestalled a revenue loss of $205 million in the fiscal year 1956 and $2,297 million in the fiscal year 1957. The estimated full year effect of these_rate extensions aggregated $3,218 miUion. Adjustments in selected excise taxes In the interest of specific policy objectives, adjustments were made in several excise taxes. Estimated revenue gairi from extension of corporate and excise tax rates from April Ij 1956, to April 1, 1957, under Public Law 458 i Change in rate which would have occurred without Public Law 458 ' . ' Corporation income tax Excises: Alcohol taxes: T)istilled spirits Beer Wine Total Tobacco taxes: Cigarettes (small). 62% to 47% __ . Manufacturers' excise taxes: Gasoline Passenger cars . Trucks, buses, and trailers.. Automobile parts and accessories _.. $4 to $3.50 per thousand. 2 to IVifi per gallon 10% to 7% 8% to 6% _-. 8% to 6% - Total Miscellaneous excise taxes: Diesel and special motor fuels Total excises _ Total corporation income tax and excises. 2 to 1^^ per gallon Fiscal year 1956 .--_ $10.50 to $9 per gaUon.. $9 to $8 per barrel Various - Estimated revenue gain under Public Law 458 (In mUUons of dollars) Fiscal year. 1957 Full . year effect 1,370 2,080 44 22 2 98 50 6 144 72 8 68. 164 224 47 130 180 22 . 50 9 8 228 300 56 62 251 350 65 60 89 636 726 1 205 7 927 8 1,138 206 2,297 3, 218 NOTE.—The extension of existing excise tax rates postponed $191 mUlion of floor stocks refunds from fiscal year 1967 to fiscal year 1958. 1 Excludes rate increases and extensions made by the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1956, approved June 29,1956. In conformity with the_recommendation made by the President in his agricultural message of January 9, 1956, farmers were relieved of the burden of excise taxes on gasoline and special fuels used on their farms for farmiag purposes. This was accomplished by legislation providing for an annual refund of gasoline taxes by the Treasury Department directly to farmers. Comparable relief was provided from taxes on diesel fuel and special motor fuel, such as liquified petroleum gas and tractor fuel. On the basis of the 3 cents per gallon gasoliae tax (as subsequently increased by the Federal-Aid 40 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Highway Act of 1956), the enactment of Public Law 466, approved April 2, 1956, will result in about $90 million of refunds to farmers per year. In the interest of international policy. Public Law 796, approved July 25, 1956, extended the exemption from the 10 percent,tax on transportation of persons with respect to transportation outside the United States (except certain parts of Canada and Mexico) and provided for partial exemption for transportation between the continental United States and Alaska and Hawaii. This tax revision wUl result in an estimated $17 inillion tax saving to travelers per year. To provide tax relief on commuters' travel and other short trips and to reduce the work load falling on local mass transportation companies in collecting tax on numerous small transactions, the exemption from the 10 percent excise tax on amounts paid for transportation of persons was increased from 35 cents for single fares to 60 cents by Public Law 1015, approved August 7, 1956. The estimated annual tax saving to travelers is about $6 m.illion. To provide financial relief to motion picture theaters Public Law 1010, approved August 6, 1956, increased the exemption from the. general admissions tax from 50 cents to 90 cents. Admissions in excess of 90 cents continue to be taxed on the full amount of the admission charge at the rate of 1 cent for each 10 cents. The resulting reduction in annual tax collections is estiihated to be about $60 mUlion. Technical and administrative aspects of excise taxes During the fiscal year detailed consideration was given to legislative proposals to improve the technical and administrative provisions governing excise taxes. In 1953 in preparation for the comprehensive revenue revision which culminated in the Revenue Code of 1954, the staffs of the Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service examined numerous proposals advanced by taxpayers and other groups outside the Government for modification of the administrative and technical aspects of excise taxes. I t was contemplated that a number of recommendations wiould be developed for presentation to the Committee on Ways and Means at that time. Under the time pressures which developed, however, it did not prove possible to include a complete review of excise tax matters in the Department's recommendations for the 1954 tax revision. In recognition of this situation, the Committee on Ways and Means, at the close of the first session of the 84th Congress, authorized and directed the appointment of a special subcommittee to REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 41 . make a study of Federal excise tax technical and administrative problems. The question of excise tax rates was. excluded from consideration. The subcommittee held public hearings in October 1955, when it received testimony from Treasury Department and. industry . witnesses on needed revisions (see exhibit 13). The Treasury presented proposed revisions of the law with respect to alcoholic beverages and tobacco and with particular emphasis on the taxation of distilled spirits.^ The basic internal revenue laws dealing with distilled spirits had been enacted shortly after the Civil War, and there had been no general revision of these statutes in over 85 years. The amendments made from time to time to the statutes relating to distilled spirits had been adopted primarily for the purpose of meeting new conditions as they arose, such as the 18th ahd 21st amendments to the Constitution, or for the purpose of correcting specific defects or inequities. Certain of the provisions originally designed to meet particular situations or problems no longer served a useful purpose and were not adaptable to current business operations or to realistic regulatory controls. The primary purpose of the proposed legislation was modernization and to provide laws of uniform application to production, warehousing, processing, and removal for use in connection with all types of distilled spirits. The proposed revisions were designed also to facilitate utilization of plants and equipment for national emergency purposes, to eliminate artificial statutory distinctions between similar operations, to repeal archaic, obsolescent, and unnecessary provisions, and in general to establish a more efficient system of liquor tax administration. On the basis of the Treasury and public testimony received b}^ the subcommittee, the staffs of the Joint Committee on Internal Revenue Taxation and of the Treasury Department (including the Internal Revenue Service) submitted a joint report on excise tax technical and administrative problems on January 9, 1956.^ In view of the President's budgetary objectives, the Treasuiy limited its suggestions for immediate enactment to revisions involving no revenue loss. With respect to a number of additional changes, it agreed in principle that the,y would be logical and reasonable, but because of the revenue loss involved could not recommend their enactment at this time. These recommendations were the subject of three days of public hearings held by the subcommittee. In March 1956 the subcommittee held 1 See "Hearings before the Subcommittee on Excise Tax Technical and Administrative Problems," House Committee on Ways and Means, 84th Congress, 2d Session, pp. 171-211. 2 This report appears in "Hearings before the Subcommittee on Excise Tax Technical and Administrative Problems," House Cojnmlttee on Ways and Means, 84th Congress, 2d Session, Part 2, pp. 3-53. 42 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY additional public hearings and on April 20, 1956, it submitted 80 specific recommendations for the consideration of the full Committee on Ways and Means. These recommendations, as amended by the full committee, were subsequently incorporated in H. R. 11298, and covered the entire range of excises, involving some increases as well as some decreases in revenue with an estimated overall net loss of $2.1 million. Action on the legislation was terminated by the adjournment of the Congress. Life insurance companies As described in the Annual Report for 1955, the taxation of hfe insurance companies has long been governed by special provisions which in recent years have been on a year-to-year stopgap basis. Permanent legislation in this area could not be considered at the time of the 1954 revenue revision and in 1955 legislation on this subject was deferred to the second session of the 84th Congress after a new temporary formula for the year 1955 had been partially processed. Temporary legislation for 1955 (Public Law 429) was approved March 13, 1956. It provides for the application of the regular corporate tax rates to the net investment income of these companies after deduction of 87K percent on the first $1 million and 85 percent on the balance of income above $1 million. The effect of the 85 percent credit is equivalent to imposing a tax rate of 7.8 percent on the entire net investment income. This legislation also provides significant improvements in the tax base and deals with a number of abuses under the old law. The 1955 tax liabilities of life insurance companies are estimated to be about $248 million under Public Law 429. If the stopgap formula for 1954 had been extended to 1955, it would have resulted in about $197 million tax collections. Public Law 429 also broadens the definition of investment income, which formerly included specifically only interest, dividends, and rents. It expressly includes royalty income, income from a noninsurance business, and certain payments in connection with leases and mortgages which are equivalent to rent or interest. This redefinition of investment income is made applicable also to mutual fire and casualty companies. The legislation also limits abuses by certain quasi-investment companies which do a small life insurance business in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded life insurance companies on their investment income. It also modifies the treatment of cancellable health and accident business conducted by life insurance companies and eliminates the 85 percent intercorporate dividends received credit with respect to the portion of dividend income on which REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 43 the 85 percent insurance credit is claimed. The latter provision removes unjustified duplication of credits where the special insurance company treatment already substantially eliminates multiple taxation of the corporate dividends which the intercorporate dividends credit is designed to prevent. During the year work continued on developing a broader and more general program for the taxation of life insurance companies. However, recommendations for a broader and more permanent approach to taxation were not completed in time to permit in this session of Congress the extensive study of proposals which had been desired by the appropriate congressional committees. Therefore, before adjourning, the Congress extended application of the 1955 formula for taxing life insurance companies to taxable years beginning in 1956 (Public Law 784, approved July 2, 1956).' In the absence of this extension the taxation of life insurance companies would automatically have reverted to the formula originally adopted in 1942 with certain modifications adopted under the 1955 legislation. Highway program The expanded Federal highway program, proposed by the Presi. dent to the Congress on February 22, 1955, was enacted duriag this fiscal year. The Treasury participated in the development of the financing (as distiaguished from the expenditure) aspects of the legislation. The Secretary appeared before the House Committee on Ways and Means on February 14, 1956, on the financing provisions of the program as embodied ia H. R. 9075 (see exhibit 7). T h a t bill proposed that the program be fiaanced by new and additional taxes but also contemplated the use of revenues from existing taxes on motor fuels and tires and inner tubes. The Secretary generaUy supported the proposed method of financing but poiated out that the additional revenue provided would not be sufficient and that insofar as revenues from existing taxes (other than those on motor fuels) were allocated to the highway program, other revenues would have to be raised to cover the loss ia general revenues. The Secretary also suggested that the revenues iatended for highway purposes be placed in a special fund with expenditures to be withdrawn from the fund. On May 17, 1956, the Secretary appeared on the same subject before the Senate Committee on Fiaance (see exhibit 8). He poiated out that under the bUl passed by the House (H. R. 10660) part of the revenue for the program would be derived from dedication of revenues from existing taxes, ia addition to those on motor fuels; and that this 44 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY diversion of excise collections from general revenues would require additional revenues for the general budget or requue contmuation of old taxes which otherwise might be reduced. He also suggested that the trust fund embodied in the bill be amended to permit allocation of funds therefrom to be so timed that estimated expenditures from the allocations would not exceed the amounts estioiated to be available ia the fund. The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1956 was approved by the President on June 29, 1956 (Public Law 627). I t provides for an additional tax of 1 cent per gallon on gasoliae and other motor fuels, an iacrease in the tax on trucks and buses from 8 to 10 percent, and an increase in the tax on tires of the type used on highway vehicles from 5 to 8 cents a pound. New taxes are imposed on tread rubber (camelback) at 3 cents a pound and on large, trucks and buses (those having a gross weight of more than 26,000 pounds) at the rate of $1.50 per year for each 1,000 pounds of gross weight. The new and iacreased taxes became effective on July 1, 1956, and contmue through June 30, 1972. In keeping with the concept of relating the revenues to expenditures for highway purposes, provision is made for exemption from the new and additional taxes for certaia nonhighway uses. Exemption from the new and mcreased taxes on motor fuels and the weight tax on buses is provided also for privately owned local transit systems because of the dUficult financial position of many of these companies. The law creates a '^Highway Trust F u n d " into which are placed for the next 16 fiscal years all the revenues from the Federal taxes on motor fuels, the tax on tread rubber, the weight tax on trucks and buses, and the revenue from the increase of the taxes on tires and trucks and buses. Between July 1, 1957, and June 30, 1972, the fund will also receive the yield from 3 percentage points of the existing 8 percent tax on trucks and buses and all the existing taxes on tues (5 cents a pound) and tubes (9 cents a pound). Anticipated receipts from the several taxes reserved for the highway program, as estimated when the legislation was under consideration, are presented in the accompanying table. Estimated tax receipts allocated to highway trustfund, fiscal years 1957-72 [In mUlions of dollarsj P r e s e n t law taxes Gasoline (2 cents Fiscal year gaUon)! 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 - - - Diesel fuel (2 cents per gallon) Tires (5 cents per pound) Inner tubes (9 cents per pound) N e w or mcreased taxes Trucks, buses, • and Total, trailers (3 percent p r e s e n t of m a n u - law taxes facturers' price) Gasoline (1 cent per gallon) 2 Diesel fuel (1 cent gallon)* 8 846 994 1,031 1,064 1,099 1,133 1,169 1,203 1, 237 1,269 1,307 1,341 1.375 1,407 1,436 7 1, 650 S22 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 37 38 39 7 47 184 191 197 204 210 217 223 229 235 242 248 255 261 266 273 18 18 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 75 81 78 84 84 87 90 87 96 96 96 99 99 99 105 868 1,298 1,349 1,377 1,426 1,467 1,514 1,558 1,590 1,644 1,690 1,731 1, 775 1,814 1,849 2,034 426 473 490 506 522 539 556 572 589 605 623 638 655 670 634 747 10 13 13 13 14 15 15 15 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 22 19, 561 535 3,435 153 1,356 25,040 9,295 251 Total 1 After deduction of refunds of tax on farm gasoline, estimated at 6 percent. 2 After deduction of all use in other than registered highway-type vehicles, estimated at 10 percent, and. use by transit systems, estimated at $4 mUlion amiually. 3 After deduction for transit use, estimated at $1 mUlion annually and use in nonregistered highway vehicles. * After deduction of tires for nonhighway-type vehicles, estimated at 12 percent. Tires (3 c e n t s per pound)* 95 98 100 103 103 111 i 111 116 124 127 129 132 135 135 140 145 1,909 Totali receipts- Trucks, ; buses, and Tread trailers rubber (3 e e n t s (2 p e r c e n t of m a n u per p o u n d ) * facturers' price) 8 9 11 9 11 8 12 11 ! 14 11 12 14 11 14 11 14 180 Trucks, over Total, 26,000 n e w or pounds ($1.50 per increased thousand taxes pounds, annual tax) 47 50 54 52 56 56 58 60 53 64 64 64 66 66 66 76 45 46 47 43 49 50 52 53 55 56 57 59 60 62 63 64 631 639 715 731 760 779 804 827 856 880 902 924 945 965 932 8 1,063 957 866 13, 458 Annual ; Cumui Ihdve" 1,499 1,987" 2,064; 2,103 2,186 i 2,246 2,318 2,385 . 2, 452' 2, 5242,5922,655 2, 720; 2,779 2,831 3,152 1 499' 3,.486. 5,,550i 7;.658 9,844'12,090) I4v403 16,793 19,245^ 211 769: 24,361 27;.0I6 29,.736. 32,615^ 35,346. 38, 499» 38, 498 3 After deduction of rubber for tires for nonhighway-type vehicles, estimated': at 6 percent. 6 Excludes receipts from taxes accrued prior to July 1, 1956. 7 Including receipts after June 30,1972, of taxes accrued on or before t h a t date. 8 Including receipts after June 30, 1972, of taxes accrued on or before that.date>.liess; floor stocks and other refunds paid in 1973. a CT > a >^: > a OQ. 46 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY • Amounts in the trust fund are avaUable for making expenditures after June 30, 1956, and before July 1, 1972, to meet the obligations incurred under the Federal-Aid Road Act as amended and supplemented (23 U. S. C. 48, 16 U. S. C. 503). Whenever the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the amounts avaUable in the trust fund will be insufficient to defray the expenditures required as a result of the amounts authorized to be appropriated to the States for any fiscal year for the interstate highway system, he is required so to advise the Secretary of Commerce, who wUl then make corresponding reductions in the appropriations for the interstate system. Other taxation developments During the congressional session several hundred tax bUls were introduced ranging from proposals for major tax reduction to minor technical amendments of the Revenue Code. Many of these were considered at length by the committees of Congress and in response to their requests, the Treasury prepared analyses and formulations of policy positions on specific legislative items. During the second session of the 84th Congress alone, departmental reports on more than a hundred separate bills were prepared. The Department recommended against the enactment of many of these because they involved retroactive legislation to which the Department is opposed as a matter of principle. It opposed enactment of others because they would have involved substantial revenue loss or because they were not essential to tax fairness. A number of bills relating to raUroad retirement benefits were of special interest to the Treasury because one of their provisions would have allowed employees to exclude contributions to the railroad retirement program from their taxable income. The Department strongly opposed such exclusions because they would have represented a fundamental departure from established principles of Federal income taxation. They would have created a special tax advantage for a special group of taxpayers and would have involved a very large loss of revenue, particularly if comparable exclusions were subsequently extended to other taxpayer groups (see exhibits 9, 10, and 11). The legislation adopted by the Congress (Public Law 1013, approved August 7, 1956) provided for a 10 percent increase in certain railroad retirement benefits but did not contain the income tax exclusion for employees' railroad retirement contributions. In addition to the legislation previously discussed, the second session of the 84th Congress enacted a number of other measures containing tax provisions (see exhibit 15). These included bUls which liberalized income tax deductions for contributions to medical research, conformed the provisions of the retirement income tax credit to the liberalized proyisions of the spcial security act, made some changes iu REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS ' 47 the provisions of the estate tax, extended application of the Reneg:otiation Act to January 1, 1959, and continued the suspension of duties and import taxes on metal scrap until June 30, 1957. Some tax measures were vetoed by the President. One of these, H. R. 7643, would have allowed retroactively to 1950 to certain firms receiving royalties in the United Kingdom a credit against the Federal income tax for taxes imposed by the United Kingdom on the payer of royalties. Through the combined effect of United States income tax law and the income tax convention wdth Great Britain, the combination of British and United States taxes paid on the royalties of some American recipients are now higher than those on the royalties of others, depending on whether the firm has a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom. This is a result of the existing tax convention and is not due to the Federal tax law. The Treasury has undertaken to obtain a correction of the situation through appropriate modification of the convention. The retroactive application of the bUl to 1950 would have singled out for special relief a small group of taxpayers whose need for relief had not been demonstrated. Another bUl, H. R. 4392, would have provided special tax treatment for certain real estate investment trusts by extending to them, under certain conditions, the ^'pass-through" method of taxation which present law provides for regulated investment companies. This treatment consists of exempting most of the earnings of the investment company from taxation and taxing the organization only on its retained earnings and capital gains. Real estate trusts are not analogous to regulated investment trusts and there is no adequate basis for exempting their earnings from corporate income tax. Furthermore, it was by no means clear how far the proposed new provision of the law might have been applied; it might well have been used to secure virtual tax exemption in many real estate activities going far beyond the apparent intent of the proposal. The President vetoed also H. R. 10468 and H. R. 10662 which would have created bridge commissions to construct and operate bridges at two places between Indiana and Kentucky. Under these bills, the Federal Government would have taken away from the States and their highway agencies the responsibility for providing bridges of concern primarily to the residents of the immediate area to be served and would have given that authority to a special commission which would be free from State supervision and not subject to Federal supervision. Regulations During the year the Treasury continued its intensive efforts to promulgate new regulations under all of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The complete overhaul of the revenue laws 48 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY effected by the 1954 legislation has necessitated an intensive program of assistiance to the taxpaying public in interpreting and explaining the new law. During the year, 62 notices of proposed rule making were issued inviting taxpayer comment aiid 45 final Treasmy Decisions were published. Social security developments Public Law 880, approved August 1, 1956, amended the financial features of the old age and survivors insurance program in several significant respects. It extended coverage to about 600,000 additional farm owners and operators and to about 225,000 self-employed lawyers, dentists, veterinarians, optometrists, and others. Physicians and osteopaths continue to be excluded. It also lowered the retirement age for women to the age of 62 and granted employed women and wives the option to accept reduced benefits at 62 or obtain full benefits at 65. It provided for the first time disability benefits payable to permanently and totally disabled persons over 50 years of age beginning in July 1957 and established a separate trust fund for the disability program to minimize the effects of the special problems in this field on retirement and survivors' protection. Effective January 1, 1957, the rates of the employment tax on both employers and employees were increased from 2 percent to 2% percent. Effective with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1956, the tax rate on self-employment income was increased from 3 percent to 3% percent. Both rate increases are to be in effect untU 1960. (See exhibit 12.) On the recommendation of the Board of Trustees of the Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund, of which the Secretary of the Treasmy is the managing trustee, the method of computing the interest rate on the investment of the trust fund has been changed. Under prior law, the interest on special obligations issued directly to the fund was the average on the total interest-bearing public debt. In view of the long-term nature of the trust fund, the trustees proposed that the rate on these securities be based on the average interest paid on marketable Treasury bonds (by definition having a maturity of five years or more at the time of issue). This ties the earnings of the fund more closely to'^the market rate of interest and places the earnings of the fund on a basis more nearly comparable to those of privately administered trust funds. The change is expected to increase the interest earnings of the fund, based on its present size, by about $44 million annually. International tax developments The principal developments affecting taxation of business income from foreign sources took place largely in connection with the bi REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 49 lateral tax treaty program for the avoidance of double taxation and the elimination of other tax barriers to the flow of international trade and investment. There were no legislative developments on H. R. 7725, which had been introduced during the first session of the 84th Congress and incorporated the Department's recommendations for a 14 percent rate reduction on business income from foreign sources and the deferral of tax on income derived abroad through a branch establishment until such income was actually withdrawn from the foreign country. The first income tax convention with a Latin-American country was consummated during the year. A treaty with Honduras was signed June 25, 1956, and the Senate gave its consent to ratification on July 19, 1956. The convention is similar in major respects to those in effect with most European countries. However, several provisions are innovations, such as the allowance under certain conditions of charitable contributions to a foreign organization as a deduction in computing taxable income. I n conjunction with a proposed convention to supplement the existing income tax convention with France, the Treasury negotiated an agreement with the French Ministry of Finance by which exemption from French turnover taxes was granted to royalties received by American licensors of copyrights, patents, designs, etc., to French licensees.^ (See exhibit 14.) A supplementary income tax convention with France was completed, and the Senate gave its approval and agreed to ratification of the convention on July 19, 1956. The exemption was made applicable also to liabilities for prior years, running back in some cases to 1951. The agreement also enabled American motion picture enterprises in France to reorganize their method of operation to reduce turnover taxes on film rentals. An income tax convention with Austria was negotiated, but arrangements for signature of the formal documents had not been completed by the end of the fiscal year. Similarly, discussions were concluded with Belgium regarding extension of the existing income tax convention to the Belgian Congo; arrangements for the signature of formal doc^uments were not completed. Modification of the income tax convention with Canada was agreed to but completion of the necessary formalities came too late to submit the protocol to the Senate for consent to ratification. The income tax convention with the Netherlands was made applicable, with certain modifications, to the Netherlands Antilles when ratifications were exchanged on November 10, 1955, of a protocol to the convention. Extensive negotiations were conducted during the year on double taxation agreements with 1 For text of agreement, see "Senate Report Executive J," 84th Congress, 2d Session, pp. 6-15. 399346—57 5 50 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Mexico, Cuba, and Pakistan, and major progress was made toward completing draft agreements. International Financial and Monetary Developments The fiscal year 1956, was in general a period of prosperity and of high levels of trade and of production in the free world. Although some countries still experienced balance-of-payments difficulties and inflationary pressures, the action taken to remedy such difficulties in most instances took the form of fiaancial measures rather than increased rehance upon exchange restrictions or direct controls, such as import quotas. The fiaancial measures included allowing interest rates to rise in response to the strong demands for funds, and restraint in availability of bank credit, often followed by fiscal action in the form of increased taxes, reduced subsidies, and actual or planned reduction in government expenditures. Restrictions on trade, iacluding discrimination against the dollar area, were somewhat reduced and, in some instances the restrictions that remain are motivated by protectionist rather than financial reasons. Some countries expanded their lists of permitted dollar imports, and there was a continuance of efforts among the Western European countries to extend dollar liberalization. Discrimination among nondollar countries was also reduced through wider transferabUity of curreacies and reduction of bilateral agreements. The continuance of the improvement in the balance-of-payments positions of most foreign countries was reflected in substantial increases in their gold and dollar reserves, with the notable exception of the United Kingdom. As in previous years, however, part of this increase was attributable to United States Government programs of military expenditure and foreign aid. There were some indications at the close of the year that the pace of industrial expansion was slowing down, even though inflationary pressures which might caU for vigorous corrective action persisted. The United States balance of payments and gold movements In the fiscal year 1956 the United States exported goods and services to the value of $24.5 billion (including $3.0 biUion under mUitary aid programs) and imported $19.1 biUion (including $2.9 billion of United States military expenditures abroad). The surplus of exports, excluding goods exported under military aid programs, amounted to $2.4 billion, slightly larger than in fiscal 1955. The United States Government provided $2.2 billion net to foreign countries through nonmilitary grants, capital transactions, and other payments. Net outflow of United States private capital reached $1.7 bUlion. Total outpayments by the United States in the flscal year amounted to $23.2 REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 51 biUion compared with receipts of $21.5 billion (both flgures exclusive of mUitary aid grants), so that the rest of the world, including international organizations, showed a net gain of $1.7 biUion in gold and long- and short-term dollar assets. Foreign dollar assets increased by nearly $1.9 billion, but the increase was partly offset by net gold sales to the United States of more than $0.1 billion. This year was the flrst year since 1952 in which the United States made net purchases of gold from the rest of the world. As of June 30, 1956, foreign countries held $27.4 billion in gold and short-term dollar assets (exclusive of U. S. S. R. gold holdings), compared with $25.5 billion held at the close of the preceding flscal year. Gains in gold holdings accounted for $0.5 bUlion of the $1.9 billion increase and resulted primarily from new foreign gold production. At the end of the flscal year 1956, foreign countries also held $1.1 billion in United States Government bonds and notes, the same as at the end of flscal 1955. (See table 103.) In addition to holdings of foreign countries, international organizations held $3.8 billion in gold and short-term dollar assets as of June 30, 1956, a gain amounting to almost $0.2 billion for the flscal year. These organizations also held $0.3 billion of United States Government bonds and notes, an amount identical with their holdings on June 30, 1955. Total estimated world gold holdings on June 30, 1956 (exclusive of the U. S. S. R.) were $38.4 billion of which the United States held $21.9 billion and international organizations held $1.7 bUlion. Thus, the United States held 57 percent of world gold reserves and 60 percent of gold reserves held by individual countries. United States gold policy was unchanged during the year. Exchange and trade liberalization Although no countries made their currencies formally convertible in the course of the year, there was further progress in the direction of freeing international exchange operations from governmental restrictions. A large measure of de facto convertibUity resulted from the elimination of many restrictions on exchange transactions, arrangements for transferability of currencies, and the liberalization of trade, particularly by the countries of Western Europe. Changes in the currency regulations of the Federal Republic of Germany resulted in a considerable measure of resident convertibility for the mark by permitting the retention of foreign currencies and the purchase of foreign securities. The Belgium-Luxembourg Economic Union, which imposes few exchange restrictions, permitted the purchase and sale of securities and property abroad by Belgian residents, and permitted foreigners to deal in Belgian securities and to make investments in Belgium. The Netherlands also authorized its residents 52 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY to purchase and sell securities denominated in dollars or the currencies of member countries of the European Payments Union, and foreign holders of capital denominated in guilders were permitted freely to use these holdings for the purchase of securities. Current account exchange transactions are practically free of restrictions. By agreement among the countries concerned, authorized banks in Belgium, Denmark, France, the Federal Republic of Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom were permitted to engage in foreign exchange arbitrage transactions, both spot and forward, up to three months. The market in these currencies is permitted to fluctuate freely within 1 percent of parity. Moreover, in the Netherlands, forward transactions in dollars were permitted. These arrangements facilitate transfer transactions in the currencies of the countries concerned. In February 1955 the United Kingdom had also authorized the Exchange Equalization Account to deal in transferable sterling in foreign markets. The effect of this policy during the period under review was to reduce the spread between the rate for American account sterling and transferable account sterling. A series of agreements between BrazU and Belgium-Luxembourg, Germany, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom (later joined by Austria and Italy), the so-called Hague Club, resulted in giving BrazU transferability of earnings in transactions with these countries, and uniform treatment of its exports to them. A somewhat similar arrangement (the Paris Club) was made between the Argentine and the European countries. As indicated in last year's report, when the extension of the European Payments Union to June 30, 1956, was agreed upon, the basis of settlements through the Union was established at 75 percent in gold and 25 percent in credit, and provision was made for the establishment of a new European Fund in the event of the termination of the European Payments Union. The termination clause was not invoked during the year, and in June 1956 the Council of the Organization for European Economic Cooperation agreed to renew the European Payments Union for another year with the termination clause and the settlement ratio unchanged. In conjunction with this decision, bilateral agreements were concluded by some members for additional amortization of claims and debts to the Payments Union, and Italy voluntarUy repaid $12 miUion to the EPU. In the course of the year a series of international conferences were held on international flnancial and trade problems. Secretary Humphrey, as United States Governor, headed the United States delegation to the tenth annual meeting of the Boards of Governors of the International Monetary Fund and of. the International Bank for Recon- REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 53 struction and Development held at Istanbul in September 1955 and the eleventh annual meeting in Washington in September 1956. The alternate governor for the United States at these sessions was the Deputy Under Secretary of State for Economic Affairs then in office (Samuel C. Waugh and Herbert V. Prochiiow, respectively). Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Overby (who is also Executive Director of the Bank), and United States Executive Director of the Fund Frank A. Southard, Jr., served as Temporary Alternate Governors for the United States at these meetings. (See exhibits 18-21.) The flrst meeting of the Governors of the International Finance Corporation was held in conjunction with the 1956 meeting of the Bank. Secretary Humphrey attended the Ministerial Meeting in Paris of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in December 1955. Considerable attention was given in this meeting to an examination and assessment of the international situation following the second Geneva Conference. There was also discussion of closer cooperation among the-NATO countries, under Article II of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, on nonmilitary matters. Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Overby with other officials of the Government represented the United States at the Ministerial Meeting of the Organization for European Economic Cooperation in February 1956. The meeting, under the chairmanship of Chancellor of the Exchequer MacMillan of the United Eangdom, was attended by Ministers of Foreign Affairs, Finance, and other departments of the OEEC countries. Resolutions were approved covering payments and trade policies of European countries, dollar liberahzation, and cooperation on atomic energy for peaceful uses. Secretary Humphrey, together with Secretary Dulles, Secretary Benson, and Secretary Weeks, represented the United States at the second meeting of the Joint United States-Canadian Committee on Trade and Economic Affairs held at Ottawa in September 1955. The Treasury also participated in a number of other meetings of international groups concerned with flnancial and economic problems on a global or regional basis, such as the U. N. Economic and Social Council, the Economic Cominission for Latin America, the Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East, the Colombo Plan Organization, and the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization. The Treasury also participated in the meeting of the contracting parties to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) in their tenth regular session. Among the business items were further consultations looking toward the relaxation of quantitative import restrictions, including those which are discriminatory with respect to the United States. Measures such as special compensatory taxes 54 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY employed against United States exports were also considered and steps taken to aUeviate their additional burden on United States goods. The proposal for United States membership in the Organization for Trade Cooperation, referred to in the last annual report, received a favorable report from the Ways and Means Committee of the House of Representatives but was not acted upon. In May 1956, representatives of 22 countries formaUy concluded the fourth general round of GATT tariff negotiations involving the completion of some 60 intergovernmental negotiations for the stabilization or reduction of tariff barriers. The United States participated in these negotiations under the authority granted by the Trade Agreements Extension Act, and the concessions made by the United States were within the 15 percent hmitation imposed by that law. These concessions were to be staged in equal parts over a three-year period. International Monetary Fund and exchange stabilization arrangements The International Monetary Fund which has been established to promote international monetary cooperation, and particularly to encourage exchange stability and freedom of exchange transactions, continued to consult with its members retaining exchange restrictions on current transactions. Through these consultations, the Fund has pressed for exchange simphflcation and the elimination or reduction of exchange restrictions. Its suggestions have resulted in signiflcant modiflcations of policy in a number of member countries. Particular attention was paid to bilateral arrangements in the course of the Fund consultations. Although there was little change in the total number of bilateral agreements during the year, the liberalization of the terms of many of these agreements reduced their restrictive effect on trade. Few changes in par values occurred during the period. Following the change in August 1954 in the par value of the Paraguayan guarani from 15 to 21 guaranies per United States dollar, the Fund, in March 1956, concurred in a further devaluation, from 21 to 60 guaranies to the United States dollar, accompanied by a simpliflcation of the rate structure. The Fund also agreed to a change in the par value of the Pakistan rupee, from 3.31 to 4.76 rupees per United States doUar, effective July 31, 1955. Steps toward the uniflcation of exchange rates were taken by ChUe, Iran, and ThaUand; and other countries, such as Uruguay, modifled their exchange rate structure in greater or lesser degree. Argentina, in October 1955, replaced a system which had three basic rates and a series of mixing rates by two exchange markets, an official market and a free market. The PhUippine Republic initiaUy imposed a 17 percent tax on foreign exchange in March 1951. The fourth extension of this tax, REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 55 to June 30, 1956, was approved by the Fund, and also, under the terms of the United States-PhUippine Trade Agreement, by the President of the United States, in June 1955. The revision of the trade agreement in September 1955, however, resulted in the abolition of the exchange tax, effective January 1, 1956, and the substitution of a 17 percent tax on imports. Trade transactions which were exempt from the exchange tax are exempt from the import tax, and invisibles, previously subject to the exchange tax, are also exempt. The import tax is scheduled to be reduced in stages, and flnally eliminated at the end of 10 years, although under certain conditions, the process may be slowed, or even reversed. The membership of the Fund (and of the International Bank) stood at 58 countries on June 30, 1956. The Argentine and Viet Nam were subsequently admitted to membership in the two institutions. The quotas of several countries in the Fund and in the Bank have been revised upward. The increases in most instances have been relatively smaU. During the flscal year 1956 the International Monetary Fund sold $30.2 mUlion in dollars to members in exchange for their own currencies, and members purchased their currencies from the Fund with gold and dollars to the ainount of $268.0 million. Since its inception, the Fund has sold the equivalent of $1,244.0 miUion in currencies and members have made repurchases aggregating $984.9 miUion. The standby arrangement of the Fund with Belgium, under which drawings of up to $50 mUlion are perinitted, was continued during the year but no drawings were made. A standby arrangement, also in the amount of $50 mUlion, was allowed by Mexico to expire on October 15, 1955. However, the StabUization Agreement between the United States. Treasury and Mexico was renewed in December 1955. This agreement extended arrangements to provide up to a maximum of $75 mUlion untU December 1957, for exchange stabUization operations to aid in preserving Mexico's exchange system free from restrictions on payments. It will be administered in close coordination with the activities of the International Monetary Fund. No drawing was made under this agreement during the year. (See exhibit 23.) The International Monetary Fund in February 1956, announced extension of its arrangement with Peru under which that institution agreed to make avaUable $12.5 mUlion on a standby basis and at the same time the Treasmy extended for one year existing arrangements under which the United States Exchange StabUization Fund undertakes to purchase Peruvian soles up to an amount equivalent to $12.5 million shoiUd occasion for such a purchase arise. The agreements were designed to assist Peru in maintaining external trade and payments free from governmental restrictions and to avoid unnecessary 56 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY fluctuations in the rate of exchange. No drawing was made by Peru against either arrangement in the course of the year. (See exhibit 24.) During the year the Chilean Government undertook important domestic measures to deal with inflationary problems. As part of Chile's efforts to stabilize its economy, on April 16, 1956, there was introduced a system of free exchange rates, a single rate of exchange' to be applicable to commercial transactions, and a separate and secondary exchange rate to effect receipts and payments for certain nontrade transactions. In connection with its new effort for the attainment of internal stability and international equilibrium, the Chilean authorities entered into a one-year standby arrangement with the International Monetary Fund, effective April 16, 1956, under which the Chilean Government may purchase up to $35 million in currencies held by the Fund. Other Chilean arrangements provided for credits of $30 million from private banks in the United States and an Exchange Agreement with the United States Treasury in the amount of $10 million. Any Chilean pesos which may be acquired under the Exchange Agreement are to be repurchased by Chile for dollars. During the year no drawings were made by Chile under these agreements. (See exhibit 25.) Foreign investment, the Export-Import Bank, the International Bank, and the International Finance Corporation United States foreign investment has continued to expand. In the calendar year 1955 the increase in American private investment abroad was estimated at $2.4 billion (including reinvestment), and the total of private foreign investment had reached an estimated $29 billion by December 31, 1955. Two-thirds of this amount is represented by direct investment in branches and subsidiaries of United States corporations, with a book value of more than $19 bilhon at the end of 1955. Canada and Latin America each had about a third of this direct investment. On an industry basis, about a third of the investment was in manufacturing, and somewhat less than a third was in petroleum. Portfoho investment accounted for about onequarter, and short-term assets for less than ten percent, of total United States private investment abroad. Balance of payments data indicate that the expansion of United States private investment abroad continued at an accelerated rate during the flrst six months of 1956, when there was more than $1 billion of new dollar investment. The indebtedness of foreign countries to the United States Government under various loan and credit agreements, concluded principally since the end of World War I I , amounted to $11.8 biUion as of June 30, 1956. (See table 111.) These agreements included settlement of lend-lease, surplus property, and similar obligations, the loan under REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 57 the Anglo-American Financial Agreement, loans by the ExportImport Bank, and obligations arising under the mutual security and foreign aid program. The Export-Import Bank authorized new credit commitments of $375.9 million during the flscalyear 1956, including $32.8 miUion for 51 new credit lines to assist United States exporters. Loans were made to Latin American countries, the Philippines, Ethiopia, and Japan, and exporter credits assisted the financing of exports to a number of other countries, including Egypt, France, Greece, India, Iran, Italy, Spain, and West Germany. Financing was provided for various types of capital equipment, cotton credits, and economic development. The Bank disbursed $251.6 million on loan commitments made during the current and previous years, and received $286 million in repayments of principal. The total loans and commitments outstanding on June 30, 1956, totaled $2.6 biUion. During the fiscal year 1956, the International Bank made loans to the equivalent of $396 million, only slightly less than the high point of $410 miUion reached in the preceding year. Included in the 26 loans made during the year were the largest yet made for a single project, the Kariba power loan of $80 inillion in the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland, and the largest yet made for industry, the Tata iron and steel loan of $75 miUion in India. The bulk of the lending, as in the preceding year, was for power and transport, which together accounted for about 70 percent of the total. The balance took the form of industrial, agricultural, and multipurpose loans. As of June 30, 1956, the Bank had made 150 loans totaling almost $2.7 billion to 42 countries and territories, and had disbursed nearly $2.0 biUion. Excluding the early reconstruction loans of $497 million to Europe, 30.1 percent of the Bank's loans have gone to the Western Heinisphere, 21.8 percent to Europe, 20.2 percent to Asia, 16.0 percent to Africa, and 11.9 percent to Australia. International Finance Corporation In accordance with the legislation enacted in August 1955, authorizing United States membership in the IFC, on December 5, 1955, Secretary Humphrey signed the Articles of Agreement of the International Finance Corporation, and deposited an Instrument of Acceptance signed by President^Eisenhower on behalf of the United States Government. The Articles of Agreement provided that the IFC would come into existence when a minimum of $75 million had been subscribed by at least 30 countries. On July 20, 1956, the number of countries accepting membership reached 31, with capital subscriptions totaling $78,366,000, and the International Finance Corporation came into 58 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY being. A number of other countries have indicated their intention of joining the Corporatioa. The Corporation has an authorized capital of $100 mUlion, with subscriptions of member countries proportionate to their subscriptions to the capital of the International Bank. All subscriptions are payable in full in gold or dollars. The United States subscription of $35,168,000 was paid in August 1956, through a public debt transaction. The Corporation, organized as an affiliate of the International Bank, is designed to promote the growth of productive private enterprise, particularly in the less developed areas. Without government guarantee or repayment, the Corporation wUl, in association with private investors, invest in productive private enterprise when sufficient private capital is not avaUable on reasonable terms. The Corporation is designed to bring together investment opportunities, management and private capital, and to assist in creating conditions favorable to both domestic and international private investment. The Corporation may not invest in capital stock, and it will not assume managerial responsibUity in connection with its investments, but it may invest in securities which participate in profits, and which are either convertible into capital stock or carry rights to subscribe to capital stock which may be exercised by subsequent private purchasers of investments made by the Corporation. In this way the Corporation through its investments may in effect provide venture capital. The Corporation wUl endeavor to maintain a revolving fund by selling its investments when appropriate to private investors on satisfactory terms. Foreign assets control Foreign Assets Control administers regulations issued under authority of Section 5 (b) of the Trading with the Enemy Act. The Foreign Assets Control Regulations block property in the United States in which there is any Communist Chinese or North Korean interest and prohibit all trade or other financial transactions with those countries or their nationals. Foreign bank accounts in the United States which had been utUized in financing dollar transactions involving a Communist Chinese interest have also been blocked by the Control to the extent that such transactions were involved. For the purpose of preventing Communist China from obtaining foreign exchange through the exportation of merchandise to the United States, the Foreign Assets Control RegiUations prohibit the unhcensed purchase and importation into the United States of Communist Chinese or North Korean merchandise, as weU as numerous other commodities therein specified which are of types that have REVIEW OF FISCAL OPERATIONS 59 historically come from China in the past. The Control does not issue licenses authorizing importation of Chinese-type merchandise unless satisfactory evidence of their non-Communist Chinese origin is presented. Importation under general licenses is authorized with respect to speciflc shipments of Chinese-type merchandise certifled to be of nonCommunist Chinese origin by the government of a foreign country from which they were directly exported, provided that the country in question has set up procedures for certification pursuant to standards agreed to by the Treasury Department. The following Governments now have such certification procedures: Australia, Formosa, France, Hong Kong, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, and the Repubhc of Korea. Notices of the avaUability of certificates of origin for particular commodities and of the governments prepared to issue them are published from time to time in the Federal Register. During the year, the Government of Italy entered into a certification agreement and a number of additional individual items became available for certification under existing agreements with other governments. Notably, the Government of Hong Kong worked out a new procedure, under which commercial samples may be sent from Hong Kong to the United States for the purpose of procuring orders. Certificate of origin procedures under which the Governments of Japan and of the Federal Republic of Germany had certified to the origin of dyed hog bristles were terminated when the procedures were found unworkable. At the same time the Control announced that it is prepared to consider apphcations for licenses for the importation from Japan of Japanese natural (undyed) nonblack bristles subject to physical inspection and other appropriate measures to determine that they are in fact Japanese natural hog bristles. German natural hog bristle is similarly authorized for importation under an outstanding general license. The enforcement measures of the Control resulted in a number of successful criminal prosecutions involving several jail sentences and substantial fines. Additional sums were offered and paid in mitigation of civil penalties incurred in a number of cases in which misdescribed merchandise was imported in violation of the Regulations. As a result of the discovery of evidence of the smuggling of Chinese bristles into the United States from Canada large quantities of such bristles were seized. The Foreign Assets Control also administers the Transaction Control Regulations. Under these regulations, persons in the United States are prohibited from purchasing or selling or arranging the purchase or sale, outside the United States for ultimate shipment to the 60 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Soyiet bloc, of strategic commodities. These regulations supplement the export control laws administered by the Department of Commerce. In addition, the Control has responsibilities with respect to blocked accounts of approximately $9,000,0.00 received from the sale of a Czechoslovak-owned steel mill pursuant to an order issued by the Secretary. . . ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS Management Improvement Program The Treasury management improvement program in the fiscal year 1956 was highlighted by significant accomplishments which are contributing to more effective discharge of the Department's responsibilities. In a circular to bureau heads dated October 24, 1955, Secretary Humphrey called for renewed efforts to reduce expenditures further while maintaining proper standards of service, to the public. The circular appears as exhibit 57. In compliance, a full-scale search for economies was carried out by staff officials and supervisory employees of the organization in Washington and field installations. The search stimulated management efforts throughout the Department. Reports from the bureaus and special inspection teams which visited Treasury offices in 48 cities show that the search has resulted in a down-to-earth appraisal of all operations and identification of new areas for gains in economy and efficiency. In all, over eight million dollars of savings were reported as a result of management actions effected during the year. Of this amount over six million dollars represent annual recurring savings. The remainder is in the category of "one time" savings resulting from the release of space, land, equipment, and revolving funds. In addition, there have been a large number of improvements for which dollar savings could not be measured accurately but which have contributed to better management and improved service. All of these contributions are dramatic examples of the efforts of personnel at all levels to do the "Treasury job" more effectively. The improvements were made in the face of increasing work loads ia maay of the Departmeat's activities. In spite of the upturn in work load during the fiscal year, the Treasury was able to reduce the number of employees by approximately 1,500 (see table 123). At the same time there has been a constant alertness to insure that the quality of service was not impaired. On a broad department-wide basis, a number of significant indications of progress can be noted. For example, the Department as a whole reduced its total net space requirements. More important, an active program was carried on to provide certain Treasury activities with more suitable and efficient space and facUities. A number of offices moved into new or completely renovated buildings. Others, for the first time, have been able to put all related activities under one roof for more efficient operations. In addition, progress made in 1956 has laid the groundwork for better facilities in future years. Plans are. now on the drawing boards for new buildings authorized by Congress, and new leases are under negotiation in other cases. All of these advances hold promise of better service, more efficiency, and improved employee morale. Aggressive new programs of recruitment and employee development are helping to insure that the Treasury has qualified employees to discharge its work, which is complex and expanding in volume. The 63 64 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Department is selecting new, college-trained personnel who have qualified under Treasury examinations, such as the internal revenue accounting and enforcement agent examinations and the Federal service entrance examination. Special emphasis has been given in the special recruitment programs to attract badly needed technical employees for a number of activities. New and improved training programs are providing employees with greater technical skills and are increasing their knowledge of general management. An important part of the employee development program has been directed to the retraining of employees who have been displaced by installation of new and revised systems. Significant progress also has been made in the improvement of Treasury law enforcement training. The basic school which provides initial training for all seven of the Treasury enforcement services has been extended in scope and intensified in the various areas of skill development. A periodic institute has been established for the training of instructors, and the individual enforcement services have extended their advanced, specialized, and supervisory training programs. A great deal of effort has been devoted to improving and modernizing accounting systems within the Treasury Department. Accounting activities have special significance because of the nature of the Department's responsibilities. Major efforts have been directed to simplifying and mechanizing these systems. At the same time, there has been a general strengthening of controls and safeguards, and special efforts made to insure that accounting information is available in a timely and usable form. Further details can be found in the "Report on Accounting Developments in the Treasury Department," dated December 31, 1955, and prepared by the Bureau of Accounts. Related to the advancements made in accounting are the new developments in mechanization and automation. Conversion has begun to the new electronic check payment system and new applications of electronic equipment are under study for processing work in other areas of departmental responsibUity. In a number of Treasury activities, such as the Philadelphia Mint and the Bureau of Engraving and Printing, new modern equipment was installed during the fiscal year 1956. These changes resulted in increased production at lower unit costs. At the end of the year other equipment was awaiting installation or was being tested. In the area bf records, reports, forms, and printing, good progress was made during the fiscal year. Greater emphasis was placed on transferring records to low-cost storage centers; old forms, particularly those used by the general public, were simplified; and the total volume of records held in Treasury space was reduced. Reporting requirements were reviewed at all levels, and the bureaus are now considering ways to simplify, combine, and otherwise reduce reporting requirements. Results of continuous accident prevention efforts throughout the Department are refiected by the 7.8 percent decrease in the overall accident frequency rate, a 19.4 percent decrease in the accident severity rate, and a 23 percent decrease in direct cost. This represents ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 65 a saving to the Government of $150,000 in medical, disability, and death payments, and the value of leave of absence with pay during disabUity. Probably the most heartening factor of the management improvement program in fiscal 1956 was that more Treasury employees than ever before contributed to its success. For example, in the incentive awards program 6,530 suggestions were received, an increase of 42 percent over the previous year. Adopted suggestions totaled 1,475, reflecting an 80 percent increase, and $45,202 was paid out in awards, a 72 percent increase. Superior work performance awards were made to 436 employees and special act or service awards to 61 employees. Total award payments in these categories amounted to $55,641. In addition to the intangible benefits obtained through all types of awards, identifiable annual savings of $658,770 were realized. A new Treasury Department award, the Alexander HamUton gold medal, was established to reward those employees whose leadership in the Treasury is such as to bring outstanding and unusual service and benefit to the Government. A certificate signed by the Secretary accompanies the award. Illustrations of some of the more signfficant actions taken during the fiscal year are outlined in the following paragraphs. The Customs Service modffied the outward foreign manifest requirements to show the entry or withdrawal number of all merchandise being exported under bond. The replacement of physical supervision of lading of bonded merchandise by establishing documentary controls resulted in an annual saving of $75,000. Customs procedures were revised, makiag possible more extensive use of carriers' records to control and account for imported merchandise, resulting in manpower savings of $50,000. The Bureau of Engraving and Printing adopted revised procedures for the examination of printed products which resulted in improved quality standards, reduced spoUage, and produced better security controls, with a reduction in cost of $270,000. Revisions in the taxpayer assistance program in InternaL Revenue offices substantially reduced the time that technical employees required to aid taxpayers in completing their returns. This resulted in better manpower utilization, valued at $2,789,000. Savings of $108,300 resulted from the further extension of the use of mechanical and electrical office equipment in the preparation of Government checks. Reorganization and consolidation of related operating functions of the Washington Regional Office of the Division of Disbursement resulted in reductions in personnel and savings in equipment rental costs totaling $70,700. Organizational realignments in the Bureau of the Public Debt resulted in the elimination of 11 small units and the functions were either discontinued or merged in other offices. Annual savings are estimated at $43,900. The transfer of Coast Guard supply facilities located at Jersey City, N . J., and Brooklyn, N. Y., to Navy space in Brooklyn will result in annual savings of $223,000 in personnel and maintenance costs. The 399346—57- 66 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Jersey City site was disposed of, netting the Government more than $1,000,000. In addition, 46 parcels of property valued at $370,000 have been turned over to the General Services Administration for disposal. Improvements in melting furnaces and related facilities at the Philadelphia Mint have increased production of ingots by shortening the melting cycle. The increased output is valued at $47,000 on an annual basis. Disposal of surplus vessels by the Coast Guard resulted in receipt of $172,000. The Coast Guard decommissioned two lightships, thus saving operating costs amounting to $142,600 annually. A new cigarette tax stamp of reduced size cut printing and transportation costs by about $250,000 annually. In addition, the continued printing and issuance of tobacco products tax stamps of Series 125, in lieu of printing a new stamp series each year, wUl result in savings in printing costs of $50,000 annually. Space and equipment utilization surveys in the Bureau of Customs resulted in the release of approximately 157,000 square feet of space, valued at $472,000, and the declaration of surplus equipment valued at $136,000. Bureau of the Comptroller of the Currency ^ The Bureau of the Comptroller of the Currency is responsible for the execution of laws relating to the supervision of national banking associations. Duties of the office include those incident to the formation and chartering of new national banking associations, the examination of all national banks, the establishment of branch banks, the consolidation of banks, the conversion of State banks into national banks, recapitalization programs, and the issuance of Federal Reserve notes. Changes in the condition of active national banks The total assets of the 4,675 active national banks ia the United States and possessions on June 30, 1956, amounted to $111,036 mUlion, as compared with the total assets of 4,751 banks amounting to $108,059 million on June 30, 1955, an increase of $2,977 mUlion during the year. The deposits of the banks in 1956 totaled $101,136 miUion, which was $2,203 miUion more than ia 1955. The loans in 1956 were $45,999 mUlion, exceeding the 1955 figure by $6,456 naUlion. Securities held totaled $39,719 million, a decrease of $4,303 million during the year. Capital funds of $8,254 mUlion were $520 miUion more than in the preceding year. 1 More detailed information concerning tbe Bureau of the Comptroller of the Currency is contained In the separate annual report of the Comptroller of the Currency. 67 ADMINISTBATIVE REPOETS Abstract of reports of condition of active national banks on the date of each report from June SO, 1955, to June SO, 1956 [In thousands of dollars] June 30,1955 Oct. 5, 1955 Dec. 31.1955 Apr. 10,1956 June 30.1956 (4,721 (4,700 (4,689 (4.675 (4,751 banks) banks) banks) banks) banks) ASSETS Loans and discounts, Including overdrafts U. S. Government-securities, direct obligations .-. Obligations guaranteed by U. S. Government Obligations of States and political subdi visions.. Other bonds, notes, and deben tures.-.. Corporate stocks, including stocks of Federal Reserve Banks Total loans and securities Cash, balances with other banks, including reserve balances, and cash items in process of collection Bank premises owned, furniture and fixtures _ Real estate owned other than bank premises Investments and other assets indirectly representing bank premises or other real estate Customers' liability on acceptances.... Income accrued but not yet collected.. Otherassets _ Totalassets 39; 643,504 41,083,563 43,559, 726 44, 516, 000 45,999,400 34, 778,270 34,106,314 33,686, 583 31,872,^384 30, 653,137 2,755 4,037 4,223 4,073 4,132 7,026,071 2,002,463 7,145.936 1,986,499 6,993, 984 1,955,466 7,111,377 1,866, 784 7,094, 478 1,736,150 211, 795 212,872 217, 074 228, 840 230,864 83,564,858 84, 539, 221 86, 417,056 85, 599,458 85, 718,161 22, 955, 455 22,776,906 25, 763,440 . 23, 238, 461 23, 609. 546 908,286 928,273 962, 111 1,001,858 1,031, 707 18,249 21,029 23, 709 28,460 67,183 145. 901 232, 001 167, 414 72, 955 144, 791 227. 085 172, 235 78, 839 125. 671 225, 712 153. 749 74, 650 158, 305 222, 831 183,183 108, 059,347 108, 882, 495 79,187 162, 221 229, 972 175. 912 113, 750, 287 110, 507, 206 111,036.295 LUBH-ITIES Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations Time deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations Deposits of U. S. Government and postal savings Deposits of states, and political subdivisions Deposits ofbanks Otber deposits (certified and cashiers' checks, etc.) Total deposits Demand deposits Time deposits Bills payable, rediscounts, and other liabilities for borrowed money .-.. Mortgages or other liens on bank premises and other real estate Acceptances outstanding Income collected but not yet earned... Expenses accrued and unpaid Otherliabilities Totaliiabilities 53, 711,457 64, 590,107 68,192,878 54,974, 940 54, 492,378 24,963,347 25,077,012 25,151, 538 25, 322, 058 25,760, 836 3,155, 520 2,366,476 2,364,385 2,454, 930 3,224,359 7, 287,142 8,316,961 6, 699,178 8, 661, 764 7, 341, 424 9,320,515 7, 607,153 8,408, 890 101, 136, 401 1,498,499 1,395. 499 1,847, 249 7, 208. 503 8, 576, 201 1,378,800 98.932,926 98,790,036 104, 217, 989 99, 915, 432 71, 697,623 27,235,303 71,483, 201 27,306,835 76. 894, 569 27,323,420 72, 395, 202 27,520, 230 1, 642, 785 73,103, 910 28,032, 491 71,600 702,719 107,796 891,068 150,884 494 150,628 373,487 327, 572 468, 653 721 151,653 409,889 460, 649 458, 962 1,015 136, 657 424, 991 439, 535 486, 375 876 172. 769 446, 829 440; 280 461, 613 907 170.758 459.943 370. 734 492,868 ... 100,325.360 100, 974, 629 105,814,358 102. 328, 867 102, 782, 495 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS Capitalstock Surplus Undivided profits Reserves and retirement account for preferred stock Total capital accounts Total liabilities accounts and 2,423,396 3, 698,464 1,347, 797 2,472,624 2,440,497 3, 709, 659 3, 828, 335 1, 489, 989 •' 1,368,808 264,330 267, 721 7,733,987 7,907,866 108,059,347 108,882,495 266,162 7, 935, 929 2, 555, 492 3, 971, 001 1,392,294 259, 552 8,178,339 2, 575,432 4,006, 626 1,413,837 257,905 8, 253, 800 capital 113,750,287 110,507,206 111, 036,295 68 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Summary of changes in number and capital stock of national banks The authorized capital stock of the 4,678 national banks in existence on June 30, 1956, consisted of coinmon stock aggregating $2,572 mUlion, an increase during the year of $152 mUlion, and preferred stock aggregating $3.9 mUlion, a decrease during the year of $100 thousand. The total net increase of capital stock was $152.0 mUlion. During the year charters were issued to 39 national banks having an aggregate of $12 mUlion of common stock. There was a net decrease of 75 in the number of national banks-in the system by reason of voluntary liquidations, statutory consolidations and mergers, conversions to and mergers or consolidations with State banks under the provisions of the act of August 17, 1950 (12 U. S. C. 214), and one receivership. More detaUed information regarding the changes in the number and capital stock of national banks in the fiscal year 1956 is showii in the following table. Organizations, capital stock changes, and liquidations of national banks, fiscal year 1956 Number of banks Charters in force June 30,1955, and authorized capital stock i Increases: Charters issued _ Capital stock: 240 cases by statutory sale 351 cases by statutory stock dividends 4 cases by stock dividend under articles of association 32 cases by statutory consolidation . . . 14 cases by statutory merger 1 case by increase in par value of preferred stock Total increases.Decreases: Voluntary liquidations ._ . . Statutory consolidations Statutory mergers . _. Conversions into State b a n k s . . . . . Merged or consolidated with State banks. Receivership Capital stock: 3 cases by statutory reduction 3 cases by statutory consolidation . . 6 cases by statutory merger 10 cases by retirement Total decreases Net change . . . ___- Capital stock Common 4,753 $2,420, 255, 682 39 11,810,000 500,000 39 172,070.989 512,600 31 28 17 3 34 1 3,422, 500 114 . Charters in force June 30,1956, and authorized capital stock ^ $3,944,870 67,245.160 83,973,421 197, 500 13,898, 705 4,946,203 12,600 580.000 14,715,000 50,000 271,000 132,500 836,000 ^ Preferred 20,007,000 598,300 598,300 -75 152,063, 989 —85,700 4,678 2,572,319,671 3,859,170 1 These figures differ from those in the preceding table. The figures as of June 30,1955, include 1 bank in the process of going into voluntary liquidation; 2 banks in the process of merging or consolidating with State banks under the provisions of the act of Aug. 17,1950 (12 U. S. C. 214) and exclude 1 bank consolidated with another national bank at close of business June 30, 1955, under the provisions of the act of Nov. 7, 1918, as amended (12 U. S. C. 33, 34). The June 30, 1956, flgures include 2 newly chartered banks not yet open for business, and 2 banks in the process of merging or consolidating with State banks under the provisions of the act of Aug. 17, 1950. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 69 Bureau of Customs The principal functions of the Bureau of Customs are the assessment and collection of duties and taxes on imported merchandise and baggage; prevention of smuggling, undervaluations, and frauds on the customs revenue; apprehension of violators of the customs and navigation laws; entry and clearance of vessels and aircraft; issuance of documents and signal letters to vessels of the United States; admeasurement of vessels; collection of tonnage taxes on vessels engaged in foreign commerce; supervision of the discharge of imported cargoes; inspection of international traffic; control of the customs warehousing of imports; determination and certffication of the payment for the amount of drawback due upon the exportation of articles produced from duty-paid or tax-paid imports; enforcement of the antidumping and export control acts; regulation of the movement of merchandise into and out of foreign trade zones; and enforcement of the laws and regulations of other Government agencies affecting imports and exports. Looking forward WhUe this report is directed primarily to the accomplishments in the fiscal year 1956, several important actions begun in 1956 should be mentioned because of their great significance in future years. With an ever-increasing air traffic, both passenger and freight, new and complicated problems are arising almost daUy. To meet this challenge, a Customs Air FacUitation Committee, composed of Treasury and top airline officials, has been organized. This committee is studying customs procedures and practices and the airport facUities for clearing passengers and cargo in order to see how they can best be adapted to meet the tremendous growth in air traffic and the expected demands of the jet era. Special emphasis is being given in these studies to improvements in the handling and inspection of baggage at the Miami Airport and in the new building under construction at the New York IdlewUd Airport. Concurrently with these studies, a new form of baggage declaration has been designed for early issuance which wUl make it easy for passengers to prepare their declarations and facilitate their clearance through Customs. This declaration will provide a simple form of questionnaire for passengers to complete with '^Yes^' or "No'' answers. Most passengers will not have to itemize their purchases abroad. Mechanical conveyor equipment for the examination of foreign maU parcels at New York wUl be installed in the latter part of 1957. This equipment will streamline customs operations and eliminate manpower losses now experienced in the physical handling of more than 13 million parcels a year. In addition to increased revenue which is expected from more effective customs examination, the new equipment wUl enable parcels to be cleared faster and more economically. The Treasury has actively supported the Customs Simplification Act of 1956 (Pubhc Law 927, approyed August 2, 1956). This legislation is designed primarily to simplify the procedures for determining the values of imported goods by substituting the export value for foreign value on the majority of commodities brought into the United States. The elimination of foreign value in so many cases wiU curtaU 70 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY the number of investigations in foreign countries for strictly value purposes and permit more time to be given abroad to the investigation of alleged dumping of merchandise in United States markets. The close cooperation long enjoyed with Canadian Customs was further strengthened by mutually helpful meetings and surveys designed to facUitate the movement of passengers and merchandise between the two countries and to reduce customs' cost of operating border stations. These and many other projects concerned with the expansion of trade and travel in the future are part of the continuing program of Customs to perform its essential functions in the most efficient and economical manner possible. Collections by Customs Service T o t a r revenue collected by Customs in the fiscal year 1956 was the largest in Customs history, amounting to over $983 mUlion compared with slightly less than $859 million in 1955, an increase of 14.5 percent. The total includes hot only customs collections but certain internal revenue taxes for the Internal Revenue Service and some coUections for the Public Health Service and other governmental agencies. Customs coUections alone amounted to almost $711 mUlion, an increase of 16.3 percent over the previous year's total of $611 mUlion. They consisted of collections of duties, tonnage taxes, fees, and fines and penalties for the violation of customs and navigation laws, etc. The increase in customs collections in 1956 was accompanied by a substantial increase in collections by Customs of internal revenue taxes on imported liquors, wines, perfumes, etc., which amounted to $272 mUlion in 1956, 10 percent more than the $248 mUlion coUected in 1955. Of the customs collections, all but $5.9 mUlion were derived from duties (including import taxes) levied on imported merchandise. The source of duty collections by type of entry is shown in table 12 and by tariff schedule in table 84. Since the data in the latter table are restricted to commercial importations, the totals shown are somewhat smaUer than the duties collected on all types of dutiable merchandise and correspond roughly to duties collected on consumption entries and on warehouse withdrawals. In 1956 slightly more than one-half of all imports into the United States were duty free and included some commodities imported free for Government stockpUe purposes or authorized by special acts of Congress for free entry although dutiable under the Tariff Act of 1930, or taxable under the Internal Revenue Code, such as copper and iron and steel scrap. The 48 percent which was dutiable constituted the basis of customs duties on imports. In only two months of the fiscal year 1956, March and June, were collections of customs duties at a lower level than for the corresponding months of 1955. The increase in duty collections, however, was not as great percentagewise as the increase in value of dutiable imports which amounted to $5.8 bUlion in 1956, as compared V i t h $4.7 bUlion in the previous fiscal year. Collections by customs districts.—Of the 44 customs districts in which coUections are covered into the Treasury of the United States, aU but ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 71 8 reported larger customs collections than in 1955, and 4 of these reported larger total collections than in 1955. The collections for each customs district are found in table 83. Collections by commodities.—All but one of the fifteen schedules in which dutiable commodities are listed in the Tariff Act showed increases in duty collections; only the agricultural schedule showed slightly diminished returns. As in the four preceding years, imports of metals and metal products were the largest single source of customs revenue, amounting to 20 percent of the total duty collections in 1956 and 23 percent in the preceding year. The wool schedule ranked second, the sundries schedule third, and the agricultural schedule fourth as sources of revenue in 1956. Table 84 gives the value of and duties collected on dutiable and taxable imports for consumption in the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Tables 86 and 87 show the value of and the duties collected on imports for consumption in the calendar years 1945 through 1955 and monthly from January 1955 through June 1956. The trends in value and duty yield for goods dutiable at specific rates, at ad valorem rates, and at compound rates are shown in table 85. Collections by countries of origin.—The increased value of imports and the greater yield in duties noted in the commodity groups were noted also for the leading countries sending imports to the United States. For the first year since World War II, imports from Japan were the largest source of customs revenue, with the United Kingdom dropping to second place, while Canada and West Germany ranked third and fourth, respectively. Table 88 shows the value of imports for consumption and duties collected thereon by the principal countries for the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Extent of operations Movement of persons.—More persons entered the United States in 1956 than in any previous year. Aircraft passengers arriving from abroad totaled almost two and one-half mUlion of which almost onethird arrived at the New York City airports and one-fifth at Miami, Fla. Table 90 shows the various types of vehicles and persons entering the United States during the past two fiscal years, and table 91 shows the number of aircraft and passengers arriving in each of the customs districts for which this type of travel was important. Entries of merchandise.—Reflecting the increase in the value of dutiable imports and in the amount of duties collected, the number of the various types of merchandise entries was larger in almost all categories than in the previous year. The number of each type of entry for the past two fiscal years is shown in table 89. Drawback transactions.—Drawback, which is allowed on the exportation of merchandise manufactured from imported materials and for certain other export transactions, usually amounts to 99 percent of the customs duties paid at the time the goods are entered: More than 97 percent of the drawback allowed in 1956 was due to the export of products manufactured from imported raw materials. The principal imported materials used in the manufactured exports in 1956 were crude petroleum, motor, vehicle and aircraft parts, iron and steel 72 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY semimanufactures, tobacco, unmanufactured rayon and other synthetic textiles, cotton cloth, and lead ore, matte, pigs, and bars. Tables 92 and 93 show the drawback transactions for the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. The amount of drawback allowed, as shown in table 92, does not correspond exactly with the drawback payments shown in table 93 since not all drawbacks certified for payment are paid during the same fiscal year. Appraisement of merchandise.—The increase in imports of foreign merchandise was reflected in the number of invoices and packages examined by appraisers' personnel. There were 1,733 thousand invoices handled in 1956 and 1,632 thousand in the previous year. A corresponding increase was noted in the number of packages examined by appraisers' personnel from 692 thousand to 700 thousand examined inside the appraisers' stores and from 500 thousand to 596 thousand outside the appraisers' stores, in 1955 and 1956, respectively, an overall increase in 1956 of 11 percent. In the face of the progressive upward trend in the volume of business with staffing unchanged, several drastic changes of procedure were introduced to increase production rates and prevent insurmountable backlogs. These procedural changes reduced to 471 foreign inquiries to determine conditions of manufacture and sale of certain commodities in the country of production in order to obtain the technical information required for tariff classification and appraisement purposes. The reduction does not, however, reflect a decrease in the problems of classification and appraisement but merely the securing of the information by other means. Customs Information Exchange.—The activities of the Customs Information Exchange, while greater than in 1955, were considerably less than in the previous years. These reductions are the result of changes in procedure to reduce the very large backlog and do not indicate the relative difficulty of appraisement work. Appraisers' reports of value and classification, covering a cross section of the unportations of merchandise received at each port, totaled 45 thousand in 1956 as compared with 38 thousand in the previous year. The comparatively small number of these reports was due to the continued use of a waiver procedure put into operation at the beginning of the fiscal year 1954. This procedure provides that, if no importation of one kind of merchandise is reported at any other port, a waiver is granted making it unnecessary to send in further reports on this type of merchandise. Seven thousand waivers of this kind were granted in 1955 and again in 1956 as compared with over 10 thousand in the first year this procedure was adopted. These reports of value or classification indicate the relative number of commodity items received at any given port for the first time, as weU as regular items received at new prices or subject to diflFerent terms of sale from previous shipments. Differences in value and classification indicate the number of instances where entries varied at different ports either in value or classification and in which additional study and analysis were required before establishment of a uniform price or rate. There were 4,563 reports of value differences in 1956 as compared with 4,011 in the previous year. The number of classification differences, which indicates the relative ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 73 number of new commodities received, totaled 2,568 in 1956 and 2,886 in 1955. Antidumping and countervailing duty.—Eighteen complaints of dumping under the Antidumpiag Act were received during the fiscal year 1956 which compares with 15 received in 1955. Seventeen complaiQts under the countervailing duty statute were received ia 1956, the same number as during the previous year. Twelve dumping cases were under iavestigation at the end of the year as compared with 26 "* at the end of 1955, whUe 16 countervaUing duty cases were under investigation at the end of 1956 and 18'^ at the end of 1955. There were three Treasury determinations of sales at less than fair value, one of which was followed by a Tariff Commission determination of injury. A finding of dumpiag was thereupon made in this case in accordance with Section 201 (a) of the Antidumping Act (19 U. S. C. 160). The other 2 cases, and a fourth case ki which Treasury determiaation of sales at less than fair value had been made ia the previous fiscal year, were closed following Tariff Commission determinations of no iajury. In addition, 28 dumpiag cases were closed on Treasury determinations of no sales at less than fair value. No grant or bounty was found in 19 countervaUing duty cases disposed of during the year. Technical services.—This branch of the Customs Service furnishes chemical, engineering, and other scientffic and technical information; provides proper weighing and gaugiag equipment; designs and oversees the construction of border iaspection stations; and directs the field operations of customs laboratories. The laboratories analyzed over 110 thousand samples ia 1956, a substantial increase over the approximately 100 thousand during each of the three precediag fiscal years. About one-half of the samples analyzed consisted of ores and metals, sugar, and wool. The majority of the samples were ''import" samples of dutiable merchandise analyzed to develop and report facts needed for tariff purposes. In addition, the laboratories analyzed 2,631 samples taken from customs seizures, mostly narcotic drugs and other prohibited articles; 111 samples from merchandise to be exported from the United States upon which claims for drawback are to be compared or verffied; 1,207 samples from preshipments (new types of merchandise) analyzed to develop facts on which to base the tariff classffication of new goods iatended for shipment to the United States; and 3,194 samples tested on behalf of other Government agencies. Of the latter number, 1,697 were samples of critical and strategic materials representing Government purchases for stockpUe purposes to determine whether or not the materials met contract specffications. Statistical quality control of sample weighiag operations by makiag analyses of the cargo sample weighing data to assure that accuracy and precision were withio the control limits was continued during the fiscal year 1956. There were 904 such weighing operations, consistiag of 557 cargoes of raw sugar, 104 of refined sugar, 21 of wool, 58 of rayon, 156 of cigarette tobacco, and 8 of other merchandise. Export control.—Although there were fewer employees in 1956, a larger number of export declarations was authenticated than in the ' Revised. 74 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY previous year. The number of shipments examiaed and the number and value of seizures, however, decliaed rather sharply. The followiag table shows the volume of export control activities duriag the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Activity Export declarations authenticated. Shipments examined ..... Number of seizures Value of seizures Export control employees 1955 1956 4,133,365 809,969 438 $467,634 212 4.387,465 563,866 252 $216,934 161 Percentage increase, or decrease (—) 6.1 -30.4 -42.5 -53.6 -24.1 Protests and appeals.~The number of protests filed by importers against the rate and amount of duty assessed and other decisions by the collectors continued at a high level although less than in 1955. The further reduction of the backlog of protests not yet acted upon is indicated by the comparatively large number of protests denied by the collectors and forwarded to the Customs Court and by protests allowed by the collectors. Appeals for reappraisement filed by importers who did not agree with appraisers as to the value of merchandise declined sharply after reaching a high level in 1955. The following table shows the number of protests and appeals filed and acted on during the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Protests and appeals 1955 Protests: Filed with collectors by importers Allowed by collectors. Denied by collectors and forwarded to customs court. Appeals for reappraisement filed with collectors 31,822 2,279 34,266 18,818 1956 30,074 2.018 31.842 15,003 Percentage decrease 5.5 11.5 7.1 20.3 Marine activities.—The following table shows the number of entrances and clearances of vessels in 1955 and 1956. Vessel movements Entrances: Direct from foreign ports Via other domestic ports Total Clearances: Direct to foreign ports Via other domestic ports Total . 1955 1956 Percentage increase, or decrease ( - ) 47,811 28,233 49,700 28,837 40 21 76,044 78,537 3 3 43,833 28,426 72,259 47,885 27.401 9.2 —3 6 75,286 42 A Marine Committee composed of headquarters and field employees of the Bureau of Customs has studied the problems relating to the entry, clearance, and port-to-port movements of vessels and has recommended several administrative improvements expected to be made effective shortly. Legislation will be sought also to streamline further the entry and clearance procedures. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 75 An application for a cruising license has been adopted which wUl make it easier for owners of foreign yachts to obtain the license before arriving in the United States so that the vessel wUl not have to be entered. The Bureau of Customs and the United States Coast Guard have worked as a team in devising more efficient procedures for the enforcement of the Load Line acts (46 U. S. C. 85, 85g), the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, and documentation of small vessels. New regulations relating to the Load Line acts and the Safety Convention are in the final stages, and both agencies have issued instructions to field offices for the withholding of certfficates of awards of motorboat numbers by the Coast Guard to vessels which may admeasure 5 net tons or more until the vessels are admeasured by Customs. H. R. 6025, a bill to prohibit the operation in the coastwise trade \ of vessels rebuUt outside the United States, was enacted into law on j July 14, 1956 (Public Law 714). This legislation clarified the effective date of the law, requires that the master report the fact that his vessel has been rebuilt, and imposes a penalty against the owner and master and forfeiture of the vessel for faUure to make such report. As in previous years special legislation authorized the use of Canadian vessels for a limited period in certain portions of the coastwise trade in Alaska (Public Law 488, approved April 18,1956). Canadian vessels also were authorized by the Congress to transport coal to Ogdensburg, N. Y., from points on the Great Lakes untU June 30, 1957 (Public Law 1019, approved August 7, 1956). A bUl to authorize more'liberal propelling power allowances in computing the net tonnages of certain vessels, was enacted into law on June 4, 1956 (Pubhc Law 551). This law directly affects the admeasureiiient of all vessels that have an actual propelling machinery space less than 13 percent of the gross tonnage. Collectors of customs should now have less difficulty in obtaining the vessel utilization and performance report from operators of vessels in the foreign commerce of the United States as the Congress provided for a penalty of $50 per day for faUure to ffic the report within the time to be prescribed by the Secretary of Commerce (Public Law 612, approved June 25, 1956). The Bureau continued to cooperate with the Department of Justice in the settlement of pending litigation for forfeiture of several vessels under statutes administered by the Bureau upon allegations of control by aliens rather than citizens. As in 1955, in the interest of national def ense, compliance with Title 46, Section 316 of the United States Code was waived to the extent necessary to permit Canadian tugs to tow and transport from one point to another in the United States certain equipment to be used in the Saint Lawrence Seaway development project. Compliance with Title 46, Section 292 of the United States Code was waived also to the extent necessary to permit any Canadian-built dredge to be employed in dredging operations on the United States side of the International Boundary in connection with the Saint Lawrence Seaway project or the Saint Lawi:ence power project without being documented as a vessel of the United States. 76 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY In the United States, Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico there were 2,552 complete admeasurements and 522 readmeasurements or adjustments of tonnage. There were 275 more admeasurements and 36 fewer readmeasurements or adjustments of tonnage than in the fiscal year 1955. The translation of foreign admeasurement regulations and laws has been completed. Regulations were received this year from Japan, Venezuela, and the Union of South Africa. The result of the comparison between the foreign regulations and the United States regulations will have an important bearing on the recognition accorded foreign admeasurement systems by the United States and will also provide a necessary basis for approaching the problem of international uniformity. The task of rewriting the United States admeasurement regulations is well under way. This rewriting will not include the study or introduction of any new or proposed systems of admeasurement but will more clearly define the admeasurement procedures as they are being performed today. The following table shows the volume of marine documentation activities during the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Activity 1955 Documents issued (registers, enrollments, and licenses) Licenses renewed and changes of ma^ster endorsed Mortgages, satisfactions, notices of lien, bills of sale, abstracts of title, and other instruments of title recorded ._ __ Abstracts of title and certificates of ownership issued . Navigation fiines imposed.. ... ._ Tonnage tax payments . . 1956 Percentage increase 14,211 29,086 14,380 1 45,577 1.2 56.7 11,460 2,594 1,607 12,595 6,400 2,138 1 21, .993 9.9 146.7 33.0 1 Changes of master endorsed and number of tonnage tax payments reported for the first time in 1956. Changes made during the year in the system of processing various marine documents wUl shorten the time necessary to compUe the pubhcations Merchant Vessels of the United States and Merchant Marine Statistics and make them available to the public earlier than in prior years. The following tabulation shows the number and gross tonnage of the vessels of the merchant marine as of January 1, 1955 and 1956. 1955 Vessels Number Total documented vessels (including yachts) Vessels engaged in foreign trade Vessels by major rigs (excluding yachts): Steam Motor ._..._.... Sailing , ..... .... Unrigged.<._. Vessels by six major services: Ferry . Freight '. . Fishing ., .. Passenger Tanker j . ._..% Towing ...L Gross tons 1966 Number Gross tons 43,049 6,962 30,090.789 18,162,963 43,379 6,820 29,740,730 17,774,316 3.96i, 27,920 224 7,136 24, 705.913 2,086.334 40.324 3,125,270 3,788 28, 242 213 7,256 24,209. 713 2,040,960 33.820 3,325,622 445 9,998 15,213 4,811 1,641 4,671 229, 662 22, 297,962 636. 222 740. 283 6, 279,349 600,700 441 9,969 16,125 4,941 1,626 4,638 219,951 22, 279, 519 629,756 704,653 4,944,599 500,926 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS / 77 Legal problems and proceedings.—The Office of the Chief Counsel considered many legal problems relating to such matters as the classification and appraisement of imported merchandise; interpretation of a,dministrative and enforcement provisions of the customs and navigation laws and othier related laws; issuance of customs regulations; rights, duties, and'activities of customs officers and employees; delegation of authority to customs officers; and activities of customhouse brokers. Special consideration was given to a proposed revision of the Secretary's delegation order as it-relates to the remission or mitigation of fines, penalties, and forfeitures, and cancellation of liquidated damages under bonds. A study was made of the matter of redelegation by the Commissioner to the collectors of customs of authority to remit or mitigate certain fines, penalties, and forfeitures and claims for liquidated damages. Regulations were drafted to carry out recommendations based on that study. This office gave considerable assistance in the prosecution of the pending customs claims in the Office of Alien Property for the forfeiture and forfeiture value of (certain imported property vested by the Alien Property Custodian, includiag preparation of briefs and representing the Bureau at hearings before the Chief Hearing Examiner. Law enforcement and investigative activities.—^The number of investigations (Conducted by the Customs Agency Service during the fiscal year was slightly larger than during the precediag year as shown in table 96. Very few touring permit violations were recorded (onfy one-twentieth as many as in 1954) because of the amendment of the Tariff Act of 1930 made \>j a provision in the Customs Simplffication Act of 1953 (19 U. S. C. 1798). This permits the admission of automobiles as personal effects of nonresidents when the machines are used solely for touring purposes in the United States, thus eliminating technical violations of touring permits. There was a substantial increase in investigations of narcotic smuggling but most other types of investigations were at about the same level as in the prevous year. Major enforcement problems, as ia 1955, iavolved the smuggling into the United States of narcotic drugs, diamonds, watch movements, and psittacine birds; and the smuggling out of the country of arms, ammunition, and implements of war. The increase of approximately 50 percent in the rates of duty applicable to watch movements provided by the President's Proclamation No. 3062 of July 27, 1954;, resulted in contiaued attempts, as ia 1955, to introduce this merchandise Ulicitly despite the severe penalties imposed upon offenders. Attempts to smuggle psittaciae birds continued. The smuggliag of narcotics also continued but at a somewhat lower tempo, with the increase ia the quantity of smokiag opium and heroin seized due to a single very large seizure ia each case, one of 203 ounces of smokiag opium and one of 345 ounces of heroin. The quantity of bulk marihuana seized, on the other hand, iacreased rather sharply. 78 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY The following table shows the seizures of narcotics during the years 1955 and 1956. Kind Rawopium (oxmces) Smokingopium (ounces) Heroin (ounces) O ther drugs (ounces) Marihuana, bulk (ounces) . . . . - _ Marihuana, cigarettes (numbef) 1955 663 184 264 96 23,615 1956 115 252 554 103 38,350 4,377 Percentage increase, or decrease (—) -82.7 37.0 118.1 8.4 62.4 21.6 Violations of the Mutual Security Act coritinued to be one of the major problems for enforcement offi(}ers, although the value of seizures of such articles continued to decline. The liquor smuggling problem, which during recent years has been at a low ebb, ballooned during 1956. The quantity of seized liquors was more than four times as great and the value almost seven times that of the previous year. A considerable quantity of bristles ^ of Communist Chinese origin were seized either as the result of direct smuggling or of relabeling to show the origin in some other country. ^ In addition to seizures made for customs violations, 27,164 seizures were made for other agencies, of which 27,097 were for the Department of Agriculture. There were also 17 persons apprehended and delivered to the Immigration, Secret Service, military, or municipal authorities. Of the 671 persons arrested for narcotic violations, 296 convictions were secured-with total penalties of 1,322 years imprisonment and $12,080 in fines. x^ Seizures for the violation of customs laws are shown in tables 94 and 95., ^ Foreign trade zones.—^During the nineteenth year of its existence, operations at Foreign Trade Zone No. 1 on Staten Island continued at a satisfactory level. Thirty-four vessels used the zone facilities for discharging or lading of foreign cargoes, and 93 ships berthed in the zone to lade domestic ship's stores. Operations in Foreign Trade Zone No. 2 in New Orleans were at a considerably higher Jevel than in 1955. The number of entries and amount of duties collected both showed increases of more than 50 percent whUe the tonnage and value of merchandise received and delivered from the zone were also much greater than in the previous year. ' Foreign Trade Zone No. 3 in San Francisco also showed a larger volume of operations than in 1955 as to the number of entries filed and the amount of duties coUected.; The tonnage and value of merchandise received in and delivered from the zone remained approximately the same as in the previous year. Operations at Foreign Trade Zone No. 4 m Los Angeles were discontinued during 1956, after declining almost continuously since 1951, the first year of its operation. The business at Foreign Trade Zone No. 5 in Seattle continued at a satisfactory level; collections on goods entering customs territory were more than double Uhat for the previous year. !' \ ADMINISTRATIVE 79 REPORTS The foUowing table contains a brief summary of foreign trade zone operations. ^^ Number of entries Trade zone New York New Orleans San Francisco Los Angeles Seattle. . —. 5,861 3,748 17,252 340 617 Received in zone Long tons Value $26,073,631 17,403,578 8,602,229 1,001,066 962,013 28,845 42,848 67,497 942 -1,435 Delivered from zone Long tons 28,622 35,188 69,096 1,983 816, Value $26,712,766 12,696,622 9,610,855 1,715,263 812,872 Duties and intemal revenue taxes collected $3,519,430 812 567 1,685,337 65,803 84,833 1 Changes in customs ports and stations.—Eagle and Hyder,' Alaska, A were abolished as ports of entry and designated as customs stations .during the fiscal year. The limits of the ports of Anacortes, Wash.; Charleston, S. C ; Key West and St. Petersburg, Fla.; and San Juan land Ponce, P. R., were extended to include additional areas. The /appraiser's headquarters in the St. Lawrence District was trans^ ferred from Ogdensburg, N. Y., to Rouses Point, N. Y. Cost of administration Continued management improvements made possible a reduction of 81 in the average number of customs employees during the fiscal year 1956 as shown in the following table. Operation "^ 1955 1956 Percentage increase, or decrease (—) Regular customs operations: Nonreimbursable Reimbursable i _ 7,302 292 7,266 298 -0.5 2.1 Total regular customs employment Export control . . _ 7,594 212 7,664 161 -0.4 -24.1 7,806 7,725 -1.0 Total employment .. _ ... . . 1 Salaries reimbursed to the Govemment by those private firms who received the exclusive services of these employees. Customs operating expenses totaled $44,781,853 including, as in the previous year, export control expenses for which the Bureau was reimbursed by the Depar-tment of Commerce. Such ; expenses, together with collections by type are detailed by collection district in table 83. This table also shows the cost of collecting $100 of revenue. A summary bf coUections and expenditures by branch of service is shown in table 82. Management improvement program Special search for economies.—'Prohsiblj the most signfficant management activity during the fiscal year 1956, was the special full-scale search for economies conducted in all customs offices, including those located in possessions. Territories, and in foreign countries. In each office, all items of expense were separately reviewed to uncover possibilities for effective/savings. Procedures, practices, and other matters directly and indirectly affecting costs were also reviewed. 80 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY As a result, in June 1956, the Customs Bureau was able to report that recommendations representing approximately $800,000 in savings had been adopted and that other recommendations with potential savings of over $170,000 were under consideration. The principal savings reported represented reductions in manpower, space, and equipment. Entry of merchandise.—^^A major contribution to the facilitation of international trade was made by the elimination on October 1; 1955, of all remaining requirements for certffied invoices to support merchandise entries. This action, coupled with the elimination of the requirements for consular certffications on other documents used to support the entry of certain types of merchandise, makes it much easier for foreign exporters and American importers to obtain and prepare documents used in clearing shipments through United States Customs. Two other important improvements concerning invoices were made also. In the first, crude oU imported by pipeline was exempted \ from commercial invoice requirements. In the second, importations were exempted from regular customs invoice requirements when importers who act in good faith are unable to secure complete and accurate invoices from foreign sellers. This action avoids the imposition of penalties under extenuating circumstances. Other general improvements affecting the entry of merchandise include: Simplified regulations to make it easier for brokers and agents to file customs powers of attorney from their principals; revision of the entry form to incorporate the consignee's authority to make entry, making unnecessary in consolidated shipments the obtaining of separate carrier's certmcates for each portion of the shipment; a new procedure for entering articles temporarUy exported from the United* States by duplicate outward registration certfficate instead of requiring formal entry; elimination of requirements for certffied extracts of invoices when entering the remaining portions of foreign trade zone merchandise previously entered at the same port with the original invoice; the giviog of receipts for duties paid on an extra copy of the entry document in lieu of a separate form; and permitting collectors of customs to designate examination packages other than by marks and numbers, thus saving time and work in locating and gainiag access to packages on the docks. Informal entry procedures also have been improved. Forms are now being issued to customhouse brokers to permit them to prepare their own informal entries; this saves customs manpower and speeds up release of the merchandise. Informal entries also may be used for any number of shipments as long as the value of any one does not exceed $250 to be used as a manifest, as well as an entry, thus eliminating a separate form for a customs manifest. Inspectional activities.—Both Customs and carriers are benefiting from several new practices adopted in 1956. After an extended pUot test, the Canadian and United States Customs Services have eliminated the need for the customs sealing of rail cars on through trains moving intransit through Canada between the Niagara frontier and Detroit and Port Hur()n, Michigan. This materiaUy expedites the movement of these shipments and saves customs manpower. Other new procedures concerning merchandise moving under customs ADMINISTRATIS™; REPORTS 81 bond include: Elimination of the cording or sealing of baggage shipped in bond; extended use of outward foreign manifests for controlling merchandise exported under bond in lieu of actual physical supervision by Customs; permitting importing carriers to deliver bonded merchandise to bonded truck carriers for shipment to another port without customs supervision; and joint procedures worked out by the Canadian and United States Customs Services which simplify the intransit movement of commercial travelers' samples through either country by providing that a customs officer will examine and cord seal the containers of samples prior to shipment, and no other examiaation ordinarily wiU be required by customs of either country. Substantial savings in customs inspectional manpower are also being realized from a more extended use of carriers' records in controlling and accounting for imported merchandise, and by adopting statistical methods for checking the disposition of imported merchandise agaiast the related inward foreign manifests. Air commerce.—New regulations governing air commerce were adopted which have simplified the movement of aircraft engaged in international trade by improved procedures and reduced documentation requirements. Travel and tourist purchases.—Customs also adopted several improvements to facilitate clearance for tourists and their purchases upon arrival from abroad. For persons who frequently travel abroad new procedures were devised which permit permanent registration of tourists' articles taken abroad so that they may be identified readUy or returned by markings or serial numbers. This eliminates the necessity to register such articles as foreign-made cameras before each departure and is especially convenient for the many weekend tourists along the Canadian and Mexican borders. Also, Customs is permitting tourists to leave the United States for additional periods to gain duty exemptions when, upon their initial arrival, it is found they have not stayed abroad a sufficient time to meet the statutory requirements for exemptions. With regard to unaccompanied tourist purchases arriving by mail, arrangements have been made to permit postmasters to accept a prescribed declaration in lieu of duties for the release of purchases, subject to duty exemption. This wUl accelerate the receipt of purchases free of duty by eliminating correspondence. Liguidation of entries.—As an alltime record volume of importations prevented a reduction in the backlogs of merchandise entries awaiting final determination of their duty and tax status, liquidation work continued to receive special consideration. As a result, the backlogs increased by only 35,000 entries while the entries filed exceeded those in fiscal 1955 by 105,000. In addition to transferring entries from offices with bacldogs to those that are current, plans are being made to decentralize liquidating functions partially by allowing certain entries filed at subports to be liquidated at the port where they are filed rather than being forwarded to the headquarters port. Within some offices collectors of customs are being permitted to proceed with the liquidation of entries on which there is no change in value without waiting for the expiration of the 60-day period following appraisement in which appeals for reappraisement may be fUed. Also, manpower is being saved by incorporating the notice of 399346—57 7 82 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY liquidation of informal, mail, and baggage entries in the importers' receipt for the payment of duties and taxes. Appraisement activities.—A complete evaluation of appraisers' staffing requirements was made and manpower was shifted as necessary to areas of peak workload. This is one of the principal measures taken to help reduce the backlogs of invoices awaiting appraisement. Of major interest along the Canadian border are the arrangements which enable Canadian manufacturers and shippers to obtain value and classification information through the appraiser of merchandise at Buffalo, N. Y. As the occasion warrants, the appraiser at Buffalo is authorized to travel into Canada for conferences and other matters related to this program. It is expected that this arrangement will clarify our requirements for Canadian exporters and simplify the appraisement of Canadian merchandise wherever it is imported. Plans are being made to extend this practice by assigning appraisers in other districts to provide similar services at other places on the border. Delegations of authority.—The authority of collectors of customs to settle liquidated damage claims arising from violations of customs bonds has been increased considerably. Where liquidated damage claims do not aggregate over $20,000 in any one case, the collector may now grant relief, if circumstances warrant, for violations of bonds involving: (1) merchandise released conditionally free of duty and taxes; (2) improper marking of imported merchandise; (3) irregular delivery or handling of merchandise transported in bond by common carrier or bonded cartman; and (4) the inspection and release of meat and meat-food products. Previously, collectors' authority to grant relief in such cases was limited to those involving claims of $1,000 or $1,500, depending upon the type of violation. In other liquidated damage cases where the coUectors' authority to take final action is not specifically prescribed by the regulations, their general authority to settle claims has been increased to cover cases involving claims up to $200. The previous limit was $100. Collectors also were delegated considerable authority to settle many types of fine, penalty, and forfeiture cases arising from violations of customs and navigation laws. To assure uniformity the delegation set up for the various derelictions standard penalties which are to be followed in the handling of the cases. None of these changes or those described in the preceding paragraph affect the right of the violators to appeal the collectors' decisions to the Washington headquarters. Another delegation gives collectors of customs authority to approve applications for the extension of the 3-year warehouse bond period for merchandise covered by general term or blanket smelting and refining bonds without referral to the Bureau. In addition to the Customs Sunplffication Act of 1956, previously mentioned, legislation was obtained to permit the Customs and Immigration and Naturalization Services to spend up to $30,000 per project in the construction of needed border inspection facUities. In connection with this legislation. Customs and Immigration made a survey of all facUities on both the Canadian and Mexican borders and in cooperation with the Bureau of the Budget and General Services ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 83 Administration, have developed a plan to obtain the required facUities as soon as funds are made avaUable for this purpose. The total expenditures for the required facilities for both services will approximate $6,000,000. Other management improvements.'—Operating manuals have been prepared for liquidators and for customs agents who conduct investigations concerning the establishment of drawback rates. The manuals are of considerable value in training new liquidators and drawback investigators, and to experienced personnel as sources of technical information. There has been a considerable improvement in customs enforcement work as a result of the reorganization of collectors' enforcement groups. Under the new organizational arrangement, undercover squads operating in plain clothes develop and follow up leads on possible violations. In addition, the enforcement groups have uniformed officers for both fixed post and patrol-car assignments and specialists for searching vessels. To further strengthen customs enforcement, approximately 500 employees of other Government agencies have been designated acting customs officers to give them legal authority to search and. detain persons when there is cause to suspect smuggling. The management consulting firm, McKinsey & Co., was engaged to survey procedures followed by Customs in handling cases arising under the Antidumping Act. The purpose of the survey was to devise ways to simplify and expedite the processing of these cases. Several recommendations were made and many had been placed in operation before the end of the fiscal year. Collectors were authorized to handle as a single batch certain types of collection documents and schedule their total amount daily in lieu of scheduling each item individually. During the fiscal year, several customs laboratories began making more extensive use of instrumentation methods of analysis, greatly facUitating analysis work and making it possible to handle the increasing workload. Examples of new instruments being used in analyses include: Emission spectrophotometer which is especially useful in making analyses of inorganic materials; X-ray diffraction apparatus with fluorescent attachment used to make quantitative analyses of tungsten ore and other inorganic substances; and infra-red recording spectrophotometer, which wUl be used, among other things, to help determine the origin of smuggled opium. Other activities of the laboratories have saved money and improved operations. In one of these, arrangements were made with the Bureau of the Mint for the transfer to Customs of crude platinum valued at $50,000 for marking laboratory instruments which are used in the analysis of fluospar samples. During the fiscal year, 12 customs collection districts, 20 offices of appraisers of merchandise, 2 customs agency districts, and 9 principal customs laboratories were inspected. Special attention was given to the methods used in implementing new procedures prescribed by the Washington headquarters. A digest of decisions, laws, court rulings, and related information concerning the marking requirements for imported merchandise has 84 195 6 REPORT OF THE SEGRETARY OF THE TREASURY been prepared and distributed to all customs field offices and made available to prospective importers. A new catalogue of customs forms has been prepared and issued to customs field offices. This issue reflects all changes in customs forms as of July 1, 1955. Changes in procedure which were approved and placed in effect during the reporting period resulted in the adoption of 12 new form^ the revision of 84 forms, the consolidation of 4 forms, and the abolition of 10 forms. Safety committees composed of top customs field officers have been formed at the ports of Baltimore, New York, Chicago, and PhUadelphia. These committees are serving as the prototypes for other ports. So far the committees have been very productive of recommendations for improving the safety of customs offices and waterfront operations, and have been working closely with the General Services Administration to correct physical hazards in Government occupied buildings. In fiscal 1956, customs employee participation in the incentive awards program again showed a considerable increase over previous years. The number of suggestions submitted exceeded the fiscal year 1955 figure by 13 percent and the number adopted increased by 51 percent. Awards totaling $6,110 were paid for suggestions having a known value of $55,000 annually; in addition, intangible benefits are being realized in improved procedures and practices. The handling of suggestions was materially expedited by an increased delegation ofauthority to local incentive awards committees. To cover more adequately the administrative costs of processing applications, regulations were adopted which provide that the fees submitted with the following applications will no longer be refunded if the application is denied: (1) Recordation of a trade-mark, tradename, or copyright; (2) designation of a common carrier as a carrier of customs bonded merchandise; (3) establishment of a customs bonded warehouse; (4) issuance of a customs cartage or lighterage license; and (5) issuance of a customhouse broker's license. It is estimated that this change will increase fee collections by approximately $7,000 annually. A fee of $100 has been prescribed for furnishing for a period of 60 days the name and address of importers receiving articles appeariag to infringe on a registered patent. Where this information is requested and granted for a second period of 60 days, a second fee of $100 is charged. This fee is expected to produce approximately $2,500 annually. In the fiscal year 1955 the Bureau of Customs began maintaining the master records of nonexpendable property with the use of punchedcard electric accounting machines. This new system provides summarized reports more readUy at the Washington headquarters, allows for the preparation of inventory listings for transmittal to each property accountable officer for verffication with his annual physical inventory and for use as a property record in lieu of manually prepared records, and provides more readUy statistics and other information required for effective property utUization and replacement programs. < 85 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS Bureau of Engraving and Printing The Bureau of Engraving and Printing designs, engraves, and prints currency, securities, postage and revenue stamps. Government checks, mUitary commissions and certfficates, and other engraved work for the various Government agencies, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and insular possessions of the United States. Production Deliveries of finished work during the fiscal year 1956 totaled 705,704,754 sheets, a decrease in currency sheets of 12,133,778 or approximately 12 percent, and a decrease in other work of 4,232,668 sheets or less than 1 percent as compared with the quantities delivered during the previous fiscal year. A comparative statement of deliveries of finished work in the fiscal years 1955 and 1956 follows. Comparative statement of deliveries of finished work, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 Sheets Face value 1956 Class 1955 Currency: United States notes Silver certificates Federal Reserve notes. TotalBonds, notes, bills, certificates, and debentures: Bonds: Panama Canal, registered Treasury, standard form... Obsolete stock deUvered to Destruction Committee and destroyed United States savings Specimens Consolidated Federal farm loan for the 12 Federal intermediate credit banks specimens... Depositary, act of September 24,1917, as amended. Philippine Islands loan of 1929, Metropolitan Water District Specimens i Notes: Treasury modified new design ^ Specimens Treasury, 1955 design Treasury, registered special series Specimens Consolidated Federal home loan banks, bearer Specimens Federal National Mortgage Association Specimens ^ Bills: Treasury, 1940 design Treasury, 1953 design Certificates: Of indebtedness, new design, back. Specimens Special series Specimens Common stock of the: Federal National Mortgage Association notes. Banks for cooperatives Specimens Postal savings Specimens i Military yen currency Footnote at end of table. 1956 1,360,667 67,014,000 29,807,777 2,120,000 58,690,889 25,237, 778 $158,400,000. 00 1,336,996,000.00 4,830,960,000.00 98,182,444 86,048,667 6,326,356,000. 00 1,186 829,596 300 202,000 300,000.00 1,478,050,000.00 95,088,000 1,368,833 90,727, 000 404 7,258,400,000.00 10,750.00 81, 930 26 500 931,767,000.00 247,200.00 160,200 3 46,713 600 1 122,750 7,448,500,000.00 3,000.00 8,444,000,000.00 1,029,000 97,715,000,000.00 84,886 458 686,515 ' 700' 49,700 20 110,600 593,400 424,050 350' 6.000 93,800 14 3,392,000,000.00 50,000.00 440, 526 37,782,000,000.00 5 6, boo. 00 700 1 5,000 7,500 14 2,624,000 86 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Comparative statement of deliveries of finished work, fiscal years 1955 and 1956Continued Sheets Face value 1956 Class 1955 Bonds, notes, bills, certificates, and debentures—Con. Debentures: Consolidated collateral trust for the: 12 Federal mtermediate credit banks... 13 banks for cooperatives Federal National Mortgage Association, secondary market operations Federal Housing Administration: War housing insurance fund Title 1 housing insurance fund Mutual mortgage insurance fund Housmg insurance fund Servicemen's mortgage insurance fund.. Military housing insurance fund Armed services housing mortgage insurance fund National defense housing Insurance fund Specimens 1 Total. Stamps: Customs Delivered for destruction Internal Revenue: To oflaces of issue..' . Specimens Puerto Rican revenue Virgin Islands revenue Delivered for destruction War savings United States savings Postage, United States: Ordinary Specimens Fifth International Philatelic Exhibition souvenir sheet Specimens Airmail Certified mail Commemorative Specimens Special delivery Special handling Postage due Canal Zone, ordinary Canal Zone, air mail Canal Zone, commemoratives District of Columbia beverage tax paid Federal migratory bird hunting Foreign service fee Slaight lock seals Total. Miscellaneous: Checks Certificates Commissions Diplomas Book labels Government requests for transportationMemoranda copies. Delivered for destruction other miscellaneous Total Grand total.. 1956 49,500 13,100 $880,000,000.00 233, 600,000.00 18,000 375,000,000.00 4,000 31,000,000.00 2,000 6,000 3,500 2,000 3,000 17,050,000. 00 17,210,000.00 2,887,500.00 16,672,600.00 3,000 61 4,000 7,500 24 24,210,000. 00 53,482,500.00 98,000.00 86,150 7,350 8,000 2,000 2,500 2,000 98,082,414 96,928,538 166,101,443,450.00 ' 2,334,000 40,254 1,603,000 288,100,866 3,278,552,952.79 181,015 667,895 288,619,686 153 2,053,391 1,320 206 19.200 1,081,140 180,266,306 18 182,802, 591 37 798,294.006.70 2,036,396 620 15,286,928 1,053,700 18,878,581 50 1,199,250 36,346 2,221, 582 18,900 23,900 21,280 929,200 46,725 15,656 94,000 262,833 15 8,171,096 32,000 20,976,264 73 1,102,000 18, 200 1,719, 500 3,400 39, 500 1,028,200 44,800 509,628, 508 8,356,327 1,900,610 481,980 2,767 6,047,519 2, 549, 588 449,423 5,041 30,000 1, 480,042 12.353,876 722,071,201 693,880.00 "64,"508,"964."40 240,000.00 32,502,916.00 11,010,000.00 133,250. 00 15,379,000.00 55,600.00 436,100.00 5,419,160. 00 10,035,200.00 50,000 513,452,467 130,510 1,640 1,827,500.00 16,700,600.00 4,235,789,029.89 169,478 3,847,993 13,099,042 705,704,765 176,663,588,479. i 1 All bond specimens in the various types shown in the 1965 colunm are a composite figure. I ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 87 Finances The Bureau operations are financed by reimbursements to a working capital fund authorized by law. A statement of income and expense for the fiscal year 1956 and comparative balance sheets as of June 30, 1955 and 1956 follow. Statement of income and expense for the fiscal year 1956 Income: From sales of printing... $24, 571, 327 From operation and maintenance of incinerator and space utilized by other Treasury activities. 335, 593 From sales of card checks 997,173 From other direct charges for miscellaneous services . 167,353 Total income Expense: Cost of goods sold: Purchase of direct materials Deduct: Increase in inventory of direct materials $26, 071, 446 4, 822, 688 126,759 Direct materials used Directlabor Manufacturing expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) Depreciation and amortization 4, 695, 929 10,417,870 Total manufacturing costs Deduct: Increase in goods in process inventory. 24, 336, 499 Subtotal Decrease in finished goods inventory 23, 881, 819 235, 626 Cost of goods sold Cost of operation and maintenance of incinerator and space utilized by other Treasury activities Cost of card checks (purchases and related costs) Cost of miscellaneous services Nonoperating expenses: Loss on disposal of fixed assets Accelerated depreciation 24,117,445 Total expense Net income for the fiscal year 1956 7, 761, 832 1, 460, 868 454, 680 335, 593 997, 126 167, 238 393, 498 35, 825 26,046,725 ^ 24, 721 1 In accordance with the act approved August 4,1950 (31 U. S. C. 181-181e), the net profit will be applied against the deficit which resulted from operations in thefiscalyear 1955. 88 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Comparative balance sheets June SO, 1955, and 1956 ^ June 30,1955 June 30,1956 Current assets: Cash with Treasury. _ Accounts receivable.. Inventories: Raw materials..Goods in process. Finished goods... Stores Prepaid expenses ASSETS Total current assets . Fixed assets: 2 Plant machinery and equipment. Motor vehicles Oflice machines Furniture and fixtures Dies, rolls, and plates Building appurtenances. Fixed assets under construction.. Less portion charged off as depreciation. $5,058,138 1,856,484 $5,497,222 1,361,417 821,256 3,398,298 1,244,439 1,225,330 61,906 948,016 3,852,978 1,008,813 1,097,364 73,728 13, 665,851 13,839, 538 16,194,666 66,176 126,116 483,823 3, 955, 961 600, 853 231,894 16,760,178 64,069 138,180 480, 531 3, 955, 961 956.196 123, 718 20,659,489 4, 552,148 21,478,833 5,613, 732 16,107,341 15,865,101 3,284 16,107,341 15,868,385 Excess fixed assets (estimated realizable value).. Total fixed assets .... Deferred charges Totalassets- ^ 158,214 197,258 29, 931,406 29, 905,181 . LIABILITIES AND INVESTMENT OF THE UNITED STATES Liabilities: Accounts payable Accrued liabilities: Payroll.. Accrued leave Other Trust and deposit liabilities Otherliabilities Total liabilitiesInvestment of the United States Government: Principal of the fund: Appropriation from United States Treasury. Donated assets, net . Total principal Earned surplus, or deficit (—) s Total tnvestment of the United States Government Total liabilities and investment of the United States Govemment. 566, 997 636, 905 1,789,259 1, 654, 662 48,643 654.368 1,711 1,662,843 1, 670, 525 52,093 642,327 1 4,715, 640 4,664,694 3,250,000 22,000, 930 3, 250,000 22,000,930 25,250,930 -35,164 25,250,930 3 -10,443 25,215, 766 25,240,487 29,931,406 29,905,181 1 The balance sheets have been adjusted to reflect deposits in transit and deferred vouchers on a basis consistent with the central control accounts maintained by the Bureau of Accounts, Treasury Department, 2 Fixed assets acquired prior to July 1, 1950, are capitalized at appraised values (estimated replacement cost as of July 1, 1951, reduced to recognize the depreciated condition of the assets being capitalized); subsequent additions have been capitalized at cost, except that on and after July 1, 1951, all costs of manufacturing dies, rolls, and plates have been charged to current operations. The act approved August 4,1950 (31 U. S. C. 181-181e), which established the Bureau of Engraving and Printing Fund, specifically excluded from the assets of the fund the land and buildings occupied by the Bureau. In accordance with the Comptroller General's decision of October 4, 1951 (B-104492), however, replacements of building facilities and improvements to buildings made on and after July 1,1951, have been financed by the fund. Such items of significent dollar amounts have been capitalized at cost and appear in the balance sheet under the caption "Building appurtenances." 3 Earned surplus or deficit arises through billing for products at unit prices established prior to the development of actual costs. Section 2 (e) of the act of August 4, 1950, requires that any surplus accruing to the revolving fund during any fiscal year be deposited into the general fund of the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts during the ensuing fiscal year, provided that such surplus may first be applied to offset any deficit resulting from operations in prior years. Net earned surplus in the amoimt of $24,721 in the fiscal year 1956 was applied to partially offset the deficit of $36,164 which resulted from operations in the fiscal year 1955. The remainder of the deficit $10,443 will be offset by the application of a like amount against any surpluses which accrue in subsequent fiscal years. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 89 Improvements in organization, operations, and management Organizational changes.—Kealignment of several of the Bureau's top oflSices was effected in May 1956, as follows: The Office of Plant Security Control and the Office of Production Services were abolished, a new office of Industrial Services was established which was composed of the Iadustrial Engineering Branch, the Security Control Branch, the Quality Control Branch, and the Productioa Control and Scheduling Branch, and the Internal Audit Branch of the former Ofl&ce of Plant Security Control was placed under the jurisdiction of the Office of the Assistant to the Director. Note examining operations in the Currency Overprinting Branch have been placed in self-contained units, each of which includes all the operating materials needed by the examiners. This organizational arrangement provides closer security and control of the work. Under a contract awarded in the fiscal year 1955, the Methods Engineering Council installed aii industrial engineering function in the Office of Industries Services. A consultant from the Methods Engineering Council remained in the Bureau through May 1956, to conduct training of the personnel engaged in this activity. Program reductions.—With respect to the production of currency which from the standpoint of operating costs is the largest single item manufactured by the Bureau, there was approximately a 33 percent decrease in the requirements of the reguisitioning agencies during the fiscal year. This had a marked effect on the manpower situation in the Bureau. For instance, as a direct result of the reduction in worldoad requirements for currency, it became necessary to abolish the positions of 48 plate printers, effective October 31, 1955. These printers were in addition to those separated through normal attrition. . Each plate printer whose job was declared surplus was offered reassignment to a permanent status position at lower pay. The decrease in currency requirements was offset by an increase in the requirements for postage and revenue items; however, this resulted in an overall volume work production in 1956 being substantially the same as in 1955. •Management improvements.—In order to fulfill its statutory obligation to print securities as cheaply, as perfectly, and as safely as the work could be done Elsewhere, the Bureau has continued its policy of simplifying and improving its operations. To date the most significant improvements have been associated with currency. In this connection, experimental work was continued to develop a press capable of printing currency with more subjects per sheet than the present 18, by the dry intaglio process. As part of this program, the Bureau is evaluating two foreign built rotary sheet-fed presses. Savings to be realized from improvements associated with currency production, however, must await further evaluations since the advances made during fiscal year 1956 were primarily in the area of research and development. In the last year's report reference was made to the awarding of a contract for five new types of presses for the production of postage stamps. These presses, which embody many new features, were designed to bring about improvements in quality as well as increased eflEiciency and economy of operation. At the close of fiscal 1956, four 90 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY of the presses were in full production, and one remained in an experimental condition. A contract was awarded in August 1955 for the design and construction of a prototype coil stamp processing machine for certain types of postage and revenue stamps. The present procedures entail numerous hand operations and it is intended that the new equipment wiU, through automatic controls, eliminate or consolidate a number of these manual functions. The equipment will be so designed as to be readily convertible to process work 432-subjects per sheet, as compared with the maximum of 170 subjects which can be processed on the present coiling equipment. An interim measure is being adopted to print the stamps for processing into coils 384-subjects to the sheet, and to slit the web so that the stamps printed in this way can be processed on the present coil processing equipment. Conversion of aU four coil perforators to electric eye operation, which was reported for the fiscal year 1955, was completed on October 28, 1955. The electronic counting machines in the Mutilated Paper Audit Unit, which were formerly used for counting the $1 denomination, are beiag used to count all denominations of mutilated currency. This made it possible to declare excess five level-5 positions, with savings on an anaual basis amounting to $18,928. At the end of fiscal 1956, 81 of the recommendations contained in the report of the Methods Engineering Council had been accepted, five were being considered, and 17 were rejected. One of the recommendations which was effected provides for a team consisting of one bookbinder and two assemblers at each cutting machine in the Currency Overprinting Branch instead of one bookbinder and three assemblers formerly employed. Seven assemblers were reassigned to other production areas and one bookbinder was added to the rolls, with net annual savings of approximately $18,262. Progress was made during the year on the report of this Bureau's security procedures, as follows: Of the 165 recommendations made by the United States Secret Service, 116 have been completed, 42 are in process, and seven are under consideration. Those under consideration relate to the protection systems on the vaults. A complete review of the operations in the Examining Division was made during the year. As a result of this review, written procedures were developed, quality standards were improved, and better security controls were put into effect. The reduction of positions which was effected, principally in the trimming operation, resulting in savings of $270,000, was offset by increased costs of supervision and operations in other areas relating to sheet examination. A review of overprinting operations resulted in numerous improvements which were in process of installation or being tested at the close of the year. To date, the positions of four examiners have been eliminated and the employees transferred to other jobs for wbich recruitment would have been necessary otherwise. Estimated annual savings were $14,000. The printing on pregummed paper of all stamps which were formerly printed on flatbed presses and gummed in a separate operation made it possible to reduce the spoilage of this class of work. Savings resulting from this change in procedure amounted to $8,593. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 91 Other procedural improvements were made in the Surface Printing office, in the Rotary Printing office, and in the handling of fountain sheets in the currency printing sections, resulting in estimated annual savings amounting to $16,654. Considerable savings will be reflected in the coming fiscal year in the unit cost rates of Class A cigarette revenue stamps by increasing the number of subjects printed per sheet from 800 to 1,200 and reducing the width of the stamps by Ke of an inch. The manufacturers of cigarettes are in the process of converting their machines used to affix the cigarette stamps on the package so as to accommodate the smaller size of stamp designed during the latter part of fiscal year 1956. Until the machines are all converted, some orders will continue to be received for the larger stamps printed 800-subjects to the sheet. Industrial relations activities The total number of employees on the rolls at the beginning of the year was 4,005. On June 30, 1956, there were 3,568 employees on the rolls. The reduction in number of employees was due to operational improvenients, better utilization of manpower, and reduced program requirements. Wage increases affecting approximately 2,855 unclassified employees, amounting to approximately $352,040, were made to meet increases granted by Government Printing Office, American Banknote Company, etc. for job classifications which have been determined to be comparable to jobs in this Bureau. Positive action was taken in connection with the program, initiated in fiscal 1955, to apply more realistic criteria for satisfactory conduct of employees who deal with securities. For instance, more intensive preemployment checks of applicants are being made; security clearance for guards requires full field investigation during the first year of service, with completion before the expiration of the employee's probation period; and the personnel folders of all present employees have been carefully screened for derogatory information which might bear on their suitability for work in this Bureau. The Incentive Awards Program received 378 suggestions during fiscal year 1956, of which 123 were adopted. Savings from suggestions which were put into effect during fiscal 1956 amount to an estimated $4,960. The rate of participation by employees in the program is 100.5 suggestions per 1,000 employees. I t is notable that the rate of adoption of suggestions from employees increased from 18 percent during 1955 to 32.5 percent during 1956. Spoilage standards for plate printers were issued on October 19, 1955, after a four-month period of trial and adjustment. The new standards have made it possible to give appropriate recognition to printers with above average records, and to identify those who fall below the standard for counseling and training to eliminate inefficiency or carelessness. The Bureau's safety program has constantly emphasized the responsibility of each operating official, each first line supervisor, and every employee, for the elimination of unsafe conditions and unsafe practices. The establishment during 1956 of 68 safety committees, with membership consisting of supervisory and nonsupervisory per- 92 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY sonnel, including representatives of employee groups and unions, has brought about an increase in safety awareness, and a continuation of the downward trend in the accident frequency rate. As of June 30, 1956, the Bureau frequency rate was 9.27,^ which compares favorably with a frequency rate of 9.3 ^ for the printing and publishing industry throughout the United States. Through a vigorous inspection and an educational program, it is hoped to reduce further the accident frequency rate. Long range research program In addition to the improvements associated with currency described under ^'Management improvements," the Bureau is conclucting developmental studies related to the following machinery and equipment : Automatic equipment for the detection of incorrectly counted banded assemblies of currency, automatic equipment for the replacement of defective currency notes, automatic equipment for forming, sealing, and wrapping cartons of postage stamp books, and semiauto-. matic equipment for examination of sheets of currency. The following studies are being made of materials associated with the production of currency and stamps: Remoistenable synthetic adhesives, new formulations of ink for use in the dry intaglio printing process, an improved method of spectrographic analysis for counterfeits, and transparent wrappings for packages of currency. Continued research on the problem of increasing the life of currency in circulation is being conducted with the cooperation of Crane & Company, the Bureau's paper contractor, and the National Bureau of Standards. New issues of stamps Orders were received and dies were engraved for new issues of postage stamps as follows: Issue Denomination (cents) Fort Ticonderoga, Commemorative, Series 1956.. Andrew W. Mellon, Commemorative, Series 1955 Benjamin Franklin, Commemorative, Series 1956 Fifth International Philatelic Exhibition, Commemorative, Series 1956 Booker T. Washington, Commemorative, Series 1956 Wildlife Conservation (Wild Turkey), Commemorative, Series 1956 .... Wildlife Conservation (Pronghorn Antelope) Commemorative, Series 1956.. Pure Food and Drug Laws, Commemorative, Series 1956 Wheatland, Home of James Buchanan, Commemorative, Series 1956.. New issues of ordinary postage stamps produced during the year, aU in the 1954 Series, were as follows: Kj^S, iKj?^, H , ^ i , H^ lOjzS, 20^, 30j2S, 40j25, 50jz;, $1.00, and $5.00. Other new issues of stamps include the $2.00 Federal migratory bird hunting stamp. Series 1956-7, and the Fifth International Philatelic Exhibition souvenir sheet, Series 1954, in the H i denomination. 1 The numbers of disabling injuries per mOlion man-hours worked. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 93 Fiscal Service The Fiscal Service of the Treasury Department is comprised of the OflSce of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary, the Bureau of Accounts, the Bureau of the Public Debt, and the Office of the Treasurer of the United States. Their operations are under the general supervision of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary. The Fiscal Assistant Secretary, under the direction of the Under Secretary, administers the financing operations of the Treasury; prepares estimates of the future cash position of the Treasury for use of the Department in its financing; directs the distribution of funds between the Federal Reserve Banks and other Government depositaries; prepares calls for the withdrawal of funds from the special depositaries to meet current expenditures; directs fiscal agency functions in general; and administers the Treasury responsibilities with respect to the purchase, custody, transfer, and sale of foreign exchange acquired by the United States under various executive agreements with foreign governments in connection with United States programs operated abroad. In carrying out the responsibilities of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary, liaison has to be maintained with the other departments, agencies, and branches of the Government with respect to their financial operations and the coordination of these operations with those of the Treasury. The Fiscal Assistant Secretary supervises the administration of accounting functions and related activities of all units of the Treasury Department through the Commissioner of Accounts; and carries out, thrpugh the Commissioner of Accounts, the Treasury's role in the joint accounting improvement program of the Secretary of the Treasury, the Director of the Bureau of the Budget, and the Comptroller General of the United States in accordance with the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950. The several responsibilities of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary are indicated more fully in the operations detailed in the following reports by the Commissioner of Accounts, the Commissioner of the Public Debt, and the Treasurer of the United States. BUREAU OF ACCOUNTS The Bureau of Accounts performs a variety of functions pertaining to responsibilities of the Secretary of the Treasury. It maintains the system of central accounts and prepares central financial reports of the Government required by the act of July 31, 1894 (5 U. S. C. 255), and the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U. S. C. 66b). It furnishes technical guidance and assistance in accounting matters to Treasury bureaus and collaborates with^ the General Accounting Office and the Bureau of the Budget in projects aimed at simplifying, improving, and strengthening accounting and other fiscal procedures of the Government as a whole. It makes disbursements to Government creditors in payment of obligations incurred by the various executive departments and agencies, with the principal exceptions of the Post OflEice Department and the Department of Defense. The Bureau also pays claims under international agreements; 94 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY makes investments for a number of trust funds; administers loans authorized to be made by the Treasury to Government corporations and other Federal agencies; determines the qualifications and underwriting limitations of companies to write Government fidelity and surety bonds; performs the administrative work in connection with the designation of Government depositaries; and performs such other fiscal work as may be required by the Secretary. Accounting, Reporting, and Related Matters Central accounting ; Installation in the Bureau of Accounts of a system of central accounts, developed pursuant to Section 114 bf the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, was" commenced July 1, 1955, and virtually completed by the end of the fiscal year. The only remaining action of major significance to be taken is the application of certain of the procedure to the Internal Revenue Service and Bureau of Customs to bring their reporting of receipts in line with that of other agencies of the Government for purposes of the central accounting operations. This will be accomplished in the fiscal year 1957. Further evolutionary changes in the system would involve applying the provisions of Joint Regulation No. 4, Revised, and Department Circular No. 945, Revised (see pages 92 and 326-331 of the 1955 Annual Report of the Secretary) to the accounting for public debt principal and interest transactions and extending the provisionsof paragraph 4 of the joint regulation to those Government agencies which were initially exempted. As explained in the Annual Report of the Secretary for the fiscal year 1954 (coihmencing on page 97), the central accoimts pertain to the receipts, expenditures, and related cash operations of the entire Government and provide the accounting basis for central reports in that area, including determination of the annual surplus or deficit. An important feature of the system is that an accounting reconciliation is provided between the published reports of receipts and expenditures and the changes in the Treasury's cash balance. Supplements Nos. 4 and 5 to Department Circular No. 945, Revised, were issued respectively on March 13 and May 14, 1956 (see exhibit 51) to establish certain requirements concerning year-end reporting for the closing of the central accounts. This was to achieve better integration of the central accounting and reporting of the Treasury Department and the accounting of the administrative agencies. Supplements Nos. 1, 2, and 3 to Department Circular No. 945, Revised, mentioned on page 92 of the Annual Report of the Secretary for the fiscal year 1955 also are published in this report (see exhibits 48 to 50). To further promote Govemment-wide efforts toward integration of central accounting and reporting a compilation of general requirements dated June 4, 1956, was issued to all departments and agencies (see exhibit 53). Based on financial data provided by the system of central accounts, a new table is included in the Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances of the United States Government for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1956, showing the assets and liabilities which constitute a reconciliation of such receipts and expenditures with the ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 95 change in the balance of the Treasurer of the United States between the dates June 30, 1955 and June 30, 1956. The volume of accounting items (tabulating cards punched, postings, etc.) processed through the central and regional accounting offices of the Division of Central Accounts of the Bureau during the fiscal year 1956, compared with the preceding year, follows. Work volume Classification 1965 B.eceipts Expenditures otheritems . _ . _ . . . . _ . Total -- 1956 2,208,948 2,851,716 8.442 2,211,401 3,153,885 8,950 5,069,106 6,374,236 • Other staff accounting and procedural matters Within the Treasury, technical guidance and assistance is given to individual bureaus on systems' design, and day-to-day accounting, reporting, and procedural problems. In particular, work was continued during the year in collaboration with: The Internal Revenue Service in connection with the system of revenue accounting and related procedures; the Bureau of the Public Debt in the development of an improved system of accounting for public debt operations; and the Office of the Treasurer of the United States with regard to the development and installation of an integrated system for payment and reconciliation of checks by use of electronic data-processing equipment. Also, improved accounting procedures, involving all Fiscal Service bureaus and the Federal Reserve Banks, were developed with respect to income taxes withheld from interest payments to nonresident aliens holding United States securities. Regulations contained in Department Circular No. 865 governing the disposition of cash gifts, donations, and contributions to the United States received by the Treasury Department were revised April 27, 1956 (see exhibit 52). The Bureau's participation in projects of Government-wide scope involved: Development of proposed legislation to replace existing law wdth respect to accounting for expired appropriations and payments of old obligations handled as claims for settlement by the General Accounting Office;^ development of proposed legislation to put into effect certain recommendations of the Commission on Organization of the Executive Branch of the Government on accounting and budgeting;2 studying methods to accomplish a staggering in the issuance of monthly payment checks in order to alleviate peakload operations of the Post Office Department, commercial banks, the Federal Reserve Banks, and the Treasury Department; development of improved procedure concerning reports of obligation of funds under Section 1311 of the Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1955, approved August 26, 1954 (31 U. S. C. 200); and devising plans for » Public Law 798, approved July 25,1956, "To simplify accounting, facilitate the payment of obligations, and for other purposes." 2 Public Law 863, approved August 1,1956, "To improve governmental budgeting and accounting methods and procedures, and for other purposes." 96 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY simplif3dng procedures regarding expenditure transfers between appropriation and fund and receipt accounts affecting the accounts of Treasury regional offices. Central reporting During the fiscal year 1956 further progress was made in improving financial reports for the Government as a whole and achieving greater consistency between such central reports and those of the individual executive agencies. Two significant changes were made in the Comhined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances of the United States Government for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1955, which was submitted to the Congress on January 3, 1956. First, the tables showing appropriations and expenditures were expanded to include an analysis of the unexpended balance of each appropriation or fund in terms of availability for future obligation or expenditure. Second, a new table was included to provide in one place for each of the nearly 100 wholly owned Government corporations or other revolving funds, condensed information concerning financial resources and obligations; namely, assets, liabilities, net investment of the United States, contractual commitments, and additional means of financing in the form of unused borrowing authority. Budget-Treasury Regulation No. 3, which was originally issued September 1, 1944, and revised March 15, 1947, pursuant to Executive Orders Nos. 8512 and 9084, was superseded by Treasury Department Circular No. 966 of January 30, 1956, issued under Section 114 of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U. S. C. 66b). This circular requires the submission by wholly owned Government corporations and other revolving funds, of financial statements relating to assets and liabilities, income and expense, application of funds, commitments, and contingencies necessary to disclose fully the results of their financial operations. On June 1, 1956, a supplement to the circular was issued requiring all executive agencies to furnish reports on real and personal property as a basis for developing data to be used by the Committee on Government Operations, House of Representatives, in a continuing study and for committee reports on the assets of the Federal Government. Department Circular No. 966 provides the framework for ultimately obtaining data necessary to disclose as completely as may be desirable and practical the assets, liabilities, and financial operations of the entire Government. Reports of this character are now being published at intervals in the Treasury Bulletin. In connection with the improvement of central reporting in the fiscal year 1956, reference should be made to Department Circulars No. 965 Revised, July 3, 1956 (exhibit 54), No. 966 of January 30, 1956, and Supplement No. 1, of June 1, 1956 (exhibit 47). Control of foreign currencies Foreign currencies acquired by the United States Government without purchase with dollars were brought under Treasury control by regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury issued pursuant to Executive Order No. 10488 of September 23, 1953 (see page 101 of the Annual Report for 1954). Since 1953, there have been enacted numerous provisions of law having to do with acquisition and use of ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 97 such foreign currencies. Exhibit 56 is a compilation of the principal provisions of law on this subject. Foreign currency acquisitions during the fiscal year 1956 amounted to $886.7 million. Seventy-five percent of these currencies were derived from sales of surplus agricultural commodities as authorized by the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954, commonly referred to as P u b l i c L a w 480 (7 U. S. C. 1691, 17011709), and by similar sales as authorized in mutual security acts. The original sales program under Public Law 480, was more than doubled in the fiscal year 1956 as a consequence of Public Law 387, approved August 12, 1955 (7 U. S. C. 1703 (b)). The mutual security program for sales of surplus agricultural commodities svas continued during the fiscal year at a level slightly below that authorized for 1955, in accordance with Section 8 (b) of the Mutual Security Act of 1955, approved July 8, 1955 (22 U. S. C. 1922). The original program, coramencing in the fiscal year 1955, for the construction or acquisition of family housing abroad by the Department of Defense by the use of foreign currencies acquired under Public Law 480 or acquired by other commodity transactions of the Commodity Credit Corporation, was quadrupled for the fiscal year 1956 by provision of Section 507 of Public Law 161, approved July 15, 1955 (5 U. S. C. 171Z-1), Section 104 of the Mutual Security Appropriation Act, 1956 (31 U. S. C. 724) fixed June 30,1956, as the final date that foreign currencies, not to exceed tbe equivalent of $25 million, could be used to liquidate obligations incurred prior to July 1, 1953, witbout requiring reimbursem^ent to the Treasury for use of tbe foreign currencies. This was m.odified, however, by a provision of the appropriation act for 1957, which continued available until expended the equivalent of a maximum of $2 million of foreign currencies for this use. Department Circular No. 967 (exhibit 46) was issued August 24, 1955, requesting all Federal agencies to submit annually estim.ates of foreign currencies to be acquired without purchase with dollars, and estimates of their need of foreign currencies to m.ake expenditures chargeable to their dollar appropriations. These reports are the basis for estimates compiled by the Treasury Department to be included in the annual Budget. The estim.ates represent the dollar proceeds to be derived from sales of currencies that are for credit to ^'miscellaneous receipt" accounts of the Government. The reports also serve as the basis for estim.ating the amounts of all currencies which may be available to meet the needs of various Federal agencies for such currencies. Statements showdng the amounts of collections, withdrawals, and balances of foreign currencies for the fiscal year 1956, according to country and source of acquisition, are presented as tables 106 and 107. Internal auditing Department-wide.—All Treasury bureaus have made provision for regular internal auditing and have established an internal audit policy pursuant to Department Circular No. 924 (see Annual Report for 1953, page 308). During the fiscal year two meetings of Treasury internal auditors were held in which m.atters of mutual interest were discussed and ideas exchanged. Reporting techniques were improved with the result that periodic reports on internal auditing in the De399346—57 8 98 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY partment as a whole now provide a better measure of progress and accomplishments. By the close of the year, audit work in the bureaus showed notable improvement. The audit programs are becoming more systematized, the scope and coverage is gradually being increased, and results from the audit work are becoming more significant. Bureau of Accounts.—In the Bureau of Accounts the internal audit program was expanded somewhat. New audit areas undertaken included certain trust, investment, and miscellaneous accounts, such as the railroad retirement account and the new Oliver Wendell Holmes devise fund. Also, a new comprehensive audit program was developed for the regional disbursing and accounting offices; audits were completed in nine of such offices during the year. Commodity Credit Corporation appraisal In accordance with the act of March 8,1938, as amended (15 U. S. C. 713 a-1), the Secretary of the Treasury is required to make an annual appraisal of the assets and liabilities of the Commodity Credit Corporation to determine whether there has been an impairment of capital or a surplus. More information concerning this matter may be obtained by reference to page 94 of the Annual Report of the Secretary for the fiscal year 1955. The appraisal relating to the fiscal year 1955, which included inquiry into the Corporation's accounting policy and practices and the manner in which certain transactions were handled, disclosed a ''realized net loss" for the year of $929,870,140. Reimbursement to the Corporation for certain expenditures in the sum of $582,962 was provided for by appropriations contained in Public Law 40, approved May 23, 1955. Hence, the amount of capital impairment, as of June 30, 1955, to be restored was $929,287,178. This amount was appropriated in Public Law 554, approved June 4, 1956. Table 120 of this report shows the various eliminations of capital impairment, by means of appropriations or the cancellation of obligations of the Corporation, and the various payments to the Treasury on account of surpluses, under the act of March 8, 1938, as amended. General Operations Division of Disbursement The Division of Disbursement is responsible for making payments for all executive departments and agencies except the Department of Defense, the Post Ofl&ce Department, the United States marshals, the Panama Canal, certain corporations, and certain agencies to which the function of disbursement has been delegated. The functions of the Division of Disbursement include: Making pajrments from appropriated, trust, and deposit funds; issuing substitute checks for all disbursing officers of the United States Government; and issuing United States savings bonds under the Government payroll savings plan. The Division, through the use of its mechanical equipment and facilities which produce checks, also prepares payrolls, vouchers, and record cards for the agencies for which payments are made. These services are provided by the Division through its 21 regional disbursing ofl&ces, 18 of which are located in the continental United States, two in Territories, and one in the Philippines, for approximately 1,300 United States Government offices. In addition, the Division of Disbursement arranges with the Department of State to provide 99 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS foreign disbursing service for all agencies of the United States Government requiring such service, except for regular foreign establishments of the Department of Defense. The Division exercises technical supervision over the disbursing operations performed under delegation of authority from the Chief Disbursing Officer in the case of: 227 foreign disbursing offices and branches at embassies and consulates in all foreign countries; 105 assistant disbursing ofl&cers attached to agencies in the United States, South and Central America, and other foi'eign countries; and 1,381 agent and imprest fund cashiers making on-the-spot cash payments in the United States, the Territories, and foreign countries. Appreciable savings were realized in the fiscal year 1956 through further advances in mechanical processes and improved procedures developed under the management improvement program; savings to the Division of Disbursement amounted to $582,473; and the unit cost for processing the checks was reduced from 4.60 cents in the fiscal year 1955 to 4.51 cents in 1956, despite the additional cost for salaries pursuant to the act approved June 28, 1955 (69 Stat. 172). Significant improvements were made in a number of other areas as folio vvs: An appraisal was made of all operations in the Washington Regional Office, resulting in a reduction of personnel; the Field Supervision Branch strengthened the comprehensive survey of regional disbursing offices by expanding the scope of its internal audit program; mechanical processes of issuing checks were improved and given wider application; and arrangements were completed in the latter part of the fiscal year for the installation in fiscal 1957 of electronic equipment for check-writing operations. The volume of work during the fiscal year 1956 compared with that of the preceding fiscal year was as follows: Number Classification 1955 Payments made: SocialSecurity _. . _ _ Veterans' benefits __ _ Income tax refunds _ Veterans' national service life insurance dividend program other _ Adjustments and transfers effected . .. . Savings bonds issued Total _.. ._._ 1956 79,720,034 59,883,479 33, 447,025 4, 085, 762 32,004,114 844, 805 2, 529, 027 91,748,764 62,333, 759 34,195,231 3,840, 588 30, 897, 368 659,088 2,853, 628 212,514, 246 226, 528,426 Federal depositary system Designated depositaries provide the varipus Government departments and agencies with banking and financial services besides those afforded by the Office of the Treasurer of the United States. In addition to the Ofl&ce of the Treasurer of the United States and the twelve Federal Reserve Banks and their branches, the depositary system consists of more than 11,000 commercial banks designated by the Secretary of the Treasury. The supervision of the depositaries by the Bureau of Accounts, under the general direction of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary, is carried out under Department regulations governing the authority, qualifications, and other requirements applicable to the depositaries. 100 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Government losses in shipment claims By a self-insur ance plan, the Government assumes the risk on its shipments of money, bullion, securities, and other valuables while in transit between the Treasury, other Government departments and agencies, and depositaries. The plan, which supplanted contracts with private insurance companies, effective July 1, 1937, was established by the Government Losses in Shipment Act (5 U. S. C. 134— 134h; 31 U. S. C. 528, 738a, 757c(i)), and is administered by the Treasury Department. The Bureau of Accounts receives from insured agencies reports of their shipments made under coverage of the act and' is responsible for the payment of claims for losses. Shipments reported for tbe fiscal year 1956 were valued at $478.2 bilhon as compared with $591.2 for the fiscal year 1955. During the fiscal year 1956, claims amounting to $55,549 were paid from the revolving fund established under the act, while recoveries amounted to $8,153, making a net expenditure of $47,396 for losses. The estim.ated insurance premium savings accrued to the Governm.ent for shipments made during the year, based on rates of private insurance com.panies in effect at the time the fund was established, were $4,039,000. Detailed statements relating to the operation of the Government Losses in Shipment Act are given in table 99. Surety bonds The Secretary of the Treasury issues certificates of authority to corporate sureties m.aking application and qualifying under the act approved July 30, 1947 (6 U. S. C. 8), to execute bonds in favor of the United States. Form 356, Revised, listing companies holding such certificates of authority is published annually, on or about May 1, by the Treasury. The Bureau of Accounts examines the applications of com.panies requesting authority to write bonds and currently reviews the qualifications of the companies so authorized. I t also examines and approves as to corporate surety practically all fidelity and surety bonds in favor of the United States except certain Post Office Department and Department of Army bonds, and holds in custody a large portion of the bonds examined with the exception of contract bonds. As of June 30, 1956, there were 158 companies holding certificates of authority, qualifying them as sole sureties on recognizances, stipulations, bonds, and undertakings permitted or required by the laws of the United States, to be given with one or more sureties. There were also 23 companies holding certificates of authority as acceptable reinsurers only, issued under Department Circular No. 297, as amended. During the year certificates of authority to write bonds were issued to 14 companies and were revoked in the case of 6 other com.panies and certificates of authority to reinsure risks only were issued to 8 companies. For the fiscal year 1956, 44,440 bonds and consent agreements, including those executed under the new bonding act, effective January 1, 1956, cleared through the Bureau for approval as to corporate surety. Public Law 323, approved August 9, 1955 (6 U. S. C. 14), amends the act of July 30, 1947, by requiring the head of each department and independent establishment in the executive branch of the Federal Government to obtain, under regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury, blanket, position schedule, or other types of surety bonds covering civilian officers and employees and military ADMINISTRATIVE 101 REPORTS personnel of each department or independent establishment who are required by law or administrative ruling to be bonded. Also, the law permits officials of the legislative and judicial branches of the Federal Government to obtain any or all of such types of surety bonds, covering officers and employees under their respective jurisdictions as such officials may deem appropriate to be bonded. Previously, most officers and employees required to be bonded had to obtain individual bonds at their own expense. The law further provides that bond premiums be paid from any funds available for administrative expenses of the employing agency, thereby relieving employees of the payment of premiums. The Treasury Department developed regulations required by the act after consultation with representatives of the Committee on Post Office and CivU Service of the House of Representatives, of associations of surety companies, and of the major executive departments and the General Accounting Office. The regulations appear as exhibit 55 in this Report. Reports to the Treasury Department, as required by Section 14 (c), Title 6 of the United States Code indicate very substantial dollar savings under the new system even including certain nonrecurring costs of setting the system in motion. The accompanying table compares coverage under the new legislation four m.onths after it became effective and coverage as of December 31, 1955, before the act became effective. In the aggregate the table shows greater coverage, smaller premiums, and very much smaller administrative expenses. The indicated decrease in administrative expenses almost offsets the premium costs paid by the Government under the new act. Subsequent reports will also show claims on surety companies providing the bonds and the related recoveries. Status of coverage in force Under act of As of December August.9,1955, as 31,1955 of April 30, 1956 • Number of oflicers and employees covered Number in Internal Revenucj Service covered 2 Aggregate penal sums of bonds procured— _ Penal sums procured by Internal Revenue Service coverage 2 Total premiums paid by: Employees FiTTiplnyfifiS, Tntp.rTifl.1 Hp.vfiunp, Sftrvicfi2^ Govermnent Tnternal Rp.vpnne SpTvicp. 2,. '.. Administrative expenses, fiscal year: 1955 1956 __ 900,666 9,142 $2,000, 914, 540 56,040,000 ._ 1, 678,279 54,469 _ ._ . - -- - 507,100 1 930,164 24,859 3 $3,291,163, 250 140,675,000 4 598, 256 30,236 «75,000 Note.—Public Law 323,84th Cong., 1st sess., Sec. 14 (c) requires the Secretary of the Treasury to transmit to Congress an initial report on or before June 30, 1956, and thereafter on or before October 1 of each year beginning with 1957, a comprehensive report of operations during the preceding fiscal year. The initial report was submitted on June 29,1956. 1 Of which 93 percent were included in a blanket bond of the Post Oflace Department. 2 Covered under Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U. S. C. 7803 (c).). 3 The increase in aggregate penal sums of bonds procured under the act as compared with aggregate penal sums of bonds in force December 31,1955, is due primarily to the coverage of about 700,000 employees of the Post Oflace Department by a blanket bond in the basic penal sum of $2,500 each as compared with previous coverage by bonds with the basic penal sum of $1,000 each; and also is due to an increase in the total number of employees bonded. 4 Of tbe amount of $585,155.52 of premiums paid by the executive branch, $19,876.82 covers premiums paid for bonds rurming for one year. The balance, $565,278.70, covered premiums on bonds ruiming for two years. One-half, or $282,639.35, would be comparable to $1,650,711.23 covering premiums paid by employees in the executive branch for bonds in force December 31,1955, after deducting the premiums of $19,876.82 paid for bonds running for one year. «Estimated. 102 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Withholding of non-Federal income taxes The act of July 17, 1952 (5 U. S. C. 84b, 84c) authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to enter into agreements with States for the withholding of State income taxes from the compensation of Federal employees regularly employed in the State. An agreement with the State of Alabama was concluded in the fiscal year 1956, effective January 1, 1956, making a total of 12 agreements that have been concluded with States and Territories since the act was passed. The provisions of the District of Columbia Revenue Act of 1956 (Public Law 460, approved March 31, 1956), require the withholding of District of Columbia income tax from salaries paid employees on or after October 1, 1956, who reside in the District. Implementing this provision with respect to withholding from salaries of Federal employees. Executive Order No. 10672, dated July 9, 1956, authorized the Commissioners of the District of Columbia to enter into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury. The agreement was executed on July 27, 1956. The Government Actuary The Secretary of the Treasury is charged with the duty of handling the investments for certain Federal trust funds which are maintained to provide retirement and disability pensions. In addition, for two of these funds, the District of Columbia teachers' retirement and annuity fund, and the foreign service retirement and disability fund, the Secretary is charged with preparing estimates of the annual appropriations required to maintain the systems on sound financial bases. The Government Actuary prepares for the Secretary various actuarial estimates required in analyses of retirement system costs, including estimates of annual appropriations for the two funds, as well as cost estimates in connection with proposed legislation affecting retirement under the two systems. In addition, the Actuary is a member of the Board of Actuaries for the civil service retirement and disability fund and the Uniformed Services Contingency Option Act. The civfi service retirement and disability fund submitted in 1956 its 34th annual report on the status of the fund along with its recommendations with respect to maintaining the fund on a sound financial basis. There was submitted in 1956 the first annual report on the operations of the Uniformed Services Contingency Option Act, which permits members of the uniformed services to elect annuities for their survivors. Investments of trust and other funds The Investments Branch of the Bureau of Accounts, at the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury and in accordance with various provisions of law, has the duty of investing certain trust and other funds in obligations of the United States. Investment accounts and records of securities held in safekeeping by the Treasurer of the United States and Federal Reserve Banks subject to the order of the Secretary are maintained. The various investment accounts handled primarily by the Treasury are shown in table 52. Treasury facilities are used also for investment transactions of other agencies of the Government, for quasi-governmental funds, and for the Government of the District of Columbia. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 103 Loans by the Treasury, Interest, Dividends, and SimUar Receipts The Investments Branch of the Bureau of Accounts develpps agreements relating to loans to Government corporations and to other agencies which are authorized to borrow from the Treasury and receives interest, dividends, and similar special receipts required to be paid into the Treasury. Records are maintained relating to such loans and also to subscriptions to the capital of Government corporations paid by the Treasury. Table 115 shows advances made on loans by the Treasury to other Government corporations and business-type activities, repayments, cancellations, and balances for the fiscal year 1956. Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation The act of May 13, 1954 (33 U. S. C. 981-990), established the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation and authorized and directed the Secretary of the Treasury to purchase any obligations issued by the Corporation. During the fiscal year, the Secretary of the Treasury purchased bonds amounting to $13,300,000; as of June 30, 1956, total purchases amounted to $16,000,000. For further details see the annual report for 1955, page 99. District of Columbia The District of Columbia Appropriation Act of June 2, 1950, as amended (D. C. Code, Sec. 43-1540, 1951 edition), increased .the limitation to borrow from the United States Treasury to finance the expansion and improvement of the water system of the District of Columbia to $35,000,000. Loans made during the fiscal year amounted to $2,300,000. The total loans made for this purpose through June 30, 1956, amounted to $4,200,000. Refugee relief Section 16 of the Refugee Relief Act of 1953 (50 App. U. S. C. 1971), authorizes the-Secretary of the Treasury to make loans, not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate, to public or private agencies of the IJnited States in order to finance the transportation, from ports of entry to places of settlement in the United States, of certain persons receiving immigrant visas under the act who lack resources to. finance the expense involved. To June 30, 1956, twenty-nine agencies had been certified by the Department of State to the Treasury as eligible organizations to make applications for loans. During the fiscal year, applications for loans aggregating $290,000 were approved by the Secretary of the Treasury of which $199,000.00 was disbursed. There is shown in table 73 those agencies which have had loans approved and the amounts received under the agreements made pursuant to the act. Colorado River Dam fund The status of the Colorado River Dam fund, which was established by the act of December 21, 1928 (43 U. S. C. 617) is shown in table 74 of this report. An explanation of the nature of the fund may be obtained by reference to page 119 of the Annual Report for the fiscal 3^ear 1946. 104 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Deposits of interest charged on Federal Reserve notes Section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U. S. C. 414). authorizes the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to charge Federal Reserve Banks interest on the amount of unredeemed Federal Reserve notes issued to such banks in excess of gold certificates held as collateral against such notes. By the exercise of this authority, annual interest payments equal to approximately 90 percent of the net earnings of the Federal Reserve Banks have been made to the United States Treasury beginning in 1947. The amount deposited in the fiscal year 1956 was $287,280,500 as contrasted with the deposit of $251,226,266 in 1955. The total deposits since 1947 have amounted to $2,137,441,980 as shown in table 14. Donations and contributions During the fiscal year 1956, the Treasury Department deposited in the general fund so-called ^^Conscience fund'' contributions totaling $63,239 and other unconditional donations amounting to $19,923. Other Government agencies deposited ''Conscience fund'' contributions totaling $18,268 and unconditional donations totaling $1,996. Deposits to the credit of Library of Congress trust funds, permanent loan account, amounted to $683,502 representing cash donations and proceeds from the sale of securities belonging to the funds. No conditional donations were received during the fiscal year 1956. However, proceeds amounting to $7,099 were received from the sale of shares of stock donated during the preceding fiscal year and from dividends relating to the stock. The proceeds were credited to appropriation accounts suitable for carrying out the purposes intended by the donors. For explanation of the law and regulations pertaining to conditional donations, see the Annual Report of the Secretary for 1955, page 100. International Obligations World War I indebtedness The Treasury Department received payments aggregating $395,659.36 from the Government of Finland, representing installm.ents of principal and interest which became due in Decem.ber 1955, and June 1956, under the funding agreement of May 1, 1923, and the moratorium agreements of May 1, 1941, and October 14, 1943, relating to indebtedness growing out of World War I. This amount was made available to the Department of State for financing educational and scientific studies in Finland and the United States in accordance with provisions of the act of August 24, 1949 (20 U. S. C. 222). Tables 108 and 109 show the status of World War I indebtedness of foreign governments to the United States. Mixed Claims Commission, United States and Germany In April 1956 the fourth annual installment in the amount of $3,000,000 was received from the Federal Republic of Germany, under the terms of the agreement signed at London on February 27, 1953, in partial settlement of German debts arising from World War I. A ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 105 summary of the terms of this agreement is included in the Annual Report for 1954, page. 109. This payment enabled a further distribution of 5.15 percent on account of interest accrued on Class I I I awards (those over $100,000) of the Mixed Claims Com.mission, United States and Germany. A statement showing total payments on awards of the Mixed Claims Commission under the Settlement of War Claims Act of 1928 by classes, and the status of the accounts as of June 30, 1956, is shown in table 101. ^ World War II indebtedness - In the fiscal year 1956, under lend-lease and surplus property agreeinents, the Treasury Department received from debtor governments piayments in United States dollars am.ounting to $102.5 million, foreign ctirrencies having an equivalent value in United States dollars of approximately $48.0 miUion, and real property and improvements to reail property having an estim.ated value of $100,000. These acquisitions resulted in credits totaling $150.6 million to the debtor governments'accounts. Payments in foreign currencies and real property and improvements, from inception of the lend-lease and surplus property programs, represent a total estimated value received of $331.4 million. The aggregate of Uiiited States dollar receipts and other credits since inception of the program amounts to $2,595.3 million. During World War I I a total of 409,782,670.47 fine troy ounces of T^^reasury free silver (bullion) valued at $291,401,009.67 was transferred to certain foreign goyernments for coinage and industrial use, pursuant to the Lend-Lease Act of March 11, 1942. Agreements which vary somewhat in form were executed with each recipient government, provided that the debtor countries return a like kind and quantity of sUver ounce for ounce, within five years after termination of the national emergency as determined by the President. In some instances the agreements provide that should the conditions of the world supply of sUver make it advisable, the date of return may be extended by agreement of both governments for an additional two years. The termination of the emergency was in April 1952. The due date for repa3anent of sUver is April i957. During fiscal 1956, a total of 47,337,578.60 fine troy ounces of sUver, having as its dollar value the sum of $35,156,232.83 was received by the Treasury Department as repa3nnents on these accounts. The indebtedness of foreign governments under lend-lease and surplus property sales agreem.ents is stated in table 110. As of June 30, 1956, the accounts receivable amounted to $2,226 mUlion, including the sUver transferred under the lend-lease prograin. Credit to the United Kingdom The fifth annual payment in the amount of $119,336,250.00 on the loan of $3,750,000,000.00 under the Anglo-American financial agreement, dated December 6, 1945, was made by the United Kingdom on December 30, 1955. Of this amount, $71,345,267.14 was applied to interest, and the balance of $47,990,982.86 applied to principal. As of June 30, 1956, outstanding indebtedness under this loan was $3,519,272,374.46. 106 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Agreement with Germany for settlement of postwar (World War II) economic assistance Two interest payments, each amounting to $12.5 mUlion, were received from Germany on July 1, 1955, and January 1, 1956, in accordance with the agreement signed February 27, 1953, by the Federal Republic of Germany and the United States, providing for the settlement of the claim of the United States Government for postwar (World War II) economic assistance furnished to Germany. No payinent wiU be due on the $1 biUion of principal indebtedness until July 1, 1958. Payment of claims against the Yugoslav Government The total principal of awards certified to the Treasury Department by the Foreign Claims Commission of the United States (formerly the International Claims Commission of the United States) was $18;817,904.89 (see the Annual Report for 1955, page 102). The total amount which became avaUable for distribution on such awards v^as $17,000,000, paid by Yugoslavia on August 21, 1948. The total amount disbursed on awards through June 30,1956, is $14,797,515.52. It has been necessary to limit payment on awards of $1,000 or over to approximately 80 percent pending the outcome of litigation brought by certain claimants. If the litigation does not change the aggregate amount of awards certified to the Treasury it wUl be possible tb pay about 90.2 percent of the principal of awards over $1,000. Organization for^ European Economic Cooperation, European Productivity Agency In the fiscal year 1956, withdrawals were inade in the amount of $1,000,000 from thp account maintained by the Secretary of the Treasury for the Organization for European Economic Cooperation, European Productivity Agency, as described in the Annual Report for 1954, page 111. A total of $1,750,000 has been disbursed since establishment of the account in 1953, leaving a balance of $750,000 on June 30, 1956. United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East During the fiscal year 1956 the Department of State transferred from available appropriations the sum of $13,850,000 to the Treasury Department for contributions to the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the.Near East; the agency withdrew $19,000,000 from the account. Total transfers to the Treasury account since inception amount to $65,550,000 of which $51,000,000 had been withdrawn through June 30, 1956. Pre-1934 bonds of the Government of the Republic of the Philippines The Treasury Department is servicing payment of principal and interest on pre-1934 bonds of the Government of the Republic of the PhUippines by use of funds in the special trust account established in the United States Treasury in accordance with the act of March 24, 1934, as amended (22 U. S. C. 1393 (g) (4) (5)). The status of the special trust account as of June 30, 1956, is shown in table 72. American-Mexican Claims Commission In the fiscal year 1956 the Government of the United Mexican States made a payment of $1,500,000, representing the lastjnstallnient ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 107 due on the $40,000,000 which Mexico, in the Convention of November 19, 1941, agreed to pay in full settlement of the claims of American nationals as adjudicated by the American-Mexican Claims Commission. The amount enabled a further distribution of 3.9 percent on the principal amount of each award, making a total distribution of 99.5 percent. A statement of the Mexican claims fund appears as table 100. Withheld foreign checks Prohibition of the delivery of United States Government checks to payees residing in certain foreign areas continued during 1956 under Treasury Department Circular No. 655, dated March 19, 1941, as amended. This restriction applied to the foUowing areas: Albania, Bulgaria, Communist-con trolled China, Czechoslovakia, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Rumania, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the Russian Zone of Occupation of Germany, and the Russian Sector of Occupation of Berlin. In addition, delivery of checks to nationals of Communist China and North Korea is pro(^ hibited by Foreign Assets Control regulations issued by the Treasury i Department on December 17, 1950, except to the extent that delivery I has been authorized by appropriate license. , S ; ' i [ ; V Management Improvement Program ' ' ' . • Savings, on an annual basis, from measures taken under the management improvement program during the fiscal year are estimated at $615,000, of which $291,000 were savings from changes commenced in the prior year. " ^ ' ' . The largest single economy resulted from the reorganization and consolidation of related operating functions of the Washington Regional Office of the Division of Disbursement. Other substantial savings resulted from extension of the use of mechanical and electrical office equipment in the preparation of checks and accounting for disbursements and collections and from revision of certain disbursing procedures. Extensive study indicates that electronic equipment, under design by manufacturers, appears capable of meeting check issuance requirements for repetitive payments, and the concerns have been given letters of intent for the installation of such equipment. The procedure for reports control was extended to aU divisions of the Bureau during the year. A review and appraisal of existing reports during the year resulted in the discontinuance of approximately 52 periodic reports. Of the 226 suggestions considered during the year under the incentive awards program, 42.4 percent were adopted for, which awards of $2,075 were made. There were also 20 outstanding and superior work performance awards. BUREAU OF THE PUBLIC DEBT The Bureau of the Public Debt, in connection with the management of the public debt, perfornis the administrative work which includes the preparation of offering circulars, the formulation of instructions 108 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY and regulations pertaining to each security, issue, the direction of the handling of subscriptions and making of allotments, the issuance of the securities and the conduct or direction of transactions in the outstanding issues, the final audit and custody of retired securities, the maintenance of the control accounts covering all public debt issues, the keeping of individual accounts with owners of registered securities and the issue of checks in payment of interest thereon, and the handling of claims on account of lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutUated securities. Two principal offices are maintained, one in Washington, D . C , which issues and conducts the subsequent transactions in outstanding public debt securities (including governmental agency securities) other than savings bonds, and audits and maintains custody of these securities as they are retired; the other in Chicago, 111., where the functions relate to transactions in savings bonds after thetr issue to the public. In addition to the two principal offices, three field branch audit offices, located in New York, Chicago, and Cincinnati, are maintained for the purpose of auditing retired savings bonds and preparing records reflecting their retirement. Under Bureau supervision, many transactions in public debt securities are conducted through nationwide agents, which are, principally. Federal Reserve Banks, as fiscal agents of the United ; States, and their branches; selected post offices, financial institutions, industrial organizations and others, approximately 23,000 in all, which cooperate in the issuance of savings bonds; and nearly 18,000 financial institutions that redeem savings bonds. Bureau administration Management improvernent.—The continuing aim of management is the reduction of the cost of any function wherever possible without impairing service to the public or endangering the integrity of the records* of the debt. The management program regularly operates through special studies in selected areas, and through continuing projects devoted to activities that require day-to-day attention. In the fiscal year 1956 the scope of the Bureau's management efforts was expanded to include the participation of supervisory employees at all levels in the Secretary's special full-scale search for economies. This involved a broad review of organization, functions, services, and procedures, which was carried out in addition to the regular management activities. While these activities covered many areas, two projects with widespread functional implications have received particular attention. The first of these is directed to the revision of the public debt accounting system; the second, to the possible application of electronic data-processing equipment to savings bonds operations. The accounting study involves the system of accounting for and reporting public debt security and cash transactions throughout the three Fiscal Service bureaus and the Federal Reserve Banks and branches. The study has as its ultimate goals an overhauling of accounting and reporting procedures and a conversion to punch card equipment and techniques; A number of peripheral modifications ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS .^ 109 have been made in anticipation of the major system changes, and test runs have been conducted to determine the effectiveness of certain phases of the proposed plan. Conversion to the new system is expected to be completed during the fiscal year 1957. "^ The committee established to studj^ the application of electronic equipment to the processing of United States savings bonds has been very active during the year. In July 1955 a complete presentation of the current procedures used in issuing, servicing, and retiring savings bonds was made at a symposium attended by representatives of several producers of electronic equipment w-hich had indicated an interest in the Bureau's electronics utilization project. Throughout the balance of the fiscal year the committee continued to work closely I with representatives of those companies actively engaged in the deI velopment of proposals for furnishing electronics systems. Four j firms have advised of their intention to submit proposals for electronic \ systems for processing data relating to savings bonds issue and retirej ment activities. A study and evaluation of these proposals will be i made by the committee, the Bureau staff and its operating officials^ \ and other Government officials competent in this field. \ In addition to these two major projects, there are other areas in : which studies have resulted or will result in worthwhUe improvements, A * ^Nonexpendable Personal Property Control Manual," prescribing procedures for utilizing a new punch card system for the control and management of property, was adopted on January 16, 1956, and property custodians were designated in the Washington Office of the Bureau and in the field branch audit offices of the Division of Retired Securities. Teams of employees organized to conduct a complete and accurate physical inventory of all nonexpendable personal property were given comprehensive training in the identffication, numbering, and classffication of property. An inventory of all such property was made3and permanent property control records were established. This same system is being extended to the Chicago departmental office. Authority has been extended to the Office of the Treasurer of the United States to conduct a full range of public debt transactions. All other Federal offices and agencies issuing savings bonds (including the regional controllers of the Post Office Department which previously had direct accountability with the Treasury Department for savings bonds stocked for issuance) have been established as issuing agents of the Federal Reserve Banks having responsibUity for the fiscal agency activities in their respective areas. This simplifies and standardizes the accounting and reporting of these agencies, and will produce some economies, the most significant arising from the discontinuance of a joint audit of savings bonds stubs by the Post Office and Treasury Departments. Effectiye AprU 2, 1956, the Reports Control Subunit of the Securities Transaction Unit, Surrenders Section, Division of Loans and Currency (Washington), w^-as abolished and its functions transferred to other units in the section. Also, two units in the Claims Section of the same division were abolished as organizational entities. I n 110 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY the Chicago departmental office, as a result of a recommendation approved March 12, 1956, the Security Audit and Custody Section and the Service Unit of the Adjustment and Correspondence Section, Office of the Register of the Treasury, were abolished. These changes resulted in savings through the reduction in supervisory costs and the consolidation of certain clerical operations. On M a y 16, 1956, under the authority of Treasury Department Order No. 177-10, dated M a y 9, 1956 (see exhibit 45), the Division of Retired Securities was established with the responsibility for the performance of all functions previously performed by the Washingjion Office and the three regiona;! offices of the Register of the Treasury. The regional offices were designated as ''Savings Bond Audit Branches" of the new division. The Chicago branch of the Office of the Register j was made a separate division in the Chicago departmental office and j designated the "Division of Retired Savings Bonds." These changes j in designation were made to describe more accurately the functions f of these offices. The history of the Office of the Register dates back ( to the establishment of the Treasury Department in 1789. At t h a t ; time the office was charged with the maintenance of accounts of / receipts and expenditures of the public money and of all debts due / to or from the United States, together with certain other functions; of the new Department. The duties of the office have changed greatly ' over the years as a result of specialization of activities arising from increased workloads. Ultimately, its basic responsibUities became the audit and custody of retired public debt securities and other securities for which the Department acts as agent. The public debt.—A. summary of public debt operations handled by the Bureau appears on pages 25 to 30 of this report, and a series of statistical tables dealing with the public debt wUl be found in tables 16 to 50. The public debt of the United States falls into two broad categories: (1) public issues, and (2) special issues. The public issues are classified as to marketable obligations, consisting chiefly of Treasmy bUls, certificates of indebtedness. Treasury notes, and Treasury bonds; and nonmarketable obligations, consisting chiefly of United States savings bonds and Treasury bonds of the investment series. Special issues are made by the Treasury directly to various Government funds and payable only for account of such funds. During the fiscal year 1956 the gross public debt decreased by $1,623 mUlion and the guaranteed obligations held outside thie Treasury increased b y $30 mUlion. The most signfficant change in the composition of the outstanding debt during the year was the decrease of $3,468 mUlion in interest-bearing nonmarketable public issues, more than one-half of which was due to the .maturuig during the year of all Treasury savings notes outstanding. Total public debt issues, including issues in exchange for other securities, amounted to $172,465 mUlion during 1956, and retirements amounted to $174,089 million. The following statement gives a comparison of the changes during the fiscal years 1956 and 1956 in the various classes of public debt issues: 111 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS Increase, or decrease (—) (In millions of dollars) Classification 1955 Interest-bearing debt: Treasury bonds, investment series Treasury savings notes United States savings bonds.. Marls:etable obligations Special issues ._. Other Total interest-bearing debt Matured debt and debt bearing no interest. Total -186 -3,166 304 4,852 1, 022 6 1956 -579 -1,913 -254 1,864 -107 2,832 283 - 1 , 858 235 3,115 -1,623 United States savings bonds.—In terms of volume of work, the issue and redemption of United States savings bonds represent the largest administrative problem of this Bureau. Since these bonds are in registered form and in the hands of mUlions of people, establishiag and maintaining alphabetical and numerical records of more than 1.8 ? bUlion of these bonds, w-hich have been issued since 1935, replacing lost, stolen, and destroyed bonds, and handling and recording retired bonds present administrative tasks of considerable magnitude. Receipts from the sales of savings bonds during the year were $5,846 mUlion and accrued discoimt charged to the interest account and credited to the savings bonds principal account amounted to $1,214 mUlion, a total of $7,060 mUhon. Expenditures for redeeming savings bonds charged to the Treasurer's account during the year, including about $4,250 miUion of matured bonds, amounted to $7,846 miUion. The amoimt of savings bonds of all series outstanding on June 30,1956, including accrued discount and matured bonds, was $57,857 million, a decrease of $786 mUlion from the amount outstanding on June 30, 1955. DetaUed information regarding savings bonds wUl be found in tables 35 to 40, inclusive, of this report. Durtng the fiscal year 1956, 91.5 mUlion stubs representing issued bonds of Series E were received for registration, making a total of 1,805.8 mUlion, including reissues, received tkrough June 30, 1956. These original stubs are first arranged alphabetically in semiannual blocks, by name of owner, and microfilmed. They are then arranged in the numerical sequence of their bond serial number in a full calendar year ffie and microffimed, after which they are destroyed. The microfilms serve as permanent registration records. Of the 1,805.8 mUlion Series E bond stubs received as of June 30, 1956, 1,457.8 mUlion have been completely processed and destroyed, leaving a balance of 348.0 mUlion stubs in process at various stages of completion. 112 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY The following table shows the processing, by steps, of the registration stubs of Series E savings bonds. stubs of issued Series E savings bonds in Chicago ofiice (In millions of pieces) Period stubs received Cumulative through June 30,1951 Fiscal year: 1952.. 1953 1954 ._. 1955 1956.. Total - _.. Alphabetically sorted Restrict- Fine sort ed basis •prior to filming 2 sorti Alpha- Numeri- Destroyed betically cally after filmed filming filmed 1,380.3 1,361.8 1,341.2 1,318.3 1,265.5 1.254.5 76.0 82.8 88.2 87.0 91.5 72.2 84.0 89.0 88.4 87.2 67.3 59.8 82.0 99.3 85.0 57.1 62.3 82.2 88.1 88.0 27.5 66.4 72.7 25.7 5.8 32.2 67.9 73.3 29.9 1,805.8 1,782.6 1,734. 6 1, 696.0 1,463. 6 1, 457.8 1 Not in complete alphabetical arrangement but sorted to such a degree that individual stubs can be located. Includes those stubs fine sorted. 2 Completely sorted. The audit of retired savings bonds is conducted in the Savings Bond Audit Branch offices of the Division of Retired Securities. There were 97.4 million retired savings bonds of all series received in the branch audit offices during the year. Retired bonds are audited and then microfilmed, after which the bonds may be destroyed. The bonds of all series received in these offices have been audited, microfilmed, and destroyed to the extent indicated in the following table. Retired savings bonds of all series in the branch audit offices (In millions of pieces) Period Cumulative through June 30,1951 Fiscal year: 1952 1953 ' 1954 _ 1955 1956-— Total - Bonds received Audited Micro- Balance Balance Destroyed filmed unaudited unfilmed i 498. 5 496.2 478.1 2.3 20.4 396.4 82.4 88.4 97.3 99.0 97.4 82.8 88.5 96.0 98.1 96.5 85.2 92.1 95.5 98.7 96.0 1.9 1.8 3.1 4.0 4.9 17.6 13.9 4.6 4.9 6.3 88.6 111.0 81.6 102.0 117.9 2 963.0 958.1 945.6 4.9 6.3 897.5 1 Beginning June 30, 1954, excludes 9.4 million pieces of unfilmed spoiled stock transferred to permanent storage and 1.7 million pieces of unissued stock to be destroyed without microfilming. 2 Includes 915.0 million pieces of redeemed Series A-E bonds. Does not include approximately 460 million bonds paid and filed prior to establishment of branch audit offices. After the retired bonds have been audited in the branch audit offices, a listing of the serial numbers is transmitted to the Chicago departmental office where the serial numbers are posted to numerical registers, and the postings are verffied. The foUowing statement shows the status of the posting of all series of retired savings bonds. ADMINISTRATIVE 113 REPORTS R e t i r e d savings b o n d s of all series recorded in Chicago office (In millions of pieces) Period N u m b e r of retired bonds reported .... Verified Posted Unposted Unverified 956.5 953.6 951.3 2.9 2.3 85.5 87.7 94.6 101.3 98.2 88.1 88.0 89.9 102. 7 96.7 88.2 87.5 88.7 123.7 93.4 .3 4.7 3.3 4.8 2.2 2.7 3.9 1,423.8 1.419.0 1,332. 8 4.8 C u m u l a t i v e t h r o u g h J u n e 30,1951 Fiscal year: 1952 1953 -. 1954 1955 1956 Total S t a t u s of posting 8.1 8.1 1 During the period October 1954 to June 1955, only a 7 percent test verification was made of the postings. Of the 89.9 mUlion Series A-E savings bonds redeemed prior to release of registration and received in the branch audit offices during the year, 88.1 mUlion, or 98.0 percent, were redeemed by more than 17,900 paying agents. These agents were reimbursed for this service in each quarter-year at the rate of 15 cents each for the first 1,000 bonds paid and 10 cents each for all over the first 1,000. The total amount paid to agents on this account during the year was $10,976,906, which was at the average rate of 12.46 cents per bond. The following table shows the number of issuing and paying agents for Series A-E savings bonds, by classes. J u n e 30 Post offices Banks Building a n d savings a n d loan associations Credit unions Companies operating payroll plans All others Total . Issuing agents 1945 1950... 1954 . 1955 1956 24,038 25,060 2 3,198 2 2,476 . 2 1,768 15,232 15,225 15,607 15, 692 15,845 3,477 1,557 1,534 1,555 1,606 2,081 522 440 428 411 1 9.605 3.052 2,997 2,942 2,898 550 606 588 626 54,433 45,966 24,382 23, 681 23,154 57 55 56 54 13,466 16,691 17,519 17,652 17, 933 P a y i n g agents 1945.. 1950 1954 1955 1956 13,466 15,623 16,220 16,269 16,441 874 1,106 1,188 1,300 137 138 139 138 1 Includes all others. 2 Estimated by the Post Office Department. Sale of Series E savings bonds was discontinued at post offices at the close of business on December 31, 1953, except in those localities where no other public facilities for their sale were available. During the fiscal year 1956, 6,923,486 interest checks were issued on current income type savings bonds with a value of $398,207,763. This was a decrease of 683,756 checks from the number issued during 1955, and a decrease of $16,126,320. A total of 368,066 new accounts was established compared with 331,679 in the previous year. As of June 30, 1956, there were 2,520,865 active accounts with owners of this type savings bonds, a decrease of 97,974 accounts from the pre399346-r-57 9 114 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY vious year. There was a reduction of 443,794 in accounts of Series G bonds which have been maturing since May 1, 1953, and an increase of 300,347 in accounts of Series H bonds, which were first sold on June 1, 1952, and 45,473 in accounts of Series K bonds which were first sold on May 1, 1952. There were 49,077 applications during the year for the issue of duplicates of lost, stolen, or destroyed savings bonds, in addition to 1,351 cases on hand at the beginning of the year, making a total of 50,428 cases. In 28,063 cases the bonds were recovered, and in 20,600 cases the issuance of duplicate securities was authorized. On June 30, 1956, 1,765 cases remained unsettled. Other United States securities During the year, 16,320 individual accounts covering publicly held registered securities were opened and 31,560 were closed. This reduced the total of open accounts on June 30, 1956, to 208,660 covering registered securities in the principal amount of $20.2 billion. There were 398,767 interest checks with a value of $570,548,310 issued to owners of record during the year. This was a decrease of 48,698 checks from the number issued during 1955, but an increase in value of $12,357,790. Redeemed and canceled securities received for audit included 3,005,000 bearer securities and 175,000 registered secmTties, a total of 3,180,000, as compared with 4,725,000 in 1955; and 14,000,000 coupons were received, which was 1,900,000 less than in 1955. OFFICE OF THE TREASURER OF THE UNITED STATES The Treasurer of the United States is the officer of the Government charged by law with the receipt, custody, and disbursement upon proper order of the public moneys. The Treasurer is required to mairitain records as to the source, location, and disposition of such funds and to make periodic reports thereof as required by law and administrative authority. Although the Treasurer does not maintain branch or field offices, the Federal Reserve Banks, as fiscal agents of the United States, perform many fiscal functions for the Treasurer. These include the verification and destruction of United States paper currency, the redemption of public debt securities from the Treasurer's funds, holding on deposit most of the operating cash of the Treasury, charging the Treasurer's account for the majority of the checks drawn on the Treasurer, and the acceptance of deposits made by Government officers for credit of the Treasurer. The Treasurer also utilizes the services of commercial banks within the United States and its possessions, and in foreign countries, to provide banking facilities for local activities of the Government. Information as to the transactions handled in the name of the Treasurer by the Federal Reserve Banks and commercial banks flows into Washington where it is reflected in the Treasurer's general accounts. Specifically, the Treasurer maintains current accounts of all receipts and expenditures; pays the principal and interest on the public debt; provides checking account facilities for Government disbursing ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 115 officers, corporations, and agencies; pays checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States; procures, stores, issues, and redeems United States currency; audits redeemed Federal Reserve cmTency; examines and determines the value of mutUated currency; acts as special agent for the payment of principal and interest on certain obligations of corporations of the United States Government, Puerto Rico, and the Philippine Islands; and maintains facilities in the Main Treasury buUding for (a) the deposit of public moneys by Government officers, (b) the cashing of United States savings bonds and checks drawn on the Treasurer, (c) the receipt of excess and/or unfit currency and coins from local concerns and banks, and (d) the conduct of transactions in both marketable and nonmarketable public debt securities for banks and for the public. The Office of the Treasurer prepares the Daily Statement of the United States Treasury, including the monthly ^'Statement of the Public Debt," and the monthly Circulation Statement of the United States Money. Under authority delegated by the Comptroller General of the United States, the Treasurer processes claims arising from the forgery of endorsements and other irregularities involving checks paid by the Treasurer and, in the case of unpaid checks which are lost or destroyed, instructs the claimants as to the manner of obtaining substitute checks. The Treasurer of the United States is also Treasurer of the Board of Trustees of the Postal Savings System, and custodian of bonds held to secure public deposits in commercial banks, bonds held to secure postal savings on deposit in such banks, and miscellaneous securities and trust funds. Management improvement and internal audit.—In pursuance of its program of a continuing appraisal and review of operations and methods, the office has made changes, both organizational and procedural, designed to effect economies, promote efficiency of operations and raise the standard of the services provided the entire Federal establishment and the public generally. Among the more noteworthy improvements accomplished during fiscal year 1956 were the following: Disbursing accounts involving an estimated 13 mUhon checks annually were converted during the fiscal year from the use of paper checks to punched card checks, which are considerably more economical to process. The function of issuing savings bonds, except over-the-counter sales for cash, was transferred to the division that reissues savings bonds, thereby providing a more economical method of operation. Procedural changes in handling deposits made with the Treasurer and in effecting collection of the supporting items have resulted in earlier crediting to the depositor, more efficient operations, unproved control, and personnel savings. A fiscal agency was established in the Securities Division to conduct and report public debt transactions for the local area in essentially the same manner as the fiscal agency departments of the Federal Reserve Banks, with the exception of the receipt of bids for new issues of Treasury bUls. Greater security in the handling of bulk transactions in coin and currency for local banks and utility companies, involving millions 116 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY of dollars daUy, was achieved by renovating space previously used for storage purposes in the basement of the Main Treasury. All work relating to the Treasurer's balance with depositary banks was unified and personnel savings were accomplished by the consolidation of two branches in the General Accounts Division. Direct and rapid communication between Federal Reserve Banks and the Securities Division in the handling of securities transactions was provided by the installation of a teletype machine and teletypewriter. Internal audits provide management with independent appraisals of the fiscal activities of the Bureau. Audits of cash, securities, and other assets aggregating many-millions of dollars were accomplished. A number of recommendations resulting from the audits were adopted to improve accountability for and control over the assets for w-hich the Treasurer is responsible. Reports control, cost accounting, supervisory training, forms analysis and control, and records management are all continuing programs. Under the incentive awards program 54 cash awards were made for suggestions adopted, 27 were made for outstanding performance, and 13 were made for sustained superior performance. A comprehensive study by representatives of the Treasury, the General Accounting Office, and the Bureau of the Budget covering operations involved in the issuance, payment, and reconciliation of Government checks was completed during this fiscal year. Government disbm^sing officers have been issuing in recent years an annual volume of approximately 350 mUlion checks. Of this total 300 million have been issued in card form payable at designated Federal Reserve Banks, and about 30 mUlion in paper form which, together with 20 mUlion card checks issued in the local area, were payable in Washington. All checks, after payment, were sent to the General Accounting Office in Washington for reconcUiation. In the early part of fiscal 1956, approval was obtained for the establishment in the Office of the Treasurer of an integrated electronic data processing system which would accomplish the centralized pa3mient and reconciliation of all checks drawn on the Treasurer. The adoption of the new procedure represents one of the most far-reaching advances in operating efficiency yet attempted in connection with the day-to-day fiscal operations of the Government. The new system is being installed in two phases. Under the first phase, complete conversion from the use of paper checks to card checks will be made and the checks of accounts payable in Washington will be paid by the use of the electronic equipment. The second phase wUl embrace all accounts for checks, now drawn on the Treasurer, payable through designated Federal Reserve Banks. In preparation for the conversion to this new system eaii}^ in the fiscal year 1957, selected employees participated in a training program in the use of electronic data processing machines; appropriate space was prepared for the machines; the electronic equipment was installed; and disbursing officers and others concerned were issued detaUed instructions as to the procedures to be followed under the integrated electronic operations. I t is estimated that conversion to the electronic system for the check operation will reduce personnel requirements in the Office of ADMINISTRATIVE 117 REPORTS the Treasurer of the United States by approximately 150 employees. Action was begun during 1956 to find positions b}^' filling vacancies elsewhere for as many as possible of those to be affected by the change. As of June 30, 1956, the Office has been successful in reducing employment in this operation by more than 100 employees without a single dismissal action, and it is now indicated that the rem.aining employees who do not resign or retire before the new system is fully installed may be reassigned by transfer to other divisions, bureaus, or agencies. The transfer of the reconciliation operation to the Office of the Treasurer of the United States will also reduce the personnel requirements of the General Accounting Office. Moneys received and disbursed by the Treasurer.—Moneys collected by Government officers are deposited with the Treasurer at Washington, in Federal Reserve Banks, and in designated Government depositaries for credit of the account of the Treasurer of the United States, and all payments are charged against this account. Total moneys received and disbursed for the fiscal years 1955 and 1956 are shown in the following table on the basis of the Final Statement of Receipts and Expenditures of the United States Government for the fiscal 3^ear 1956. Receipts, expenditures, and Treasurer's account Receipts: Budgetary (net) i Trust accounts, etc.2 Public debt 3 Subtotal..... Balance in the Treasurer's account beginning of year $60. 389, 743, 895 9, 536, 495, 512 180, 703. 438.047 $68,165, 329, 582 11, 685, 276, 896 172,465,092, 527 250, 629, 677, 454 6, 766, 455, 061 252, 315, 699, 005 ^ 6,215,665,047 257, 396,132, 515 258, 531, 364,052 . Total Expenditures: Budgetary 4 Trust accounts, etc.2 s Investments of Government agencies in public debt secm-ities (net) s Sales and rederaptions of obhgations of Government agencies in market (net) 5.._ Changes in accounts necessary to reconcile to Treasury cash Increase, or decrease (—), in balance of cash held outside the Treasury... Public debt 3 . . . . .. . Subtotal Balance in the Treasurer's account at close of year.. Total . 64, 569, 972, 817 8, 545, 414, 947 66, 539, 776,178 9, 435, 321, 817 1, 361, 790, 322 2,616,964,826 -602,006,700 28, 974,896 -173.429,163 -319,822,030 -312,493,165 177, 588, 814, 353 -202,133.123 174, 088, 501, 681 251,180, 467, 470 6, 215, 665,047 251, 985,180,186 6, 546,183, 869 257, 396,132, 517 258, 531, 364,055 1 Total budget receipts less amounts transferred to the Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund and the railroad retirement account and refunds of receipts. For details of receipts for 1956, see table 3. 2 For details for 1956, see table 5. 3 For details for 1956, see table 28. * See table 1, footnote 3. For details for 1956, see table 3. 6 Under a revised classification, the security transactions of Government-sponsored enterprises are included in trust accounts, etc., and excluded from net sales or investments of Government agencies in public debt securities and net sales or redemptions of obligations of Government agencies in the market. Assets and liabilities of the Treasurer's accounts.—The assets of the Treasurer consist of gold and silver bullion, coin and paper currenc}^, deposits in Federal Reserve Banks, and deposits in the commercial banks designated as Government depositaries. A summary of the assets and liabilities in the Treasurer's accounts at the close of the fiscal years 1955 and 1956 is shown in table 51. Gold.—Gold receipts during 1956 amounted to $219.4 mUlion and disbursements totaled $97.8 mUlion, a net increase of $121.7 mUlion 118 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY based on the daily Treasury statement. This increase brought the total gold assets to $21,799.1 million on June 30, 1956. Liabilities against these assets were $21,142.3 million of gold certificates and credits payable in gold certificates and $156.0 million for gold reserve against currency. The gold balance in the Treasurer's account on June 30, 1956, was $500.8 mUlion. Silver.—During the year 11.5 million ounces of silver bullion, which had been carried in the Treasurer's account at a cost of $10.4 million, were monetized at a monetary value of $14.9 million. This $14.9 mUlion increase in sUver assets was offset by a decrease of $16.4 m.Ulion in holdings of silver dollars, making a net decrease of $1.5 mUlion in assets during the year. As of June 30, 1956, the silver assets of the Treasurer (exclusive of subsidiary coin and bullion held in the Treasurer's account at cost and recoinage value) amounted to $2,449.6 mUlion. LiabUities against silver at the end of the year amounted to $2,418.3 mUlion for sUver certificates outstanding and $1.1 mUlion for Treasury notes of 1890 outstanding, leaving a net balance of $30.1 mUlion in the Treasurer's account. The silver bullion held in the Treasurer's account at cost value (exclusive of the $30.1 mUlion at monetary value) increased from $18.8 mUlion on June 30, 1955, to $40.0 mUlion on June 30, 1956. This increase of $21.2 million is accounted for as follows: $42.0 mUlion net purchases of sUver less $10.4 mUlion of silver monetized and less $10.4 million of sUver used for coinage. Paper currency.—Under the laws of the United States the Treasurer is the agent for the issue and redemption of United States currency. Table 81 shows by class and denomination the value of paper currency issued and redeemed during the fiscal year 1956, and the amounts outstanding at the end of the j^-ear. The Treasurer's Office employs a small group of women who are experts in identifying any type of United States currency by engraving designs alone and who, with infinite patience, piece together fragments of burned and mutilated currency sent in for redemption. Their only tools are pins, needles, electric lights, and magnifying glasses and with these the}^- identify the kind, genuineness, and denominations of. currency that has been mutilated in any manner. This unit annually gives service to approximately 45,000 individuals whose currency has suffered mutilation of one form or another. A comparison of the amounts of paper currency of all classes issued, redeemed, and outstanding, during the fiscal years 1955 and 1956, follows. 1955 Pieces. Outstanding at beginnhig of year [ssues during year... __ _ Redemptions during year _ Outstanding at end of year 1956 Amount 3,174, 787.094 $32,403, 902, 538 1, 735, 912, 346 7, 737, 437.000 1,696,945.906 7, 655, Oil, 268 3, 213, 753, 534 32,486,328,270 Pieces Amount 3, 213, 753, 534 $32, 486, 328, 270 1,808, 868,363 8,156,080.000 1,712.181,080 7, 625, 364,067 3,310,440,817 33,017,044, 203 For further detaUs on stock and circulation of money in the United States, see tables 76 through 80. ADMINISTRATIVE 119 REPORTS Depositaries.—The following table shows the number of each class of depositaries and balances as of June 30, 1956. Number of depositaries 1 Class Federal Reserve Banks and branches. _ other banks in continental United States: General depositaries Special depositaries. Treasury tax and loan accounts. Insular and territorial depositaries... • Foreign depositaries 2 _ Total _ . . Deposits to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States, June 30,1956 36 $943,838,576.10 1,486 10,889 37 39 313,349,501.06 4.632, 722,195.81 54, 578, 985.73 70, 506,208.09 12, 487 6,014,995,466.79 1 Does not include limited depositaries which have been designated for the sole purpose of receiving deposits made by Government officers for credit in their official checking accounts with such depositaries and which are not authorized to accept deposits for credit of the Treasurer of the United States. 2 Principally branches of institutions in the United States. Checking accounts of disbursing officers and agencies.—K^ of June 30* 1956, the Treasurer maintained 2,832 disbursing accounts as compared with 3,351 accounts on June 30, 1955. This reduction was caused mainly by consolidation of disbursing accounts, principally in the Post Office Department. The number of checks paid, by disbursing officers, during the fiscal years 1955 and 1956 follows. Number of checks paid Disbursing officers. 1955 r Treasury. _ Army. Navy Air Force.— _ . _ _ _ other Total __ . . . _ 1956 1 221,106,336 31,260,241 34,042, 591 22, 290,297 20, 790.106 220.808. 649 29,066. 006 33. 530. 207 26,181, 759 36,135.494 329,489, 571 345.722,115 •^ Revised. 1 To be revised when final count is available. Of the 345,722,115 checks paid in the last fiscal year, 288,983,795 were paid by the Federal Reserve Banks and the Manila branch of the First National City Bank of New York acting as fiscal agents of the Treasurer and the remaining 56,738,320 checks were paid by the Treasurer in Washington. One out of every four checks issued by the Government and its agencies in fiscal 1956 was for a payment from the Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund. Also, approximately one out of every four checks was for the Department of Defense. These two categories of expenditure accounted for approximately 52 percent of the checks paid in the fiscal year. Check claims.—During the fiscal year the Treasurer of the United States processed 112,325 claims involving paid checks, referring 27,110 such cases to the United States Secret Service for investigation of the alleged forgery, alteration, counterfeiting, or fraud in the issuance pr negotiation of Treasury checks, The Treasurer effected 120 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY reclamation of $2,076,472 from those having liability to the United States as the result of improperly negotiated checks and made settlements and adjustments in the sum of $2,316,430 from funds recovered during and prior to the 1956 fiscal year. Disbursements from the check forgery insurance fund, established by Congress to enable the Treasurer to expedite settlement of check claims, totaled $140,886. Claims for the proceeds of 72,616 outstanding checks were processed, resulting in the issuance of 44,127 substitute checks totaling $29,170,686 by the Chief Disbursing Officer to replace checks which were not received or were lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Treasurer adjudicated 932 forgery claims for the proceeds of Philippine War Damage Commission and Veterans' Administration United States depositary checks payable to residents of the Philippines in indigenous currency and certified 576 disbursements totaling 254,416 pesos. Treasurer's Cash Room.—The commercial checks, drafts, mone}^ orders, etc., deposited by Government officers with the Treasurer's Cash Room in Washington for collection aggregated 5,770,974 items for the fiscal year 1956, as compared with 5,276,109 items for the fiscal year 1955. The Cash Division also prepared and sold to collectors approximately 50,000 sets of uncirculated coins minted in 1955. This service was rendered at no expense to the Government as, in addition to the face value of the coins, a fee of 50 cents per set was charged for the cost of assembling and handling the coins. Securities held in custody..—The face value of securities held in the custody of the Treasurer as of June 30, 1955 and 1956, is shown in the following table. June SO— . Purpose for which held 1955 As collateral: To secure deposits of public moneys in depositary banks To secure postal savings funds. ^ ., ., In lieu of sureties : In custody for Government officers and others: For the Secretary ofthe Treasury i •.. For the Board of Trustees, Postal Savings System. For the Comptroller ofthe Currency For the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation . Forthe Rural Electrification Administration Forthe District ofColumbia For the Commissioner of Indian Afi'airs . Foreign obligations other 2 . For servicing outstanding Government issues: Unissued bearer securities 3. Total. 1956 $444, 556, 400 30, 714,100 6, 785, 700 $340, 367,400 29,677,800 7,438, 700 19,332,077,467 1, 573, 637,000 11, 615,000 1, 320, 670, 000 37, 756,000 30,033, 620 32, 982,335 12.089, 997,132 185,879,421 23,142,665,041 1,378,937.000 12, 428.000 1,157,709,000 43, 784,810 32,821, 620 33,669, 210 12,086,875,132 192,825,786 35,096, 704,175 38,773,651.799 314,452, 400 1 Includes those securities shown in table 75 as in the custody ofthe Treasury. 2 Includes United States savings bonds in safe keeping for individuals. 3 The Treasurer was authorized to conduct issue, exchange, and transfer transactions in marketable securities for the local area effective December 1,1955. ADMINISTRATIVE 121 REPORTS Servicing of securities for Federal agencies andfor certain other governments.—In accordance with agreements between the Secretary of the Treasury and various Government corporations and agencies and Puerto Rico, the Treasurer of the United States acts as special agent for the payment of principal of and interest on their securities (including pre-1934 bonds of the Philippine Government). The amounts of such payments during the fiscal year 1956, on the basis of the daily Treasury statement, were as follows: Principal Federal home loan banks.... Federal farm loan bonds Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation Federal Housing Administration Federal National Mortgage Association . _ Home Owners' Loan Corporation.. Philippine Islands .. Puerto Rico.. Total Interest paid in cash Registered interest Coupon interest $941,375,000 $12,112,574.32 229. 065,400 179,367. 79 $858, 223.02 $26,918 819.41 38,000 90.26 4,051.57 406, 242.14 2,009,809.14 46,695, 536 14,253, 987. 50 60, 950 60.00 3, 608.87 46, 500 911.25 4. 567. 50 182, 632.50 1, 529, 500 2,140.00 66, 525.00 299.440.00 1.218, 810,886 12, 701.385.76 2,939,124.66 41,662,539.85 Internal Revenue Service^ The Internal Revenue Service is responsible for the collection of the internal revenue and for the enforcement of the iaternal revenue laws and certain other statutes. These other statutes include the Federal Alcohol Admmistration Act (27 U: S. C. 201-212); the Liquor Enforcement Act of 1936 (18 U. S. C. 1261, 1262, 3615); the Federal Fu-earms Act (15 U. S. C. 901-909), and the National Fu-earms Act (26 U. S. C. 2721). Review of operations Collections.—Internal revenue collections for the fiscal year 1956 totaled $75.1 bUlion, an increase of $8.8 billion from the 1955 total. The increase is largely the result of the impact of higher levels of personal income, corporate earnings, and business activity on income taxes, employment taxes, and excises. Collections by tax sources for the fiscal years 1929-56 are shown in detaU in table 11 in the tables section of this report. A comparison of coUections from the principal sources of tax revenue for the fiscal years 1955 and 1956 follows. 1 More detailed information will be found in the separate annual report of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue. 122 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY 1955 1956 Source In thousands of dollars Income and profits taxes: Corporation Individual: Withheld by employers i Other 1 - 18,264,720 21,298,522 21; 253,625 10,396,480 3 24,016,676 11,321,966 Total Individual hicome taxes. 31,650,106 3 35,337.642 Total tncome and profits taxes. 49,914,826 3 56, 636,164 5, 339,573 279,986 600,106 .6,336,805 324, 656 634, 323 6, 219, 665 7, 295, 784 936, 267 2, 742,840 1, 571, 213 4,896, 530 7,352 1,171, 237 2,920. 574 1, 613. 497 5,470.124 5.269 66,288,692 3 75,112, 649 Employment taxes: Old-age insurance i Unemployment insurance Carriers taxes—old-age benefits Total employment t a x e s — Estate and gift taxes Alcohol taxes Tobacco taxes Other excise taxes Taxes not otherwise classified 2 Total collections .-. ... 1 Estimated. Collections of individual income tax withheld are not reported separately from old-age insurance taxes on wages and salaries. Similarly, collections of individual income tax not withheld are not reported separately from old-age insurance tax on self-employment income. The amount of old-age insurance tax collections shown is based on estimates made by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to the provisions of Sec. 109 (a) (2) of the Social Security Act Amendments of 1950 and includes both classes of old-age insurance taxes mentioned above. The estimates shown for the two classes of individual income taxes were derived by subtracting the old-a.G:e insurance tax estimates from the combined totals reported. 2 Includes amounts of unidentified and excess collections, depositary receipts outstanding six months or more for which no tax acco.unt can be found, and profit from sale of acquired property. For 1954 and earlier years such amounts are included in "Miscellaneous excise taxes. All other." 3 Includes $3,566 thousand income tax transferred to Government of Guam (see page 379). Receipt and recording of returns.—;The total number of tax returns filed during fiscal 1956 was 90.3 mUlion, representing an increase of 1.6 mUlion in the returns processing workload as compared with 1955. Income tax returns filed by individuals and fiduciaries accounted for 58.6 mUlion returns or nearly two-thirds of the total number received. The number of iaformation documents received and processed was in excess of 200 mUlion. Statutory changes contributing to the iacrease ia returns filed included: Extension of old-age and survivors' iasurance coverage to include farm operators and farm workers, beginning January 1, 1955; the income tax declaration requirements applicable to large corporations, begianiag with the tax year 1955; and provisions for the use of returns iastead of stamps ia the payment of beer and wiae taxes. The processing operations included the assessment of the taxes reported, verffication of tax credits, and the issuance of bUls for unpaid accounts. In addition, the income tax liabUity was computed for nearly 13 mUlion taxpayers filing iadividual iacome tax returns on Form 1040A, and income tax credits and refunds were scheduled for about 33 mUlion individuals whose prepayments exceeded their liabUities. Large-scale mechanical processing of iadividual income tax returns proved successful at the Midwest Service Center established ia 1955 at Kansas City, Mo., to service directors' offices in the Middle West. The program was extended in 1956 by the establishment of a second iastallation, designated the "Northeast Service Center" and located ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 123 at Lawrence, Mass., to service directors' offices ia that section of the country. A further expansion during the comiag year wUl provide a Western Service Center at Ogden, Utah, to service directors' offices in the San Francisco region. Verffication of the mathematical steps shown in the taxpayers' computations on iacome tax returns resulted in tax changes on 1,317,000 returns, with tax increases aggregatiag $76,266,000 and tax decreases totaling $32,601,000. Enforcement activities.—Duriag 1956 enforcement efforts were strengthened through improved procedures designed to provide more effective utUization of the avaUable manpower in each of the primary activities. Of particular signfficance in the audit area were the improvements made in methods of selecting returns for examination, in the techniques for auditing low-iacome returns, in the taxpayer assistance program, and in the organizational and procedural structures relatiag to excise tax audits. All of these advances, plus numerous behiad-the-lines unprovements, were factors in effecting an iacrease ia the number of returns examiaed. The number of income and profits tax returns examined totaled 2,117,000 for the year as compared with 1,790,000 in 1955. A detaUed comparison of the examiaed returns disposed of by the Audit Divisions ia the two years foUows. Type of return 1955 1956 In thousands of retums Income and profits tax: Corporation. Individual and fiduciary__ : 147 1,643 166 1,951 Total income and profits tax Estate and gift taxes Excise and employment taxes i 1,790 25 220 2,117 27 245 2,035 2,389 Total examined returns disposed of.. 1 Excludes examinations in which there were no tax changes and which were completed as part of exammations covering both income and excise and/or employment tax returns. The additional tax, iaterest, and penalties, resulting from audit, from obtaining deliaquent returns, and from mathematical verffication totaled $1,412,823,000 for the fiscal year 1956, representiag a decrease of about $66 mUlion as compared with the revised 1955 total. The decrease was due to several factors none of which denoted any slackening of audit activity. The principal ones were: A substantial decrease in interest assessments as backlogs of older cases were reduced and both audit and appellate efforts were directed toward cases involving later tax years with correspondingly smaller amounts of interest accrued; and the kielusion in the 1955 results of a few extremely large additional assessments which were not matched in size ia the cases closed ia 1956. The amount of tax, interest, and penalty representing delinquent returns secured by collection officers was iacreased to $86,689,000 in 1956. This was the result of allocating additional resources to this function in those districts which have reduced their past-due accounts ia ven tories to manageable proper- 124 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY tions. A comparison of enforcement revenue results for 1955 and 1956 follows: Additional tax, interest, and penalty resulting from enforcement Source 1955 1956 In thousands of dollars Additional tax, interest, and penalty resulting from audit Increase in income tax resulting from mathematical verification Tax, interest, and penalty on delinquent returns Total .. . . -. ' 1,336,560 64, 549 ' 77,770 1,249,868 76, 266 86, 689 ' 1, 478,879 1, 412,823 ' Revised. In contrast to the decrease in dollar volume of cases reaching the assessment stage during 1956, the amount of additional tax and penalties recommended at the audit level (including unagreed cases, referred to the Appellate Divisions for further consideration) has shown a steady upward trend over the past year. The amount TCcommended in 1956 totaled $1,276,111,000 as compared with $1,120,823,000 ia 1955. A policy of concentrated and vigorous action on past-due accounts was continued during 1956 with gratifyiag results. The amount collected on such deliaquent accounts totaled $824,504,000 as compared with $636,967,000" for 1955.. Earlier contact with delinquent taxpayers was provided by requiriag all accounts not paid promptly upon issuance of the first notice to be placed in deliaquent status immediately, iastead of issuiag the second notice as formerly. By reason of this change there were placed in deliaquent status during 1956 a substantial number of accounts, which under the earlier procedures, would not have been classed as deliaquent untU after the close of the fiscal year. Notwithstanding this iacrease in receipts, the closings of delinquent accounts were stepped up to such an extent that uiventories showed a reduction compared with last year. As of June 30, 1956, deliaquent accounts on hand numbered 1,505,000 compared with 1,549,000 a year ago, and the amount involved was $1,588,008,000 compared with $1,649,551,000 on the earlier date. The investigatioh of tax fraud cases also proceeded at a faster pace as 282 special agents added to the rolls in the latter part of fiscal 1955 completed their primary training. Full-scale investigations completed during 1956 totaled 4,650, including 2,379 cases in which prosecution was recommended. Results for the preceding year show 4,231 cases completed, with 2,253 containing recomm.endations for prosecution. Indictments were returned against 1,593 defendants during 1956 compared with 1,422 defendants indicted in 1955. In the >• Hevised, ADMINISTRATIVE 125 REPORTS cases reaching the courtroom, 1,372 defendants pleaded guilty or nolo contendere, 200 were convicted after trial, 60 were acquitted, and 211 were dismissed. The following table presents the record of convictions including pleas of guUty or nolo contendere, for the years 1951 through 1956, in cases involving all classes of internal revenue taxes except alcohol or tobacco taxes. Numberof individuals convicted Fiscal year 1951 1952 1953 1954 . 1955 1956 . - . -- ... -- .. . - - - . .- 324 563 929 1,291 1,339 1,572 In order to improve the administration and enforcement of the revenue laws applicable to United States taxpayers abroad, an International Operations Division was established in the national office. Responsibility is centralized in this division for the Service's operations in all areas of the world except the contiaental United States, Alaska, and Hawaii. Several additional foreign posts of duty were established in areas where substantial numbers of United States taxpayers are located. Enforcement activities directed at Federal liquor law violators were increasingly effective as investigators recently added to the enforcem.ent staff gained in experience and training. The number of stills seized in 1956 increased nearly 16 percent over the preceding year and the number of arrests showed a gain of about 8 percent. The following table compares 1956 results with those for 1955 and earlier years. N u m b e r of stills seized Fiscal year 1940 . 1945 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 . 1955 1956 - . . -.-.^ - . . . . . . . . . --. . . . . . 10,663 8,344 10,030 10,177 10, 269 10,699 11,266 12, 509 14,499 W i n e gallons of m a s h seized 6,480.200 2,945,000 4,892,600 5, 545,400 5,700, 600 6,151,100 6,722,900 7,375,300 8,643,200 N u m b e r of arrests madei 25,638 11,104 10,236 10,384 9,851 9,370 9,344 10, 545 11,380 1 Inciudes arrests for firearms violations and, beginning 1952, tobacco tax violations. Arrests involving these two classes of violations during 1956 numbered 429 and 18, respectively. The program tb modernize the alcohol tax structure and simplify supervision of the legal alcohol industry moved forward as recommendations for statutory changes were developed by the Service with the assistance of the industry. The recommendations were adopted 126 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY by the House Committee on Ways and Means and a bUl incorporating the recommendations with amendm.ents was in the process of drafting as the fiscal year came to a close. -. Imprpvem.ents in industry operating procedures were initiated which included siaiplified accounting for distUled spirits in storage in bonded warehouses and streamlined procedures for the issuance of and accounting for wholesale liquor dealer and export stam.ps. Refunds.—Refunds of internal revenue taxes and the interest thereon, as required by law, are paid out of an appropriation separate from that covering the Internal Revenue Service administrative expenses. "The total amount of these payments for the fiscal year 1956 was $3,772,357,000 ^ as compared with $3,513,105,000 ' ^ in in the preceding year, with individual income tax refunds accounting for the increase. Interest pa3mient& on refunds (included in these totals) decreased from $62,127,000 ' in 1955 to $53,746,000 in 1956. Status of appellate inventories.—Cases which cannot be settled at the Audit Division level are referred to the Appellate Divisions for consideration of taxpayers' protests. Following the substantial reduction in the bacldog of appellate cases which was achieved during fiscal 1955, a prim.ary objective of the Service has been the maintenance of the current status of the inventory of pending appeals. This contemplates the prompt granting of a conference following receipt of the case in the Appellate Division and thereafter moving the case to a conclusion just as rapidly as the taxpayer's cooperation and the complexity of the issues will permit. Despite a m.arked increase in case receipts during the fiscal year 1956, this objective was substantially attained. The inventory of appellate cases not before the Tax Court totaled 9,839 as of June 30, 1956, representing an 8.0 percent increase as compared with 9,111 cases on hand at the beginning of the year. The inventory of appellate cases pending before the Tax Court also increased, from 7,961 at the beginning of the year to 8,422 cases on hand at the close of fiscal 1956. Rulings and other technical functions.—The technical functions of the Internal Revenue Service include the preparation and issuance of rulings and advisory statements to the public and revenue officials, the preparation of regulations and other tax guide materials, technical advice and assistance in the preparation and issuance of tax forms, and the development of program.s for clarification and simplification of tax rules. Technical assistance also is provided in programs for legislative revision and in conducting the negotiation of tax treaties. Development of the regulations implementing the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 continued to be the primary objective of the regulations work during 1956. Considerable progress was made on both the income tax regulations and the emplo3^ment tax regulations, and work »• Revised. 1 Figures have not been reduced by amounts of $66,000,000 in 1956 and $51,000,000 in 1955, reimbursed from the Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund. These amounts were covered into the Treasury as repayments to the account for refunding internal revenue collections. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 127 also m.oved forward on those under the procedural and administrative provisions of the Code. Forty-nine notices of proposed rule m.aking and twenty-two Treasury Decisions relating to regulations under the 1954 Code were published during the fiscal year. This compares with ten notices and five Treasuiy Decisions published in 1955. Am.ong the important items covered in the regulations completed were consolidated returns (T. D. 6140), compensation for injuries, sickness, etc. (T. D. 6169), partners and partnerships (T. D. 6175), and depreciation (T. D. 6182). To the extent feasible, legislation enacted during both sessions of the 84th Congress, which am.ended provisions of the 1954 Code, also was taken into account and given effect in existing projects for regulations under the 1954 Code. One notice of proposed rule m.aking and six Treasury Decisions were . published during the fiscal year 1956 under public laws other than the 1954 Code. A total of 37,504 requests for tax rulings and technical advice were processed during the year. The requests included 34,125 from taxpa3^ers and 3,379 from field offices. Tem.porary restrictions were continued in order to limit rulings under the 1954 Code (in instances where there had been a change in prior law and new regulations were 3^et to be published) to cases in which it was shown that extreme hardship would result from the faUure to issue a ruling. The publication of revenue procedures was announced as a new policy during fiscal year 1956. This provides for the publication in the Internal Revenue Bulletin of all statem.ents of practices and procedures issued primarUy for internal use which affect the rights or duties of taxpayers or other m.em.bers of the public. During the year, 35 such docum.ents were published. The total number of rulings and procedures published during the year was 672, compared with 801 in fiscal 1955. Approxim.ately 200 forms, instructions, and circulars for public use were revised to give effect to recently enacted laws or to improve the arrangement of the m.aterial, with few changes in basic contents. The enactm.ent of legislation also required the initiation of new forms relating to farm.ers' gasoline tax refunds, excise taxes on certain floor stocks, and excise tax on the use of certain trucks and buses. The booklet. Four Federal Income Tax was completely revised to increase its prim.ary utUity as a quick, comprehensive reference tool. A m.ajor publication issued for the first time was the Farmer's Tax Guide, a 64-page booldet covering the more difficult income and self-employment tax problem.s of farm.ers, developed in collaboration wdth the Agricultural Extension Service. Personnel.—The employees on Internal Revenue Service rolls at the close of the year numbered 50,682, consisting of 2,583 employees in the national office and 48,099 in the regional and district offices. At the close of the preceding year the num.ber of persons employed totaled 50,890, comprising 2,675 national office employees and 48,215 regional and district office employees. 128 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY The num.ber of emplo3^ees in the various branches of the Internal Revenue Service at the close of the fiscal 3^ears 1955 and 1956 is shown in the following table. Number on payroll at close of fiscal year Branch of service 1955 National ofiice ...i ._ Regional and district offices: Supervisory personnel Enforcement personnel: Collection ofiicers. OfRce auditors Returns examiners. Revenue agents .. Special agents Alcohol tax inspectors Alcohol tax investigators Storekeeper-gaugers _ _ ._ ..1 . ... . . T o t a l p.nforep.mp.Tit pp.rsonnp.l Other permanent personnel: Legal .. Other technical Clerical (excluding temporary), messengers, and laborers • Total, other permanent personnel . Total, permanent personnel, regional and district oflices Temporary employees Grand total _ . 1956 2,675 2,583 477 484 5,585 2,135 1,274 11, 255 1,559 465 891 1,038 5,660 2,127 1,361 10,862 1,549 481 922 894 24, 202 23,856 268 2,657 20,402 277 2,922 20,196 23,327 23,395 48,006 209 47, 735 364 50, 890 50, 682 Cost of administration.—The entire cost of Internal Revenue Service operations during the year, including all items of expense except amounts refunded to taxpayers, was $299,894,710. The amount available for administrative expenses was $300,183,861 leaving an unobligated balance of $289,151. Management improvements Several methods to stimulate management improvement have been put to effective use duriag fiscal 1956. These included: The Treassury-wide search for economies, concentrated at the first line of supervision; wider use of project control systems to identify. deficiencies or problems at each level of management and establish formal project assignments for their solution; visitation programs to promote regional coordination and evaluation; and expansion of the incentive awards program. The principal administrative and organizational improvements made dming the year are described in the foUowing paragraphs. Organizational change.—A major organizational change designed to improve management placed the line responsibility and authority for direction and coordination of regional offices in the Assistant Commissioner, Operations, and his various division directors. This provides a direct chain of command to the regional offices from the officials responsible for program planning and replaces the staff or ;advisory type relationship heretofore in effect. Taxpayer assistance.—The manpower expended on taxpa3^er assistance was reduced substantially by placing more emphasis on selfhelp niethpds, Under this plan the taxpayer is given needed as- ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 129 sistance with a more efficient use of Service personnel, making it possible to maintain a larger force of examining personnel on audit work during the filing period. Executive development.—Management training for executives and supervisors was given intensive attention. The inauguration of an executive development program, conducted at the national office to train outstanding high-grade employees selected on a Service-wide basis for promotion to key positions, was highly successful. Two ten-day supervisory development institutes held at the University of Michigan also proved their worth and resulted in plans for expansion of this type of training during the coming year. Revenue agent training .—The results achieved during the trial period of operation of the Advanced Training Center iadicated that it did not meet fully the training needs for which it was intended. According^, it was decided not to renew the program at the center in the coming fiscal year. A special committee was designated to examine the entire revenue agent training program and make recommendations for its further development. Simplified accounting for administrative expenses.—The preparation and posting of obligation documents was greatly simplified by development of a revised procedure for the activity distribution of all expenses except salaries and travel. Beginning with the fiscal year 1957, this distribution will be done annually in the national office as a part of the budget operation, rather than on each obligation document. Printing economies in tobacco tax stamps.—The most significant individual improvement in printing and publication was the designing of a new smaller cigarette tax stamp which it is estimated will cut the annual cost of this item by $250,000. Additional savings will result from a decision to continue permanently the Series 125 tobacco products tax stamps in lieu of printing a new series each year. Returns system adopted for cigar tax.—The returns system for the collection of alcohol and tobacco excise taxes, previously in effect for wine and beer, was extended to the tax payment of cigars, with manufacturers and importers of cigars having the option of paying taxes on their products by return or by the traditional system of stamps. Other improvements.—An extensive program was inaugurated to recruit trainee revenue agents from college campuses. Improved procedures were developed for handling and storing income tax returns which will reduce equipment costs, decrease the floor space required, provide faster reference, and facilitate retirement of returns to Federal records centers. Continuing progress in the consolidation and improvement of space was marked by the completion of negotiations for new buildings in Atlanta and Columbia and for larger consolidations of space in New Haven, Albany, Oklahoma City, New York City, and Newark. OflBce of International Finance The Office of International Finance assists the officers of the Department in the formulation and execution of policies and programs in international financial and monetary matters. 399346—57 10 130 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY By direction of the Secretary, the responsibUities of the Office of International Finance include the Treasury's activities in relation to international financial and monetary problems, covering such matters as the convertibility of currencies, exchange rates and restrictions, and the extension of stabilization credits; gold and silver policy; the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, and the operations of the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the International Finance Corporation; foreign lending and assistance; the North Atlantic Treaty Organization; the activities of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems; the Anglo-American Financial Agreement; the United States Exchange StabUization Fund; and the Foreign Assets Control. The Office also acts for the Treasury on the financial aspects of international treaties, agreements, and organizations in wliich the United States participates, and it takes part in negotiations with foreign governments with regard to matters included within its responsibUities. It assists the Secretary on the international financial aspects of problems arising in connection with his responsibUities under the Tariff Act. The Office also represents the Treasury in the work of the subordinate organs of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems, of which the Secretary of the Treasury is chairman. The Office of International Finance advises Treasury officials and other departments and agencies of the Government concerning exchange rates and other financial problems encountered in operations involving foreign currencies. In particular, it advises the Department of State and the Department of Defense on financial matters related to their normal operations in foreign countries and on the special financial problems arising from defense preparation and military operations. In conjunction with its other activities, the Office studies the financial policies of foreign countries, exchange rates, balances of payments, the flow of capital, and other related problems. The Division of Foreign Assets Control administers certain regulations and orders issued under Section 5 (b) of the Trading with the Enemy Act. The Foreign Assets Control Regulations block all property in the United States in which any Communist Chinese or North Korean interest exists and prohibit all trade or other financial transactions with those countries or their nationals. The Control carries on licensing activities in connection with transactions otherwise prohibited, takes action to enforce the regulations, and has taken a census of Chinese and Korean assets located in the United States. The Control also administers regulations which prohibit persons in the United States from purchasing, selling, or arranging the purchase or sale of strategic commodities outside the United States for ultimate shipment to the Soviet bloc. These latter regulations supplement the export control laws administered by the Department of Commerce, In addition, the Control has responsibUities with respect to ADMINISTRATIVE 131 REPORTS blocked accounts of approximately $9 million received from the sale to Argentine interests of a Czechoslovak-owned steel mill sold pursuant to an order issued by the Secretary on March 25, 1954. Bureau of the Mint ^ The principal functions of the Bureau of the Mint include the manufacture of coin, both domestic and foreign, medals of a national character, and special medals for other Government agencies; the distribution of domestic coin between the mints, the Federal Reserve Banks and branches, and the Office of the Treasurer of the United States in Washington, D. C ; the custody, processing, and movement of gold and silver bullion; the administration of the regulations issued under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, as amended (31 U. S. C. 440-446) and Section 5b of the act of October 6,1917, as amended (12 U. S. C. 95a), including the issuance and denial of licenses, the purchase of gold, and the sale of gold bullion for industrial use; and the administration of sUver regulations issued under the acts of July 6, 1939 (31 U. S. C. 316c), and July 31, 1946 (31 U. S. C. 316d). Coinage The Philadelphia and Denver Mints manufactured a total of 1.4 billion domestic coins during the fiscal y^ear 1956, an increase of 51 percent over the previous year's production. Production of the five denominations is shown in the following table. Composition Denomination 1-cent pieces 5-cent pieces Dimes Quarter dollars Half dollars Bronze Cupronickel Silver do do........ _. Total i Number of coins pro- Face value duced Gross weight» In millions Short tons 1, 207. 2 40.9 120.4 42.8 2.4 $12.1 2.0 12.0 10.7 1.2 4,139 225 332 295 33 1,413. 7 38.1 5,024 1 Consists of 594 tons of silver; 4,167 tons of copper; 56 tons of nickel; and 207 tons of zinc and tin. The PhUadelphia Mint manufactured 6,105,000 foreign coins during the fiscal year, including 35,000 silver 1-peso coins for the Dominican Republic, and 4,070,000 cupronickel 5-centavo coins and 2,000,000 bronze 2-centavo coias for Honduras. During the fiscal year 1956 the mints shipped over 90 percent more United States coins than in the previous year, reflecting a greatly 1 More detailed information concerning the Bm-eau of the Mint is contained in the separate annual report of the Director of the Mint. 132 195 6 iREiPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY increased demand by the public. Shipments of the six denominations, totaling 1.8 billion pieces, are shown in the following table. Denomination I-cent pieces 5-cent pieces Dimes.Quarter dollars Half dollars. Silver dollars ..i . . Totali Number of Face value coins shipped Gross weight • Inmillions Short tons 1,327.6 144.0 207.0 86.6 22.2 24.2 $13.3 7.2 20.7 21.6 11.1 24.2 4,551 794 570 597 306 712 1,811.6 98.1 7, 530 I Includes 418,325 sets of proof coins sold by the Philadelphia Mint. The estimated stock of coins in the United States, including coins held in the Treasury, in Federal Reserve and commercial banks, and in the hands of the public, is compared at the beginning and close of the fiscal year 1956 in the following statement. Face value (in millions) stock of coins in the United States Silver dollars Subsidiary silver coins Minoi" coins Total June 30,1956 $490.3 1, 296.1 449.6 $488.7 1,317.4 463. 5 -$1.7 21.3 13.8 2, 236.1 2, 269. 5 33.4 „ 1 \ Increase, or decrease (—) July 1,1955 - Gold The amount of gold in the Fort Knox Bullion Depository, the PhUadelphia, San Francisco, and Denver Mints, and the New York Assay Oflice totaled 619.4 million fine ounces valued at $21,677.5 mUlion at the beginning of the fiscal year 1956 and 622.8 mUlion fine ounces valued at $21,799.1 mUlion at the close of the year, a net increase of 3.5 mUlion ounces valued at $121.6 mUlion. Transactions are summarized in the followine: table. Ounces Gold transactions (excludmg intermint transfers) Value Inmillions Gold received: Newly mined domestic gold Secondary gold from domestic sources United States coin, foreign deposits, etc .. Total... Gold withdrawn: Sold for domestic industrv, profession, or art Gold bar payment for gold deposits Withdrawn by the Treasury for monetary purposes, etc Total . 1.2 .3 4.8 $41.1 9.0 169.4 6.3 219.4 .6 1.6 .6 22.3 55.4 20.1 2.8 97.8 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 133 Silver SUver bullion held in the West Point Bullion Depository, the Philadelphia, San Francisco, and Denver Mints, and the New York Assay Office amounted to 1,569.7 mUlion fine ounces valued at $2,016.7 mUlion and 1,693.8 mUlion fine ounces valued at $2,158.8 million at the beginning and close of the fiscal year, respectively. This was a net increase of 124.1 mUlion ounces valued at $142.1 mUlion. Transactions are summarized in the following table. Silver transactions (excluding intermint transfers) Silverreceived: Newly mined domestic silver.. Secondary sUver from domestic sources Recoinage bullion irom uncurrent United States coins withdrawn from circulation. Leased Treasury silver returned by other agencies of the Federal Government. Return of lend-lease silver by foreign governments Foreign deposits, operative recoveries, etc Seigniorage on bullion revalued as security for silver certificates 2 Total. Silver disposed of: Manufactured into United States subsidiary coins.. SUver bar payment for sUver deposits. _.." Sold for industrial use, medals, sweeps, etc TotaL 1 Includes 31.0 mUlion ounces returned by the Netherlands and 18.4 mUlion ounces returned by the United Kingdom. 2 Represents the revaluation of 11,500,000 fine ounces of newly mined domestic sUver received under act of July 31,1946 (31U. S. C. 316d). Revenue and monetary assets Revenues deposited by the Bureau of the Mint into the general fund of the Treasury during the fiscal year 1956 totaled $24.8 miilion, of which $23.5 mUlion represented seigniorage. Seigniorage on sUver subsidiary coinage amounted to $9 mUlion, on minor coinage $10 mUlion, and on silver bullion revalued from cost to monetary value as security for silver certfficates, $4.5 million. Monetary assets of gold, sUver, coins, and other values in custody of the six field institutions of the Bureau ^of the Mint totaled approximately $24 bffiion throughout the fiscal year. United States gold and silver production-and consumption The estimates of United States gold and sUver production and the issue of gold and sUver for domestic industrial, professional, and artistic use, made annually by the Office of the Director, are on a calendar year basis. During the calendar year 1955 total United States gold production amounted to 1,876,830 fine oimces, of which 1,220,122 fine ounces were deposited at mint institutions. Total sUver production in 1955 amounted to 36,469,610 fine ounces, of which 22,946,271 fine ounces were deposited at mint institutions. Gold issued for industrial, professional, and artistic use in the United States during the calendar year 1955 amounted to 1,300,000 fine ounces including 706,901 fine ounces issued by mint institutions. SUver issued for commercial use amounted to 101,400,000 fine ounces, including 10,707,522 fine ounces issued by mint institutions. 134 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Management improvement The management improvement program of the Bureau of the Mint progressed during the fiscal year 1956. In response to the Secretary's request for a full-scale search for economies, all segments of the Mint organization were reviewed carefully for the purpose of effecting economies wherever possible. Continuing attention was given to improving operational efficiency. Major attention was given to the modernization of melting and rolling equipment at the PhUadelphia Mint, for the purpose of reducing manufacturing costs. Changes in the electrical equipment in the ingot melting operation have already resulted in annual savings of approximately $47,000. Further improvements to melting and rolling equipment, now in process, are expected to result in additional annual savings in excess of $300,000, based upon production of approximately 700 mUlion coins annually. Since the demand for coins increased greatly during 1956, it was necessary for the Mint to attain maximum possible production with avaUable funds. A second shift was employed at the Denver Mint, and one-cent coin blanks vvhich Denver produced in excess of its. press capacity were shipped to Philadelphia to be finished into coins for use in the PhUadelphia area. An improvement in the handling of stamped com from the presses at Denver resulted in annual savings of $5,000; revised procedures for the handling of uncurrent coins returned to the PhUadelphia and Denver Alints resulted in annual savings of $12,000. In the past it was necessary for the Mint to use appropriated funds for the purchase of alloy copper for subsidiary sUver coinage. Substantial increases in the price of copper, as well as increases in the proportion of sUver coins required, resulted ui unforeseeable drains on the Mint's appropriation. Accordingly, legislation was requested and approved (Public Law 677, approved July 9, 1956), which permits the payment for copper required for subsidiary silver coinage from the gain arising from such coinage. That action wffi facUitate more effective production planniag. Bureau of Narcotics ^ The Bureau of Narcotics administers a program designed to deal with the control of sources of the illicit supply of drugs on international, national, and local levels. Nationally, the Bureau is charged with the investigation, detection, and prevention of violations of the Federal narcotic and marihuana laws and of the Opium Poppy Control Act of 1942, and related statutes. The scope of the Bureau's operations is enlarging gradually as additional drugs are made subject to these laws. Opium and coca leaves and their derivatives have been under national control since 1915; marihuana has been under control since 1937; isonipecaine was brought under control in 1944; and under the act of March 8, 1946 (26 U. S. C. 4731 ig)), 24 recently developed S3mthetic narcotics have been brought under control through findings by the Secretary of the 1 Further Information concerning narcotic drugs is available in the separate annual report of the Commissioner of Narcotics. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 135 Treasury, proclaimed by the President, that the drugs possess addiction liability similar to morphme. Six of these were added during the fiscal year 1956. Internationally, opium, coca leaves, marihuana, and their more important derivatives have been under control by reason of the Opium Conventions of 1912, 1925, and 1931. Under Article 11 of the 1931 Convention and the international Protocol of November 19, 1948, four additional S37^nthetic drugs were found to have addicting qualities similar to morphine or cocame and were brought under international control during the fiscal year by a procedure similar to that provided m our national legislation. The agreement to limit the production of opium to world medical and scientific needs signed at the United Nations on June 23, 1953, after forty-four years of effort on the part of the United States to accomplish such an agreement was approved by the U. S. Senate August 20, 1954. By Senate Resolution 290 of June 14, 1956, other governments have been urged also to ratify this Protocol. When it has been ratified by a sufficient number of governments and becomes effective there should be a large reduction in the amount of opium available for the illicit traffic, particularly if production in Turkey and Iran is effectively controlled. In the United States important and effective aid in discouraging the illicit traffic in narcotics and marihuana continues to be afforded by the act approved November 2, 1951 (21 U. S. C. 174) which provided for mandatory minimum penalties for violation of certain narcotic laws, particularly for second and third offenders. The Narcotics Control Act of 1956, approved July 18, 1956, provides further increased penalties and more effective measures of control. The Interdepartmental Committee on Narcotics completed its work and submitted its report to the President on February 1, 1956. I t contaiaed a number of important recommendations, all of which are being carefully studied. Implementing action on some of the recommendations has already taken place. The Bureau directs its principal activities toward the suppression of the illicit traffic ia narcotic drugs and marihuana and the control of the legitimate manufacture and distribution of narcotics through the customary channels of trade. I t issues permits for import of the crude narcotic drugs and for export and intriansit movements of narcotic drugs and preparations. I t also supervises the manufacture and distribution of narcotic substances within the country and has authority to issue licenses for the production of opium poppies to meet the medical needs of the country if and when such production should become in the public interest. Cooperation is given to States in local narcotic legislation and enforcement and to the Department of State in the discharge of the international obligations of the United States.concerning the abuse of narcotic drugs and marihuana. During the fiscal year 1956 the total quantity of narcotics seized amounted to 2,385 ounces as compared with 2,310 ounces in 1955. Seizures of marihuana during 1956 amounted to 873 pounds bulk and 4,329 cigarettes, as compared with 839 pounds bulk and 5,826 cigarettes in 1955. Continued progress was made during the j^ear in driving out some of the bigger racketeers in illicit narcotics. Several of the major 136 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY dealers in illicit drugs were convicted and heavy prison sentences were imposed under the act of November 2, 1951. Thefts of narcotics from persons authorized to handle the drugs decreased slightly in number during 1956; the quantity stolen was 1,371 ounces as compared with 1,730 ounces in 1955. During the fiscal year there were approximately 295,000 persons registered with directors of internal revenue under the Federal narcotic and marihuana laws to engage in legitimate narcotic and marihuana activities. The table following shows the number of violations of the narcotic and marihuana laws by persons registered to engage in legitimate narcotic and marihuana activities and by persons who have not qualified by registration to engage in such activities, as reported by Federal narcotic enforcement officers. Number of violations of the narcotic and marihuana laws reported during ihe fiscal year 1956 wiih iheir disposition and penalties N a r c o t i c laws Nonregistered persons Registered persons Federal Court T o t a l t o be disposed of. Convicted: Federal Joint Acquitted: Federal Joint Dropped: Federal Joint Compromised: 2 Federal Joint Federal Court State Court P e n d i n g J u l y 1,1955. R e p o r t e d d u r i n g 1956: Federal» Joint 1 _ .- M a r i h u a n a laws Nonregistered persons Federal Court State Court state Court 124 962 242 118 11 1,677 110 376 57 253 2,749 675 31 1 1 2 3 121 6 1 2 979 48 264 81 221 23 74 25 32 1 13 6 10 1 2 3 305 24 44 9 72 18 8 3 1 ' T o t a l disposed of. _ P e n d i n g J u n e 30,1956 YTS. 169 1,806 460 84 943 215 Mos. Yrs. M o s . YTS. Mos. Yrs. M o s . Yrs. M o s . Yrs. M o s . Sentences i m p o s e d : Federal Joint 83 3 3 1 3,503 185 2 1,343 3 207 11 2 738 77 5 242 62 5 4 Total... 83 3 4 3,688 5 1,551 1 815 5 304 9 Fines imposed: Federal Joint Total... . $33,603 1,000 $5,000 $220,920 9,530 $57, 953 550 $22,933 2,661 34.603 5,000 230.45n 58- b(\% 2'i ."194 \ $1,928 5,600 7. .'S28 ' 1 Federal cases are made by Federal officers working independently, whUe joint cases are made by Fed« eral and State officers working in cooperation. ^Represents 1 case which was compromised in the sum of $4,000. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 137 In foreign countries, investigation, surveillance, and negotiation are undertaken to restrict the amount of narcotic drugs entering this country. Through cooperation with the French, Italian, Turkish, Greek, and Lebanese Governments several large seizures of crude, semiprocessed, and finished narcotics destined for the United States were eff'ected and two large clandestine laboratories closed. The Bureau continues on guard agamst the large supplies of opium and heroin which are available in Communist China. The importation, manufacture, and distribution of opium and its derivatives are subjected to a system of quotas and allocations designed to secure their proper distribution for medical needs. Additional quantities of opium were imported during the year. Coca leaf imports were sufficient both for medicinal purposes and for the manufacture of nonnarcotic flavoring extracts. The quantity of narcotic drugs exported in 1956 was slightly lower than in 1955. The export total is not significant in comparison with the quantity used domestically. The manufacture of opium derivatives continued high, principally because of the high medical consumption of codeine and papaverine. National defense operations have mcreased the responsibilities of the Bureau of Narcotics during recent years. The mobUization of large numbers of troops has resulted in many special requests from the military forces for aid by the Bureau of Narcotics in dealing with the traffic in narcotics in the areas near military installations; in problems incidental to the drafting of addicts; and in cases in which narcotic addiction has been given falsely as a reason to escape the draft. In the field of management improvement the Bureau revised its system of accounting for personal property, further improved its internal audit program, and continued its search for economies to accomplish the maximum utilization of available funds. I t also published formal procedures and became fully organized to function in relocated areas in case of enemy attack. Office of Production and Defense Lending The Office of Production and Defense Lending administers the functions with which the Secretary of the Treasury was charged under the provisions of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation Liquidation Act (Public Law 163, approved July 30, 1953). Specifically, these functions are as follows: 1. Liquidation of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation (Section 10 R F C Act, and Section 102, R F C Liquidation Act); 2. Administration of Federal Facilities Corporation (Section 107 (a) (1) R F C Liquidation Act, and Executive Order 10539); 3. Lending activities under Section 302, Defense Production Act (Section 107 (a) (2) R F C Liquidation Act, and Executive Order 10489); and 4. Lending activities under Section 409, Federal Civil Defense Act (Section 104, R F C Liquidation Act). 138 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Reconstruction Finance Corporation (in liquidation) The authority of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation to make new loans was terminated effective September 28, 1953. To assist the liquidation program which was then undertaken, certain of the Corporation's lending program assets were transferred to other Government agencies. Under Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1954, $18,300,000 in disaster loans were transferred to the Small Business Administration, $111,800,000 in mortgages to the Federal National Mortgage Association, and $48,000,000 in a loan to the Republic of the PhUippines was transferred to the Export-Import Bank of Washington. The production programs administered by the RFC prior to the effective date of the RFC Liquidation Act also were transferred to other Government agencies, under the provisions of Executive Order 10539. The Federal Facilities Corporation received the synthetic rubber and tin programs, and the General Services Administration was named to carry on the abaca fiber program. After giving effect to assets transferred to other Government agencies under the provisions of the RFC Liquidation Act and Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1954, there remained for liquidation loans, securities, and commitments amounting to $592,200,000. By June 30, 1956, this portfolio had been reduced to $117,800,000. The total reduction of these assets was $474,400,000, of which $114,300,000 was accomplished during the year. The proceeds realized from liquidation of the Corporation's assets are returned to the Treasury. In the fiscal year 1956, there was paid into the Treasury from cash on hand and amounts realized during the year a total of $150,000,000. The Corporation also is continuing the liquidation of assets acquired under terminated World War II programs. These assets consist of facUities subject to long-term lease agreements and miscellaneous receivables which are not marketable. The carrying value of the unliquidated assets remaining on June 30, 1956, was $13,900,000. Liquidation of these assets accomplished during fiscal 1956 amounted to $13,200,000. From cash on hand and proceeds realized, there was paid into the Treasury during fiscal 1956 a total of $29,200,000. Federal Facilities Corporation The Federal Facilities Corporation was created on June 30, 1954, under the provisions of the Rubber Act of 1948, as amended (50 App. U. S. C. 1921-1938), and Executive Order 10539. The primary purpose for which the Corporation was formed was to administer the operatioo^ of the Government-owned synthetic rubber producing facUities until disposal of the properties to private interests was completed as provided by the Rubber Producting Facilities Disposal Act (50 App. U. S. C. 1941). In addition, the Corporation was desigaated to conduct the operation of the Government-owned tin smelter at Texas City, Tex. The facUities and other assets transferred to the Federal Facilities Corporation from the RFC represented a net investment on the part of the Government of $268,900,000. Except for one alcohol butadiene plant at Louisville, Ky., which is ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 139 under lease to a private operator, the program to transfer the synthetic rubber producing facUities to private ownership has been completed. During fiscal 1956, the Corporation paid into the Treasury $45,000,000 from cash on hand, sales proceeds, mortgage collections, and miscellaneous income. Payments made in the previous year from the same sources totaled $390,000,000. Under the tin program, a total of 20,530 long tons of refined tin was produced at the Texas City smelter during fiscal year 1956. The value of the tin produced was $44,800,000. All tin produced at the smelter was delivered to the General Services Administration for stockpUing purposes. The adoption of the joint resolution approved June 22, 1956 (Public Law 608), provides for operation of the smelter by the Federal FacUities Corporation untU January 31, 1957. The same law authorizes and directs the Corporation to take steps immediately to sell or lease the tin producing facUities. Should no contract of sale or lease be effected by January 31, 1957, the smelter wUl be reported as excess property for transfer and disposal in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U. S. C. 471-492). Defense Lending Division This division administers the lending programs authorized by Section 302 of the Defense Production Act (50 App. U. S. C. 2092) and Section 409 of the Federal CivU Defense Act (50 App. U. S. C. 2261). Loans authorized under the Defense Production Act must be certffied as essential by the Office of Defense MobUization, and may be made only in cases where financial assistance is not otherwise available. Wherever possible all loans authorized are made by private lending institutions with deferred participation by the Government. Following the hurricane and flood disasters which occurred in the late summer and fall of 1955, the President, in Executive Order 10634, authorized the use of the Defense Production Act lending authority to aid in the reconstruction and replacement of national defense facilities destroyed or damaged in major disasters. In connection with these disasters, eight loans amounting to $14,316,000 were authorized during fiscal 1956 under the Defense Production Act authority. Bank participation in five of these authorizations amounted to $1,407,426; the Governmeat's share of the authorizations was $12,908,574, and $9,452,540 of this was on a deferred basis. On June 30, 1956, direct loans and commitments made under the Defense Production Act amounted to $210,000,000. In addition, outstanding commitments to participate in loans on a deferred basis amounted to $18,100,000. There were no loans authorized under the civil defense lending program in fiscal year 1956. At the close of the year, the amount of loans and commitments outstanding (including deferred participation commitments) was $4,800,000, a reduction of $1,900,000 from the previous year. 140 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY United States Coast Guard The basic duties of the United States Coast Guard, as prescribed in Title 14 of the United States Code, embrace the following: To enforce or assist in the enforcement of all applicable Federal laws on the high seas and waters over which the United States has jurisdiction, with particular reference to those laws relating to navigation, shipping, and other maritime activities; to promote the safety and efficiency of merchant vessels, with the object of preventing avoidable casualties, through the approval of plans, materials, and equipment used in their construction, repair, and alteration, the periodic inspection of merchant vessels ahd the licensing of their crews, and the enforcement of regulations for operation of motorboats; to develop, establish, maintain, and operate aids to maritime navigation such as lighthouses, lightships, lights, radiobeacons, loran and radio direction finder stations, buoys and unlighted beacons, as required to serve the needs of commerce and the armed forces; to p'erform any and all acts necessary to rescue and aid distressed persons, vessels, and aircraft, and to provide maximum protection to life and property^ on the high seas and waters over which the United States has jurisdiction, including operation of ocean station vessels and the International Ice Patrol; to maintain a state of readiness to function as a specialized service in the Navy in time of war; and to maintain and train an adequate reserve force. A primary objective of the Coast Guard is the prevention of loss of life and property due to ffiegal or unsafe practices. The maintenance of safety and order in maritime activity is not limited to the strict enforcement of laws, but encompasses a program of education for ship operators and boatmen, and the enlistment of their cooperation and self-regulation toward prevention of marine casualties. Search and rescue operations In discharging its responsibUities for the promotion of marine safety, the Coast Guard operated search and rescue facilities which comprised a system of lifeboat stations, radio stations, bases, aircraft, and floating units located at strategic points along the coasts, inland waterways, Alaska, Hawaii, Bermuda, San Juan, and Argentia. It also operated the ocean stations program by locating Coast Guard cutters at strategic points in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans to serve the dual functions oi search and rescue and to gather and disseminate weather data for air and marine commerce. The National Search and Rescue Plan, dated March 30, 1956, designated the Coast Guard as the search and rescue coordinator for the maritime region. The Coast Guard also operated the International Ice Patrol in the North Atlantic Ocean and provided ice breaking services in rivers, harbors, canals, and on the Great Lakes. Communication centers were maintained and operated in the several districts within the continental United States, Alaska, Puerto Rico, Hawaii, Bermuda, and Newfoundland. 141 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS UNITED ST.ATES COAST GUARD SHORE UNITS OPERATIONS-FISCAL YEAR 1956 (Percent of Total) 0 20 40 60 i TYPE OF MISSION SEARCH AND RESCUE //////A 7777M v/////////////////////////////////\ AIDS TO NAVIGATION • / / / / / / / / / \ =-:z3 CHART 7. i Includes special operations, regatta patrols, operations with Navy, and assistance to other agencies. UNITED STATES COAST GUARD AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS-FISCAL YEAR 1956 (Percent of Total) TYPE OF MISSION 20 40 60 80 SEARCH AND RESCUE MDS TO NAVIGATION LOGISTICS (CC) CHART 8. 1 Includes general duty patrols, special operations, law enforcement patrols, port security patrols, regatta patrols, operations with Navy, and assistance to other agencies. 142 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASTTRY UNITED STATES COAST GUARD FLOATING UNITS OPERATIONS-FISCAL YEAR 1956 (Percent of Total) 0 TYPE OF MISSION 20 40 60 80 SEARCH AND RESCUE pssss; K//////V CHART MISSIONS MILES HOURS 9. 1 Includes general duty patrols, law enforcement patrols, regatta patrols, and operations with Navy. Assistance rendered during the fiscal year 1956 is summarized as follows: Number of calls responded to: Vessels assisted: Refloated-_ __ Towed--otherwise.-_ Aircraft assisted: Escorted ..-_i otherwise assisted Miscellaneous assisted.^ Total _ — By aircraft By vessels 1 By other equipments 15 41 126 176 1,638 683 1,112 6,445 1,117 1,303 8,024 1,926 224 51 60 10 40 125 40 51 915 274 142 1,100 517 2,572 9,680 12, 769 Total 1 Vessels 56 feet and over in length. 2 Small boats, vehicular, and other equipment. Assistance given by all aircraft, vessels, and other involved the following. Number of persons involved: Lives saved or rescued from peril. Furnished medical assistance Otherwise assisted Total. Value of property involved (including cargo): Vessels Aircraft Miscellaneous Total Miles disabled vessel towed Miles aircraft escorted Menaces to navigation removed equipment 3,769 1,900 45, 450 51, 119 $574,247, 100 255, 319, 400 21, 917, 100 851,483, 600 83, 551 39, 840 1, 644 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 143 Typical examples of assistance rendered by the Coast Guard during the year are as follows: New England floods of August and October 1955.—Coast Guard personnel and equipment saved the lives of pver 300 persons from positions of immediate peril. Nearly a thousand others were removed to places of greater safety. More than a thousand personnel trained in disaster relief work were transported by Coast Guard helicopters, amphibious aircraft, amphibious trucks, and surf boats in connection with these floods. The Coast Guard breeches buoys were used effectively in several places to remove stranded persons. Surf boats with portable pumps sailed the streets of Boston, helping local agencies. Amphibious DUKWS and surf boats fought fires at Putnam, Conn., caused by the explosion of a magnesium plant. Helicopters assisted in evacuating boys in danger of drowning at a camp in the vicinity of Port Jervis, N . Y. Coast Guard communications trucks capable of transmitting and receiving on all frequencies, as well as portable transceivers, were effectively used in providing communications essential in distressed areas. Coast Guard Auxiliarists joined regular Coast Guard patrol boats in assisting stranded persons and securing yachts and fishing boats in areas of high water. Coast Guard buoy-tenders were stationed at the entrances of the Connecticut and Housatonic Rivers to observe debris for bodies, valuable property, and menaces to navigation. Helicopters from the Coast Guard Air Station, Floyd Bennett Field were the first rescue craft on the scene at Waterbury apid Naugatuck, Conn. Fifteen lives were saved by these helicopters as they hoisted stranded people with their hydraulic lift rescue baskets. California flood incidents.—The Coast Guard assisted Federal, State, and local agencies in rescue operations in northern California in December 1955 saving over 500 persons by helicopters and boats. The record established by one Coast Guard helicopter operating around Yuba City and Marysville was outstanding. This Coast Guard helicopter was the first rescue unit to reach the disaster scene before daylight on December 24 and hoisted 138 persons to safety within the next 12 hours. The first 58 of these were removed by the light of a smaU hand-held searchlight from positions of peril among chimneys, television antennas, and trees. Aircraft ditching.—On September 30, 1955 a transocean PBY-5A Catalina enroute from Honolulu to San Francisco feathered one engine after passing midpoint of flight. A P5M from Coast Guard Air Station, San Francisco, departed for intercept and escort making contact approximately 600 miles west of San Francisco. The Catalina advised fuel remaining insufficient to reach the west coast. The Coast Guard P5M established communications with the surface vessel S. S. Harry Culbreath, escorted the Catalina 100 mUes to the position of the vessel where the Catalina was ditched and aU four members of her crew were removed from the, disabled aircraft by the ship's lifeboat and transferred to the S. S. Harry Culbreath. On February 17, 1956, C. G. C. Casco proceeded to assist a Navy seaplane in distress forced to ditch approximately 100 miles south of Bermuda. Thc Casco removed 21 persons (crew and passengers) from the aircraft and some 36 hours later turned the disabled aircraft over 144 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY to the Naval Air Station at St. George's Harbor, Bermuda, with its 21 survivors. Lifeboat station assistance.—On September 28, 1955, personnel of the Grays Harbor Lifeboat Station at Westport, Wash., observed a 32foot pleasure craft explode in the water a short distance from shore. Two lifeboats immediately went to the assistance of the pleasure boat, removing all 7 persons who had been aboard from the craft and from the water. The lifeboats brought a roaring fire under control, extinguished the flames, and towed the boat to shore. Cutter assistance.—The Coast Guard Cutter Yocona moored in Astoria, Oreg., on November 11, 1955, received information that tuna clipper Ocean Pride, some 50 miles off Cape Lookout, Oreg., had developed a leak and assistance was required. The Yocona proceeded to the Ocean Pride through heavy seas and strong gale winds. By the time the Yocona was within 5 miles of the Ocean Pride, pounding seas had loosened its hull which was awash, and a message from the crew stated that they could remain afloat only a few more minutes. Strong winds (60 to 70 mph) and heavy seas with 30 foot sweUs made it impossible for the Yocona to launch lifeboats to effect rescue. The Yocona pulled up alongside the sinking vessel and between heavy roUing and pitching of both vessels, crew members of the fishing vessel jumped aboard the cutter. AU 13 crewmen of the fishing vessel were rescued uninjured and the Ocean Pride sank about 30 minutes later. Cooperation with other Federal agencies During the year the Coast Guard performed services for other Federal agencies as foUows: Alcoholic Tax Unit, Treasury (aircraft days) 4 Coast and Geodetic Survey (reconnaissance aerial surveys—aircraft days) 13 Fish and Wildlife (censuses taken) 13 Weather Bureau (reports furnished) 109, 454 Weather Bureau (warnings disseminated) „ . 16, 755 Rescue and survival program for overseas aircraft CivU ah' carriers flying over water routes vigorously participated in a training and indoctrination program conducted by the Coast Guard designed for training flight crews in making emergency landings of aircraft at sea, operating aircraft emergency survival equipment, and applying survival methods, procedures, and techniques in rescuing survivors from distressed aircraft. The program also included instructions for promoting safety in flight to insure among other things maximum coordination between distressed aircraft and search and rescue agencies. Considerable interest was also shown by mUitary personnel of transport au-craft engaged in overseas air travel. The following tabulation shows the number of organizations and personnel participating in the program during fiscal year 1956. ADMINISTRATIVE Coast Guard air stations Brooklyn, N.Y Miami, Fla _... San Diego, Calif San Francisco, Calif. Port Angeles, Wash. REPORTS 145 Number of personnel attending 800 208 395 785 480 Marine inspection and safety measures The duties performed by the Coast Guard in promoting safety of life and property on vessels subject to navigation and vessel inspection laws of the United States include promulgation and related enforcement of regulations relating to inspection of vessels and their equipment, construction and repair of vessels, investigation of marine casualties, manning and citizenship requirements, mustering and drilling of crews, protection of merchant seamen, licensing of officers and pilots and certificating of seamen, load line requirements, pilot rules, transportation of dangerous cargoes on vessels, outfitting and operation of motorboats, licensing of motorboat operators, and patrolling regattas and marine parades. During the fiscal year an increased number of vessels was inspected. This upswing would seem to indicate that, whUe no great increase in shipping activity can be foreseen in the near future, at least the downward trend has been stopped. There were 3,045 casualties reported of which 2,459 were the subject of detailed investigations. Eight of these investigations were made by marine boards of investigation. Four hundred and six persons lost their lives in 201 of the casualties reported. Only one passenger lost his life as a result of a casualty on an inspected passenger vessel during the year. The most serious casualty during the year was the explosion and fire on the S. S. Salem Maritime on January 17, 1956, at Lake Charles, La., which resulted in the loss of 21 lives. This particular casualty is one of several in the past few years with somewhat simUar characteristics. Because of this, and at the request of the Coast Guard, the American Petroleum Institute is studying this matter to see if there is any possible way of securing greater safety in the loading of kerosene. The second most serious casualty, was the foundering and breaking up of the schooner Levin J . Marvel in Chesapeake Bay on August 12, 1955, during heavy weather. Fourteen passengers on this vessel were lost. This tragic casualty forcibly dramatized the deficiencies in the inspection laws which exempted from inspection a vessel of this type because she was a saUing vessel of less .than 700 gross tons. Partially as a result of this casualty, Public Law 519, approved May 10, 1956, was enacted which provides for the inspection of many passenger carrying vessels not previously required to be inspected. Another serious casualty, although there was no loss of life, was the breaking in two and foundering of the S. S. Washington Mail in the North Pacific on March 3, 1956. 399346—57- -11 146 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Regulations governing the inspection of artificial islands and fixed structures on the Outer Continental Shelf, under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, became effective on July 1, 1956. As a result of the passage of Public Law 549, approved June 4, 1956, the Coast Guard was authorized to make biennial inspections of nonpassenger carrying vessels in lieu of annualjmspections. During the past fiscal year,!a total of 17,305 plans were approved relating to vessel construction, machinery, and equipment. Plans for several hew types of vessels were approved which presented novel and unique problems of design as well as application of safety regulations. Considerable activity was directed toward the development of the so-called ^^roll on—roU off'' types of vessels, and vessels specially constructed to handle various types of containers. One 500 foot ^*roll on—roll off'' vessel is under contract and several others are in varying stages of design development. Considerable study was devoted to the problems of design and construction of nuclear powered merchant vessels. A committee of experts from the industry was engaged in studying problems regarding minimum safety standards for such vessels. Some progTess was made in developing regulations for the carriage of liquefied natural gases at extremely low temperatures. Proposals to carry liquefied methane at its boUing point of minus 258° F. were actively investigated. A committee from the maritime industry devoted considerable time in developing safety standards. Certain failures on C-3 type vessels necessitated modification of the structure of these vessels. The breaking in two and foundering of the S. S. Washington Mail in the North Pacific on March 3, 1956, was a case in point. . The marine board which investigated this case recommended that consideration be given to the strengthening of vessels of the C-3 type such as the Washington Mail. Subsequently an agreement was made between the Coast Guard and the Technical Committee of the American Bureau of Shipping, whereby modifications wUl be required on existing ships of this type. A digest of certain phases of marine inspection activities foUows. Number of vessels Vessel inspections completed 12 Drydock examinations. Reinspections . 1 Special examinations by traveling inspectors of passenger, tank, and dry cargo vessels _ Miscellaneous inspections _ _.. _. Undocumented vessels numbered under provisions of the act of June 7, 1918, as amended (46 U. S. C. 288) 3 Violations of navigation and vessel inspection laws _ __. Factory inspections * Merchant vessel plans reviewed ^ 5,886 4,575 2,588 Gross tonnage 17,897,958 15,187, 509 8,354,833 236 20,292 384,965 9,140 391,386 17,305 1 Includes 294 vessels, totaling 269,066 gross tons, which were conversions or new construction completed during the year. 2 Previous reports have indicated that these were annual inspections. Since June 28,1956, certificates of inspection have been granted to most cargo vessels for a period of 2 years as authorized by the act of June 4, 1956 (Public Law 549), so that this total includes a small number of vessels which were issued two-year certificates. 3 The total of vessels numbered is 26,554 more than that numbered the preceding year. 4 There were factory inspections of 389,222 items of equipment. 5 Refers to number of separate plans reviewed, not number of vessels involved. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 147 Merchant marine personnel.—The licensing and certificating of merchant marine personnel included the issuance of 79,956 documents. Of this number 15,906 were issued to persons without prior sea service and 359 were licenses issued to radio officers under the provisions of 46 U. S. C. 229c. In the interest of national defense 39 individual waivers of manning requirements for merchant vessels were issued. Shipping commissioners supervised the execution of 10,729 sets of shipping articles in connection with the shipment and discharge of seamen. Merchant marine investigating units in major United States ports and merchant marine details in certain foreign ports continued to operate in the administration of discipline in the merchant marine in accordance with the provisions of Section 4450 of the Revised Statutes, as amended, (46 U. S. C. 239) and the act, approved July 15, 1954. Merchant marine details in London, Antwerp, Bremerhaven, Naples, Trieste (disestablished May 11, 1956), Piraeus, and Yokohama operated throughout the year. During the year a total of 11,703 investigations of cases involving negligence, incompetence, and misconduct were conducted. As a result of these investigations, charges were preferred and hearings held on 1,196 cases by civilian examiners. In accordance with Executive Order 10173, as amended by Executive Orders 10277 and 10352, a total of 23,381 persons to be employed aboard merchant vessels were checked to determine if they were security risks, and 20,813 merchant mariners' documents bearing evidence of security clearance were issued to individuals. A total of 77 security appeal hearings were granted to persons who were classed as poor security risks. Aids to navigation On June 30, 1956, there were 39,335 aids to navigation maintained in the navigable waters of the United States, its Territories, and possessions, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and at overseas military bases, consisting of loran stations, radarbeacon stations, light .stations, lightships, lighted and unlighted buoys, minor lights, and daybeacons. During the year, 2,715 new aids to navigation were established, and 1,769 aids were discontinued, an increase of 946. This increase was required to mark newly completed river and harbor improvements in areas not previously marked, and to improve the existing system for maritime commerce. The world-wide loran system as of June 30, 1956, comprised 59 stations of which 49 were operated by the Coast Guard. No new stations were placed in service during the fiscal year 1956. The Coast Guard, in cooperation with the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation and the Department of the Arm}^, Corps of Engineers, has surveyed and completed preliminary design of aids to navigation for the Saint Lawrence Seaway between St. Regis, N. Y., and Lake Ontario. The new aids required to mark the section of the seaway wdll include approximately 108 minor lights, 3 lighted ranges, 39 lighted buoys, and 34 unlighted buoys. 148 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY A summary of all aids to navigation fm-nished during the year, by type, follows. Type Total number, JuneSO— Loran transmitter stations Radiobeacons Radarbeacons Fog signals (except sound buoys) Lights (including lightships) Daybeacons Buoys, lighted (including sound) Buoys, unlighted sound Buoys, unlighted metal.. Buoys, Mississippi River Type.. Buoys, spar .Total 39,335 Ocean stations The Coast Guard maintained four ocean stations in the North Atlantic Ocean and two in the Pacific throughout the year. Ocean station vessels provided search and rescue, communications, air navigation facilities, and m.eteorological services in the ocean areas regularly traversed by aircraft of the United States and other cooperating governments. During 1956 Coast Guard vessels transmitted over 109,454 weather reports, rendered assistance in 80 cases, and cruised approximately 486,713 mUes in connection with this program. International Ice Patrol The postseason activities of the Internationa] Ice Observation and Ice Patrol Service in the North Atlantic Ocean for the 1955 season consisted of an oceanographic survey made by the Coast Guard Cutter Evergreen from jul}^ 7 to July 25, 1955, in the area northerly from the Grand Banks to Cape Farewell, Greenland. Prelim.inar37 aerial ice reconnaissance for 1956 by aucraft operating from Argentia, Newfoundland, com.m.enced on January 15, 1956, and routine aerial ice reconnaissance was begun on March 6, 1956. A light ice ^^^ear was experienced during 1956 with no menace to ships traveling on effective United States-European North Atlantic lane routes. I t was not necessary, therefore, to inaugurate a continuous surface patroL The Coast Guard Cutter Evergreen m.ade three cruises carrying out the program of oceanographic survej^s in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. Operations for the 1956 season had not been discontinued on June 30, 1955. Bering Sea Patrol The Bering Sea Patrol was carried out by the Coast Guard Cutter Klamath from July 1 to Septem.ber 30, 1955. The purpose of the patrol was to render aid to distressed persons, vessels, and aircraft, to carry out all law enforcement responsibUities within the purview of Title 14 of the United States Code and assist other Federal agencies and the Territorial Government in law enforcement, to provide logistic service to outlying Coast Guard units, to perform aids to navigation ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 149 duties, to carry out mtelligence functions of the Coast Guard, and to cooperate with other Government agencies. These included the following: Make a court cruise if required; render medical and dental assistance to the natives; assist other Government agencies in transportation of personnel, freight, equipment, or supplies; carry out military or other Government research projects as practicable; and collect hydrographic, oceanographic, and meteorological data. During the patrol, the Klamath cruised 6,939 miles, carried nine passengers on missions in the public interest, and rendered medical treatment to 78 persons and dental treatment to 575 persons. Law enforcement The port security program conducted under authority of Executive Order 10173, as amended by Executive Orders 10277 and 10352 implementing provisions in the Espionage Act of June 15, 1917, as amended (50 U. S. C. 191), continued to consist of the following: Controlling the entry of merchant vessels into United States ports; supervising the loading of Class A^^explosives and administering the regulations relative to dangerous and hazardous cargoes; screening merchant seamen employed on certain categories of United States vessels and waterfront workers for admittance to waterfront facUities under certain specified conditions; protecting selected vessels, and waterfront facUities in designated port areas from the waterside, and, by spot checks, from the shoreside. In the category of longshoremen, warehousemen, pUots, and other waterfront workers, during the year 20,760 persons w^ere screened, 20,635 port security cards were issued, and 29 hearings were granted upon appeal by persons who had been found to be poor securit3^ risks. Fifty were rejected as poor security risks. Security regulations issued by the Coast Guard have been revised in line with the decision of the U. S. Court of Appeals, Ninth Circuit, m the case of Parker vs. Lester. All rejectees, who were denied clear-, ance under regulations prior thereto, are afforded an opportunity to have their cases reprocessed if they so desire. The following statistics reflect the volume of enforcement activity taken h j the Coast Guard during the year. Vessels boarded Waterfront facilities inspected Violations of.Motorboat Act reported Violations of port security regulations reported. Violations of Oil Pollution Act reported .^Violations of other laws reported Explosives loading permits issued Explosives covered by above permits Explosive loadings supervised Otlier hazardous cargoes inspected Anchorage violations ^ . 129, 453 8, 533 11, 245 290 199 526 1, 054 362, 079 793 6, 357 13 The Coast Guard also assisted the Federal agencies having primary responsibUity for the enforcement of the Oil Pollution Act (33 U. S. C. 431-437), anchorage, regulations, laws relating to internal revenue, customs, immigration, quarantine, and the conservation and protection of wildlife and the fisheries. 150 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Facilities, equipment, construction, and development Floating units.—The larger ships in active commission at the end of the year consisted of 179 cutters and buoy tenders of various types, 80 patrol boats, 33 lightships, 39 harbor tugs, and 11 buoy boats. During the year they cruised 2,842,702 miles as compared with 2,794,710 mUes the previous year. Included in the 179 cutters are two special units, the Coast Guard Cutter Courier and the Coast Guard Cutter Eagle. The Courier, a 339-foot vessel equipped with radio broadcasting facilities, is manned and operated by the Coast Guard for the United States Information Agency. The Eagle, a 295-foot bark, is used exclusively for training purposes and is placed in commission each year for the Coast Guard cadet practice cruise. Six new 95-foot patrol boats were completed and commissioned at the Coast Guard Yard. One additional boat of this group is still under construction and will be completed in the near future. The Owasco was reactivated and recommissioned August 15, 1955. At the present time the Escanaba is being reactivated with completion scheduled for October 13, 1956. Shore establishments.—Shore establishments at the end of the fiscal year included: 12 2 4 25 23 2 9 3 1 1 1 9 12 1 district offices area offices inspection offices bases depots supply centers supply depots section offices receiving center training station academy air stations air detachments aircraft repair and suppl}^ base 15 radio stations 141 lifeboat stations 47 loran transmitting stations 46 6 11 33 1 302 57 1 3 1 31 5 10 1 11 marine inspection offices m e r c h a n t m a r i n e details located in foreign, ports examiner offices group offices shipyard manned light stations light attendant stations fog signal station radiobeacon stations electronic engineering station recruiting stations ship training detachments electronic repair shops field testing and development unit moorings Captain of the Port offices, supplemented by port security units, continued to be maintained in major shipping centers. During the year sites were selected for the construction of seven loran stations in the Caribbean area. The actual construction will be completed during fiscal 1957. Aircraft.—The number of fixed and rotary wing aucraft operated by the Coast Guard was maintained between 122 and 126 during the year which included those aircraft undergoing overhaul and modification. Two new fixed wing aircraft were acquired for replacement of overage aircraft. Four fixed wing and one rotary wing aircraft were lost through crash attrition; two of those lost were replaced with aircraft obtained on loan from the Navy and Air Force. Coast Guard aircraft are used primarUy for search and rescue ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 151 purposes. The aircraft were deployed at nine au' stations and twelve air detachments. Aucr aft were used, also in carrying out the following activities: International Ice Patrol Logistic support of isolated Coast Guard units Port security and law enforcement Cooperation with the Coast and Geodetic Survey in aerial photography Cooperation with the Internal Revenue Service in location of illicit distilleries WUdlife and fisheries surveys and patrols Ship based operations for ice reconnaissance Cooperation with airline and mUitary agencies in training in";search and rescue overwater emergency procedures Flood and disaster relief and assistance Flight training of pUots and crews. Communications.—During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1955, the Coast Guard continued its adjustment of radio communication frequencies for long range operations. Plans have been completed for the installation of V H F - F M 150 Mc/s communication equipment for port security operations in the New York Harbor and Cape May-Philadelphia area. A survey of the Norfolk-Newport News and Baltimore Harbor area is now being made. Communication facilities for the control of water traffic on the St. Marys River, Md., have been improved. The installation of V H F F M equipment at selected shore sites and mobile units has resulted in closer liaison with commercial carriers for traffic control and possible search and rescue incidents. A continuing review of Coast Guard-owned pole lines and cables is resulting in a gradual reduction of such plant property. New developments.—The program for testing and development is continuing in technical fields with emphasis on developments which show long range promise of effecting substantial economies in performing present duties and of increasing safety of operating conditions. Two prototype winch designs (one electro-mechanical and one electro-hydraulic) utilizing single wire whip boatfalls show much promise in providing for increased safety and speed in the handling of small boats. Nylon rope of a comparatively new type of construction has been accepted for use with multipurchase falls. This will result in overall increased safety in boat handling by permitting the use of lighter boatfall blocks and by providing a greater life expectanc}^ in boatfalls. A program to extend the unattended service period of lighted buoys is continuing. Separate development projects are in progress to improve buoy paints to prevent corrosion and fouling, to provide sufficient battery capacity within present buoys, to increase the reliability of buoy moorings, to increase the reliability of control mechanism within the buoy, and to m()unt sufficient lamp bulbs in the buoy to last as long as the battery supply. By extending the reliability and service of lighted buoys, a considerable savings in material and manpower may be achieved, while providing better servi(3e to the mp,riner, 152 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY A program to develop reliable, packaged units for the unattended operation of light houses and light ships is continuing. Separate projects are underway to provide reliable, accurate power supphes for such operation, efficient and reliable fog signals, and dependable controls, including a fog detector to control the operation of the fog signal. A new aluminum antenna has been developed and placed in use at shore radio stations. This device through use of broadbanding, replaces several separate antennas formerly required. There have been resultant savings in land area requirements and installation costs. Communications transmitters and receivers employing the single sideband technique are being utilized in increasing numbers. This accomplishes required communications in reduced radio frequency space. Continued improvement of loran transmission is being carried out through the use of cross correlation techniques. The former permits electronic watchkeeping on the equipment and affords reduction in personnel and greater accuracy of synchronization in addition to automatic recording of off-air time and magnitude of developed error. Cross correlation equipment on the other hand, will enable loran signals to be detected more readily through high noise levels with resultant increase in usable service time of the signal. Ship Structure Committee.—The Ship Structure Committee continued its research program to improve the hull structures of ships. Under the chairmanship of the Engineer-in-Chief of the Coast Guard the Committee consists of members of the various agencies principally concerned with ships, i. e., the Navy Department, Maritime Administration, the American Bureau of Shipping, and the Coast Guard. The National Academy of Sciences—National Research CouncU continues to contribute.important technical assistance and advice. Personnel On June 30, 1956, the military personnel strength of the Coast Guard on active duty was 28,423, consisting of 2,690 commissioned officers, 577 chief warrant officers, 311 warrant officers, 308 cadets, and 24,537 enlisted men. The civilian force consisted of 2,117 salaried personnel, 2,174 wage board emplo^^ees, and 478 lamplighters, exclusive of vacancies. On June 1,1956, 87 members of the Class of 1956 were graduated from the Coast Guard Academy with the degree of Bachelor of Science; 86 were cominissioned as ensigns in the U. S. Coast Guard and one will be commissioned at a later date upon successful completion of orthopedic surgery. There remained on board in the classes of 1957, 1958, and 1959 a total of 308 cadets. Losses of 155 regular officers through retirement and resignation and 131 reserve officers released at the end of their tour of active duty were balanced by gains of 86 Academy graduates, 226 graduates of the Officer Candidate School, 6 merchant marine officers, and 4 inactive reserve officers. The first integration program resulted in the permanent appointment in the regular service of 11 reserve officers and 4 temporary, service officers consisting of 6 lieutenant commanders, 5 lieutenants, and 4 lieutenants-junior grade. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS , 153 The provisions of the act of August 9, 1955 (14 U. S. C. 247, 248), dealing with the attrition of captains and flag officers, resulted in the retirement of three rear admirals and seven captains. As three additional rear admirals retired for other reasons, there was an unusually large turnover of flag officers. Throughout the year enlisted reservists without previous active duty were voluntarily called to active duty under the provisions of Section 4 (c) (2) of the Universal MUitary Training and Service Act, as amended (50 App. U. S. C, 451-473). On June 30, 1956 there were 1,530 reserves on active duty. There were 366 enlisted voluntary retirements during the year. The minimum seryice reached was 20 years. One hundred and twenty four retirements were effected for statutory reasons, i. e. age, 30 years^ service, and physical disabUity. The competitive examination for appointment to the Coast Guard Academy was held on February 27 and 28, 1956, in approximately 100 examining centers in the United States and overseas. A total of 1,300 applicants participated in the examination, and an eligibility list of 413 was established. It is expected that 275 candidates wUl report to the Academy on. July 2 and 3, 1956. This will be the largest class to enter the Coast Guard Academy. The officer procurement programs were conducted in substantially the same manner as in previous years. The largest program conducted was the officer candidate program in which college graduates from civUian status and enlisted personnel with certain educational and active service qualffications were designated as officer candidates and were assigned to a four months' training and indoctrination program at the Coast Guard Academy to qualify as general duty officers. Two hundred and twenty-six candidates were appointed to commissioned grade from the officer candidate program and assigned to active duty. Of this group, 176 received commissions as ensign in the Coast Guard Reserve and 50 enlisted personnel were appointed ensigns for temporary service. These officers replaced reserve officers released from active duty and regular officers who resigned or retired. The direct commissioning program for procuring officer personnel for the Coast Guard Reserve for assignment to reserve training units, produced 36 candidates. During the fiscal year, 12,762 men applied for enlistment in the regular Coast Guard; of this number 3,385 were enlisted and assigned to active duty. This number was approximately 500 less than required to support the enlisted personnel operating plan. Of the total number of 3,143 applicants for the reserve, 1,598 were enlisted and assigned to the organized reserve training program. During the month of June 1956, a new program was instituted to provide additional enlisted men for an expanded training program for the Coast Guard Reserve. Under this program young men between the ages of 17-18K years are enlisted with an 8-year obligation and are required to serve 6 months on active duty for training prior to assignment to a reserve unit. It is expected that 1,000 enlistments wUl be obtained during fiscal 1957. During the fiscal year 1956, 2,091 recruits completed training at the Receiving Center, Cape May, N. J., and 776 recruits completed training at the Receiving Center, Alameda, Calif., for the regular 154 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY establishment. In addition 1,042 recruits were trained at Cape May and 383 recruits were trained at Alameda for assignment to organized reserve training units. A program of postgraduate training was continued during the year. This included training in naval architecture, electronics engineering, nuclear research, command communications, financial administration, and law. Forty-eight officers were assigned to postgraduate training, 52 remained in training. Basic fiight training and specialized short courses in helicopter training were continued, with a total of 44 entering flight training, 19 completing it and 53 remaining in training; 25 helicopter pUots took the 8-week course at Pensacola, Fla. Short courses were provided in the operation and maintenance of new aircraft and equipment. Short refresher courses, made available by the Navy and Arm}^, continued in use to permit the crews of Coast Guard vessels to maintain the state of readiness necessary for mobilization. Other short courses were arranged in finance, communications, and other technical fields. A total of 108 officers completed such training during the fiscal year. The petty officer training program consisted of training nonrated men in basic petty officer schools of the Coast Guard and Navy, and training rated men in advanced schools of the Coast Guard, Navy, other services, and civUian institutions. During the fiscal year, a total of 1,652 men graduated from basic petty officer schools and 594 graduated from advanced schools. The total graduated from Coast Guard schools was 1,550 and 696 from Navy and other schools. This is an increase of 153 over the previous fiscal year. "Correspondence courses issued by the Coast Guard Institute totaled 12,880 new enrollments with 4,471 graduates. In addition. Coast Guard personnel participated in courses offered by the United States Armed Forces Institute and the Naval Correspondence Course Center. During the fiscal year, 23 visitors from foreign countries utilized training and operational facilities of the Coast Guard. The majority of the visitors came to the United States under the sponsorship of the International Cooperation Administration. They included officials, technicians, and militar}^ personnel from Indonesia, the Philippines, Korea, Taiwan, Japan, India, Malaya, Portugal, Spain, and Greece. Training was provided in the field of aids to navigation, merchant marine safety, loran, port security, boiler inspection, and search and rescue. Public Health Service support.—On June 30, 1956, 45 dental officers, 37 medical officers, 8 nurses, 1 scientist officer, and 1 sanitary engineer officer were assigned to duty with the Coast Guard. Full-time coverage by medical officers was maintained during the year for ocean weather station vessels manning stations ^^Bravo'' and ''Coca.'' Four full-time medical officers were assigned to the Staff of the Commander, Western Area, for the year for duty on ocean weather stations in the Pacffic Ocean. Additionally, one full-time medical officer and one dentalofficer w^ere assigned to the vessel engaged on the Bering Sea Patrol, and one full-time medical officer to other special cruise vessels. Coast Guard Reserve.—The purpose of the Coast Guard Reserve is to provide a trained force of officer and enlisted personnel to augment ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 155 the regular force and enable the Coast Guard to perform its functions and duties in time of war or national emergency, and at such other times as the national security may require. Stimulated by the passage of the Reserve Forces Act of 1955, approved August 9, 1955 (50 U. S. C. 925), the Coast Guard Reserve program progressed toward the ultimate goal of procuring and training this required force. As a result of the passage of this act, several new types of enlisted procurement programs were placed in effect during the fiscal year which represent the most effective means to date of attaining the enlisted mobUization goal. As of June 30, 1956, the total strength of the Coast Guard Reserve was 3,581 officers and 18,891 enlisted personnel. Of this number, there were 1,287 officers and 5,229 enlisted men in training units on this date. There were 100 organized reserve training units in commission as of June 30, 1956. An extensive program of active duty for training was carried out during this fiscal year and approximately 6,275 personnel received training, representing an increase of 43 percent over last fiscal year In the administration of the reserve program, the Coast Guard conforms in general with policies outlined in Department of Defense directives implementing the various laws relative to the reserve components, thus carrying out the intent of Congress as expressed in Section 251 of the Armed Forces Reserve Act of 1952, as amended (50 U. S. C. 901), that the administration of all the reserve components be as uniform as practicable. Military justice.—A revised set of regiUations was issued by the Secretary on February 3, 1956, as Amendment No. 8, Coast Guard Supplement to Manual for Courts-Martial, 1951. The number of courts-martial cases increased with a total of 736 court-martial records received during the year as against 695 in the previous year. The total included 12 general courts-martial and 41 special courtsmartial which required appellate review by the Board of Review established in the Office of the General Counsel of the Treasury Department. Petitions for grant of review of Coast Guard Board of Review decisions were submitted to the United States Court of MUitary Appeals in six cases. In one case, the petition was granted, and that case. United States v. Huffi, has been argued and reargued before the Court of MUitary Appeals with a decision stUl pending. One departmental court-martial order was issued by the Secretary directing the dismissal of a commissioned officer following completion of appellate review in his general court-martial case. Final action upon five general court-martial cases and 51 special court-martial cases was taken by the General Counsel in his capacity as Judge Advocate General and Supervisory Authority. Seventy-four special courts-martial and 512 summary courts-martial became final after review and action by district commanders in the field. Personnel safety program.—During the fiscal year 1956, 1,399 accidents, including 24 fatalities, were reported. The Coast Guard had an exposure of approximately 10,637,703 inilitary man-days and 9,830,976 civUian man-hours with 919 disabling injuries. There were 12,144,764 vehicle mUes reported. There was a reduction in the number of accidents, including mUitary off-duty accidents from those reported in 1955. 156 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Administration Fiscal and supply management.—Some of the more important improvements in fiscal and supply administration in the Coast Guard during the past year were as follows: Greater flexibility has been introduced into fund administration b}^ decreasing the number of allotment accounts and amending budgetary procedures to grant administrators greater authority to transfer funds between accounts. This further reduces paperwork and permits more effective utilization of funds. The internal audit program has been broadened to include audit of mUitary pay accounts. The assumption of this work wUl permit the General Accounting Office, at its suggestion, to reduce the scope of post-audit of these accounts. The procedure for administering reserve personnel pay records was revised and simplified. I t is estimated that the required recordkeeping time was reduced by 50 percent. Following the experience gained in trial installations of a simplified funding of work orders at bases and depots in the Fifth and Ninth Coast Guard districts, the new system has been extended to the five western districts. This development provides management with a more direct means of associating total industrial costs with job estimates and more useful reports for planning and control of work programs. I t is anticipated that the system wiU be extended to bases and depots in remaining districts and to the Aircraft Repair and Supply Base in 1957. The consolidation of mess financing has been arranged effective July 1, 1956. Commuted ration messes are to be financed under the Supply Fund in the same manner as general messes. This change enabled the Coast Guard to release nearly one-half million dollars of commuted ration mess funds to the surplus fund of the Treasury. Transfer of supply center activities located at Jersey City, N. J., and the Annex in Brooklyn into Navy space at Brooklyn, N. Y., has been completed. Annual savings in personnel and maintenance costs resulted in a reduction of $223,000 in the 1957 budget. The personnel bUlets saved were reallocated to other activities where the demand had become critical. The former Coast Guard warehouses in Jersey City and Brooldyn were released to General Services Administration for disposal. The Brooldyn site was sold in February 1956 and the Jersey City site in May 1956 by General Services Administration. The total sale value was more than $1,000,000. Arrangements have been completed for extension to three more districts of direct supply support from the Navy for Navy items of general stores material. This program permits further reduction in the number of items carried in Coast Guard inventories and makes possible the reallocation of some supply depot personnel bUlets to other activities whose need is critical. Coast Guard Auxiliary The primary activity of this voluntary, nonmUitary organization, which is active in over 400 communities, is the promotion of safety and efficiency in the operation of small boats. During the fiscal year the AuxUiary enrolled 22,671 students in boating safety courses, completed examinations of 36,885 motorboats, patrolled 316 regattas, and ADMINISTRATIVE 157 REPORTS answered 2,289 calls for assistance. On June 30, 1956, the Auxiliary had 12,676 members and 7,272 facUities. Funds available, obligations, and balances The following table shows the amount of funds avaUable for the Coast Guard during the fiscal year 1956, and the amounts of obligations and unobligated balances. A p p r o p r i a t e d funds: Operatingexpenses Reserve t r a i n i n g Retired p a y . . Acquisition, construction, a n d i m p r o v e m e n t s T o t a l a p p r o p r i a t e d funds N e t total obligations ....- $161,139,000 4,271,000 23, 511,000 1 7,606,060 $160,957,271 4,188,352 23,436, 513 6,102,672 $181,729 82,648 74,487 1,503,388 — 196, 527,060 194,684,808 1,842,252 18,485, 536 41,367 4,200,000 18,485,536 41,367 1,849,030 2,350,970 22, 726,903 20,375,933 2,350,970 213,150 130,436 733,682 712,901 599, 650 1,889,762 196, 521 124,234 654, 913 707, 901 593,049 1,889,513 16, 629 6,202 78,769 5,000 6, 601 249 4, 279, 581 4,166,131 113, 450 750 4,050 223, 538,344 219,227, 622 4,310, 722 Reimbursements: Operatingexpenses : R e s e r v e training Acquisition, construction, a n d i m p r o v e m e n t s Total reimbursements W o r k i n g funds established b y a d v a n c e s from other agencies; D e p a r t m e n t of Defense: D e p a r t m e n t o f t h e Air F o r c e . . D e p a r t m e n t of t h e A r m y D e p a r t m e n t of t h e N a v y D e p a r t m e n t of H e a l t h , E d u c a t i o n , a n d Welfare U n i t e d States Information Agency E x e c u t i v e Officeof t h e P r e s i d e n t T o t a l working funds Trustfund: U n i t e d States Coast G u a r d gift fund G r a n d total ___ ^ __-. . Unobligated ' balances. Funds available 1 F u n d s available u n d e r " A c q u i s i t i o n , construction, a n d i m p r o v e m e n t s " include imobligated balances b r o u g h t forward from prior year a p p r o p r i a t i o n in t h e a m o u n t of $1,474,060. United States Savings Bonds Division May 1, 1956 marked an important mUestone in the history of the United States savings bonds program. It was the fifteenth anniversary of the first sale of the Series E bond. WhUe savings bonds have been on continuous sale by the Government since 1935, and some $4 billion in Series A-D bonds were sold between 1935 and 1941, since 1941 the E bond has been the heart of the Government's efforts to promote nationwide thrift by providing small savers with a safe, liquid, and attractive investment, whUe at the same time broadening the ownership of the Federal debt. Over the years the E bond, together with its companion issue the Series H bond (issued since June 1, 1952), has done much to strengthen the economy. During the war years, E bonds contributed greatly to the war financing effort. By the end of December 1945 there were almost $31 bUlion of these bonds outstanding. Following the war, it was expected that many people would cash their savings bonds to buy things they had been unable to buy in wartime. Many did. In fact, during the entire postwar period savings bonds money has been used to buy new cars, new houses, new house- 158 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY hold appliances, to finance college educations, for retirement, and for many other purposes. A high level of consumer spending in the postwar period has served to increase our national productivity which, in turn, generates increasingly higher standards of living. Most signfficant, however, is that at the same time our people have been continuing their savings bond investments for an even finer future. The approximately $41 billion of E and H bonds outstanding at the end of the fiscal year 1956 was $10 billion above the 1945 wartime mark. In addition to building up important financial reserves for our citizens, the savings bonds program helps promote economic stability through a widespread distribution of the public debt. The record holdings of E and H bonds at the end of fiscal 1956 meant that 15 percent of the public debt is now held in this form by an estimated 40 mUlion Americans, with their E and H bond investments accounting for almost two-thirds of individuals' total holdings of the debt. The United States Savings Bonds Division, which serves as a nucleus Government staff to promote the sale and retention of United States savings bonds, again concentrated its efforts in fiscal 1956 on Series E and H savings bonds. These are the two series which may be purchased only by individuals, trustees of employees' savings plans, and trustees of personal trusts created b}^ individuals for the benefit of themselves or of other individuals. In the fiscal year 1956, a new peacetime record was achieved in gross sales of E and H bonds. Investors purchased $5.3 bUlion of these two series, the highest amount in an}^ fiscal year since 1946. Sales surpassed the 1955 peak by around i percent. The gain over 1954 was 13 percent. Cash sales in fiscal 1956 exceeded total redemptions (including retirements of matured E bonds as well as E and H bonds cashed prior to maturity) by $530 million. At the close of fiscal 1956, the cash value of Series E and H bonds outstanding, including interest accruals, reached the alltime record to date of $40.9 bUlion. The increase during the year amounted to $1.6 bUlion. Throughout fiscal 1956, the retention rate on E bonds after their original maturity continued at approximately 70 percent of original maturity value. From May 1951, when the first E bonds started maturing, through June 1956, approximately $21 billion in E bonds came due. Less than $7 billion of that amount was turned in for cash; the balance, over $14 billion, is being retained for a longer period under the automatic extension option, and has earned over $800 million in additional interest. During the extension period, up to ten additional 37^ears, E bonds maturing in May 1952 and thereafter earn interest at the rate of approximately 3 percent per annum, compounded semiannually. E bonds which matured in the year prior to M a y 1952 yield only slightly less. In fiscal 1956, redemptions of Series E and H bonds prior to maturity were $2.8 billion, about even with unmatured redemptions in 1955. Total redemptions of unmatured and matured E and of H bonds were $4.7 billion, only slightly higher than they were in 1955, notwithstanding the growing volume of matured bonds outstanding. The foundation stone of the E and H bond program over the years has been the many thousands of patriotic, enthusiastic, public- ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 159 spirited men and women who make up the volunteer sales corps. Equally important to the success of the program have been the fifteen years of fine public service by thousands of voluntary issuing agents for savings bonds, and the generous free advertising donated by the Nation's advertisers and all publicity and advertising media. Currently, the value of this advertising contribution amounts to around $50 million a year. As a result of this nationwide volunteer support, the promotional cost of the program to the Government is only around $1 for every $1,000 of E and H bond sales. The payroll savings plan for the purchase of Series E bonds continues to be a most effective means of channeling small savings into Uaited States savings bonds. Under the operation of this plan, employees may have as small amounts as $3.75 deducted from their pay checks each payday untU a sufficient amount has accumulated for the purchase price of a Series E bond. Currently there are around 42,000 separate businesses operating payroll savings plans for the benefit of their employees. These companies handle the bookkeeping and manage the plans as a public service without charge. At the close of fiscal 1956, it was estimated that more than 8 mUlion persons employed in industry and Government were signed up on the payroll savings plan and were buying about $160 million in E bonds each month. Headed by a National Director, the United States Savings Bonds Division is organized into four principal branches: Sales, Planning, Advertising and Promotion, and Administration. Together with the National Director, the heads of these branches comprise the Division's Management Committee to continually improve the effectiveness of the service functions of the Division. During fiscal 1956, the program of decentralization was continued by strengthening the newly adopted regional organizations. The authority of the regional directors was increased and technical assistants added to their staffs by reassignment from other offices. The regional organizations brought field problems into better focus for programming and training, revised area boundaries and relocated personnel where economy could be served without lessening effectiveness, and gave special attention to travel and work patterns that brought economies of a continuing nature. Procedural guides were developed for both headquarters and field use; better control and screening reduced amounts of promotional material and circular mailings with no apparent loss of eft'ectiveness; and substantial progress was made in standardizing work methods, reports, and forms. Training was directed not only to more effective sales techniques but also to work methods that would show economies, and would increase the assistance of volunteers. United States Secret Service The major functions of the United States Secret Service, under direction of the Secretar}^ of the Treasury, are protection of the person of the President of the United States and members of his immediate family, of the President-elect, and of the Vice President at his request; the detection and arrest of persons committing any offenses against the laws of the United States relating to obligations and securities of the 160 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY United States and of foreign governments; and the detection and arrest of persons violating certain laws relating to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Federal land banks, joint-stock land banks, and national farm loan associations. These and other duties of the Secret Service are defined in 18 U. S. C. 3056. Management improvement The Secret Service intensffied its management improvement and incentive awards programs as the result of a department-wide directive from • the Secretary of the Treasury to make an all-out search for economies. Secret Service inspectors, making a comprehensive study of the work of the Statistical Section, changed and combined certain reports and forms to eliminate 20 monthly reports and 12 annual reports. This signfficant improvement made it possible for the small force in the section to avoid backlogs and to keep work virtually current without overtime. The number of copies of ^The Record," a weeldy administrative bulletin, was substantially decreased to save some 300,000 sheets of paper yearly. Weeldy reports submitted by 56 field offices were simplffied to save space and to eliminate certain information heretofore reported on a form which accompanied the report. Personnel rosters which had previously been submitted by 56 field offices were eliminated and arrangements were made to produce a personnel roster in the Washington headquarters for agency-wide use. A nonexpendable-property inventory was revised, eliminating a semiannual form in favor of 3 x 5 ' ' index cards, so that there is one card for each piece of nonexpendable property. This eliminates yearly submission of forms by field offices and simplifies accounting for such property. A program was initiated in the Accounts Section for an interchange of personnel, so that each person in the section wiU learn how to perform the duties of the others. To encourage field participation in the management improvement program, copies of the Treasury Department ^'Management Newsletter" and of a ''Guide for Using Superior Performance Awards to Improve Government Operations" were sent t o . all field offices. Articles in "The Record" also urged active field participation in the program. Three superior service awards were made during the year to headquarters personnel who contributed time and labor over and above the requirements of their positions to improve work and working conditions. Protective and security activities Secret Service agents protected President Eisenhower during the Conference of Heads of Government at Geneva, Switzerland, in July. During the year the Secret Service received 1,016 cases requiring investigation in connection with the protection of the President. By direction of the Secretary, Secret Service inspectors made security inspections of the United States mints and assay offices ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS 161 during the year. Inspections were made also of the White House Police Force and the Treasury Guard Force. Enforcement activities Several plants for the manufacture of counterfeit notes were captured before their operators were able to circulate quantities of the notes. The arrest of one man on July 12, 1955, at Camden, N. J., for passing counterfeit $10 biUs, led to the apprehension of two accomplices, one of whom confessed that he had thrown several counterfeit plates into a sewer. Agents recovered 23 of the plates and also arrested the printer, seizing a quantity of counterfeit $1 and $5 notes as well as the equipment used in their production. In an unusual case at Lansing, Mich., agents arrested a man who ordered a plate bearing 100 impressions of revenue stamps of the Republic of Ecuador. He claimed the stamps were to be sold by a civic organization in GuayaquU, Ecuador, to raise funds for a hospital. The offender had approached several printing firms in Michigan to have 700,000 sheets of the stamps produced, with a potential value of more than $171 million. He was ultimately convicted and sentenced. A teen-age camera enthusiast was arrested August 30 in Wichita, Kansas, for manufacturing and passing counterfeit $20 Federal Reserve notes. Engaged as a helper on an offset press, he learned how to make plates and returned to the shop after hours to experiment in the production of counterfeit bUls. He printed approximately. $10,000 which he stored in a locker in a bus depot. He attempted to pass one of the notes which was detected by a grocery clerk. The counterfeiter reimbm-sed the clerk and retrieved the $20 note but when a second attempt failed in another store, the boy fled. Evidences in the shop of his counterfeiting activity led to his arrest and to the seizure of several plates and negatives for counterfeit $5 and $20 notes at his home. From a thumbprint found on one of the counterfeits, agents identified and arrested a teen-age accomplice. Both youths were convicted and sentenced. One counterfeiting operation was uncovered in an Alabama prison, where three inmates conspired to print $5 notes. Plates were hidden in a metal electric cable box and the negatives were recovered from an envelope in an old almanac. All three offenders were convicted and sentenced to serve additional time. In Las Vegas, Nev., a practicing psychologist was arrested for grand theft of a camera, and in the process of investigation was found in addition to have manufactured counterfeit $20 and $50 notes. A manufacturer of counterfeit five-cent coins who boasted that his coins were better than those produced in the United States mints was arrested October 27 in Cleveland, Ohio. This man, who was a wellpaid design engineer, admitted having made approximately $15,000 in counterfeit nickels in PhUadelphia, Pa., $5,000 of which he deposited in various banks, posing as the owner of vending machines. When he learned through newspaper publicity that some of his coins had been detected, he dismantled his equipment, threw his dies and approximately $10,000 in counterfeit coins into a river, and went to Cleveland. Quantities of the coins were later retrieved from the mud by the 399346—57 12 162 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Secret Service with the help of military and police officials. Agents also seized plates for counterfeit $5 notes which he was preparing to manufacture. He was convicted and sentenced to three years and to pay a $5,000 fine. Two men were arrested at Phoenix, Ariz., in December, for conspiring to produce one mUlion dollars in counterfeit $10 and $20 biUs. Following the arrest of the pair, agents seized a plate bearing impressions of $20, $500, and $1,000 notes, together with 1,000 sheets of paper, 25 negatives for $10 and $20 notes, and miscellaneous counterfeiting equipment. Both men were convicted and sentenced to serve two and one-half years. A traveling counterfeit plant was seized in January at Mays Landing, N . J., where police and agents arrested the counterfeiter in a trailer which housed his offset press, camera, and other equipment. During the entire year Secret Service agents captured 18 plants for the manufacture of counterfeit paper money, and $511,760.00 in counterfeit bills. Of that total, $67,635.50 was successfully passed on storekeepers and cashiers. The balance of $444,124.50 was captured before it could be put into circulation. The representative value of counterfeit coins seized was $6,326.16, of which $5,405.84 w^as successfully passed. There were 72 new counterfeit note issues and variations thereof during the year, and 166 persons were arrested for violating the counterfeiting laws, as compared with 186 arrested the previous year. The Chief of the Secret Service attended the annual conference of the International Criminal Police Organization at Vienna, Austria, in June, to discuss the suppression of counterfeiting with representatives of other nations. H e was elected a vice president of the Organization. The following table summarizes seizures of counterfeit money during the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Counterfeit money seized, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 Counterfeit a n d altered notes: After being circulated Before being circulated Total Counterfeit coins seized: After being c i r c u l a t e d . . _ BeforiB being circulated Total G r a n d total _.. ' Percentage increase, or decrease (—) 1955 1956 Increase, or decrease ( - ) $102,482.00 919, 434.31 $67, 635.50 444,124. 50 -$34,846. 50 -475,309.81 -34.0 —51.7 1, 021, 916.31 511, 760.00 -510,156.31 -49.9 4, 975. 32 287.44 5, 405. 84 920.32 430.52 632.88 8.7 220.2 5, 262. 76 6,326.16 1,063.40 20.2 1,027,179. 07 518, 086.16 -509,092. 91 -49.6 The forgery and fraudulent negotiation of Government checks continued to be a major enforcement problem. The Secret Service received 27,110 forged Government checks for investigation, and there were 15,222 on hand at the beginning of the year. Agents completed investigations of 30,619 forged checks worth $2,631,177.84, but on June 30 there was still a bacldog of 11,713 forged checks awaiting ADMINISTRATIVE 163 REPORTS investigation. Agents arrested 2,881 persons for forgery of Government checks, as compared with 2,825 arrested the previous year. An ex-convict was arrested in October in Denver, Colo., after he tried to pass a counterfeit Treasury check in a supermarket. The arrest was made by Denver police as the result of a warning circular and request from the Secret Service. He was sought in all 48 States and in Canada and Mexico by other law enforcement agencies for passing many t3^pes of bad checks, and he estimated his activities had netted hirn more than $50,000 in two years. Secret Service agents searched his apartment at Belle Fourche, S. Dak'., where they seized 89 counterfeit Treasury checks, several hundred commercial checks, his printing press, and other equipment. He was subsequently sentenced to 88 years, with at least 20 years to be served. In one case in Philadelphia, Pa., a real estate operator prepared income tax returns for fees. He had clients sign blank forms which he would later prepare, falsifying deductions to show substantial refunds due. Refund checks were sent to his address, where he endorsed the payees' names, using his own as the second endorser. He obtained at least $6,000 in this manner before he was arrested. Forgers continued to steal and cash United States savings bonds. There were 4,090 forged bond cases received for investigation, and 2,709 such cases were awaiting investigation at the beginning of the year. Agents completed investigations of 4,398 forged bonds worth $490,646.31 and arrested 89 persons for bond forgery. The following table shows the number of criminal and noncriminal cases completed during the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Number of investigations of criminal and noncriminal activities, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 Criminal cases: Counterfeiting Forged Government checks .. Stolen or forged bonds • Protective research.._ Miscellaneous Total Noncriminal *.. . . Grand total.. ... ... . . ... .. Percentage Increase, increase, or or decrease (—) decrease (—) 1955 1956 1,245 30,177 4,961 1,905 256 1,474 30, 619 4,398 931 230 229 442 -563 -974 • -26 38, 544 37, 652 -892 -2.3 2,083 1,612 -471 -22.6 40, 627 39, 264 -1,363 -3.4 18.4 1.5 -11.4 -51.1 -10.2 Secret Service agents arrested 176 persons for crimes other than counterfeiting and forgery, making a total of 3,312 off'enders arrested. There were 3,050 convictions, representing 98.3 percent of convictions in all cases prosecuted, spme of which had been pending from the previous year. Prison sentences during the year totaled 2,780 years, and additional sentences of 3,314 years were suspended or probated. Fines in criminal cases totaled $38,584.90. Cases of all types received for investigation, including counterfeiting and forgery cases, aggregated 35,458, and 18,585 cases were pending at the beginning of the year. Although 39,264 cases were closed 164 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY during the year, there were 14,779 cases awaiting investigation and 908 pending prosecution as of June 30. The following table constitutes a statistical summary of Secret Service arrests and dispositions for the fiscal years 1955 and 1956. Number of arrests and cases disposed of, fiscal years 1955 and 1956 1955 Arrests for: Counterfeiting^ ,. Forged Government checks . Violating Gold Reserve Act stolen or forged bonds Protective research . Miscellaneous. _ Total , . ... ... : Cases disposed of: Convictions in connection with: Counterfeiting . Forged Government checks Violating Gold Reserve Act stolen or forged bonds Protective research Miscellaneous _ Total Acquittals. Dismissed, not indicted or died before trial Total cases disposed of • 1956 Percentage Increase, increase, or or decrease (—) decrease (—) 186 2,825 12 86 93 67 166 2,881 6 89 85 86 -20 56 r-7 3 -8 19 -10.8 2.0 -58.3 3.5 -8.6 28.4 3,269 3,312 43 1.3 176 2,533 19 76 97 78 154 2,663 4 80 75 74 -22 130 -15 4 -22 -4 -12. 5 5.1 -78.9 5.3 -22.7 -5.1 2,979 58 205 3,050 54 256 71 -4 51 2.4 -6.9 24.9 3 242 3,360 118 3.6 EXHIBITS Public Debt Operations Offerings and Allotments of Treasury Certificates of Indebtedness, Treasury Notes, and Treasury Bonds, and a Call for Redemption of Treasury Bonds EXHIBIT 1.—Treasury certificates of indebtedness Two Treasury circulars containing representative certificate offerings during the fiscal year 1956 are reproduced in this exhibit. Circulars pertaining to the other certificate offerings during 1956 are similar in form and therefore are not reproduced in this report. However, the essential details for each issue are summarized in the first table following the circulars and the final allotments of new certificates issued for cash or in exchange for maturing securities are shown in the second table. DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. 961. PUBLIC DEBT TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, July 8, 1955. I. OFFERING OF CERTIFICATES 1. The Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as am.ended, invites subscriptions, at par and accrued interest, from the people of the United States for tax anticipation certificates of indebtedness of the United States, designated 1% percent Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series A-1956. The amount of the offering is $2,000,000,000, or thereabouts. The books will be open only on July 8 for the receipt of subscriptions. II. DESCRIPTION OF CERTIFICATES 1. The certificates will be dated July 18, 1955, and will bear interest from that date at the rate of 1% percent per annum, payable with the principal at maturity on March 22, 1956. They will not be subject to call for redemption prior to maturity. 2. The income derived from the certificates is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The certificates are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority. 3. The certificates will be acceptable to secure deposits of public moneys. They will be accepted at par plus accrued interest to maturity in payment of incom.e and profits taxes due on March 15, 1956. 4. Bearer certificates will be issued in denominations of $1,000, $5,000, $10,000, $100,000, and $1,000,000. The certificates will not be issued in registered form. 5. The certificates will be subject to the general regulations of the Treasury Department, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States certificates. III. SUBSCRIPTION AND ALLOTMENT 1. Subscriptions will be received at the Federal Reserve Banks and branches and at the Oflftce of the Treasurer of the United States, Washington. Comm,ercial banks, which for this purpose are defined as banks accepting demand deposits, may submit subscriptions for account of customers, but only the Federal Reserve Banks and the Treasury Department are authorized to act as official agencies. Others than comm.ercial banks will not be permitted to enter subscriptions except for their own account. Subscriptions from commercial banks for their own account will be received without deposit, but will be restricted in each case to an amount not exceeding one-half of the combined capital, surplus, and undivided profits of the subsbribing bank. Subscriptions from all others must be accom.panied by payment of 5 percent of the amount of certificates applied for, not subject to withdrawal until after allotment. Following allotm.ent," any portion of 167 168 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY the 5 percent payment in excess of 5 percent of the amount of certificates allotted may be released upon the request of the subscribers. 2. The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to reject or reduce any subscription, and to allot less than the amount of certificates applied for; and any action he may take in these respects shall be final. Allotment notices wUl be sent out promptly upon allotment. IV. PAYMENT 1. Payment at par and accrued interest, if any, for certificates allotted hereunder must be made or completed on or before July IS, 1955, or on later allotment. In every case where payment is not so completed, the payment with application up to 5 percent of the amount of certificates allotted shall, upon declaration made by the Secretary of the Treasury in his discretion, be forfeited to the United States. Any qualified depositary will be permitted to make payment by credit for certificates allotted to it for itself and its customers up to any amount for which it shall be qualified in excess of existing deposits, when so notified by the Federal Reserve Bank of its district. V. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. As fiscal agents of the United States, Federal Reserve Banks are authorized and requested to receive subscriptions, to m-.ake allotments on the basis and up to the amounts indicated by the Secretary of the Treasury to the Federal Reserve Banks of the respective districts, to issue allotment notices, to receive payment for certificates allotted, to make delivery of certificates on full-paid subscriptions allotted, and they may issue interim receipts pending delivery of the definitive certificates. 2. The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe supplemental or amendatory rules and regulations governing the offering, which will be communicated promptly to the Federal Reserve Banks. G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. 971. PUBLIC DEBT TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, November 28, 1955. I. OFFERING OF CERTIFICATES 1. The Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, invites subscriptions from the people of the United States for certificates of indebtedness of the United States, designated 2 ^ percent Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series D-1956, in exchange for lyi percent Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series E-1955, maturing December 15, 1955, or 1^ percent Treasury notes of Series B-1955, maturing December 15, 1955. Exchanges will be made at par with an adjustment of interest as of December 1, 1955. The amount of the offering under this circular will be limited to the amount of maturing certificates and notes tendered in exchange and accepted. The books will be open only on November 28 through November 30 for the receipt of subscriptions for this issue. 2. In addition to the offering under this circular, holders of the maturing securities are offered the privilege of exchanging all or any part of such securities for 2% percent Treasury notes of Series A-1958, which offering is set forth in Department Circular No. 972, issued simultaneously with this circular. II. DESCRIPTION OF CERTIFICATES 1. The certificates will be dated December 1, 1955, and will bear interest from that date at the rate of 2^^ percent per annum, payable with the principal at maturity on December 1, 1956. They will not be subject to call for redemption prior to maturity. EXHIBITS 169 2. The income derived from the certificates is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The certificates are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, biit are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority. 3. The certificates will be acceptable to secure deposits of public moneys. They will not be acceptable in payment of taxes. 4. Bearer certificates will be issued in denominations of $1,000, $5,000, $10,000, $100,000, $1,000,000, $100,000,000, and $500,000,000. The certificates will not be issued in registered form. 5. The certificates will be subject to the general regulations of the Treasury Department, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States certificates. III. SUBSCRIPTION AND. ALLOTMENT 1. Subscriptions will be received at the Federal Reserve Banks and branches and at the Office of the Treasurer of the United States, Washingtor. Banking institutions generally may submit subscriptions for account of customers, but only the Federal Reserve Banks and the Treasury Department are authorized to act as official agencies. 2. The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to reject or reduce any subscription, and to allot less than the amount of certificates applied for; and any action he may take in these respects shall be final. Subject to these reservations, all subscriptions will be allotted in full. Allotment notices will be sent out promptly upon allotment. IV. PAYMENT 1. Payment at par for certificates allotted hereunder must be made on or before December 8, 1955, or on later allotment, and may be made only in Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series E-1955 or Treasury notes of Series B-1955, maturing December 15, 1955, which will be accepted at par, and-should accompany the subscription. Coupons dated December 15, 1955, must be attached to the certificates and notes when surrendered, and accrued interest from December 15, 1954, to December 1, 1955 ($12.02055 per $1,000) in the case of the certificates, and accrued interest from June 15, 1955, to December 1, 1955 ($8.0806 per $1,000) in the case of the notes, will be paid on December 8 following acceptance of the securities to be exchanged. V. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. As fiscal agents of the.United States, Federal Reserve Banks are authorized and requested to receive subscriptions, to make allotments on the basis and up to the amounts indicated by the Secretary of the Treasury to the Federal Reserve Banks of the respective districts, to issue allotment notices, to receive payment for certificates allotted, to make delivery of certificates on fuil-paid subscriptions allotted, and they may issue interim receipts pending delivery of the definitive certificates. 2. The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe supplemental or amendatory rules and regulations governing the offering, which will be communicated promptly to the Federal Reserve Banks. W. RANDOLPH BURGESS, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. Summary of information pertaining to Treasury ceriificaies of indebtedness issued during ihe fiscal year 1956 O Department circular Date of preliminary announcement Date 1955 July 5 July 18 1955 July 8 July 20 961 963 Sept. 29 Nov. 25 Oct. 3 Nov. 28 968 971 1956 Mar. 1 1956 Mar. 5 976 Number Concurrent offering, circular number Certificates of indebtedness issueci for cash or in exchange for maturing securities Dateof issue Allotment Date payment date on Date of subscriporb efore tion maturity (or on books later closed allotment) 1955 July 18 Aug. 1 1956 Mar. 22 June 22 1955 July 8 July 22 Oct. 11 Dec. 1 June 22 Dec. 1 Oct. 3 Oct. 11 Nov. 30 iDec. 8 1956 Mar. 5 1957 Feb. 15 1956 Mar. 7 CD an O 1% percent Series A-1956 (tax anticipation series) issued for cash 2 percent Series B-1956 (tax anticipation series) issued in exchange for13^ percent Series D-1955 certificates maturing Aug. 15, 1955. 23^ percent Series C-1956 (tax anticipation series) issued for cash "972" 2% percent Series D-1956 issued in exchange for— IVi percent Series E-1955 certificates maturing Dec. 15, 1955. IM percent Series B-1955 Treasury notes maturing IDec. 15,1955. 964 977 2% percent Series A-1957 issued in exchange for— 1 ^ percent Series A-1956 Treasury notes maturing Mar. 15, 1956. IH percent Series EA-1956 Treasury notes maturing Apr. 1, 1956. 1 See Department Circular No. 971, section IV, this exhibit, for provisions for payment of interest. 2 Following acceptance ofthe surrendered notes with final coupons attached, interest due subscribers was paid as follows: Accrued interest from Sept. 15, 1955, to Mar. 5, 1955 July 18 Aug. 1 O 1956 Mar. 15 1956 ($7.67857 per $1,000), on the Mar. 15,1956, coupons of the Series A-1956 notes, and accrued interest from Oct. 1, 1955, to Mar. 5, 1956 ($6.39344 per $1,000), on the Apr. 1, 1956, coupons of the Series EA-1956 notes. o ^o > d CQ Allotments of Treasury ceriificates of indebtedness issued during thefiscal year 1956, by Federal Reserve districts [In thousands of dollarsl Federal Reserve district .Boston New York__ Philadelphia... Cleveland _• Cincinnati Pittsburgh Richmond i. Baltimore Charlotte Atlanta Birmingham Jacksonville Nashville New Orleans Chicago Detroit St. Louis Little Rock Louisville Memphis Minneapolis Kansas City Denver Oklahoma City Omaha , Dallas El Paso Houston San Antonio : ... _' 2 p e r c e n t Series 2 ^ p e r c e n t Series D-1956 certificates 2 H p e r c e n t Series A-195^' certificates B-1956 certifiissued i n exchange for— issued i n exchange for— cates (tax 2}4 p e r c e n t 114 p e r c e n t Series 0-1956 Series A-1956 a n t i c i p a t i o n series) issued certificates I H percent 1 ^ percent 13/^ p e r c e n t certificates Series A-1956 Series (tax a n t i c i p a - in exchange for (tax a n t i c i p a - 1}4 p e r c e n t Series B-1955 13^ p e r c e n t tion series) Series E-1955 Treasury Treasury EA-1956 tion series) Series D-1955 issued for certificates notes T o t a l issued notes Treasury T o t a l issued issued for certificates cash 3 maturing maturing maturing notes cash 1 maturing D e c . 15,1955 4 D e c . 15,1955 4 M a r . 15,1956 5 m a t u r i n g A u g . 15, 1955 2 A p r . 1, 1956 63, 470 909, 547 71,143 91, 356 14, 868 81, 730 28, 742 13, 037 11, 983 24, 497 7,974 19, 736 7, 264 14, 476 291, 710 94, 413 38, 702 1,895 8,413 5,878 47, 364 28, 642 7,961 29, 900 11, 092 50, 246 1,885 12, 918 3,604 36, 764 1, 015,182 14, 722 14, 456 8,871 11, 017 2,596 4,532 641 7,342 1, 655 2,251 1, 559 2,975 106,183 112, 466 7,064 348 14, 040 1,379 9,302 11, 830 5.554 6,940 6,284 1,570 265 1,102 588 104, 663 1,159,847 119, 714 140, 418 21,114 94, 312 56, 626 21,168 25, 388 44, 290 16, 940 27, 174 14, 044 25, 683 346, 308 108,141 49, 445 3,993 11, 769 16, 591 62, 738 39, 849 12, 203 27, 767 14, 662 89, 912 4,234 26, 480 7,354 28,197 3, 394, 382 29, 074 21, 915 4, 956 13, 448 10, 503 13, 058 1,681 22, 795 5, 746 3,952 2, 364 18, 370 170, 445 67, 085 22, 844 2,049 24, 968 2,771 23, 592 15, 743 8,178 4,523 8,354 10, 293 550 8,-293 2,339 62, 281 4, 008, 766 78, 262 70, 905 19, 296 20, 474 18, 424 8,410 3,512 12, 677 4,784 4,555 4,150 14, 739 167, 677 71, 583 42, 731 3,587 23, 023 1.828 55, 784 19, 588 8,084 16, 048 4, 896 10, 529 1,692 9,387 13, 997 90, 478 7, 403,148 107, 336 92, 820 24, 252 33, 922 28, 927 21, 468 5,193 35, 472 10, 530 8,507 6,514 33,109 338,122 138, 668 65, 575 5,636 47, 991 4,599 79, 376 35, 331 16, 262 20, 571 13, 250 20, 822 2, 242 17, 680 16, 336 58, 811 5, 270, 021 22, 559 57, 940 17,190 15, 099 3,779 14, 366 2,284 36, 635 6,624 10, 748 6, 511 24, 321 277, 913 52, 279 34, 522 7,709 32, 671 4,876 46, 808 26, 434 2,400 15,179 6,684 7, 375 110 8,956 7,515 4 1, 003,145 167 133 62 8 10 2 7 603 202 109 7 50 112 3 50 58,815 6, 273,166 22, 726 58, 073 17, 252 15,107 3,789 14, 366 2,284 36, 637 6,624 10, 755 6, 511 24, 321 278, 516 52, 481 34,631 7, 709 32, 678 4,876 46, 858 26, 546 2,403 15, 229 6,684 7, 375 110 8 956 7,515 fef ?/5 Footnotes at end of table." ^ Allotments of Treasury certificates of indebtedness issued during the. fiscal year 1956, by Federal Reserve districts—Continued bO [In thousands of dollarsl F e d e r a l R e s e r v e district S a n Francisco L o s Angeles Portland Salt L a k e C i t y Seattle Treasury T o t a l certificate a l l o t m e n t s _. _ M a t u r i n g securities: E x c h a n g e d i n c o n c u r r e n t offerings Total exchanged-. R e d e e m e d for cash or carried t o m a tured debt T o t a l m a t u r i n g securities. 2 H p e r c e n t Series A-1957 certificates 2 H p e r c e n t Series D-1956 certificates 2 p e r c e n t Series issued i n exchange for— issued in. exch ange for— B-1956 certificates (tax V/i p e r c e n t 234 p e r c e n t a n t i c i p a t i o n Series A-1956 Series C-1956 1^^ p e r c e n t series) issued I'^i p e r c e n t certificates certifiicates 1% percent Series Series A-1956 (tax anticipa- in exchange for (tax anticipa- m p e r c e n t Series B-1955 IJr^ p e r c e n t • EA-1956 Treasury t i o n series) t i o n series) Series-E-1955 Treasury T o t a l issued Series D-1955 T r easury issued for issued for T o t a l issued n o t e s n o t e s certificates certificates cash 1 cash 3 maturing notes maturing matm-ing maturing M a r . 15,1956 s matm'ing D e c . 15,19554 D e c . 15,1955 4 A u g . 15, 1955 2 A p r . 1, 1956 98, 298 59, 070 14, 215 7,906 27, 714 65, 359 5,396 1,950 25 644 . 3, 254 148,863 61,179 21, 258 16, 006 30, 087 187, 269 16,144 5,094 253 4,438 2, 584 48,199 75,128 6,430 759 3,576 9,207 235, 468 91, 272 11, 524 1,012 8,014 11,791 39, 783 23, 769 27, 520 5,954 17, 525 21, 935 2, 201, 649 1, 486,106 2, 970, 220 4,158, 250 4, 924, 968 9, 083, 218 6,214,805 6, 841,155 814,158 1, 468, 882 2, 283, 040 2,108, 751 8, 327, 261 4, 972, 408 6, 393, 850 11, 366, 258 8, 323, 556 "" 1 Subscriptions, for $100,000 or less were allotted in full, and those for over $100,000 were allotted 19 percent but not less than $100,000. 2 Additional issue of Series B-1956 Treasury 2 percent notes also offered in exchange for this maturity; see exhibit 2. 3 Subscriptions for $100,000 or less were allotted in full, and those for over $100,000 were allotted 32 percent but not less than $100,000. 1, 004, 674 7, 219, 479 2,108, 751 1,004,674 9, 328, 230 o • ^ W W H O td > td 386, 647 459, 942 846. 589 148, 324 2,369 150, 693 5, 359, 055 6, 853, 792 12, 212, 847 8, 471, 880 1, 007, 043 9, 478, 923 O 4 Series A-1958 Treasury 2li percent notes alsb offered in exchange for this maturity; see exhibit 2. ^Additional issue of Series A-1958 Treasury 2li percent notes also offered in exchange for this maturity; see exhibit2. W 149, 384 8, 476, 645 39. 783 23, 769 27, 520 5,954 17, 525 21, 935 O "" >^ td > CQ d td EXHIBITS 173 EXHIBIT 2.—Treasury notes A Treasury circular containing a representative note offering during the fiscal year 1956 is reproduced in this exhibit. Since the other offerings during the year were similar in form to the respective sections of this circular, they are not reproduced in this report. For each issue, however, the essential details are summarized in the first table following the circular and the final allotments of the new notes issued in exchange for maturing securities are shown in the succeeding table.DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. 972. PUBLIC DEBT TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, November 28, 1955. I. OFFERING OF NOTES 1. The Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, invites subscriptions from the people of the United States for notes of the United States, designated 2% percent Treasury notes of Series A-1958, in exchange for 1)^ percent Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series E-1955, maturing December 15, 1955, or V/i percent Treasury notes of Series B-1955, maturing December 15, 1955. Exchanges will be made at par with an adjustment of interest as of December 1, 1955. The amount of the offering under this-circular will be limited to the amount of maturing certificates and notes tendered in exchange and accepted. The books will be open only on November 28 through November 30 for the receipt of subscriptions for this issue. 2. In addition to the offering under this circular, holders of the maturing securities are offered the privilege of exchanging all or any part of such securities for 2^i percent Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series D-1956, which offering is set forth in Department Circular No. 971, issued simultaneously with this circular. II. DESCRIPTION OF NOTES 1. The notes will be dated December 1, 1955, and will bear interest from that date at the rate of 2% percent per annum, payable on a semiannual basis on June 15 and December 15, 1956, and thereafter on June 15 and December 15 in each year until the principal amount becomes payable. They will mature June 15, 1958, and will not be subject to call for redemption prior to maturity. 2. The income derived from the notes is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The notes are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority. 3. The notes will be acceptable to secure deposits of public moneys. They will not be acceptable in payment of taxes. 4. Bearer notes with interest coupons attached will be issued in denominations of $1,000, $5,000, $10,000, $100,000, $1,000,000, $100,000,000, and $500,000,000. The notes will not be issued in registered form. 5. The notes will be subject to the general regulations of the Treasury Department, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States notes. I l l , SUBSCRIPTION AND ALLOTMENT 1. Subscriptions will be received at the Federal Reserve Banks and branches and at the Office of the Treasurer of the United States, Washington. Banking institutions generally may submit subscriptions for account of customers, but only the Federal Reserve Banks and the Treasury Department are authorized to act as official agencies. 2. The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to reject or reduce any subscription, and to allot less than the amount of notes applied for; and any action he may take in these respects shall be final. Subject to these reservations, all subscriptions will be allotted in full. Allotment notices will be sent out promptly upon allotment. 174 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY IV. PAYMENT 1. Payment at par for notes allotted hereunder must be made on or before December 8, 1955, or on later allotment, and may be made only in Treasury certificates of indebtedness of Series E-1955 or Treasury notes of Series B-1955, maturing December 15, 1955, which will be accepted at par, and should accompany the subscription. Coupons dated December 15, 1955, must be attached to the certificates and notes when surrendered, and accrued interest from December 15, 1954, to December 1, 1955 ($12.02055 per $1,000) in the case of the certificates, and accrued interest from June 15, 1955, to December 1, 1955 ($8.0806 per $1,000) in the case of the notes, will be paid on December 8 following acceptance of the securities to be exchanged. V. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. As fiscal agents of the United States, Federal Reserve Banks are authorized and requested to receive subscriptions, to make allotments on the basis and up to the amounts indicated by the Secretary of the Treasury to the Federal Reserve Banks of the respective districts, to issue allotment notices, to receive payment for notes allotted, to make delivery of notes on full-paid subscriptions allotted, and they may issue interim receipts pending delivery of the definitive notes. 2. The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time, or from time to time, prescribe supplemental or amendatory rules and regulations governing the offering, which will be communicated promptly to the Federal Reserve Banks. W. RANDOLPH BURGESS, Acting Secreiary of the Treasury. Summary of information pertaininS io Treasury notes issued during the fiscal year 1956 Date of Department circular Concurrent offering, prelimicii'Cular nary annumber nouncement Date Number 1955 July 18 1955 July 20 964 963 Nov. 25 Nov. 28 972 971 1956 Mar. 1 1956 Mar. 5 977 Treasury uotes issued in exchange for maturing securities Date of maturity 2 percent Series B-1956 (additional issue) issued in exchange for— 13^ percent Series D-1955 certificates maturing Aug. 15, 1955. 2J^ percent Series A-1958 issued in exchange for— I3i percent Series E-1955 certificates maturing Dec. 15,1955. i H percent Series B-1955 Treasm-y notes maturing Dec. 15,1955. 1955 May 17 Aug. 15,1956 1955 July 22 1955 ' Aug. 1 Dec. 1 June 15,1958 Nov. 30 2 Dec. 8 2J4 percent Series A-1958 (additional issue) issued in exchange for—_. 1 ^ percent Series A-1956 Treasury notes maturing Mar. 15,1956. Dae. 1 June 15,1958 1956 Mar. 7 1956 Mar.15 1 Accrued interest from May 17 to Aug. 1,1955 ($4.1989 per $1,000), was charged on the notes allotted, and the final interest on the maturing certificates was paid by payment of the Aug. 15,1955, coupons. 2 See Circular No. 972, section IV, this exhibit, for provisions for payment of interest. Date of issue Allotment Date sub- payment date on scription books or before (or on closed later allotment) 3 Following acceptance of the surrendered notes with final coupon attached, accrued interest from Sept. 15, 1955, to Mar. 5, 1956 ($7.67857 per $1,000), was credited, accrued interest from Dec. 1, 1955, to Mar. 5, 1956 ($7.46243 per $1,000), on the new notes was charged, and the difference ($0.21614 per $1,000) was paid to the subscribers. 176 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Allotments of Treasury notes issued during the fiscal year 1956, by Federal Reserve districts [In thousands of dollars] Federal Reserve district Boston. New York.. . Philadelphia Cleveland.., i Cinciimati-.. Pittsburgh Richmond Baltimore Charlotte Atlanta . Birmingham Jacksonville Nashville...New Orleans Chicago Detroit St. Louis . Little RockLouisville.-Memphis Minneapolis -_. Kansas City Denver . Oklahoma City ._. Omaha Dallas El Paso Houston San Antonio -.. San Francisco Los Angeles PortlandSalt Lake C i t y . . . -. Seattle Treasury 2 percent Se- 2% percent Series A-1958 notes issued in 2% percent ries B-1956 exchange for— Series A-1958 notes (addinotes (additional issue) tional issue) issued in exissued in exchange for change for IH percent 1% percent 13^ percent Series E-1955 Series B-1955 Total IH percent Series D-1955 certificates notes maturissued Series A-1956 ing Dec. 15, certificates maturing notes matur1955 2 maturing Dec. 15, 1955 2 ing Mar. Aug. 15,1955 1 15,1956 3 43,219 i, 297,496 30,069 34,896 7,544 12,414 3,967 7,634 2,021 24,195 5,934 4,273 3,076 17,305 107,546 4,492 38, 285 4,660 20, 274 1,656 34, 529 15,747 14,811 8,231 7,488 12, 534 913 4,835 1,846 42, 676 19,371 904 285 4,694 1,435 31,705 464,781 17,092 18,070 12, 589 2,982 1,792 8,634 239 6,549 2,642 825 668 10,123 115,705 4,565 5,558 283 4,165 2,138 15,897 11, 203 9.781 6,808 1,784 8,593 403 9,385 1,357 29,411 4,843 1,430 93 622 1,443 77,339 635,029 26,085 38,009 26, 768 12,801 17,974 15,041 2,782 19,057 3,933 3,136 3,137 13,851 226, 559 11,060 30,956 2,202 13,615 3,454 44, 765 38, 291 5,342 22,308 10,499 27,440 1,764 17,717 8,347 62,865 34,304 2,965 2,505 2,908 4,084 109,044 1,099,810 43,177 56,079 39,347 15,783 19,766 23,675 3,021 25,606 6,575 3,961 3,805 23,974 342,264 15, 625 36, 514 2,485 17,780 6,592 60,662 49,494 16,123 29,116 12,283 36,033 2,167 27,102 9,704 92, 276 39,147 4,395 2,698 3,630 5,527 44,976 1,212,763 34,353 56,108 6,248 20,239 7,963 6,062 914 20.852 2,844 7,897 4,393 31,236 283,588 4.510 33,259 1,253 11,211 2,735 28,991 54,196 8,558 6,299 6,157 13,682 826 3,964 10,941 98,057 81,083 1,195 638 1,180 680 2, 283,040 2,108,761 Total note allotments Maturmg securities: Exchanged in concurrent offerings 6,841,155 1,486,106 4,158, 250 4,924,968 Total exchanged Redeemed for cash or carried to matured debt 8,327, 261 4,972,408 6,393,850 149,384 386,647 459,942 846, 589 148,324 Total maturing securities.... 8,476,645 6,359,065 6,853,792 12, 212,847 8,471,880 814,158 9,083, 218 11,366,258 6,214,805 8,323,656 1 Treasury 2 percent Series B-1956 certificates also offered in exchange for this maturity; see exhibit 1. 2 Treasury 2H percent Series D-1956 certificates also offered in exchange for this maturity; see exhibit 1. 3 Treasiuy 2^i percent Series A-1957 certificates also offered in exchange for this maturity; see exhibit'!. EXHIBITS 177 EXHIBIT 3.—Treasury bonds The only offering of Treasury bonds during the fiscal year 1956 is contained in the circular which is reproduced in this exhibit. The final allotments for this cash offering of bonds are shown in the table following the circular. DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR NO. 962. PUBLIC DEBT TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, July 11, 1955. I. OFFERING OF BONDS 1. The Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to the authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, invites subscriptions, at par and accrued interest, from the people of the United States for bonds of the United States, designated 3 percent Treasury bonds of 1995. The amount of the offering is $750,000,000, or thereabouts. The Secretary of the Treasury reserves the right to allot limited amounts of these bonds to Government investment accounts. The books will be open only on July 11, 1955, for the receipt of subscriptions. 2. Deferred payment for bonds allotted hereunder may be made as provided in section IV hereof by any of the following subscribers, who for this purpose are defined as savings-type investors: Pension and retirement funds—public and private Endowment funds Insurance companies , Mutual savings banks Fraternal benefit associations and labor unions' insurance funds Savings and loan associations Credit unions Other savings organizations (not including commercial banks) II. DESCRIPTION OF BONDS 1. The bonds now offered will be an addition to and will form a part of the series of 3 percent Treasury bonds of 1995 issued pursuant to Department Circular No. 956, dated February 1, 1955, will be freely interchangeable therewith, are identical in all respects therewith, and are described in the following quotation from Department Circular No. 956: ^ ''1. The bonds will be dated February 15, 1955, and will bear interest from that date at the rate of 3 percent per annum, payable semiannually on August 15, 1955, and thereafter on February 15 and August 15 in each year until the principal amount becomes payable. They will mature February 15, 1995, and will not be subject to call for redemption prior to maturity. ''2. The income derived from the bonds is subject to all taxes imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The bonds are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereaifter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority. ''3. The bonds will be acceptable to secure deposits of public moneys. "4. Bearer bonds with interest coupons attached, and bonds registered as to principal and interest, will be issued in denominations of $500, $1,000, $5,000, $10,000, $100,000, and $1,000,000. Provision will be made for the interchange of bonds of different denominations and of coupon and registered bonds, and for the transfer of registered bonds, under rules and regulations Drescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. I See Annual Report of the Secretary for 1955, page 167. 3993.46^57 13 178 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY "5. Any bonds issued hereunder which upon the death of the owner constitute part of his estate, will be redeemed at the option of the duly constituted representatives of the deceased owner's estate, at par and accrued interest to date of payment,! provided: (a) that the bonds were actually owned by the decedent at the time of his death; and ib) that the Secretary of the Treasury be authorized to apply the entire proceeds of redemption to the payment of Federal estate taxes. Registered bonds submitted for redemption hereunder must be duly assigned to 'The Secretary of the Treasury for redemption, the proceeds to be paid to the District Director of Internal Revenue at for credit on Federal estate taxes due from estate of ' Owing to the periodic closing of the transfer books and the impossibility of stopping payment of interest to the registered owner during the closed period, registered bonds received after the closing of the books for payment during such closed period will be paid only at par with a deduction of interest from the date of payment to the next interest payment date; ^ bonds received during the closed period for payment at a date after the books reopen will be paid at par plus accrued interest from the reopening of the books to the date of payment. In either case checks for the full six months' interest due on the last day of the closed period will be forwarded to the owner in due course. All bonds submitted must be accompanied by Form PD 1782,^ properly completed, signed and sworn to, and by proof of the representatives' authority in the form of a court certificate or a certified copy of the representatives' letters of appointment issued by the court. The certificate, or the certification to the letters, must be under the seal of the court, and except in the case of a corporate representative, must contain a statement that the appointment is in full force and be dated within six months prior to the submission of the bonds, unless the certificate or letters show that the appointment was made within one year immediately prior to such submission. Upon payment of the bonds appropriate memorandum receipt will be forwarded to the representatives, which will be followed in due course by formal receipt from the District Director of Internal Revenue. ^'6. The bonds will be subject to the general regulations of the Treasury Department, now or hereafter prescribed, governing United States bonds." III. SUBSCRIPTION AND ALLOTMENT 1. Subscriptions will be received at the Federal Reserve Banks and branches and at the Ofl&ce of the Treasurer of the United States, Washington. Commercial banks, which for this purpose are defined as banks accepting demand deposits, may submit subscriptions for account of customers, but only the Federal Reserve Banks and the Treasury Department are authorized to act as oflBcial agencies. Others than commercial banks will not be permitted to enter subscriptions except for their own account. Subscriptions from commercial banks for their own account will be received without deposit, but will be restricted in each case to an amount not exceeding 25 percent of the combined capital, surplus and undivided profits, or 10 percent of the combined amount of time certificates of deposit (but only those issued in the names of individuals, and of corporations, associations, and other organizations not operated for profit), and of savings deposits, of the subscribing bank. Subscriptions from all others must be accompanied by payment of 10 percent of the amount of bonds applied for, not subject to withdrawal until after allotment. Following allotment, any portion of the 10 percent payment in excess of 10 percent of the amount of bonds allotted may be released upon the request of the subscribers. Where partial payment for bonds allotted is to be deferred beyond July 20, 1955, as provided in section IV hereof, delivery of 5 percent of the total par amount of bonds allotted, adjusted to the next higher $500, will be withheld from all subscribers until payment for the total amount 1 An exact half-year's interest is computed for each full half-year period irrespective of the actual numbei of days in the half year. For a fractional part of any half year, computation is on the basis of the actual number of days in such half year. 2 The transfer books are closed from January 16 to February 15, and from July 16 to August 15 (both dates inclusive) in each year. 3 Copies of Form PD 1782 may be obtained from any Federal Reserve Bank or from the Treasury Department, Washington, D . C . 179 EXHIBITS allotted has been completed. I n every case where p a y m e n t is not so completed t h e 5 percent so withheld shall, upon declaration made by the Secretary of t h e Treasury in his discretion, be forfeited to the United States. 2. The Secretary of t h e Treasury reserves the right to reject or reduce any subscription, to allot less t h a n the a m o u n t of bonds applied for, and to m a k e different percentage allotments t o various classes of subscribers; and any action he m a y t a k e in these respects shall be final. The basis of the allotment will be p u b licly announced, a;nd allotment notices will be sent out promptly upon allotment. IV. PAYMENT 1. P a y m e n t at par and accrued interest from F e b r u a r y 15, 1955, to July 20, 1955 ($12.8453 per $1,000) for bonds allotted hereunder must be made or completed on or before July 20, 1955; provided, however, t h a t where a subscriber eligible to defer p a y m e n t under section I hereof elects to defer p a y m e n t for p a r t of the bonds allotted, not less t h a n 25 percent of the bonds allotted niust have been paid for by July 20, 1955, not less t h a n 60 percent must have been paid for by September. 1, 1955, and full p a y m e n t m u s t be completed by October 3, 1955. All p a y m e n t s made subsequent to July 20, 1955, m u s t be accompanied by additional accrued interest from t h a t date, at the rate of $0,083 per $1,000 per day. Any qualified depositary will be p e r m i t t e d to make p a y m e n t by credit for bonds allotted tp it for itself and its customers up to any a m o u n t for which it shall be qualified in excess of existing deposits, when so notified by the Federal Reserve Bank of its district. V. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. As fiscal agents of the United States, Federal Reserve B a n k s are authorized and requested to receive subscriptions, to make allotments on the basis and up to t h e a m o u n t s indicated by the Secretary of the Treasury to the Federal Reserve Banks of t h e respective districts, to issue allotment notices, to receive p a y m e n t for bonds allotted, to make delivery of bonds on full-paid subscriptions allotted, and they m a y issue interim receipts pending delivery of the definitive bonds. 2. T h e Secretary of t h e Treasury m a y a t any time, or from time to time, prescribe supplemental or amendatory rules and regulations governing the offering, which will be communicated p r o m p t l y to the Federal Reserve Banks. G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of ihe Treasury. Alloimenis of additional issue of 3 % Treasury bonds of 1995 [In thousands of dollarsl Subscriptions allotted Federal Reserve district Boston New York Philadelphia Cleveland Cincinnati Pittsburgh Richmond _. Baltimore Charlotte Atlanta Birmingham Jacksonville Nashville New Orleans Chica2;o Detroit St Louis Little Rock Louisville Memphis -. .. . .. _ . - .. 82,646 386,870 23,088 25, 522 2,316 5, 240 20, 245 12, 774 351 4,177 4, 684 12,362 4, 286 1,418 73, 824 13,532 10,009 475 2,011 732 Subscriptions allotted Federal Reserve district Mirmeapolis Kansas City Denver Oklahoma Citv Omaha _' -._ Dallas El Paso • Houston : San Antonio San Francisco LosAngeles - -. Portland Salt Lake Citv Seattle "1 Treasury Government tnvestment accounts Total bond allotments _ ... - 12,341 5,720 3,263 4,559 3,712 25, 302 1,364 1, 066 8,847 18,270 11, 824 4.564 4,334 4,613 135 26, 000 821, 474 180 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY E X H I B I T 4.—Call, May 14, 1956, for redemption on September 15, 1956, of 23^ percent Treasury bonds of 1956-59, dated September 15, 1936 (press release of May 14, 1956) T h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t t o d a y issued t h e official notice of call for redemption on September 15, 1956, of t h e partially tax-exempt 2% percent Treasury bonds of 1956-59, dated September 15, 1936, due September 15, 1959. There are now outstanding $981,826,050 of these bonds. T h e 2H percent bonds of 1956-58 a n d t h e 2)i percent bonds of 1956-59, which are also callable on September 15, 1956, will not be called for redemption on t h a t d a t e . T h e text of t h e formal notice of call is as follows: Two AND THREE-QUARTERS PERCENT SEPTEMBER TREASURY 15, B O N D S OF 1956-59 (DATED 1936) NOTICE OF CALL FOR REDEMPTION To Holders of 2% Percent Treasury Bonds of 1956-59, and Others Concerned: 1. Public notice is hereby given t h a t all outstanding 2^^ percent Treasury bonds of 1956-59, dated September 15, 1936, due September 15, 1959, are hereby called for redemption on September 15, 1956, on which date interest on such bonds will cease. 2. Holders of these bonds may, in advance of t h e redemption date, be offered t h e privilege of exchanging all or any p a r t of their called bonds for other interestbearing obligations of t h e United States, in which event public notice will hereafter be given a n d an official circular governing t h e exchange offering will be issued. 3. Full information regarding t h e presentation and surrender of t h e bonds for cash redemption under this call will be found in D e p a r t m e n t Circular N o . 300, Revised, dated April 30, 1955. G. M, HUMPHREY, Secretary of ihe Treasury. Treasury Bills E X H I B I T 5 . — T e n d e r s for Treasury bills invited and accepted Press releases pertaining t o t h e weekly series of Treasury bill issues during t h e fiscal year 1956 were similar in form to t h e releases dated J u n e 28 and July 2, 1955, which are reproduced in this exhibit. T h e press releases pertaining to t h e only issue of t h e tax anticipation series of Treasury bills during t h e fiscal year are also shown in this exhibit. T h e releases for t h e other weekly issues of Treasury bills are not reproduced in this report b u t t h e essential details regarding each issue are summarized in t h e table following t h e press releases. P R E S S R E L E A S E O F J U N E 28, 1955 T h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t , by this public notice, invites tenders for $1,600,000,000, or thereabouts, of 91-day Treasury bills, for cash and in exchange for Treasury bills m a t u r i n g July 7, 1955, in t h e a m o u n t of $1,501,001,000, td be issued on a discount basis under competitive and noncompetitive bidding as hereinafter provided. T h e bills of this series will be dated July 7, 1955, and will m a t u r e October 6, 1955, when t h e face a m o u n t will be payable without interest. T h e y will be issued in bearer form only, and in denominations of $1,000, $5,000, $10,000, $100,000, $500,000, a n d $1,000,000 (maturity value). Tenders will be received a t Federal Reserve Banks and branches up to the closing hour, two o'clock p . m., eastern daylight saving time, Friday, July 1, 1955. Tenders will not be received at t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t , Washington. E a c h ^tender m u s t be for an even multiple of $1,000, a n d in t h e case of competitive tenders t h e price offered m u s t be expressed on t h e basis of 100, with not more t h a n three decimals, e. g., 99.925. Fractions m a y not be used. I t is urged t h a t tenders be made on t h e printed forms and forwarded in t h e special envelopes which will be supplied by Federal Reserve B^nks or branches on application therefor. EXHIBITS 181 Others than banking institutions will not be permitted to submit tenders except for their own account. Tenders will be received without deposit from incorporated banks and trust companies and from responsible and recognized dealers in investment securities. Tenders from others must be accompanied by payment of 2 percent of the face amount of Treasury bills applied for, unless the tenders are accompanied by an express guaranty of payment by an incorporated bank or trust company. Immediately after the closing hour, tenders will be opened at the Federal Reserve Banks and branches, following which public announcement will be made by the Treasury Department of the amount and price range of accepted bids. Those submitting tenders will be advised of the acceptance or rejection thereof. The Secretary of the Treasury expressly reserves the right to accept or reject any or all tenders in whole or in part, and his action in any such respect shall be final. Subject to these reservations, noncompetitive tenders for $200,000 or less without stated price from any one bidder will be accepted in full at the average price (in three decimals) of accepted competitive bids. Settlement for accepted tenders in accordance with the bids must be made or completed at the Federal Reserve Bank on July 7, 1955, in cash or other immediately available funds or in a like face amount of Treasury bills maturing July 7, 1955. Cash and exchange tenders will receive equal treatment. Cash adjustments will be made for differences between the par value of maturing bills accepted in exchange and the issue price of the new bills. The income derived from Treasury bills, whether interest or gain from the sale or other disposition of the bills, does not have any exemption, as such, and loss from the sale or other disposition of Treasury bills does not have any special treatment, as such, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The bills are subject to estate, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority. For purposes of taxation the amount of discount at which Treasury bills are originally sold by the United States is considered to be interest. Under Sections 454 (b) and 1221 (5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 the amount of discount at which bills issued hereunder are sold is not considered to accrue until such bills are sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed of, and such bills are excluded from consideration as capital assets. Accordingly, the owner of Treasury bills (other than life insurance companies) issued hereunder need include in his income tax return only the difference between the price paid for such bills, whether on original issue or on subsequent purchase, and the amount actually received either upon sale or redemption at maturity during the taxable year for which the return is made, as ordinary gain or loss. Treasury Department Circular No. 418, Revised, and this notice, prescribe the terms of the Treasury bills and govern the conditions of their issue. Copies of the circular may be obtained from any Federal Reserve Bank or branch. PRESS RELEASE OF JULY 2, 1955 The Treasury Department announced last evening that the tenders for $1,600,000,000, or thereabouts, of 91-day Treasury bills to be dated July 7 and to mature October 6, 1955, which were offered on June 28, were opened at the •Federal Reserve Banks on July 1. The details of this issue are as follows: Total applied for . $2, 119,089,000 Total accepted (includes $175,868,000 entered on a noncompetitive basis and accepted in full at the average price shown below) 1,600,029,000 Average price, equivalent rate of discount approximately 1.541% per annum 99. 611 Range of accepted competitive bids: High, equivalent rate of discount approximately 1.365% per annum 99. 655 Low, equivalent rate of discount approximately 1.578% per annum 99. 601 (16 percent of the amount bid for at the low price was accepted) 182 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Federal Reserve district Total applied for Total accepted Boston -. New York PhiladelphiaCleveland Richmond Atlanta Chicago St. Louis M inneapolis-Kansas City.. Dallas San Francisco $21, 417,000 1, 528, 787,000 31, 545, 000 37, 201, 000 10, 651,000 17, 348, 000 273, 556, 000 15, 665, 000 9,177, 000 41, 717, 000 50, 496, 000 81, 629,000 $15, 997, 000 , 113, 987, 000 16, 546, 000 37, 201,000 10, 651,000 17, 348, COO 224, 716, 000 15, 665, 000 9,177,000 41, 717, 000 40, 496, 000 66, 629, 000 Total..- 2,119, 089, 000 1, 600, 029, 000 PRESS RELEASE OF DECEMBER 6, 1955 The Treasury Department, by this public notice, invites tenders for $1,500,000,000, or thereabouts, of 99-day Treasury bills, to be issued on a discount basis under competitive and noncompetitive bidding as hereinafter provided. The bills of this series will be designated tax anticipation series, they will be dated December 15, 1955, and they will mature March 23, 1956. They will be accepted at face value in payment of income and profits taxes due on March 15, 1956, and to the extent they are not presented for this purpose the face amount of these bills will be payable without interest at maturity. Taxpayers desiring to apply these bills in payment of March 15, 1956, income and profits taxes have the privilege of surrendering them to any Federal Reserve Bank or branch not more than fifteen days before March 15, 1956, and receiving receipts therefor showing the face amount of the bills so surrendered. These receipts may be submitted in lieu of the bills on or before March 15, 1956, to the District Director of Internal Revenue for the district in which such taxes are payable. They will be issued in bearer form only, and in denominations of $1,000, $5,000, $10,000, $100,000, $500,000, and $1,000,000 (maturity value). Tenders will be received at Federal Reserve Banks and branches up to the closing hour, one-thirty o'clock p. m., eastern standard time, Thursday, December 8, 1955. Tenders will not be received at the Treasury Department, Washington. Each tender must be for an even multiple of $1,000, and in the case of competitive tenders the price offered must be expressed on the basis of 100.. with not more than three decimals, e. g., 99.925. Fractions may not be used. It is requested that tenders be made on the printed forms and forwarded in the special envelopes which will, be supplied by Federal Reserve Banks or branches on application therefor. Others than banking institutions will not be permitted to submit tenders except for their own account. Tenders will be received without deposit from incorporated banks and trust companies and from responsible and recognized dealers in investment securities. Tenders from others must be accompanied by payment of 2 percent of the face amount of Treasury bills applied for, unless the tenders are accompanied by an express guaranty of payment by an incorporated bank or trust company. . Immediately after the closing hour,' tenders will be opened at the Federal Reserve Banks and branches, following which public announcement will be made by the Treasury Department of the amount and price range of accepted bids. Those submitting tenders will be advised of the acceptance or rejection thereof. The Secretary of the Treasury expressly reserves the right to accept or reject any or all tenders, in whole or in part, and his action in any such respect shall be final. Subject to these reservations, noncompetitive tenders for $300,000 or less without stated price from any one bidder will be accepted in full at the average price (in three decimals) of accepted competitive bids. Settlement for accepted tenders in accordance with the bids must be made or completed at the Federal Reserve Bank on December 15, 1955, in cash or other imniediately available funds, provided, however, any qualified depositary will be permitted to make payment by credit in its Treasury tax and loan account for not more than 60 percent of the amount of Treasury bills allotted to it for itself and its customers (up to the amount for 183 EXHIBITS which it shall be qualified in excess of existing deposits) when so notified by the Federal Reserve Bank of its district. The income derived from Treasury bills, whether interest or gain from the sale on other disposition of the bills, does not have any exemption, as such, and loss from the sale or other disposition of Treasury bills does not have any special treatment, as such, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. The bills are subject to estate,, inheritance, gift, or other excise taxes, whether Federal or State, but are exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed on the principal or interest thereof by any State, or any of the possessions of the United States, or by any local taxing authority. For purposes of taxation the amount of discount at which Treasury bills are originally sold by the United States is considered to be interest-. Under Sections 454 (b) and 1221 (5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 the amount of discount at which bills issued hereunder are sold is not considered to accrue until such bills are sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed of, and such bills are excluded from consideration as capital assets. Accordingly, the owner of Treasury bills (other than life insurance companies) issued hereunder need include in his income tax return only the difference between the price paid for such bills, whether on original issue or on subsequent purchase, and the amount actually received either upon sale or redemption at maturity, br the amount of income or profits taxes paid by means of the bills, during the taxable year for which the return is made, as ordinary gain or loss. Treasury Department Circular No. 418, Revised, and this notice, prescribe the terms of the Treasury bills and govern the conditions of their issue. Copies of the circular may be obtained from any Federal Reserve Bank or branch. PRESS RELEASE OF DECEMBER 9, 1955 The Treasury Department announced last evening that the tenders for $1,500,000,000, or thereabouts, of tax anticipation series 99-day Treasury bills to be dated December 15, 1955, and to mature March 23, 1956, which were offered on December 6, were opened at the Federal Reserve Banks on December 8. The details of this issue are as follows: Total applied f o r . . . $4, 129, 518, 000 Total accepted (includes $352, 414, 000 entered on a noncompetitive basis and accepted in full at the average price shown below) 1, 500, 689,000 Average price, equivalent rate of discount approximately 2.465% per annum _._. 99. 322-f Range of accepted competitive bids (excepting four tenders totaling $486,000): High, equivalent rate of discount approximately 2.327% per annum 99. 360 Low, equivalent rate of discount approximately 2.498% per annum. 99. 313 (23 percent of the amount bid for at the low price was accepted) Federal Reserve district Boston New York PhiladelphiaCleveland Richmond Atlanta Chicago St. Louis Minneapolis-Kansas C i t y Dallas San Francisco Total— Total applied for Total accepted $217,965,000 2,133,528,000 134,136,000 181,200,000 118,418,000 127,960,000 616,832,000 110,663, 000 64,541,000 111,414,000 160,727,000 252,145, 000 $167, 748,000 618, 410,000 31,168,000 66, 219, 000 68,183,000 69, 954,000 174,035,000 55,838, 000 38,441,000 66, 625,000 79,067,000 96, 111, 000 4,129, 618, 000 1, 600, 689,000 Sumrnary of information pertaining to Treasury bills ^ issued during ihe fiscal year 1956 00 i4^ [Dollar amounts in thousands] M a t u r i t y value Prices a n d rates Tenders accepted D a t e of D a t e of maturity issue Days to maturity Total applied for T o t a l b i d s accepted C o m p e t i t i v e b i d s accepted High Total accepted On competitive basis On noncompetitive basis 2 F o r cash I n exchange Average price per hundred Equivalent average rate 3 (percent) Price per hundred Amount maturing o n issue d a t e of newoffering Low Equivalent rates (percent) Price per hundred Equivalent rate 3 (percent) o • ^ >^ W Weekly Series 1956 July 7 14 21 28 Aug. 4 11 18 25 Sept. 1 8 16 22 29 Ct. 6 13 20 27 Nov. 3 10 17 25 Dec. 1 8 15 22 FRASER 29 1955 Oct. 6 13 20 27 Nov. 3 10 17 26 Dec. 1 8 16 22 29 91 $2,119,119 $1, 600,059 $1,424,161 $175, 898 $1, 514, 678 91 2,257, 759 1, 600,459 1, 377,.546. 222, 914 1, 513,433 253,305 1, 613, 610 91 2,390,283 1, 600,431 1,347-, 126 224,904 1,419, 246 91 2,403,499 1, 601,235 1,376,331 231, 579 1,445,804 91 2,328,404 1, 600,714 1', 369,135 230,749 1,552, 621 91 2,291, 544 1, 600, 507 1,369,758 236,782 1, 667,114 91 2,368,822 1, 600,635 1,363,853 203,643 1, 539,005 92 2,177, 793 1, 600,217 1,396, 674 183,616 1,493, 885 91 2, 202,049 1, 600,049 1,416,434 191,845 1, 626, 278 91 2, 282,098 1, 601,993 1, 410,148 267,843 1, 563,819 91 2, 664,083 1, 602,275 1,334,432 269,197 1,455, 593 91 2, 328,197 1, 600,999 1,331,802 203, 703 1,326, 278 91 3, 317,178 1, 600,810 1, 397,107 $85,381 87,026 86,921 181,989 164,910 47,886 33, 621 61,212 106,164 76, 715 38,456 145,406 274, 632 99. 611 99. 594 99. 591 99. 565 99.532 99. 622 99.623 99.521 99.472 99: 460 99.468 99.499 99.464 1.541 1.606 1.619 1.720 1.850 L889 1.888 L875 2.088 2.136 2.104 1.981 2.122 99. 655 99. 621 99. 618 4 99.600 99. 580 5 99. 532 99. 532 99. 534 99. 570 6 99.472 7 99.470 99.507 99. 615 1.365 1.499 1.611 1.682 1.662 L851 1.861 1.823 1.701 2.089 2.097 1.950 1.919 99. 601 99. 588 99. 588 99. 660 99. 526 99. 618 99.618 99. 514 99.464 99.457 99.466 99.494 99.460 1.678 $1, 501,001 1.630 1, 600, 291 1, 500, 709 1.630 1.741 1, 501,086 1.875 1, 501,077 1,907 1, 602, 017 L907 1, 500,393 1.902 1, 500,181 2.120 1, 500, 614 2.148 1, 500,456 2.113 1, 602,834 2.002 1, 503,268 2.136 1, 600,043 1956 Jan. 6 12 19 26 Feb. 2 9 16 23 Mar. 1 8 15 22 29 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 90 91 91 91 91 91 157,851 134, 251 125,182 179, 903 153, 399 68, 520 32,071 62, 693 99, 400 51, 968 39, 693 27,474 216, 305 • 99.440 99.429 99.410 99.436 99.449 99.486 99.432 99.390 99.381 99.375 99.346 99.338 99.321 2,214 2.257 2.333 2.231 2.179 2.034 2.248 2.440 2.450 2.471 2.591 2.618 2.687 8 99.475 9 99.440 8 99. 434 99.443 10 99.452 99. 514 99.507 11 99.400 12 99. 400 13 99.393 99.393 99.350 99.355 1 2.077 2.215 2.239 2.204 2.168 .1.923 1.960 2.400 2.374 2.401 2.401 2.571 2.552 99.430 99.426 99.407 99.434 99.448 99.472 99.422 99.375 99.368 99.3.58 99.342 99.330 99.317 2.256 2.271 2.346 2.239 2.184 2.089 2.287 2.600 2.500 2. 540 2.603 3.651 2.702 Digitized for 2,066,982 2, 256, 639 2,405,835 2,430, 640 2,429,082 2,222,390 2,320,426 2,174, 073 2,213, 665 2,155,028 2, 509,950 2,307,472 2, 406, 660 1, 600,062 1, 600, 691 1, 600,903 1, 601. 680 1, 602,167 1, 599, 740 1, 600,226 1, 600,093 1, 601,218 1, 600,148 1,601,061 1, 600, 947 1, 602,948 1,404,369 1,369,328 1,340,241 1,360, 558 1,359, 852 1,361,683 1,378, 649 1,369,006 1,387,150 1,377,053 1,363,314 1,351,808 1, 407,190 195, 693 231, 363 260, 662 261,122 242,315 238,057 221, 577 231,087 214,068 223,096 237, 747 249,139 195, 758 1,442,211 1,466,440 1,475, 721 1,421, 777 1,448, 768 1, 531,220 1, 568,155 1, 537,400 1, 501,818 1, 648,180 1, 561,368 1, 573,473 1, 386, 643 o 1, 600.059 1,600,459 1, 600. 431 1,601,235 1,600, 714 1, 600, 607 1, 600, 636 1, 600,217 1, 600,049 1, 601,993 1, 602, 276 1, 600, 999 1, 600,810 w o o »^ M S3 > ZP Hi 1956 Jan. 5 Apr. 5 12 12 19 19 26 26 Fefe. 2 May 3 10 9 17 16 24 23 31 Mar. 1 8 June 7 14 15 21 22 28 29 Apr. 5 July 5 12 12 19 19 26 26 May 3 Aug. 2 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 31 June 7 Sept. 6 13 14 20 21 27 28 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 2,469,910 1, 601,946 1,387,983 2,492,811 1,600, 601 1, 329, 680 2, 686,128 2, 696,016 2,347,190 2,413,316 2,389,082 2,450,122 2, 592, 669 2,155,908 2,424,396 2, 762, 669 2,566,040 2,178,449 2,471,478 2, 338,433 2, 527,024 2,478,250 2, 444, 757 2, 657,990 2,331, 928 2, 604,882 2,467,234 2, 535, 959 2, 684,298 2,318,428 1, 601, 608 1, 600,766 1, 600, 505 1, 600,805 1, 600,052 1, 601,349 1,604, 441 1, 600,068 1,600,206 1,60(>, 686 1,600,391 1,600,109 1,601,221 1, 699,963 1, 601, 522 1, 599,603 1, 600, 626 1, 600, 678 1, 600,042 1, 600,060 1,601,732 1, 601, 643 1,600,241 1, 600,808 1,316, 596 1,345,319 1,374,412 1,370, 545 1,393,148 1, 359, 925 1,385,941 1,380,816 1,352,941 1,314, 653 1,358,080 1,369,968 1,323,312 1,317, 506 1,333,357 1,364, 728 1,365,381 1, 369, 718 1. 375,904 1,388, 245 1,386, 679 1,353,424 1,311,765 1,363,102 213, 962 270,821 286,012 255,446 226,093 230,260 206, 904 241,424 218, 500 219,253 247,265 286,933 242, 311 240,141 277,909 282,457 268,165 244,875 235,245 230, 960 224,138 211,816 215,063 248,119 288,476 237, 706 1, 575, 049 1, 571,959 1, 669, 494 1, 563,860 1,460, 686 1, 635, 795 1, 571, 678 1, 603, 749 1, 600,106 1, 668,922 1, 555,769 1, 618,177 1,471,960 1, 669,857 1, 565,019 1, 663,066 1, 569,304 1, 519, 496 1,576, 505 1, 570,409 1, 618, 310 1, 481,799 1, 540,250 1, 662,034 1, 667,044 1, 610, 764 26,896 28,642 32,114 36,905 139,919 65,010 28,474 97, 600 104,335 31,146 44,447 82,409 128,431 30,252 36, 202 36,897 32, 218 80,107 24,121 30, 269 81, 732 118,261 61,482 39, 509 33,197 90,054 99.371 99.344 99.370 99.433 99.393 99.426 99.396 99.386 99.391 99.451 99.400 99.388 99.451 99.394 99.369 99.300 99.296 99.307 99.362 99.315 99. 317 99.350 99.352 99.348 99.386 99.359 2.489 2.596 2.493 2.244 2.402 2.271 2.388 2.430 2.409 2.173 2.374 2.422 2.173 2.397 2.497 2.769 2.788 2.741 2. 524. 2.708 2.702 2. 573 2.562 2.581 2.430 2.535 » 99.393 99.393 99.376 99.440 15 99.406 99.429 99.443 16 99.403 17 99.393 18 99.464 19 99.410 99. 415 99.467 20 99.401 99.432 21 99. 320 22 99.300 23 99.317 99.366 24 99.330 99.323 99.352 99.358 99.368 99.391 99.390 2.401 2.401 2.469 2.216 2.350 2.259 2.204 2.362 2.401 2.120 2.334 2.314 2.148 2.370 2.247 2.690 2.769 2.702 2.508 2.651 2.678 2.564 2.540 2.500 2.409 2.413 99.366 99.337 99.368 99.429 99.387 99.424 99.392 99.384 99.390 99.426 99.394 99.386 99.448 99.388 99.363 99.290 99.293 99.305 99.360 99.312 99.314 99.348 99.350 99.346 99.384 99.355 2.508 2.623 2.600 2.269 2.425 2.279 2.405 2.437 2.413 2.271 2.397 2.429 2.184 2.421 2.620 2.809 2.797 2.749 2.532 2.722 2. 714 2.579 2.671 2.587 2.437 2.552 1, 600,062 1, 600, 691 1, 600, 903 1, 601, 680 1, 602,167 1, 699, 740 1, 600, 226 1, 600,093 1,601,218 1,600,148 1, 601,061 1, 600,947 1,602,948 1, 601,945 1, 600, 601 1,601, 608 1, 600, 765 1, 600, 505 1, 600,805 1, 600,062 1, 601,349 1, 604,441 1,600,068 1, 600,206 1,600, 586 1, 600,391 W H-l Tax Anticipation Series 1.956 Dec. 15 Mar. 23 4,130,216 1, 601,389 1,148,277 363,112 1, 501,389 1 The usual timing with respect to issues of Treasury bills is: Press release inviting tenders, 7 days before date of issue; closing date on which tenders are accepted, 3 days before date of issue; and press release announcing acceptance of tenders, 2 days before date of issue. Figures are final and differ in many instances from those shown in press releases announcing details of a particular issue. 2 Noncompetitive tenders from any one bidder for $200,000 or less for the weekly series and $300,000 or less for the tax anticipation series, without stated price, were accepted in full at the average price for accepted competitive bids. 3 Bank-discount basis. 4 Except $170,000 at 99.706 and $800,000 at 99.625. 6 Except $100,000 at 99.560 and $650,000 at 99.545. 6 Except $40,000 at 99.494 and $1,000,000 at 99.492. 7 Except $100,000 at 99.600 and $1,000,000 at 99.480. 8 Except $1,000,000 at 99.625 and $500,000 at 99.492. 8 Except $500,000 at 99.468. 10 Except $160,000 at 99.475. ii'Except $300,000 at 99.486, $330,000 at 99.432, and $150,000 at 99.426. 12 Except $1,100,000 at 99.450. ' 99.322 QQ 2.465 25 99.360 99.313 2.498 13 Except $300,000 at 99.646. 14 Except $1,000,000 at 99.430. 15 Except $100,000 at 99.641. 16 Except $100,000 at 99.926. 17 Except $660,000 at 99.430, $800,000 at 99.429, $200,000 at 99.404, and $716,000 at 99.400. 18 Except $300,000 at 99.487, $200,000 at 99.474, and $400,000 at 99.469. 19 Except $1,000,000 at 99.469, $475,000 at 99.451, $1,400,000 at 99.460, $200,000 at 99.448, $400,000 at 99.445, a'nd $200,000 at 99.431. 20 Except $200,000 at 99.469, $300,000 at 99.457, $600,000 at 99.456, $702,000 at 99.451, and $400,000 at 99.448. 21 Except $300,000 at 99.405, $100,000 at 99.380, $350,000 at 99.375, $300,000 a t 99.370, $300,000 at 99.369, and $50,000 at 99.368. 22 Except $400,000 at 99.400 and $32,000 at 99.342. 23 Except $700,000 at 99.325. 24 Except $500,000 at 99.375, $200,000 at 99.368, $800,000 at 99.366, $175,000 at 99.365, $560,000 at 99.362, and $60,000 at 99.360. 25 Except $100,000 at 99.510, $100,000 at 99.460, $136,000 at 99.446, and $160,000 at 99.400. CX) Or 186 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Guaranteed Obligations Calls E X H I B I T 6.—Calls for partial redemption, before maturity, of insurance fund debentures During t h e fiscal year 1956, there were eighteen calls for partial redemption, before m a t u r i t y , of insurance fund debentures, seven dated September 22, 1955, and the others dated March 19, 1956. The notices of call were published in the Federal Registers of September 30, 1955, and March 30, 1956. The notice covering t h e fourteenth call of t h e 2^^ percent Series E m u t u a l mortgage insurance fund debentures is shown in this exhibit. Since t h e other notices of call are similar to this exhibit, they have been omitted b u t t h e essential details are summarized in t h e table following the notice of call. N O T I C E O F CALL. F E D E R A L R E G I S T E R O F S E P T E M B E R 30, 1955 To Holders of 2% Percent Mutual Mortgage Insurance F u n d Debentures, Series E : NOTICE OF CALL FOR PARTIAL REDEMPTION, BEFORE MATURITY, OF 2% PERCENT MUTUAL MORTGAGE INSURANCE FUND DEBENTURES, SERIES E P u r s u a n t to t h e a u t h o r i t y conferred by the National Housing Act (48 Stat. 1246; U. S. C , Title 12, Sec. 1701 et seq.) as amended, public notice is hereby given t h a t 2% percent m u t u a l mortgage insurance fund debentures. Series E, of t h e denominations and serial numbers designated below, are hereby called for redemption, a t par and accrued interest, on J a n u a r y 1, 1956, on which date interest on such debentures shall cease: 2% percent mutual mortgage insurance fund debentures, Series E Denomination $50 100.. ,. - Serial numbers (All numbers inclusive) . 1,021 to 1,048 1,888 to 1,998 2, 604 to 2, 731 500... . 691 to 732 1,000 1, 397 to 1, 500 5,000 -.1 808 to 884 10,000. . 257 to 278 T h e debentures first issued as determined by the issue dates thereof were selected for redemption by t h e Commissioner, Federal Housing Administration, with the approval of t h e Secretary of the Treasur}^ No transfers or denominational exchanges in debentures covered by the foregoing call will be made on the books maintained by the Treasury D e p a r t m e n t on or after October 1, 1955. This does not affect t h e right of the holder of a debenture to sell and assign the debenture on or after October 1, 1955, and provision will be m a d e for t h e p a y m e n t of final interest due on J a n u a r y 1, 1956, with the principal thereof to t h e actual owner, as shown by t h e assignments thereon. The Commissioner of the Federal Housing Administration hereby offers t o purchase any debentures included in this call a t any time from October 1, 1955, to December 31, 1955, inclusive, a t par and accrued interest, to date of pui chase. Instructions for t h e presentation and surrender of debentures for redemption on or after J a n u a r y 1, 1956, or for purchase prior to t h a t date'wiU be given by t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury. .___ NORMAN P. MASON, Federal Housing Commissioner. ' A P P R O V E D : September 28, 1955. W. R A N D O L P H B U R G E S S , Acting Secretary of ihe Treasury. Final interest will be paid with principal a t t h e r a t e of $13.75 per $1,000 on debentures redeemed on J a n u a r y 1,1956. Final interest will be paid with principal a t the r a t e of $0.074728 per $1,000 p e r day from July 1, 1955, to date of purchase on debentures purchased between October 1 and December 31, 1955. « . Summary of information contained in the notices of call for partial redemption of insurance fund debentures during ihe fiscal year 1956 2 H percent m u t u a l mortgage insurance fund d e b e n t u r e s , Series E F o u r t e e n t h call N o t i c e of call Redemption date S e r i a l n u m b e r s called b y denominations: $50 $100 $500 :$1,000 ••$6,000 $10,000 JF'inal d a t e for transfers •or d e n o m i n a t i o n a l ex•changes ( b u t n o t for sale or a s s i g n m e n t ) . "Redemption on call d a t e , a m o u n t paid at par w i t h interest in full at r a t e of. P r e s e n t a t i o n for p u r chase prior to call d a t e : Period Amoxmt paid at par a n d accrued interest a t r a t e of. F i f t e e n t h call 2H percent war housing insurance fund d e b e n t u r e s , Series G, second call 2M percent w a r h o u s i n g i n s u r a n c e fund d e b e n t u r e s . Series H F i f t e e n t h call Sixteenth call 2M p e r c e n t m u t u a l mortgage m s u r a n c e fund d e b e n t u r e s . Series K Sixth call " S e v e n t h call S e p t . 22, 1955.. J a n . 1, 1966-._, M a r . 19, 1956_. J u l y l , 1956_.-. M a r . 19, 1956. J u l y 1, 1956-. S e p t . 22, 1955 J a n . 1, 1956 M a r . 19, 1956 J u l y 1, 1956 S e p t . 22, 1955. J a n . 1, 1956... M a r . 19, 1956. J u l y 1, 1956. 1021-1048 1888-1998, 2604-2731. 691-732 1397-1500 808-884 257-278 S e p t . 30, 1955 1049-1063-. 2732-2781.. 733-740-... 1501-1543.. 885-897_._, M a r . 31, 1956.. 559 2243-22481"!^ 1059-1060 3355-3357 285 1-13 M a r . 31, 1956. 3622-3640 6863-6960 1421-1466 6282-6338, 8704-8785. 2557-2579,2862 25267-26171 Sept. 30, 1955 3645-3660___._ 6962-7032 1468-1483 8786-8825, 8827-8832. 2859-2873 26191-27682 M a r . 31, 1956 73-103 34^622 158-192 379-470 104-145 78-189 Sept. 30, 1955. 104-112. 523-651. 193-198. 471-489. 146-161. 190-207. M a r . 31, 1956. $13.75 per $1,000. $13.75 per $1,000.- $13.75 per $ 1 , 0 0 0 . . . . $12.50 per $1,000-- $12.50 per $1,000- $12.50 per $1,000 $12.50 per $1,000. Oct. 1-Dec. 31,1955 $0.074728 per $1,000 p e r d a y from J u l y 1, 1955, to d a t e of p u r c h a s e . Apr. 1-June 30,1956 $0.075549 per $1,000 p e r d a y from J a n . 1, 1956, t o d a t e of p u r c h a s e . A p r . 1-June 30,1966 $0.076649 per $1,000 p e r d a y from J a n . 1, 1956, to d a t e of p u r c h a s e . A p r . 1-June 30,1956 $0.068681 p e r $1,000 p e r d a y from J a n . 1, 1956, t o d a t e of p u r c h a s e . Oct. 1-Dec. "31,1955 $0.067935 per $1,000 p e r d a y from J u l y 1, 1955, to d a t e of p u r c h a s e . A p r . 1-June 30,1966. $0.068681 per $1,000 p e r d a y from J a n . 1, 1966, to d a t e of p u r c h a s e . X OQ Oct. 1-Dec. 31,1955 $0.067935 per $1,000 per d a y from J u l y 1, 1955, to d a t e of p u r c h a s e . 00 Summary of information contained in ihe notices of call for partial redemption of insurance fund debentures during the fiscal year 1956—Continued 2H percent Title I housing insurance fund debentures. Series L Fourth call Notice of call Redemption date _ _ Serial numbers called by denominations: $50-——1-1 .•---"-:-_ _•.•.-•.• $100 — $500 $1,000 $5,000 $10,000 Final date for transfers or denominational exchanges (but not for sale or assignment). Redemption on call, date, amount paid at par with interest in full at rate of. Presentation for purchase prior to call date: Period Amount paid at par and accrued interest at rate of. Sept. 22, 1955— Jan. 1, 1956 Fifth call Mar. 19, 1956 July 1, 1956 3 perceiit Title I housuig insurance fund debentures. Series T 2M percent Title I housing insurance fund debentures. Series R Second call Sept. 22, 1955 Jan. 1, 1966 116.:..:.:-- „ _ . . _ _ . „ . 117-123_-.::_--:-:_-..:-. 6—__-..-.-.-__.---•-:• 10-13 42-48 49-86 4 ' 62-64 61 255-260 9-24 263-311 10-12 8 . Mar. 19, 1966 July 1, 1966 Sept. 22, 1955 Jan. 1, 1956 7-8 14-16 5 __ 27-32 10 2-4 1-9 1-2 1-10 1-2 __ Sept. 30, 1955 Mar. 31, 1956 Sept. 30, 1955 Mar. 31, 1966 $12.50 per $1,000 $12.60 per $1,000 $13.75 per $1,000 $13.75 per $1,000 Second call First call Third call - Sept. 30, 1955—.J Mar. 19, 1966. July 1, 1956. - . 7-41. 21-65. 6-19. CX) CX) CO Cn 05 O O 6-8. Mar. 31, 1956. Ul $15.00 per $1,000 $15.00 per $1,000. Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 1955... Apr. 1-June 30, 1966-. Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 1955.-. Apr. 1-June 30,1966— Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 1956--. Apr. 1-June 30, 1966. $0.067935 per $1,000 $0.068681 per $1,000 $0.074728 per $1,000 $0.075549 per $1,000 $0.081622 per $1,000 $0.082418 per $1,000 per per day from July per day from Jan. per day from July per day from Jan. day from Jan. 1,1956, per day from July 1, 1956, to date of 1, 1955, to date of 1, 1956, to date of. to date of purchase. 1, 1965, to date of 1, 1966, to date of purchase. purchase. pm-chase. purchase. purchase. O o >^ > Ul d 3 percent m u t u a l mortgage insurance fund d e b e n t u r e s . Series U T h i r d call N o t i c e of call Redemption date Serial n u m b e r s called b y d e n o m inations: $50 $100 $500 $1,000$5,000 $10,000 .-Final d a t e for transfers or d e n o m i n a t i o n a l exchanges ( b u t n o t for sale or a s s i g m n e n t ) . R e d e m p t i o n on call d a t e , a m o u n t paid at par w i t h interest in full a t r a t e of. P r e s e n t a t i o n for p u r c h a s e prior t o call d a t e : Period A m o u n t p a i d a t p a r a n d accrued interest a t r a t e of. F o u r t h call M u t u a l m o r t g a g e i n s u r a n c e fund d e b e n t u r e s . Series A A , first call 2 ^ percent 2M p e r c e n t 3 percent S e p t . 22,1956-. J a n . 1, 1966-_.. M a r . 19, 1966-. J u l y 1, 1956—. M a r . 19, 1956— J u l y 1, 1956 M a r . 19, 1956 J u l y 1, 1956 M a r . 19, 1956. J u l y 1, 1956. 10-22.. 36-89.. 11-24-. 31-74.. 18-42.. 1. S e p t . 30, 1955—- 23-30.. 93-12926-32... 76-103.. 44-68... M a r . 31, 1966.. 1-62 1-237 1-77 1-170 1-104, 1 1 1 . . — 1-69 M a r . 31, 1956... 1-62 1-237 1-77 1-170 1-104,111 1-69 M a r . 31, 1956— 1-62. 1-237. 1-77. 1-170. 1-104, 111. 1-69. M a r . 31, 1956. $15.00 per $1,000- $15.00 per $1,000. $12.60 p e r $1,000 $13.75 per $1,000, $15.00 per $1,000. X K Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 1965 $0.081522 per $1,000 p e r d a y from J u l y 1, 1956, t o d a t e of p u r c h a s e . A p r . 1-June 30, 1956 $0.082418 per $1,000 per d a y from J a n . 1, 1956. to d a t e of p u r c h a s e . A p r . 1-June 30, 1956 $0.068681 per $1,000 per d a y from J a n . 1, 1956, t o d a t e of p u r c h a s e . A p r . 1-June 30, 1966 $0.075549 p e r $1,000 per d a y from J a n . 1, 1956, t o d a t e of p u r c h a s e . A p r . 1-June 30, 1956. $0.082418 per $1,000 per d a y from J a n . 1, 1956, to d a t e of p u r c h a s e . W H-1 Ul 00 CO. 190 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Taxation Developments EXHIBIT 7.—Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 14, 1956, before the House Committee on Ways and Means on the problem of financing the highway program I am very glad to have the opportunity to appear before you this morning to discuss the problem of financing the highway program, which we all agree is so important, from many standpoints in the national interest. I t is now proposed that the program will be financed oil a pay-asyou-build basis, rather than on a pay-as-you-ride basis. The only decision that remains to be made therefore is the selection of the particular taxes which will provide adequate financing. The decisions on the particular additional or new taxes to be imposed is, of course, a matter for determination for the Congress. In the hearings over these next several days this committee will receive testimony which will be. helpful in making this selection and in determining the amounts of the various taxes that will most fairly raise the necessary totals required.. The Treasury Department will be glad to continue to work with you and your staffs in preparing the estimates of receipts from various alternatives and combinations bf taxes. We all recognize the importance of having a single, integrated highway program which will make it possible to plan and carry out the development of the interstate system as a unit. I will give you estimates this morning on the basis of a 12-year building and a 12-year spending program. Over 12 years, total expenditures for the interstate system and for the priraary, secondary, and urban programs under 1954 and prior authorizations and H. R. 8836, come to a total of $35.2 billion. The existing gasoline and diesel fuel taxes of 2 cents per gallon in a 12year period available for this program will bring in $14.2 billion, leaving about $21 billion to be provided by new taxes. We have figures showing the amount of revenue which would be derived in a 12-year period from an increase of 1 cent or in some cases of 1 percentage point in the rate of tax on various items which have been suggested to us as possible sources of additional revenue. These are: For each 1 cent: Gasoline Diesel fuel____ Lubricating oil Tires Camelback Tubes For each 1 percent: Trucks and buses Parts and accessories Registration fee at $1 per 1,000 pounds of weight: Automobiles Trucks and buses registered for highway use Billion $6. 6 .2 .2 .5 . 05 . 02 . 350 .4 3. 0 1. 5 H. R. 9075, which is now before your committee, provides a 1-cent increase in gasoline and other fuel taxes, an increase from 5 to 8 cents a pound on tires and a new tax of 3 cents a pound on camelback, and an increase of 2 percent, from 8 percent to 10 percent, in the excise tax EXHIBITS 191 on trucks and buses to equal the present tax on passenger cars. These new taxes proposed under this bill in the 12-year period would bring in $9.1 billion, which is less than half the total required over the 12year period and indicates the need for an additional $11.9 billion to finance the program on a pay-as-you-build basis. The calculation prepared in connection with this bill as used by the committee includes as available for this purpose over a 12-year period $2.6 billion of existing excise taxes on tires which are now included in our general revenues and which if diverted to this use will have to be raised in some other way to replace an equal amount to cover their loss in general revenue. Estimates of tax receipts extending over a 12-year period inevitably involve the use of various underlying estimates in making the calculations and are subject to substantial margins of error. The projections used in the table which I have just referred to here are the same as those used by the Fallon committee a year ago and tbey have also been used in the revenue projections made by your committee in connection with H. R. 9075. I want to call attention to one final point. I have referred to a, $35.2 billion Federal expenditure for roads over a 12-year period. This, of course, does not indicate the full scale of road construction under the Federal program. A little over $10 billion or nearly one-third of tbe total goes back to the States for primary, secondary and urban roads which are financed by a 50-50 Federal matching grant.. There will, accordingly, be an equivalent amount of State expenditures in this category. The expenditures on the interstate system would be a total of $25.i billion on a 90-10 matching system, which means that there will be State expenditures of almost $3 billion in this category making total expenditures for roads under this program in 12 years of $48.1 billion. • Total road expendiiures under Federal-aid progro,m [Billions of dollars] Federal grants for: Primary, secondary, and urban 10. 1 Interstate Total 25. 1 _- - State matching expenditures for: Primary, secondary, and urban Grand total 35. 2 10. 1 Interstate . Total ---- 2. 8 - 12. 9 . 48. 1 With these expenditures, we can look forward to making up the present deficiencies in highway construction and securing a system of roads which we so badly need. Everyone wants roads—more and better roads. The problem is to provide the money to pay for them on a pay-as-you-build basis. Improved highway transportation is one of the great necessities of our times. A large part of our commerce and industry depends upon it. Our farms require it. The jobs of millions of men and women in this country depend upon it. The further growth of the great auto industry and all the ramifications in the use of steel, fuel, rubber, and 192 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY thousands of products from hundreds of sources cannot continue to develop unless our highway transportation is developed concurrently. The Treasury is prepared to lend the fullest support to the deliberations of your committee and the Congress to the end that a highway program which all Americans need and want may be realized. EXHIBIT 8.—Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, May 17, 1956, before the Senate Finance Committee in general support of the highway program I am glad to have this opportunity to appear before you this morning in general support of the highway program and to discuss its financial aspects, which are now before this committee. Improved highway transportation is one of the great necessities of our times. A large part of our commerce and industry depends upon it. Our farms require it. The jobs of millions of men and women in this country depend upon it. The further growth of the great auto industry and all the ramifications in the use of steel, fuel, rubber, and thousands of products from hundreds of sources cannot continue to develop unless our highway transportation is developed concurrently. The Treasury is prepared to lend the fullest support to the deliberations of your committee and the Congress to the end that a highway program which all Americans need and want may be realized. H. R. 10660 has been referred to as a pay-as-you-build program. I heartily endorse this policy of highway financing. But I want to point out to you two important respects in which the revenue features of this proposed program falls far short of the actual pay-as-you-build principle. The bill as passed by the House showed an estimated balance between expenditures and tax receipts at the end of the 16-year period ending in 1972. However, after an initial 3 years with excess receipts over expenditures, there would be 10 successive years with an excess of expenditures over receipts, with annual deficiencies of from $500 million to $800 million in most of these years. The cumulative deficiency in the trust fund would begin in the sixth year (1962) and would exceed $4,700 million by 1969. This would be^made good only in the last 3 years (1970, 1971, 1972). Furthermore, in striking this balance under the House bill, no provision was made during the^e last 3 years for regular allocation of funds to the primary, secondary, and urban road programs and expenditures for them would be limited to the unexpended balance of prior allocations with some purely arbitrary additions until the last year when any excess over the full amount required for reimbursement of the interstate deficiency would be available for the primary, secondary, and urban programs. This would leave an estimated deficiency in this latter program of approximately $1,450 million as compared with continuing the regular allocations to this program. For 10 full years these large deficits would be a charge on the general budget. This discrepancy in timing contradicts an essential part of a real pay-as-you-build program. The substitute authorizations for expenditures made by the Senate Public Works Committee change the total amounts and annual pattern of expenditures somewhat, but they would produce the same short of interim deficits. You will note on the first two tables i which you have received the estimates of expenditures, receipts, and the condition of the trust fund under the House bill and under the alternative expenditure program of your Senate Public Works Committee. To maintain comparability, the authorizations for the primary, secondary, and urban road programs in the alternative plan have been assumed to be continued at $900 million annually beyond 1961, as actually authorized, through 1969, the period of authorization of increasing annual authorizations under the House bill, thus providing about the same total amount for this program in each bill. Also, to maintain comparability, the estimated excess of receipts over the amount needed to reimburse the deficiency in the trust fund at the end of the entire period has been allocated to the primary, secondary, and urban program, as was done under the House bill. You will note from the two tables that there are very few discrepancies between the two ^bills; the discrepancies are very minor. The expenditures under the Senate program are based upon the cost of a 40,000 mile interstate system, and this is one of the principal differences between the two bills. No provision is made EXHIBITS 193 in either bill for the cost of the additional 2,500 miles of interstate roads authorized in the Senate program since the routes have not even been specified. In other words, the House program is 40,000 miles, and the finances are based on that and the Senate bill provides the same finances, to all intents and purposes, but adds on this system 2,500 miles for which no money is provided at all. If the cost of these additional miles were equal to the average costs of the 40,000 designated miles, the total costs of the interstate system as proposed in the Senate bill would be increased by about $1.7 bilhon. To eliminate the prospective deficits under either the House bill or the alternative Senate plan, I urge that the bill be amended to permit allocation of funds to be so timed that the estimated expenditures from the allocations will not exceed the estimated available amounts in the trust funds. With this change, the pror gram could be kept frora being a charge on the regular budget. It could then be made, from this standpoint, a true pay-as-you-build program, and whenever annual allocations were desired which would exceed the amount of funds that would be then currently available in the trust fund, the Congress could promptly provide adequate additional taxes to cover the estimated deficit. I am taking it for granted, gentlemen, that you all have in mind that the receipts go into a trust fund, and the expenditures for the roads are paid out of the trust fund under both bills. The system is that the taxes will be allocated to the trust fund as collected, and then the payment will be made out of the trust fund. Now that is the first departure. Now the second departure from a real pay-asyou-build program comes from the dedication to the highway trust fund of the existing excise taxes on tires and tubes and three-eighths of the.existing 8 percent on trucks and buses, beginning in the fiscal year 1958. The estimated annual amounts start at about $275 million and rise to almost $400 million, with a total of about $5 billion through 1972. This diversion of excise taxes which have always been regarded as part of the general revenues means that these amounts must be made up in the general budget by new taxes or by a continuation of old taxes which might otherwise be reduced. It thereby would become the equivalent of a special tax diversion in lieu of a general tax reduction for all taxpayers that might otherwise be possible. The dedication of the existing gasoline and diesel fuel taxes is reasonable because they have come to be regarded as available for highway expenditures, and in recent years the regular highway program has been based on them. But the tire, tube, truck, and bus taxes are included in our regular excise tax program and have always been considered as part of the general revenue, along with all the other manufacturer's excise taxes. Their diversion to pay for highways is not really consistent with pay-as-you-build financing, and deflects our general revenue receipts. The various taxes to be transferred to the highway trust fund under H. R. 10660 are shown in the third table ^ which you have before you. Estimates of receipts extending 16 years into the future are inevitably subject to substantial margins of error; but the projections used in these tables are the best available figures developed by the various staffs which have worked on the subject. The Treasury Department did not make any specific tax recommendations to the House Ways and Means Committee. The new taxes included in H. R. 10660 are thus neither in accord with nor contrary to any recommendations of the Treasury, but I will take this opportunity to say that we have no objection to any of the proposed new taxes. The Treasury Department will be glad to provide such information and other assistance as we can to this committee in its consideration of highway financing. In conclusion I repeat my strong endorsement of a national highway program, financed on a real pay-as-you-build basis. And I especially commend and urge you to adopt the amendment suggested to balance annual allocations with estimated receipts to be currently available in the fund. Now, the purpose of that recommendation and my urging you to adopt it is this, that only in that way will this quickly and adequately become a real pay-as-youbuild program, because if you adopt that amendment then as the allocations are made you would see immediately where the deficits in the funds are going to come, and that you want to allocate more than the fund will have money to provide and pay for, and therefore, the matter will be immediately raised for congressional consideration as to the imposition as to whatever additional taxes are required to keep the fund solvent currently all during the period, and you will not run into these big deficits that appear as the bill is now drawn. 1 See also revised table p. 45. 399346—57 14 T A B L E I.—Highway program, H . R. 10660, as passed by the House of Representatives—Estimated expenditures and tax receipts, and status of trust fund, under allocations made by bill, and status of trust fund if present taxes on tires, tubes, and 3 percent on trucks, buses, and trailers are not allocated to trust fund, fiscal years 1957-72 CD [In millions of dollars] CO cn T a x receipts Expenditures T r u s t fund Fiscal year Construction 1957 1958 1959 1960... 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965... 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970... 1971 1972 1. .... .._:.. . . . . _ Total Interest income (-),or. expense (+) Annual 1,025 1,480 1,993 2,475 2,700 3,025 3,050 3,075 3,100 3,125 3,250 3,075 2,700 2,025 1,296 505 -5-16 -23 -20 -11 +4 +21 +37 +53 +68 +84 +98 +105 +99 +75 +30 1,020 1,464 1,970 2,455 2,689 3,029 3,071 3,112 3,153 3,193 3,334 3,173 2,805 2,124 1,371 535 37, 899 +599 138,498 Cumulative 1,020 2,484 4,454 6,909 9,598 12, 627 15, 698 18,810 21, 963 25,156 • 28, 490 31, 663 34, 468 36, 592 37, 963 38, 498 Tires, tubes, and 3 Gasoline percent and on t r u c k s , diesel fuel . buses, and trailers Total, present law Newtaxes Annual Cumulative Net annual credits ( + ) , or charges (-) 868 1,021 1,059 1,093 1,129 1,164 1,201 1,236 1,271 1,304 1.343 1,378 1,412 1,445 1,475 1,697 277 290 284 297 303 313 322 325 340 347 353 363 369 374 387 868 1,298 1,349 1,377 1, 426 . 1, 467 1,614 1,658 1, 596 1,644 1,690 1,731 1,775 1,814 1,849 2,084 612 688 714 730 760 778 803 826 856 879 901 924 944 964 981 1,098 1,480 1,986 2,063 2,107 2,186 • 2,245 2,317 2,384 2,452 2.523 2; 501 2,655 2,719 2, 778 2,830 3,182 20, 096 4, 944 25, 040 13, 468 38, 498 1 Excluding $150 million estimated to be paid in fiscal years 1973 and 1974. T o t a l tax receipts P r e s e n t taxes Total expenditures 1,480 3,466 5,629 7,636 9,822 12, 067 14, 384 16,768 19, 220 •21,743 24,334 26, 989 29, 708 32, 486 35, 316 38, 498 +460 +522 +93 -348 -503 -784 -754 -728 -701 -670 -743 -618 -86 +654 + 1 , 459 +2,647 Trust fund without $4,944,000,000 of p r e s e n t taxes and including increased interest cost Balance, credit ( + ) , or d e b i t ( - ) at e n d of year Net annual credits (+),or charges +460 +982 + 1 , 075 +727 +224 -560 -1,314 - 2 , 042 - 2 , 743 - 3 , 413 -4,156 - 4 , 674 - 4 , 760 -4,106 - 2 , 647 +460 +242 -207 -648 -824 -1,117 -1,105 -1,096 -1,081 - 1 , 074 -1,162 -953 -541 +183 +972 +2,137 (-) Balance, credit ( + ) , or d e b i t ( - ) at e n d of year +460 +702 +495 -153 —977 - 2 , 094 -3,199 - 4 , 295 —5, 376 - 6 , 450 - 7 , 612 - 8 , 565 -9,106 - 8 , 923' - 7 , 951 - 5 , 814 O O Ul O > o "^ W - 5 , 814 > d Ul T A B L E II.—Highway program, H . R. 10660, as amended by ihe Senate Committee on Public Works—Estimaied expenditures and tax receipts, and status of trust fund, under allocations made by bill, and status of trust fund if present taxes on tires, tubes, and 3 percent on trucks, buses, and trailers are not allocated to trust fund, fiscal years 1957-72' [In millions of dollars} T a x receipts Expenditures T r u s t fund T o t a l tax receipts P r e s e n t taxes Total expenditures • Fiscal year Construction 1957.. 1958 1959-. . 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964.. 1965 1966... 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971., 1972 _ . Total Interest income ( - ) , or expense (+) Annual 1, 050 1,600 2,050 2,600 2, 800 2,900 2,900 2,900 2,900 2,900 2,900 2,900 2,900 2,350 1,539 758 -5 -14 -19 -14 -2 +12 +27 +40 +51 +62 +71 +79 +85 • +84 +67 +27 1,045 1,586 2,031 2,586 2,798 2, 912 2,927 2,940 2,951 2,962 2,971 2,979 2,985 2,434 1,606 785 37,947 +551 1 38, 498 Cumulative 1,045 2, 631 4,662 7,248 10, 046 12, 958 15, 885 18. 825 2i; 776 24, 738 27, 709 30, 688 33. 673 36', 107 37, 713 38, 498 Tires, tubes, and 3 Gasoline percent and diesel on t r u c k s , fuel buses, and traders 868 1,021 1,059 1,093 1,129 1,164 1,201 1.236 1, 271 1,304 1,343 1,378 1,412 1,445 1,475 1,697 277 290 284 297 303 313 322 325 340 347 353 363 369 374 387 20, 096 4,944 Total, present law New taxes Annual Cumulative Net annual credits ( + ) , or charges (-) 868 1,298 1, 349 1,377 1, 426 1, 467/ 1, 514 • 1,558 1,596 1,644 1,690 1,731 1,775 1,814 1, 849 2,084 612 688 714 730 760 778 803 826 856 879 901 924 944 964 981 1,098 1,480 1,986 2,063 2,107 2,186 2,245 2,317 2,384 2,452 2,523 2,591 2,655 2, 719 2,778 2,830 3,182 25, 040 13, 458 38, 498 1,480 3,466 6,529 7, 636 9,822 12, 067 14, 384 16, 768 19, 220 21, 743 24, 334 26, 989 29, 708 • 32, 486 35, 316 38, 498 +435 +400 +32 -479 -612 -667 -610 -556 -499 -439 -380 -324 -266 +344 +1,224 +2,397 Trust fund without $4,944,000,000 of p r e s e n t taxes and including increased interest cost Balance, credit ( + ) , or d e b i t ( - ) at e n d of year Net annual credits (+),oi charges +435 +835 +867 +388 -224 -891 - 1 , 501 -2,057 - 2 , 556 - 2 , 995 - 3 , 375 - 3 , 699 - 3 , 965 - 3 , 621 - 2 , 397 +435 +120 -268 -779 -932 - 1 , 001 -961 -924 -879 -842 -799 -758 • -721 -127 +737 + 1 , 887 Balance, credit ( + ) , or debit ( - ) at endof year +435+555 +287 -492 -1,424 - 2 , 425 - 3 , 386 -4,310 -5,189 - 6 , 031 - 6 , 830 - 7 , 688 -8,309 - 8 , 436 - 7 , 699 - 5 , 812 X s Ul - 5 , 812 ' Excluding $150 million estimated to be paid in fiscal years 1973 and 1974. CO T A B L E III.—Estimated tax receipts allocated io highway trust fund, fiscal years 1957- CO [In millions of dollars] P r e s e n t l a w taxes Fiscal year Gasoline (2 cents per gallon) 1 1967 1958... 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 Total Diesel fuel (2 cents per gallon) Tires (5 cents per pound) Trucks, buses, Inner and tubes trailers (9 cents (3 p e r c e n t of m a n u per p o u n d ) facturer's price) Total, present law taxes Gasoline (1 cent per gallon) 2 Diesel fuel (1 cent Tires (3 cents per pound)4 gallon) 3 Trucks, buses, and Tread trailers rubber (3 cents (2 p e r c e n t of m a n u per p o u n d ) s facturer's price) Trucks, over Total, 26,000 n e w or pounds ($1.50 per increased taxes thousand pounds. annual tax) Annual Cumulative CO Ox Oi o o 6 846 994 1,031 1,064 1,099 1,133 1,169 1,203 1,237 1,269 1,307 1, 341 1,375 1,407 1,436 71, 650 6 22 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 36 36 37 37 38 39 M7 184 191 197 204 210 217 223 229 235 242 248 266 261 266 273 18 18 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 75 81 78 84 84 87 90 87 96 96 96 99 99 99 105 888 1,298 1,349 1,377 1,426 1,467 1,514 1,558 1,596 1,644 1,690 1,731 1,775 1,814 1,849 2,084 407 472 489 505 522 638 655 571 589 604 622 638 654 669 683 777 10 13 13 13 14 15 15 15 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 22 95 98 100 103 108 111 111 116 124 127 129 132 135 135 140 146. 8 9 11 9 11 8 12 11 14 11 12 14 11 14 11 14 47 60 54 52 56 56 58 60 58 64 64 64 66 66 66 76 45 46 47 48 49 60 52 53 55 56 57 59 60 62 63 64 612 688 714 730 760 778 803 826 856 879 901 924 944 964 981 81, 098 1,480 1,986 2,063 2,107 2,186 2, 245 2,317 2,384 2,452 2,523 2,591 2, 655 2,719 2,778 2,830 3,182 19, 561 535 3,435 163 1,356 25, 040 9, 296 251 1, 909 180 957 866 13, 458 38, 498 1 After deduction of refunds of tax on farm gasoline, estimated at 6 percent. 2 After deduction of all use in other than highway-type vehicles, estimated at 10 percent, and use by transit systems, estimated at $4 million aimually. 3 After deduction for transit use, estimated at $1 million annually. 4 After deduction of tires for nonhighway-type vehicles, estimated at 12 percent. 5 After deduction of rubber for tires for nonhighway-type vehicles, estimated at 6 percent. T o t a l receipts N e w or increased taxes 1,480 3,466 5,529 7,636 9,822 12, 067 14, 384 16, 768 19, 220 21, 743 24,334 26, 989 29, 708 32, 486 35,316 38,498 6 Excludes receipts from taxes accrued prior to July 1, 1956. 7 Including receipts after June 30, 1972, of taxes accrued on or before that date. 8 Including receipts after June 30, 1972, of taxes accrued on or before that date, less floor stocks refunds paid in 1973. Ul o td > O > d EXHIBITS 197 E X H I B I T 9.—Letter of Secretary of the Treasury H u m p h r e y , M a r c h 6, 1956, to the Chairman of the H o u s e Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, concerning the opposition of the Treasury to the tax deduction u n d e r H . R. 9065 for employee contributions to the railroad retirement fund M Y D E A R M R . CHAIRMAN: This is in reference to a request for the Treasury D e p a r t m e n t ' s views on H. R. 9065 and other identical bills to amend t h e Railroad Retirement Act of 1937 to provide increases in benefits and for other purposes. T h e D e p a r t m e n t is primarily interested in Section 5 of these bills which excludes employees' contributions to t h e railroad retirement program from both withholding tax and from taxable income. Such exclusions are not permitted under existing law. After t h e increase in t h e contribution r a t e provided by t h e bills, such exclusions would a m o u n t to 7}^ percent of t h e covered employee's wages. Though t h e bills increase both employee and employer contributions by 1 percent of covered wages to pay for t h e higher benefits, employees would actually p a y a smaller net a m o u n t t h a n a t present. The income tax reductions resulting from t h e exclusion would be larger t h a n t h e increase in their contributions. The bill t h u s would shift t h e employee's share of t h e cost of the proposed increase in benefits t o t h e Federal Government. I t would also shift to t h e Federal Governm e n t p a r t of the cost of the existing program. These exclusions would have far-reaching implications for the income tax system. Employee contributions to t h e railroad retirement program are a form of savings for retirement and other contingencies. If savings of railroad employees are excluded from taxable income, other groups could be expected to demand comparable exclusions for other types of savings for retirement, including contributions to employer pension plans, t h e OASI program, and private annuities. T h e fact t h a t railroad retirement benefits are already exempt from t a x adds to t h e problem. If, in addition to t h e present exemption of benefits, employees' contributions were excluded, no tax would be paid on the income represented by such contributions a t any time. , Such exclusions would cause very substantial losses in revenue. T h e exclusion of railroad retirement contributions alone would involve an annual revenue loss estimated a t $70 million. If a similar exclusion were given to social security contributions, t h e cost would be increased by another $600 to $700 million annually. I n view of these considerations, t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t strongly opposes t h e e n a c t m e n t of any bill which contains an income tax exclusion for employee contributions under t h e railroad retirement program. T h e Director, Bureau of t h e Budget, has advised t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t t h a t there is no objection to t h e presentation of this report. Sincerely yours, G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. E X H I B I T 10.—Letter of Secretary of the Treasury H u m p h r e y , March 15,1956, to the Chairman of the H o u s e Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, urging the committee to act unfavorably on H . R. 9065, to a m e n d the Railroad Retirement Act M Y D E A R M R . CHAIRMAN: On March 6 I wrote you concerning t h e opposition of t h e Treasury to t h e tax deduction under H. R. 9065 for employee contributions to t h e railroad retirement fund. I wrote you t h e n t h a t the immediate cost t o the Treasury would be $70,000,000 a year. We now find t h a t exemption of employee deductions for social security contributions, which are the same as railroad retirem e n t contributions, would cause a revenue loss of $630,000,000. Since m y first letter, we have continued to s t u d y t h e possible consequences of similar exemptions if applied to additional forms of pension plans. We find t h a t two other groups would involve the following annual revenue loss: Federal employees under Federal retirement plan $110, 000, 000 State and local employees under State and local pension plans._ $130, 000, 000 T h u s t h e t o t a l revenue loss would be about $940, 000, 000 This loss of nearly one billion dollars is t h e crux of t h e situation which makes t h e action being considered by your committee very serious. Should t h e t a x exemption be given railroad employees it would seem t h a t , out of fairness, similar treatm e n t should properly be given t h e millions of people who contribute to these retirem e n t systems without having such contributions t r e a t e d as t a x deductions. 198 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY T h e revenue loss could run to another billion dollars or more if this principle led to dem.ands t h a t all individuals be allowed a deduction of up to 7J4 percent of incom.e provided such percentage of income was paid out as a social security contribution, as a contribution under private pension plans, or as an individual saving for retirement. For these reasons t h e Treasury strongly urges this committee to act unfavorably on the bill before it. Very sincerely yours, G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of ihe Treasury. E X H I B I T 11.—Statement by D a n T. Smith, Special Assistant to the Secretary of the Treasury in Charge of Tax Policy, July 3,1956, before the H o u s e Committee on Ways and M e a n s , on H. R. 10578 and H . R. 11764 to a m e n d the Railroad Retirement Act The Treasury D e p a r t m e n t appreciates the opportunity^ to present its views on H . R. 10578 and H . R. 11764. These bills would amend the Railroad Retirement Tax Act to exclude employees' contributions to the railroad retirement program from both withholding tax and taxable income. After t h e increase in t h e contribution rate provided by H. R. 10578, the exclusions would a m o u n t to 7.% percent of covered wages. H. R. 11764, t a k e n b}'' itself, would grant exclusions of 6% percent of covered wages, the current contribution rate. However, if adopted together with a number of bills now pending to increase railroad retirement contributions by 1 percent, H . R. 11764 would provide exclusions amounting to 7}i percent of covered wages. Exclusions for such contributions are not permitted under present law. I t should be made clear, a t the outset, t h a t while the bill speaks of '^exclusions," and" t h a t is the correct technical term, the effect is equivalent to allowing the employee a current deduction from gross income of an a m o u n t equal to the taxes paid. No such tax t r e a t m e n t is given to social security taxes, of course, or to contributions to any other public or private retirement systems. These proposed exclusions would represent a fundamental d e p a r t u r e from established principles of Federal income taxation. T h e y would create a special tax a d v a n t a g e not available to any other group of employees in the country. E m ployee contributions to the railroad retirement programs are a form of savings for retirement and other contingencies. If these savings of railroad employees are excluded from taxable income, other groups could be expected properly to expect comparable exclusions for other types of savings for retirement, including contributions to the OASI program, private pension plans, and annuities leading to a total annual revenue loss of more t h a n $2 billion. Present law already gives considerable benefits to people covered by the railroad retirement system. I t already completely excludes all railroad retirement benefits from taxable income. Unlike private pension plans and annuities, and the proposals for special t r e a t m e n t of private retirement plans of the self-employed, the present law t h u s excludes not only t h e p a r t of t h e railroad retirement benefits representing the employee's contributions b u t also the p a r t representing the employer's contribution and accumulated interest. If, in addition to the present total exemption of benefits, employees' contributions were excluded, no tax would be paid on t h e income represented by such contributions a t any time. This would clearly discriminate against other taxpaj^ers including self-employed people who are not eligible for aii}^ of the tax advantages received by employees under employer-financed pension plans and who save for retirement out of income t h a t has been subject to income tax. The fact t h a t railroads are permitted to deduct their contributions to the railroad retirement fund is not in any sense relevant to the deductibility or nondeductibility of employees' contributions, as is sometimes claimed. The railroads' contributions are a business expense in the form of indirect compensation to employees, and are properly deductible by the employer as an ordinary and necessary business expense, just as are social security taxes paid by the employer, unemployment taxes, contributions to qualified pension plans, and the like. However, there is no parallel between the allowance of this deduction of a business expense and the proposed exclusion of a p a r t of a railroad emploj^ee's own income, which is used to finance p a r t of his own retirement benefit. EXHIBITS 199 As a result of the exclusions, the net cost to employees of the increased contributions to the railroad retirement fund proposed by H. R. 10578 would actually be reduced below the present level. The income tax reductions resulting from the exclusion generally would be larger than the increase from 6.25 to 7.25. percent in. employees' contributions. If the contributions were excluded from the first bracket 20 percent rate, the net cost of employees' contributions to the railroad retirement program would be 5.8 percent of wages compared with 6.25 percent at present. If the contributions to the railroad retirement program remained at the present level of 6.25 percent, the net cost to covered individuals would be cut to 5 percent of. covered wages. The effect of enactment of this bill, therefore, would be to shift to the Federal Government and to taxpayers generally not only the employee's share of the cost of any increase in benefits that may be adopted with the proposed increase in contributions, but also part of the cost of the existing program. Despite claims to the contrary, neither British nor Canadian tax practicie offers a precedent for the tax treatment provided by the bill. In Canada, social security is financed by additional rates imposed under general taxes on incomes and sales, and the benefit payments are taxable when received. In Great Britain, employees' contributions to social security plans are currently excluded but in contrast to the exempt treatment in this country the full amount of the pension is taxable when received. Neither country permits both a tax deduction or exclusion of contributions from income and tax exemption of benefits. I might digress just to interject, here, that this reference to the British and Canadian experience I have put. in simply because the point has often been raised when this matter was up for consideration before other committees. Exclusions for income invested in specified forms of retirement savings M^ould cause very substantial immediate losses in revenue. The exclusion of railroad retirement contributions, amounting to 7K percent of covered wages, alone would involve an annual revenue loss estimated at $70 million. Even if the railroad retirement contributions remained at 6J4 percent of covered wages, the annual revenue loss of excluding such contributions would be $60 million. Similar exclusions for employee contributions to the social security system would cost $630 million annually, and for employee contributions to both private and Government pension plans $330 million. The annual cost of all these exclusions combined would exceed $1 billion. If all individuals were allowed to exclude up to 7% percent of their incom.es for savings for retirement, and in fact saved the full amount thus allowed, the annual revenue loss could run to $2 billion or more. That is a total figure, including the billion in the preceding paragraph. In conclusion, I should like to quote from the resolution unanimously adopted by this committee on March 13, 1956, as released to the press on March 14. The points contained therein seem especially significant. The resolution referred to H. R. 9065 and other identical bills providing increases in railroad retirement benefits and giving tax exclusions to employee contributions. The resolution of this committee stated in part: "Whereas the said bills provide that the employees' contributions to the railroad retirement program, shall be excluded from gross income for Federal income tax purposes; ''Whereas such a tax provision represents a com.plete departure from established principles of Federal income taxation and would create a special tax advantage not available to an3^ other group of employees in the country; "Whereas, the provision in question thus involves fundamental principles of tax policy, including basic questions of fairness and equity in the tax system as a whole; "Whereas, such a tax provision, if enacted, would result in shifting to the Federal Government and, thus, to taxpayers generally the employee's share of the cost of the proposed increase in railroad retirem.ent benefits and a portion of the cost of the existing program; "Whereas, such a tax provision, if enacted, would necessitate logically the extension of a similar tax benefit to the. members of other retirement systems at a cost to the Federal revenue of several.billion dollars annually; "Whereas the ultimate revenue effects of the tax provision in question manifestly contain serious implications with regard to the Federal budget and the tax burden of taxpayers generally; and then, after an omission of something dealing with the jurisdictional matter, 200 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY " W h e r e a s if the t a x provision in question were enacted the Com.mittee on Ways a n d Means necessarily would have to consider further legislation to grant equivalent t r e a t m e n t to other retirem.ent systems." For t h e foregoing reasons t h e Treasury strongly urges this committee to act unfavorably on any bill which contains an income-tax exclusion for employee contributions under the railroad retirement program out of fairness to t h e millions of people who contribute to retirement systems without having any such advantages. I might add, Mr. Chairman, t h a t t h e Treasury Departm.ent position as I have just stated it was stated previously both to t h e House Committee on I n t e r s t a t e and Foreign Commerce and t h e Senate Committee on I n t e r s t a t e and Foreign Commerce, when t h e y were dealing with bills combining t h e increase in benefits and t h e tax exclusion. I reviewed this^subject with t h e Secretary of the Treasury yesterday afternoon before coming up here. He advised me t h a t our position, of course, was in no sense changed from t h a t earlier position which had been taken. I further have checked with t h e Director of t h e Budget this morning, and he informs m.e t h a t t h e proposed legislation giving tax exemption is not in accordance with t h e President's general program. So I speak for t h e Director of t h e Budget as well as t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury this morning. E X H I B I T 12.—Letter of Secretary of the Treasury H u m p h r e y , M a r c h 26,1956, to the Chairman of the Senate Finance Committee on H . R. 7225 to provide important changes in the social security program M Y D E A R M R . CHAIRMAN: This is in response to your request for the Treasury D e p a r t m e n t ' s views on H. R. 7225, which would make i m p o r t a n t changes in t h e social security program and which t h e Senate Finance Committee now has under consideration. T h e bill would extend t h e coverage of t h e old-age and survivors insurance program to include several groups not now covered by t h e program, notably self-employed professional groups other t h a n physicians. I t would lower the age a t which women could qualify for retirement benefits from 65 to 62, whether they qualified in their own right or as widows or wives of insured persons. I n addition, a new category of cash benefits for total and p e r m a n e n t disability would be created. To finance t h e proposed changes, H. R. 7225 increases paj^roll taxes on wages by 1 percent (half to be paid by employees, and half to be paid by emploj^ers), and t h e t a x on self-employment income by % percent. Extension of t h e old-age and survivors insurance program to noncovered groups in t h e population is highly desirable. I t is in t h e interest of t h e individuals . and their families who would come under t h e plan and, insofar as it improves t h e financing of t h e plan, it is in t h e interest of those already covered. However, we would urge t h e committee to extend coverage beyond t h a t provided in the bill, particularly to Federal civilian employees and t h e Armed Forces. T h e recommendation to cover Federal civilian employees was made in 1954 by t h e committee established under congressional authorization to study retirement programs of t h e Federal Government. T h e inclusion of members of t h e Armed Forces, which would also be desirable, is provided i n H . R. 7089, which is now pending before your committee. T h e provisions of t h e bill lowering t h e age a t which women qualify for retirem e n t benefits and for t h e establishment of cash benefits for t o t a l and p e r m a n e n t disability and t h e necessary increases in payroll taxes to finance these new benefits have been commented on by Secretary Folsom in his testimony before your committee. T h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t concurs in t h e recommendations made b y t h e D e p a r t m e n t of Health, Education, and Welfare, and I have nothing to add in terms of elaboration or additional comment. I n t h e light of these considerations, t h e D e p a r t m e n t recommends t h a t your committee report a bill to expand t h e coverage of t h e old-age and survivors insurance program and eliminate t h e increased taxes and new benefit features of H. R. 7225. T h e Director, Bureau of t h e Budget, has advised t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t t h a t there is no objection to t h e presentation of this report. Sincerely yours, G. M. HUMPHREY, Secreiary of ihe Treasury. EXHIBITS 201 EXHIBIT 13.—Statement by Dan T. Smith, Special Assistant to the Secretary of the Treasury in Charge of Tax Policy, October 4, 1955, before the Subcommittee on Excise Tax Technical and Administrative Problems of the House Committee on Ways and Means The Treasury Department welcomes the opportunity afforded by these hearings of the Subcommittee on Excise Tax Technical and Administrative Problems of the Ways and Means Committee to secure, through the testimony which will be presented to you, comprehensive and up-to-date suggestions of taxpayers on the technical and administrative aspects of excise taxation. We share the committee's interest in the subject. The extensive material which will be presented in the hearings will be of great benefit to us in our own continuing review of problems in this area. I n 1953, as part of the preparation of recommendations concerning tax legislation for 1954, the staffs of the Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service examined the proposals which had been made up to that time by taxpayers and various groups outside the Government for modifications of the administrative and technical aspects of excise taxation. Discussions were also carried on with those responsible for the administration of these taxes in the Internal Revenue Service to get their suggestions for improvements. Several joint conferences were held with the staff of the Joint Committee on Internal Revenue Taxation on the subject. I t was contemplated, for a time, that it would be possible to develop a number of recommendations to present to the Ways and Means Committee in connection with the general revision of the Internal Revenue Code in 1954. Under the time pressures which developed, however, it was not possible to include excise-tax problems in the Department's tax recommendations. I n the intervening months, various other suggestions have come in to the Department, but it has not been feasible to secure a comprehensive set of proposals by taxpayers on the interrelated aspects of this general problem. We find it especially important to deal with individual problems in the excise-tax area only after full consideration of their possible connections with other problems. So often, a change which might . appear to solve a problem or relieve an inequity will create more serious new problems or inequities, which with greater foresight might have been anticipated and avoided. The testimony which will be presented at the hearings will, we are sure, be of great value by providing a full and up-to-date coverage of suggestions by taxpayers. We hope it will be possible to have joint conierences with your staff in reviewing and examining the material which will be presented to you here. After conferences with members of your staff, the Treasury Department has prepared three different items for presentation to the subcommittee. I n the first, embodied in my present statement, I shall indicate briefly the principal categories into which the complaints and suggestions which we receive, other than those having to do with rates, seem to fall. I n doing so, I shall attempt to list some of the alternative ways in which the problems which give rise to those suggestions may be approached. After I conclucle my presentation, Mr, Justin Winkle, Assistant 202 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Commissioner (Technical), who has had extensive experience in many aspects of the work of the Internal Revenue Service, will describe the procedures used in the Service in connection with the preparation and publication of rulings on excise tax matters, collections, and audits. The third item in our presentation will be a working draft of a revision of chapter 51, and certain parts of chapters 52 and 53, of the Internal Revenue Code. This is being made in accordance with the direction of the Ways and Means Committee in its report on H . R. 8300 which stated (H. Rept. No. 1337, 83d Cong., 2d sess., p. 95) : Due to a lack of time the revision of the distilled-spirits provisions was more limited than in the case of the provisions relating to the other alcoholic beverage and tobacco taxes. In view of this, at the direction of your committee an Alcohol Tax Survey Committee of the Treasury Department is now working with a committee of the distilled-spirits industry to consider further changes for submission to the next Congress. This will be presented by Mr. Dwight E. Avis, Director of the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax Division of the Internal Revenue Service. I wish to emphasize that the material which he presents will be a working draft, as developed by the committee in his division working with a committee of the distilled-spirits industry on technical and administrative matters. This draft was not available in the Treasury Department until the end of last week, and in the intervening days it has not been possible to have it reviewed by the Treasury staff and the officials concerned with policy in this area. I t is almost inevitable that some things which may be deemed appropriate by those who administer the law will have to be modified when they are reviewed from the standpoint of general policy. Specifically, and merely as one example, to the extent that there is any adverse effect on the revenues from the proposed changes, the Treasury Department will withhold favorable recommendations at this time. With the understanding that the draft which Mr. Avis presents does not constitute a recommendation of the Treasury Department, it seems useful to take this occasion to make it available for examination and comment. As Mr. Avis will indicate, the proposed revision of chapter 51 does not deal with five controversial areas. Each of these involves complex administrative problems, has serious competitive and economic ramifications, and is the basis for intense and conflicting feeling within the industries affected. Many of them have existed for generations. I n the belief that the existence of these controversial problems should not delay consideration of the other noneontroversial improvements, we have studiously avoided suggesting any change in the law in these five areas. The draft which will be presented to you simply carries forward the old law on these issues. On the technical aspects of the law, the following classifications have seemed helpful to us in our own analysis of the suggestions which come to us. First, there are numerous suggestions for exemption for particular items from one or another of the excise taxes. These invariably have an adverse effect on the revenue and from this standpoint are as serious as reductions in rates. We have found that there are at least four reasons given for. proposed exemptions. Sometimes they are advanced on the grounds that EXHIBITS 203 the thing subject to tax is believed to have an important social purpose. Various exemptions now in the law appear to be based on these grounds, especially the exemptions from admissions tax for activities which are cultural or educational in purpose, or the proceeds of which go to charitable activities. The second reason advanced for giving exem^Dtions is an alleged need to redress a competitive inequity between competing activities or industries. This, for example, is the basis for the elimination of the tax on Sen-Sen, as provided in H . R. 4668, passed by the House in the last session of the Congress. Inevitably some things taxed will be more or less competitive with other things which are not taxed. The third reason for asking for relief is a state of distress in a particular industry, either temporary or arising from long-term secular changes in the demands for particular products. The fourth reason sometimes advanced for exemption is simply that the dollar amount of revenue involved is relatively small, and the administrative burden on both taxpayers and the Government is not justified, so it is claimed, by the revenue collected. This argument is usually associated with one of the preceding reasons. Experience has indicated that any exemptions granted, no matter how justifiable they may appear at lirst sight to be, are likely to lead to claims for other exemptions. Exemptions for a particular activity on the basis of a charitable or social purpose almost inevitably lead to claims for exemptions by others with somewhat similar activities. Those who consider that their activities are equally worthy of special treatment contend that they are being discriminated against if they do not get an exemption. Also, when exemptions for charitable or social purposes are granted, charges of unfair competition are likely to be made by those whose products are subject to tax. The admissions tax has raised many problems of this sort. A second set of problems arises in connection with the classification of a particular item into one or another of two categories which may be subject to different rates of tax, or one of which may be taxed and the other untaxed. Examples of this sort of problem occur in connection with the determination whether jewelry of a religious nature is exempt because it is used for religious purposes or is taxable because it is ornamental. Also, cigarette lighters may be taxable either as such at 10 percent of manufacturer's price, or, if they are sufficiently decorated they may be taxed as jewelry at 10 percent of the retail price. The third type of problem arises in developing a line of demarcation between the process of manufacturing and mere repair activity in the application of a manufacturer's excise tax. I n most cases, no problems are involved, but there are some borderline situations in which the amount of new material or the extent of reprocessing really converts what is asserted to be a repair into a manufacturing operation. I t is quite understandable that in these borderline situations, some taxpayers will argue that their activities do not constitute manufacturing, while representatives of competing manufacturers insist that they would be placed at an unfair competitive disadvantage if those engaged in extensive processing are not subject to comparable taxes. While the statute contains specific provisions to deal with trade-in 204 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY allowances on rebuilt automobile engines, it remains a problem to distinguish between rebuilding and repairing operations. Another sort of problem in the definition of a manufacturer has to do with fixing the point of manufacture when a succession of companies handle various stages of production. There is a natural desire by taxpayers to have a tax imposed at the first possible stage of production because the tax base is thus kept at a minimum. For example, it may be argued that even though a company advertises, guarantees, distributes, and puts its own brand name on a product, it should be taxed to another company which physically produces the product. Other companies, however, which carry on all these production processes contend that if the tax is based only on physical processing, they would be placed at a disadvantage or forced to create artificial arrangements to secure an equal competitive treatment. Another type of problem arises in determining the proper excise tax base for manufacturers who carry on their own distribution up to the retail level as compared with those who sell finished products to jobbers and wholesalers. I t is sometimes urged that manufacturing companies which have extensive distribution systems and costs should be permitted, instead of paying the tax on their actual sales prices, to use a lower price which it is presumed they would have charged if they sold to jobbers and wholesalers in the same manner as their competitors do. Suggestions of this sort often seem well founded because the greater tax burden on a firm which does carry out its own distribution is very real. However, any attempts to determine proper presumptive prices would inevitably lead to controversy and would involve a delegation of a large amount of additional administrative discretion to the Internal Revenue Service. The rule of basing the tax on invoice price does assure the important element of certainty. Another set of problems arises in connection with the treatment of taxable items which may be incorporated by other manufacturers into nontaxable products. The question is whether a taxed item in some sense loses its identity and hence should become nontaxable when it is used as a component in a larger or more elaborate article. This problem appears in connection with tires and radios used in the manufacture of automobiles. The final set of problems deals with the technique of establishing refunds, credits, or exemptions on items destined for tax-exempt uses, as, for example, sales to States and municipalities and in connection with exports. This, however, is largely a procedural matter and hence may be better handled in connection with the consideration of collections and audits. Ill all the foregoing areas, it is of course quite natural for taxpayers to advance arguments to justify either administrative treatment or special statutory provisions which will minimize their tax burdens. They will also be on the alert to arrange their affairs in such a manner as to take advantage of any special provisions which may exist. I n the Treasury Department, we feel it is our responsibility to administer and apply the tax laws, as they are passed by the Congress, in a way to place a minimum inconvenience on taxpayers, combined with full protection of the revenues and reasonable administrative EXHIBITS 205 burdens upon the Government. We recognize a further responsibility to observe the operation of the laws and to make recommendations for their improvement, both for the purpose of removing unnecessary compliance burdens and inequities on taxpayers, and for the purpose of protecting the revenues. Our own investigations in these areas are not yet complete, and it would be premature at this time to make any specific recommendations to the committee on possible changes in the technical and administrative aspects of the excise-tax laws. Mr. Winkle and a number of specialists from the Internal Revenue Service are here and we shall undertake jointly to provide such information as may be desired by the committee on such aspects of the subject as you may wish information. EXHIBIT 14.—Announcement by the Treasury Department of an agreement negotiated with the French Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs concerning the application of French turnover taxes to license fees received by American owners of patents, copyrights, etc., licensed for use in France (memorandum to the Press, February 14, 1956) i The Treasury Department announced today that an agreement had been reached with the French Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs concerning the application of French turnover taxes to license fees received by American owners of patents, copyrights, trademarks, and manufacturing processes or formulas licensed for use in France. The agreement is effective February 15, 1956, in accordance with an exchange of letters by the Secretary of the Treasury and the French Minister of Finance. Under the terms of the agreement an American licensor who qualifies as an inventor is exempt from the French turnover tax. American firms have six months within which to establish their status as inventors. The agreement was reached in connection with a proposed protocol to the existing Franco-American tax convention which has been negotiated and will soon be submitted to the Senate. EXHIBIT 15.—Miscellaneous revenue legislation enacted by the Eighty-fourth Congress, Second Session Public Law 396, January 28, 1956, adds a new paragraph to Section 381 (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 to m.ake available to a successor corporation as a deduction in years beginning after Decem.ber 31, 1953, and ending after August 16, 1954, the carryover of unused excess contributions made by a former subsidiary corporation to a pension plan in cases where (1) the corporate laws of the State of incorporation of the subsidiary required the surviving corporation in the case of a merger to be incorporated under the laws of the State of incorporation of the subsidiary, and (2) the properties were acquired in a tax-free liquidation of the subsidiary under Section 112 (b) (6) of the 1939 Code. Public Law 397, January 28, 1956, am.ends Section 311 (b) (4) of the 1939 Code to permit an extension of time for claiming credit or refund of income tax by transferees or fiduciaries where an agreem.ent has been entered into extending the period of limitation for assessments. This amendment is effective in all circum.stances in which it M^ould have been effective if it had been enacted on August 17, 1954. Public Law 398, January 28, 1956, amends Section 37 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 to lower from 75 to 72 the age at which the m.aximum credit for retirement income will not be reduced as the result of the earned income of the individual, and to increase to $1,200 the amount of incom.e which may be earned by a person be^Aveen 65 and 72 years of age without reduction of the credit. The For text of agreement, see Senate report "Executive J,," 84th Cong., 2d Session, pp. 6-15 206 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY rule with respect to persons under 65 years of age remains unchanged. These changes are applicable to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1955. Public Law 399, J a n u a r y 28, 1956, amends Section 117 (c) (1) (A) of the 1939 Code to provide t h a t in tifie computation of corporate credits for intercorporate dividends received, for dividends paid on certain preferred stock, and for Western Hemisphere trade corporations, a corporation's net income for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1951, and before J a n u a r y 1, 1954, is to be determined without reduction for t h e excess of the long-term capital gain over t h e shortterm capital loss. Public Law 400, J a n u a r y 28, 1956, am.ends Section 4332 of t h e Internal Revenue Code of 1954, relating to t h e exemption from tax on sales or transfers of certificates of indebtedness, by inserting a new subsection (b) to provide t h a t the tax imposed by Section 4331 shall not apply to any instrument under the term.s of which t h e obligee is required to make p a y m e n t therefor in installments and is not permitted to m a k e in any year a p a y m e n t of more t h a n 20 percent of t h e cash a m o u n t to which entitled upon m a t u r i t y of the instrument. Public Law 408, February 15, 1956, amends Section 120 of t h e 1939 Code relating to unlimited deductions for charitable contributions to provide t h a t t h e 90 percent test need be m e t in only 8 out of 10 of the preceding taxable years instead of in each of t h e prior 10 years. Any refund attributable to an overpaym.ent of tax resulting from this am.endment is to be permitted only if the a m o u n t of t h e refund is paid immediately as a charitable contribution. Public Law 414, February 20, 1956, am.ends Section 2011 of t h e Internal Revenue' Code of 1954, by adding a new subsection (e) which provides t h a t no credit shall be allowed for any State d e a t h tax for which a deduction is allowed under Section 2053 (d), and t h a t t h e a m o u n t allowable as a credit for State death taxes shall nbt exceed the lesser of (A) t h e am.ount t h a t is allowable for a taxable estate determined by allowing t h e deduction provided in Section 2053 (d), or (B) the a m o u n t of t h e credit computed without regard to Section 2053 (d) which is attributable to the State death tax on transfers other t h a n those described in Section 2055, or in t h e case of nonresident aliens. Section 2106 (a) (2). The act also adds a new subsection to Section 2053 which provides t h a t , if the executor elects within the period provided, a deduction m.ay be taken, subject to certain conditions, for t h e a m o u n t of any estate, succession, legacy, or inheritance tax im.posed by a State upon a transfer by t h e decedent for public, charitable, or religious uses as described in Section 2055 or, in the case of nonresident aliens. Section 2106 (a) (2). This provision is applicable to the estates of decedents dying after August 16, 1954. These a m e n d m e n t s to t h e 1954 Code are m.ade applicable to Chapter 3 of t h e 1939 Code with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1953. Section 1 of Public Law 414 am.ends Section 208 (b) of the Technical Changes Act of 1953, which grants relief from the estate tax in certain disability cases, by extending its application to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1947, instead of December 31, 1950. Public Law 417, F e b r u a r y 20, 1956, adds a new Section 814 to t h e Internal Revenue Code of 1939 which provides t h a t an executor of an estate m a y elect, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1951, to t a k e a credit against t h e estate tax for t h e a m o u n t of t a x paid on property passing to t h e decedent from a person who was t h e spouse of t h e decedent at t h e time of such person's d e a t h and who died within two years prior to t h e decedent's death. If t h e executor claims t h e credit provided by the new Section 814, he m a y not t a k e a deduction under Section 812 (c) for propertv previously taxed. Public Law 495, April 27, 1956, amends Section 1237 (a) of t h e Internal Revenue Code of 1954, to extend t h e capital gains t r e a t m e n t to corporations in t h e case of certain property acquired through t h e foreclosure of a lien thereon, b u t only if no stockholder directly or indirectly holds real property for sale to customers in the ordinary course of t r a d e or business. Subsection (b) (3) of Section 1237 is amended to a d d ''drainage facilities" to t h e improvements which a taxpayer m a y install, and to provide t h a t in determining whether an improvement is to be considered a si bstantial improvement in the case of property acquired through the foreclosure of certain liens t h e requirements of subparagraphs (B) and (C) are not to apply. P u b h c Law 511, May 9, 1956, " B a n k Holding Company Act of 1956," amends subchapter 0 of Chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 by adding a new p a r t V I I I . This p a r t specifies t h e extent to which gain will not be recognized upon receipt of property by a shareholder of a bank holding company if such EXHIBITS 207 distribution is made pursuant to a certification b}- the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System that such a distribution is necessary or appropriate to effectuate the act. The new provisions are applicable only to gain directly attributable to the receipt of property in such distributions. Special rules for determining the basis of property so distributed are also provided. Public Law 545, May 29, 1956, extends to June 30, 1961, the period during which the excise and import compensating tax is applicable to sugar. Sections 4505 and 6418 (a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 are am.ended by Section 19 of the act to provide that either the excise tax or the import compensating tax, whichever is applicable, may be refunded on sugar used for livestock feed or for the distillation of alcohol. Public Law 628, June 29, 1956, amends Section 373 cf the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 and adds a new Section 374. Under Section 373 of the 1954 Code no loss is recognized where property of a railroad corporation is transferred pursuant to a court order in a receivership proceeding or in a proceeding under Section 77 of the Bankruptcy Act to another railroad corporation organized for purposes of effectuating a plan of reorganization approved by the court. The amendment to this section limits it to transfers before August 1, 1955. The new Section 374, applicable to transfers after July 31, 1955, provides for nonrecognition of gain or loss in such receivership or bankruptcy reorganizations except in the case of certain transfers resulting in gain where ''boot" is received but is not distributed in pursuance of the plan of reorganization. The basis of the property acquired after July 31, 1955, is the sam.e as it would be in the hands of the transferor, increased by the amount of gain recognized. The act is applicable to taxable years beginning before December 31, 1957. Pubhc Law 629, June 29, 1956, amends the Internal Revenue Codes of 1939 and 1954 as follows: The first section of this act adds a new subsection (q) to Section 117 of the 1939 Code providing capital gains treatment for royalties received after May 31, 1950, from the sale or exchange of patent rights, in the same manner as under the 1954 Code. Section 2 of the act amends Section 106 of the 1939 Code. Section 106 limits the surtax on individuals to 30 percent in the case of amounts received from the United States on claims involving acquisition of property. This amendment extends the application of Section 106 to payments received from the United States arising under a contract for the construction of installations or facilities for any branch of the armed services of the United States and remaining unpaid for more than 5 years from the date the claim first accrued and paid prior to January 1, 1950. The am:endments are applicable to taxable years eriding after December 31, 1948, notwithstanding the operation of an}^ law or rule of law other than provisions relating to closing agreem.ents and conipromises. The period of limitation for allowance of an overpayment in no case expires before June 29, 195'-/. Section 3 of Public Law 629 adds a new subsection (n) to Section 115 of the 1939 Code relating to distributions by corporations. Under certain court decisions, corporate distributions of property are taxed as dividends to shareholders in amounts greater than the earnings and profits of the corporation available for dividend distribution. This amendment provides that corporate distributions of propertv be treated as dividends only to the extent they represent distributions of earnings and profits of the corporation. The general effect ot the amendment is to overrule such court decisions. The amendment is effective as if it were a part of Section 115 on the date of enactment of the 1939 Code but there is no provision for reopening barred cases. Section 4 of the act adds a new Section 177 to the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 which permits, at the election of the taxpayer, amortization of the cost of acquiring, protecting, expanding, registering, or defending trademarks and trade names over a period of not less than 60 months. Such costs must not be part of the consideration paid for the purchase of an existing trademark, trade name, or business. This amendment applies only to expenditures paid or incurred during a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1955. Section 5 of the act adds a new subsection (f) to Section 1033 of the 1954 Code. This new subsection permits farmers to treat as an involuntary conversion the sales of draft, breeding, or dairy livestock in excess of the usual business practice, if sold solely because of drought. The amendment applies only to sales and exchanges of livestock after December 31, 1955. 208 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Public Law 700, July 11, 1956, extends until July 11, 1958, the existing authority of the Secretary of the Treasury in respect to transfers of distilled spirits for purposes deemed necessary to meet the requirements of the national defense. This act also adds a new subparagraph (D) to Section 852 (b) (3) of the 1954 Code which requires the shareholders of a regulated investment company, for taxable.years beginning after December 31, 1956, to include in their income as long-term capital gains their shares of undistributed long-term capital gains as designated by the company. The shareholder is deemed to have paid his share of the 25 percent capital gains tax paid by the company on such gains, which is to be credited or refunded to him. The basis of his shares is increased by 75 percent of the amount of the undistributed long-term capital gains. Public Law 723, July 16, 1956, continues until June 30, 1957, the suspension of duties and import taxes on metal scrap, with additional exclusions therefrom; and permits under certain conditions the abatement or refund of taxes on distilled spirits lost by theft from a customs bonded warehouse after January 1, 1945. PubHc Law 726, July 18, 1956, adds a new paragraph to Section 1441(c) of the 1954 Code to remove any requirement for the deduction or withholding of tax on the per diem payments by the United States Government to trainees brought to the United States under the mutual security program. Pubhc Law 728, July 18, 1956, "Narcotic Control Act of 1956," amends Sections 4744 (a), 4755 (b), 7237, and 7607 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 to make it unlawful to transport or conceal, or in any manner to facilitate the transportation or concealment of any marihuana acquired or obtained without having paid the transfer tax, to provide a specific penalty in any case where a person sells or transfers narcotic drugs or marihuana without a written order, and to permit personnel of the Bureau of Narcotics to carry firearms, execute search warrants, and make arrests without warrants in certain situations. The act also adds a new sentence to Section 4774 of the 1954 Code, relative to territorial extent of the law, which makes the provisions inapplicable to Puerto Rico unless the Legislative Assembly there expressly consents to their application. The effective date of these amendments is July 19, 1956. Public Law 870, August 1, 1956, "Renegotiation Amendments Act of 1956," amends the Renegotiation Act of 1951 and extends it for two years to December 31, 1958. Public Law 881, August 1, 1956, "Servicemen's and Veterans' Survivors Benefits Act," amends Sections 3121 and 3122 of the 1954 Code to provide that in the case of individuals serving after 1956 in the uniformed services, only the first. $4,200 of basic pay in any calendar year will count as wages for purposes of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax. New subsections define the term "member of a uniformed service" and provide that service performed after 1956 by a member of a uniformed service on active duty will constitute employment for FICA purposes. Section 3122 is amended to make it clear that payments of the employer's Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax with respect to service performed by members of the uniformed services after 1956, will be made from appropriations available for the pay of such members. Public Law 896, August 1, 1956, adds a new subsection (d) to Section 4735 of the 1954 Code which authorizes enforcement in Guam of Code provisions relating to narcotic drugs (except opium for smoking) by territorial officers, and covering of all taxes collected in Guam into the territorial treasury, effective November 1, 1956. A new Section 4716 is inserted in the 1954 Code which makes the provisions relating to opium for smoking applicable to Guam, and provides that administration of the provisions shall be performed by officers of Guam, with all revenues accruing to that government. Section 4774 of the 1954 Code is amended to make Code provisions relating to marihuana inapplicable to Guam. Public Law 901, August 1, 1956, permits in the case of persons who died after February 10, 1939, refund or credit of estate tax overpayments resulting from application of subsections (a) and (b) of Section 7 of the act. of October 25, 1949 (63 Stat. 891; Public Law 378, Eighty-first Congress), if refund or credit was prevented on October 25, 1949, by any law or rule of law other than by a closing agreement or a compromise. Claim for refund of the overpayment must be filed by August 1, 1957. In determining the amount of refund, the overpayment of estate tax must be reduced by any gift tax refund rerulting from the inclusion in the gross estate of the property causing the overpayment of estate tax. No interest is to be allowed on the overpayment. Public Law 1011, August 6, 1956, adds a new paragraph (2) to Section 2055 (b) of the Internal Reve.nue Code of 1954, to allow a deduction for estate tax purposes EXHIBITS 209 in the case of certain bequests in trust with respect to which no deduction has been allowable. Under this act, a deduction is allowed to the extent that the donee of a testamentary power of appointment over the corpus of the trust declares by affidavit within one year of the decedent's death his intention to exercise the power in favor of specified charitable organizations and the power is exercised in the manner stated in the affidavit. The donee of the power must be over 80 years of age at the time of the decedent's death. The act also adds a new subsection to Section 6503 under which the running of the period of limitations for assessment or collection of the estate tax in respect of the estate of a decedent claiming a deduction under Section 2055 (b) (2) is suspended until 30 days after the expiration of the period for assessment or collection of the tax imposed on the estate of the surviving spouse. These amendments apply in the case of decedents dying after August 16, 1954. Public Law 1022, August 7, 1956, amends Section 170 (b) (1) (A) (iii) of the 1954 Code to extend the additional ten percent deduction for charitable contributions to medical research organizations which are directly engaged in the continuous active conduct of medical research in conjunction with a hospital. This amendment applies only to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1955. International Financial and Monetary Developments EXHIBIT 16.—Statement by Secretary ofthe Treasury Humphrey, March 2,1956, before the House Ways and Means Committee I appear before you in support of H. R. 5550. This bill is designed to carry out the President's recommendation that Congress authorize United States membership in the Organization for Trade Cooperation. The President in his message on the State of the Union explained why this is-highly desirable. While the United States is not as dependent on foreign trade as many other countries, our prosperity is greatly infiuenced by the flow of goods out of and into the country. The policies which other countries follow in their trade have serious impact on us. Our trade policies in turn have a great effect on others because our commercial trade is 17.5 percent of world trade. Our membership in the OTC will indicate our desire to deal with matters of trade in the same cooperative way we do with, military matters in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and with financial matters in the International Monetary Fund and in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development. Our acceptance of membership would give practical evidence to our free world partners that our desire for sound working relationships extends to the field of trade. The purpose of the OTC is to provide a continuing international body for the discussion of international trade problems and to administer the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Up to now there has been no such continuing body and mutual trade arrangements have depended on occasional international meetings or negotiations between individual countries. We can expect concrete advantage to the United States if there is such an organization through which our chosen representatives can press for action beneficial to us, such as reduction of trade restrictions which discriminate against American goods. This organization would provide a more effective forum to which our representatives could promptly take complaints and press our point of view. We in the Treasury Department are primarily concerned with the relationship of the OTC to balance of payments questions, currency convertibility, and customs administration. One of the major problems of international trade since the war has been the widespread use of quotas or quantitative restrictions on imports as the principal means of dealing with balance of payments difliiculties. Progress toward removing these quotas has been made during the past few years. But it has not been easy, and it is not going to be easy, to reach the point where countries will substantially reduce use of import restrictions as a means of protecting their currencies, and instead rely on firm monetary policies and competitive enterprise to keep themselves financially strong. American exporters, in particular, have felt the adverse effects of quota restrictions since the war, because these restrictions have generally discriminated against our products as compared with those of other countries. 399346—57 15 210 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY I n considering t h e use of such import restrictions b y a member country, t h e O T C will consult t h e International Monetary F u n d regarding t h e balance of p a y m e n t s situation of t h e country a n d its level of reserves. Such consultation, among other things, will serve t o prevent t h e use of import restrictions as a s u b stitute for foreign exchange restrictions which are n o t justifiable. I n t h e customs field we in t h e Treasury are concerned with such m a t t e r s as t h e internal taxation of goods we import, t h e imposition of antidumping a n d countervailing duties, t h e valuation of imported merchandise for customs purposes, a n d other customs requirements. One of t h e duties of t h e O T C will be t o administer a fair a n d reasonable code of practice relating t o such matters, which substantially conforms t o t h e customs practices a n d procedures which we have been following for m a n y years. Membership in O T C should help t o protect our exporters from discriminatory, unfair, or capricious t r e a t m e n t in foreign markets.. I t should help t o obtain for t h e m t r e a t m e n t comparable in general t o t h a t which we are giving foreign exporters to t h e United States. Creation of t h e O T C would require no change in our t r a d e a n d tariff laws. T h e President has explained in his State of t h e Union Message t h a t t h e O T C cannot alter t h e control of Congress over t h e tariff, import, a n d customs policies of t h e United States. I t has no power itself t o change a n y of t h e rules. For these reasons I recommend t h a t Congress authorize United States.membership in t h e O T C . E X H I B I T 17.—Letter of Secretary o f t h e Treasury H u m p h r e y , July 27,1956, to t h e Chairman of the H o u s e Ways and M e a n s Committee on proposed legislation imposing a processing tax on certain watch m o v e m e n t s M y D E A R M R . C H A I R M A N : I a m writing in reference t o H . R . 11436 a n d H . R . 11437, identical bills imposing a processing t a x on certain watch movements which were introduced b y Mr. Mills a n d Mr. Reed, respectively, a t t h e Second Session of t h e 84th Congress, a n d referred t o t h e Ways a n d Means Committee. T h e purpose of this legislation, which is supported b y t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t a n d other interested agencies in t h e executive branch, is t o correct a recently developed deficiency in t h e provisions of t h e Tariff Act of 1930 relating t o watch movements. We understand t h a t you a n d a n u m b e r of other members of your committee felt t h a t a d e q u a t e consideration of t h e bills would require public hearings a n d extensive consideration b y t h e committee. As you know, t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t and other interested executive agencies believe this deficiency .which presently exists in t h e tariff law is a quite serious one a n d can be satisfactorily corrected only through legislation. Now t h a t Congress is about t o adjourn, it will, of course, n o t be possible for this m a t t e r t o be rectified before next year. However, we plan t o propose legislation early in t h e next session of Congress when there will be ample time t o give it thorough consideration. I hope t h a t this can t a k e place as shortly after t h e Congress convenes as you find it practicable. Sincerely yours, G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. E X H I B I T 18.—Remarks by Secretary o f t h e Treasury H u m p h r e y a s Governor for the United States, September 24, 1956, at t h e opening joint session of t h e Boards of Governors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund, Washington, D . C. Washington is a long way from t h e romantic scenes along t h e Bosporus a n d t h e Golden Horn, where last we met. I t is hard for us here t o rival t h e scenery a n d t h e warm hospitality which we all enjoyed there, b u t I again welcome you m o s t cordially t o Washington. I hope you will all have a pleasant visit. We look forward t o participating with you in these meetings a n d t o t h e opportunity of meeting t o discuss our m u t u a l problems with you personally. At this opening meeting we should like t o express our appreciation of t h e work of t h e International M o n e t a r y F u n d a n d of t h e Tnternational Bank during t h e past year. And we are pleased t o welcome Argentina a n d Viet N a m as new members. EXHIBITS 211 The F u n d has continued its valuable work with its member countries in quietly and effectively reviewing with t h e m their m o n e t a r y and financial pohcies and working with t h e m to remove unnecessary governmental restrictions. I t has provided valuable technical advice and assistance, as well as temporary financial aid where t h a t was required. T h e Bank has recorded another outstanding year of constructive help to its members in financing economic development a n d in encouraging t h e participation of private capital in its activities. We join with others in welcoming t h e establishment of t h e International Finance Corporation, which we beheve is a very hopeful experiment in getting private investors to join as partners in pro-, viding an enlarged flow of venture capital to private enterprises in the member countries. ' We congratulate Mr. Rooth, Mr. Black, and Mr. Garner for their leadership and we particularly would like to express t o Mr. Rooth, who is ending his t e r m as managing director, our warm appreciation for his devoted and distinguished service to t h e Fund, and our very best wishes to him for t h e future. T h e basic problems which confront us in m.ost of our countries are t h e economic a n d financial problems arising—happily—out of high prosperity in a world a t .peace. I t might seem surprising t h a t peace and prosperity should cause trouble for finance ministers and central bank governors. These present troubles of ours are m u c h more bearable t h a n those of depression or war. They are, nevertheless, very real. These problems arise from the insistent and conflicting demands on available resources in each country. T h e question, in a few words, is how to finance both needed defense and high prosperity without inflation. I t is our task to balance t h e demands for defense, high consumption, and for further economic development, against available resources. We have to steer as best we can t h e difficult and often u n m a r k e d channel between t h e whirlpool of inflation and t h e rocks of deflation. We who are gathered here, ministers of finance and central bank governors, have a very special responsibility to t h e people of our countries. We are t h e trustees of t h e value of our people's work and skill which is to say, t h e value of their money. W e are responsible for the value of their wages and salaries, their savings accounts, their pensions a n d insurance policies, and t h e other investments they m a k e to provide for t h e future. This is a sobering responsibility and trusteeship. T h e average citizen cannot defend himself against the terrible hardships of inflation. Inflation brings with it grave social injustices and instability. I t destroys not only t h e value of savings b u t also confidence, and security, and social values. ' Inflation is t h e c r u d e s t form of theft, a theft with greatest harm to those least able t o protect themselves. Inflation results in t h e destruction of t h e value of money. I t is a t t r a c t i v e only to those unwise politicians and others who are willing to sacrifice long-term good for unreal b u t falsely a p p a r e n t immediate gain. We here have a special trusteeship, additionally, because inflation destroys t h e incentive to save and to invest funds. W i t h o u t such saving and investment in productive enterprise we cannot have t h e growing and dynamic economies from which can come more and better jobs, a n d higher standards of living for our growing populations. I t is far too little realized w h a t an i m p o r t a n t contribution good money—money which people can t r u s t — m a k e s to t h e soundness of a Nation. Confidence in t h e value of money is one of t h e greatest spurs to economic progress because it is an incentive to save, and it is our peoples' savings over the years—large and small savings alike—which have built up pur countries. This is t h e trusteeship which we h a v e — t o avoid inflation. I n this we are t h e trustees of t h e people and t h e future of our countries. We are t h e trustees for continued growth and continued peace and prosperit}^ of our people. We in t h e United States responsible for t h e Government's financial and economic policies have tried t o continue t o discharge wisely this trusteeship a n d this responsibility. We have brought t h e budget into balance. We have freed t h e economy from artificial restraints and allowed m o n e t a r y policy to operate for t h e public good. We can fairly report t h a t although we are not free from problems, we have h a d substantial success. E m p l o y m e n t is at t h e highest level in our history. National production is establishing new records. T h e cost of living has moved within a very narrow range. Confidence is high and savings are growing, This job of nourishing a dynamic Uniteci gtates economy, whije ^l^Q 212 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF TliE TREASURY maintaining the United States dollar as a strong and reliable currency in the world must be carried forward. This is not only a dut}^ to ourselves; it is an important contribution to all of you, our friends from abroad. Many of you have similar problems. We have been pleased to see so many of the free world economies grow and strengthen during the past year. It is our hope and belief that the interchange of views in these meetings will give us all greater courage and inspiration, in our essential tasks, and that the Fund and Bank will continue to render effective aid at many key points. EXHIBIT 19.—Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess as Temporary Alternate Governor for the United States, September 26, 1956, at the discussion of the Annual Report of the International Monetary Fund Let me begin my remarks by paying tribute to Ivar Rooth, who is completing five years of fine service to the Fund. During his term of leadership, the Fund has grown in prestige and influence. More than ever it is looked to for support and guidance by the member countries. There seem to me three important elements in the progress which the Fund has made. The first is the annual consultations with members respecting their exchange restrictions. Quietly and effectively the Fund has worked with its member countries for the reduction of government barriers to financial and trade transactions. As individual countries continue to gain strength, further progress should be anticipated. The second element in the Fund's progress is the providing, more generally, of financial advice to the member countries. For many reasons, member countries increasingly call on the Fund for on-the-spot analysis and recommendations. They know that Fund missions will be sent promptly and quietly and that the advice will be impartial and expert. The third important development relates to policy and practice in the use of the Fund's resources. As a result of vigorous discussion and added experience, there is now widespread understanding and agreement along the lines set forth in last year's annual report. As to events of the past year, I should like to emphasize a point made by Secretary Humphrey at the opening session. Most of our countries are encountering the problems of prosperity. With large increases in production and employment, and with investment running ahead of savings, there is scarcely a country in which inflationary pressures are not strong. The most encouraging feature is that the dangers of inflation have been recognized, and a continuous battle for financial stability has been waged, with considerable success, in nearly all countries of the free world. A second gratifying point, noted in this and other Fund annual reports, is that monetary and fiscal policy has superseded direct controls as the main reliance of governments and central banks. In connection with this second point, we may note with interest the comment ori page 67 of the Report that during the past 3^ear more attention has been turned to budgetary measures to fortify the effects of monetary policy. Monetary policy alone can't be expected to hold the line if government spending is feeding the fires of inflation. We in the United States are particularly sensitive to this broad problem. Employment has reached the highest point in our history; unemployment is at a minimum. Production and spending and personal incomes are at levels which, only a few years ago, would have been thought unrealizable. New investment continues to be made and planned on a massive scale. This all means that inflationary pressures are unrelenting and powerful. It is, therefore, not surprising that some critics insist that monetary controls are too severe, while others are pointing to a rise in the cost of living as evidence that inflation is slipping out from under restraint. What has to be said in reply to the critics on both sides is that the search for balance is continuous but, by the very nature of things, cannot be one hundred percent successful. There are dangers on both sides. The danger of inflation is too well known to this group to need definition. There are dangers on the other side" as well. Restraints must not be applied with such a heavy hand that they imperil progress. So, along with others, we walk this narrow path—not without care and anxiety—but with the assurance that this is the proved path to national growth and well-being. EXHIBITS 213 It has been encouraging to observe the increased public understanding of the value of sound fiscal and monetary measures, compared with the restrictive and artificial effects of direct government intervention in establishing and maintaining a prosperous economy. We are, however, learning every day how much more needs to be done to increase the public support which those of us assembled here must have if we are to discharge successfully the trusteeship to which Secretary Humphrey referred at the opening session: our trusteeship to the average citizen in preserving the value of his wages and salary and his savings. I cannot conclude these remarks without a word on behalf of the United States Delegation to welcome to our midst and to the leadership of the Fund in the future our old friend. Per Jacobsson. He has had a uniquely distinguished career and has established a position of great personal prestige and influence in the economic and monetary field. We have all enjoyed, over the years, his vigor and his good spirits. It is gratifying that our good friend, Ivar Rooth, who leaves us after a distinguished career and service to the Fund, will be succeeded by his old friend and compatriot, Per Jacobsson, who will, I am sure, continue to provide the Fund with the devoted and able leadership from which it has benefited under Ivar Rooth. EXHIBIT 20.—Remarks by Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Overby as Temporary Alternate Governor for the United States, September 24, 1956, at the inaugural meeting of the Board of Governors of the International Finance Corporation, Washington, D. C. We all take pleasure and pride in participating in this inaugural meeting of the Board of Governors of the International Finance Corporation. As Secretary Humphrey has said, we believe the International Finance Corporation is a very hopeful experiment in getting private investors to join as partners in providing an enlarged flow of venture capital to private enterprises in the member countries. In creating the International Finance Corporation, we have jointly fashioned an instrument that promises to fill a useful role, we have placed it in skilled hands, and we are all looking forward to its performance. The auspices are favorable and if the Corporation has the success we expect, this new instrument of international cooperation may have a far-reaching impact on the economic life of its members. Private investment capital has played an increasing role in the development of the less-developed areas in recent years, but it has certainly not nearly attained its full potential. We believe there are untapped resources not only in capital, but in technology, initiative, and skill that must be activated for the further constructive development of our member countries. These resources are to be found both in the less-developed countries themselves and in the more highly developed areas. The International Finance Corporation can render a great service in bringing these resources together, supplying the missing elements, and stimulating the growth of private investment for productive private enterprise. As we see the International Finance Corporation, speaking in broad terms, its job is to find partners to provide investment and management for productive private enterprises. After getting private companies established or running more efficiently and profitably, the International Finance Corporation can then dispose of its investments in those companies as rapidly as possible to private investors so that it revolves its funds. Acting as a catalyst, the International Finance Corporation may be expected to get a multiplier effect out of its own capital by initially getting the largest possible amount of private capital participation from its partners; secondly, through the sale of its portfolio to private investors; and perhaps ultimately through borrowing on its own obligations. The International Finance Corporation has as one of its purposes to help create conditions conducive to productive investment of private capital. With its membership drawn from many countries, it should be able to exercise a favorable influence on the policies of its member countries. My Government has taken an active part in the creation of the International Finance Corporation and intends to give it its continued vigorous support. We fully approve the operating policies which the Corporation has adopted. As members and hosts, we shall extend to the International Finance Corporation our full cooperation in the accomplishment of its task. 214 1956 REPOBT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREAStTRy EXHIBIT 21.—Statement by Assistant Secretary ofthe Treasury Overby as Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, June 22, 1956, before the Subcommittee on International Organizations and Movements of the House Foreign Affairs Committee The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, someumes called the World Bank for short, was organized to assist in the reconstruction and development of the territories of its members by facilitating the investment of capital for productive purposes. For this purpose it makes loans out of its own paid-in capital and from the proceeds of the sale of its bonds to private investors, and promotes private foreign investment by means of guarantees or participations in loans and other investments made by private investors; all with the view to raising the productivity and standard of living of its member countries. The Bank began operations in 1946 and now has 58 countries as members. At the present time, the principal free world countries not members of the Bank are Argentina, New Zealand, Portugal, Spain, and Switzerland; and Argentina has just applied for membership. No Soviet-bloc countries are members of the Bank. The Bank is fully independent in carrying on its operations. The agreement entered into between the United Nations and the Bank stipulates that the Bank shall function as "an independent international organization" and recognizes that action taken by the Bank on any loan is a matter to be determined by the independent exercise of the Bank's own judgment in accordance with the Bank's Articles of Agreement. The Bank has its own funds with which to carry on its operations and is therefore not dependent on annual appropriations of the legislatures of various countries as are the United Nations and most of its specialized agencies. Furthermore, the Bank operates on the basis of weighted voting— that is, the voting power of a member country is proportional to the amount that country has subscribed to the Bank's capital. The United States has slightly over 30 percent of the votes to be cast. The basic governing bod}^ of the Bank is a Board of Governors consisting of a governor and alternate governor appointed by each member country. The governors are generally the minister of finance or the head of the central bank of the member country. In the case of the United States, the Secretary of the Treasury, George M. Humphrey, is the Governor. The Board of Governors meets once a year to review the operations of the Bank. During the year the general operations of the Bank are under the direction of a Board of sixteen executive directors. Five directors are appointed by the five members having the largest subscriptions to the Bank's capital; namely, the United States, the United Kingdom, Nationalist China, France, and India. The other eleven directors are elected by the governors of the remaining members and serve for two-year terms. Some of the elected directors represent only one country— others as many as twelve countries. The Board of Executive Directors is continuously available at the headquarters of the Bank in Washington, D. C , meeting two or three times a month or more often as business requires. The charter of the Bank has enabled it to follow a flexible loan policy in carrying out its main objective, which is to assist in the reconstruction and development of the territories of its members by facilitating the investment of capital for productive purposes. The principal limitatioris on Bank lending may be listed as follows: 1. Projects to be financed must be located in territories of members. 2. Loans must be made to or guaranteed by the government of the borrowing country. 3. There must be reasonable prospects of repayment. 4. Only in exceptional circumstances may the Bank finance other than foreign exchange^costs of a project. 5. The Bank must determine that private financing is not available on reasonable terms. The present capital subscriptions by members to the Bank total $9,050,500,000. This does not mean that the Bank has $9 billion in cash to lend out, as only part of this capital is required to be paid in by member countries and the Bank must rely primarily on the sale of its bonds to private investors as the source of its funds. IJpon joining the Bank each member pays in 2 percent of its subscribed capital in gold or dollars. This has provided the Bank with $180 million. An additional 18 percent of the subscribed capital is to be paid to the Bank in the currency of EXHIBITS 215 the country making the subscription. The local currency capital subscriptions may be used by the Bank only with the consent of the member concerned. Both the United States and Canada have given the Bank permission to use their entire 18 percent subscriptions. These releases by the United States and Canada gave the Bank an additional $630 million to lend. As their financial condition has improved over the years, other countries have been gradually permitting the Bank to use some of their 18 percent subscriptions for lending purposes; about $130 million has come from the other members of the Bank. To sum up, the Bank has had available for its lending operations $940 million frdm capital subscribed by members. Of this total the IJnited States has subscribed $635 million. The remaining 80 percent of the subscriptions of members, or $7,240,400,000 is payable by the members only if needed to meet the obligations of the Bank. Although the availability of this government-contributed capital is important, the major source of the Bank's funds is the private capital market. The Bank obtains private capital both through sales of its own bonds and through sales of, and participations in, its loans. The Bank has been able to raise over $850 million by sales of its own bonds in large measure to insurance companies, banks, and trust funds. These bonds are not guaranteed by any member government of the Bank. However, purchasers of the bonds recognize that there is ample security behind the bonds; not only the loans which the Bank has made to member countries, but the undertakings of the member countries of the Bank to pay in their 80 percent subscriptions to the Bank's capital if needed by the Bank to meet its obligations. In the case of the United States alone, the 80 percent subscription amounts to $2,540 million. Of the $850 million bonds marketed by the Bank and outstanding on March 31, 1956, $695 million are payable in United States dollars, $70 million equivalent are payable in Swiss francs, $36 million equivalent in Canadian dollars, $28 million equivalent in pounds sterling, and $21 million equivalent in Netherlands guilders. In recent years there has been a conspicuous gi'owth both of participations by private investors in Bank loans and of sales of loans held by the Bank to such investors, indicating more readiness on the part of private capital to enter the field of international investment in a direct way. During the fiscal year 1955, participations in, and sales of Bank loans out of its portfolio amounted to $99 million, as compared with $34 million in the previous year. Up to March 31, 1956, the Bank had sold $258 million in obligations of its borrowers, of which $189 million was without the Bank's guarantee. Of the $69 million loans sold with its guarantee, $42 million had been retired so that the Bank had a contingent lialDility of $27 million on March 31, 1956. Other sources of Bank funds for lending have been the profits from operations since the inception of the Bank, which have totaled in excess of $140 million, and repayment and prepayment of Bank loans amounting to $159 million. Through May 1956, the Bank has made 147 loans, totaling more than $2.5 billion, to 43 countries. In the early postwar period, the Bank made $497 million of reconstruction loans in Europe. Increasingly, however, the Bank in later years has been able to turn to its long-term task of assisting in the economic development of its member countries. This lending has been aimed chiefly at improving basic services which form the essential foundation for economic development. In less-developed countries, lack of dependable and economical transportation and deficiencies in electric power supply have put substantial limitations on productivity, on income, and on the willingness to invest. The Bank has made more loans for electric power than for any other purpose, but it has lent nearly as much for highways, railways, ports, and other means of transportation. Taken together, power and transportation account for about two-thirds of the Bank's development lending. About one-eighth of the Bank's development lending has been directly for agriculture and another one-eighth for industry, both of which, of course, have also greatly benefited from the loans for power and transportation. The Bank's activities in economic development have not been confined to loans. A wide range of advisory assistance has, of course, been necessary in connection with the Bank's loan projects. JHowever, an increasing number of countries now seek the technical assistance of the Bank apart from financing, and it has been the policy of the Bank to give advice upon request on general development problems, even when this has not been directly related to Bank loans. The method by which technical assistance is extended to a member country 216 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY by the Bank depends upon the need and the type of problem. In some cases, one or two Bank representatives are sent to the member country to work with the government on specific problems. The most comprehensive instrument used by the Bank in advising member countries on economic deveiopment is the General Survey Mission. These missions are organized to assess the economic resources and potential of member countries and to assist governments in drawing up and carrying out development plans. Fourteen of such missions have been organized by the Bank; their reports are made public. Smaller missions have also been sent to countries requesting advice on specific problems, such as transportation. In further recognition of the need in less-developed countries for personnel who are experienced in planning, administration, and management .of development programs, an Economic Development Institute has now been organized to serve as a staff college for senior officials from less-developed countries. The Institute offers six-month seminar courses in which these officials can participate with the Bank staff in an intensive study of development, problems. Another recent development which I should also like to mention is the International Finance Corporation. In order to increase its ability to foster private international investment and productive private enterprise, especially in the less-developed areas, the Bank has taken the lead in formulating the proposal for the International Finance Corporation, which will operate as an affiliate of the Bank. It will loan only in association with private investors for productive private enterprise, without any government guarantee; making, in effect, venture capital loans. Membership in the Corporation is open to Bank members, and it will come into being when at least thirty governments have subscribed at least $75 million of its authorized $100 million capital. The United States membership, which was authorized by the Congress last year, provides for a capital subscription of $35 million. Up to date, a total of twenty-seven countries have subscribed about $68,000,000. It is expected that sufficient additional countries will soon complete membership formalities and that the Corporation will come into being this summer. The Bank has played an important part in the postwar development of the free world by making loans and affording technical assistance with respect to development problems. It has served as an important instrument in creating renewed confidence in the international private capital market. In all these respects, the record of the Bank merits full support by the United States and by its other member countries. EXHIBIT 22.—Extract from remarks by Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Kendall, March 7, 1956, at the International Trade Conference, Pittsburgh, Pa. This International Trade Conference is a very splendid and commendable activity on the part of the Pittsburgh Chamber of Commerce. It goes without saying that I appreciate very much the opportunity of beirig here, meeting with you, and discussing some of the international trade problems in which you and the Treasury Department are mutually interested. Our trade relations with the people of other lands are of direct concern to every section of the United States and every segment of the American people. The problems growing out of these relations are as pervasive as they are complex, and the time is long past when an alert awareness of them was to be expected only in coastal areas with teeming harbors and loaded docks. Giving attention to these problems at a meeting of this sort is helpful not only to people interested in international trade as a business, but also to the departments of Government charged with various world trade responsibilities. That we are living in times of great stress and in the midst of great change makes the task of each of us not only more interesting and challenging, but also more difficult. We are doing a new sort of pioneering in some respects, and for a great country like the United States the issues we find ourselves facing must be met with extreme care so that the economic welfare of our own Nation may best be served and, at the same time, the great purposes of international cooperation may be advanced. Our objectives so far as international trade is concerned are better understanding, smoother-working relationships, and greater trade volume. In the background of these objectives are the efforts of the administration to create a domestic business atmosphere in which our free economy is allowed to grow EXHIBITS 217 and flourish and prosper to the fullest extent. These efforts toward a maximum of economic freedom in the United States mesh closely with our search for the best international trade policies and methods. The story of American trade and business is certainly as significant, if not as well known, as that of the military and the political side of our history. Certainly one here sees the swings of the pendulum as the decades pass by. In early days the ties of the seaboard colonists reached eastward across the ocean, and only the most venturesome had the pioneering courage to explore and to trade even as far as the confluence of the Allegheny and the Monongahela. Then traders pushed westward to Detroit, St. Louis, and Michelmackinac and the other trading posts where the white men dealt with the Indians for furs and sought new homes. Wars in Europe, impressment of seamen, and the dangers of the sea were only partly re^onsible for the change which took place. There beckoned westward across the mountains an enormous expanse of woods, of prairies, and of rivers containing wealth far beyond the expectation of the ambitious and courageous second generation of those who signed the Declaration of Independence. In short, in the second and third decades of the last century we generally quit the sea and maritime trade, leaving that to the few who carried on business in far-off places, and turned to the prairie schooner, the plow, and the enthralling task of conquering the continent and solidifying the areas between the Appalachians and the Sierras—indeed, from ocean to ocean. But instead of dwelling on those far-away days, I want to return to the present and to the subject of an international trade greatly affected by today's swifter transportation and. better communication methods. An important role in world trade is played, as you know, by the Treasury's Bureau of Customs. This role is of particular interest to me because my supervisory responsibilities in the Department extend to it. The Customs operations have become increasingly more vital and complex in these days of swifter means of transportation and of greater facilities for communication. In our view the Bureau of Customs has a dual function. On the one hand Customs sees to it that the laws levying tariff duties on imports are administered as written. For we believe that tariff protection should be provided only in the tariff schedules and authorized quota limitations, and that administrative procedures should not be used either to add to or detract from that protection. While seeing to the full enforcement of such laws, we are trying in every practical way to eliminate procedural difficulties and handicaps to international trade. To the extent we are successful, our efforts may serve as an example for more efficient and simple procedures in other countries, which will contribute to the expansion of world trade and encourage American exports to all parts of the world. Our efforts, indeed, go further than the march of trade and are entwined with the overall objectives so often announced by President Eisenhower, who has said: "The United States continuously seeks to strengthen the spiritual, political, military, and economic bonds of the free nations. By cementing these ties we help preserve our way of life, improve the living standards of free peoples, and make possible the higher levels of production required for the security of the free world." The President said this in transmitting last year the proposed agreement for the Organization for Trade Cooperation. This proposal is being currently debated in Washington and hearings are in progress before the Ways and Means Committee of the House. The proposal is another step indicative of our desire to deal with trade matters in the same way we do with military matters in such regional pacts as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and with financial matters in the International Monetary Fund and the International Bank. At the same time, and I can't emphasize this too strongly, if membership in the OTC is authorized, that membership and the participation of the United States in the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade will in no way infringe on congressional prerogatives. We have been careful from the very beginning to make certain, while pushing forward in tbe cooperative field of international trade and multilateral agreements on tariffs, that we did not relinquish control over our own trade affairs,—our own sovereignty. As you know, all pertinent American statutes and especially, of course, those having to do with trade and tariffs, in effect in 1948 when we first commenced participation in GATT remain in full effect. 218 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY It is much to the point that under the aegis of OTC and of GATT we are hopeful that we shall be able to persuade other nations with whom we deal to adopt some of the simplifying measures as to Customs procedures and classification and the like on which we have been working in our own customs activities. This can be done by negotiation through the OTC, should this become the formal mechanism, without any loss of our own safeguards, and without forcing others to forego their safeguards. We would approach on a mutually advantageous basis those steps which we think are so highly important if trade is to be benefited to the extent we hope for. In Washington, we are trying to move toward this goal by constant improvement in our management program, through legislation when necessary, and by amendment of the Customs regulations to introduce further improvements which will contribute to the speedy and equitable handling of customs business. It is an important contribution of this administration and one which hag constantly held the interest and had the support of President Eisenhower. I do not need to review the accomplishments which were made possible by the Customs Simplification Acts of 1953 and 1954. You are familiar also with the proposals for revision of the Customs valuation standards contained in H. R. 6040, which is now before the Senate Finance Committee. We had hoped that enactment of the bill as originally proposed could be completed at the last session of Congress. However, to meet the sincere concern of some legislators that the immediate introduction of the revised valuation standards might result in a severe impact on the business of some domestic industries, there was proposed an amendment which would defer the application of the valuation principle in those cases in which there might be more than a small decrease in valuation. This amendment aims at a more gradual revision of the valuation test so that fears may be avoided and American business may accept change as gradually as the facts may warrant or dictate in varying instances. The overall objective will go far toward further sensible, businesslike customs simplification and improvement of procedure. The amendment was introduced at our request by Senator Byrd last month. We understand that the Senate Finance Committee will resume its consideration of H. R. 6040 with the proposed amendment in the near future, and I confidently hope that it will receive the favorable consideration of the Senate and of the House, as amended.^ One of the principal needs for improving our operations is to obtain greater certainty in customs transactions. Most businessmen are more willing to decide whether to enter an operation where the costs and other significant factors are known. Conversely, uncertainty as to the amount of an item such as duties may be a significant deterrent to new business. We believe that the enactment of H. R. 6040 will enable international traders to be more cerxain of the valuation that will be placed upon imported commodities since it will conform Customs valuation more closely to the values actually applicable to current international wholesale trade. Also it will remove many of the eccentricities and aberrations in the Customs valuation law which have developed over the years, and all of this without the concomitant reduction of tariff which is the subject of some announced fears; and which most obviously had no part in the inauguration of this needed law. Our efforts to obtain greater certainty are not limited to legislation. One of the most important successful developments has been in the classification of imported merchandise. One aspect of this program has been the development of the procedure which enables an exporter to the United States, or importer, to get a classification and rate of duty on adequately described merchandise before it is imported. Some of the most troublesome cases presented to my office are those in which an importer has figured his selling price on a low duty and then discovers months after his goods have gone into consumption that hq must pay duty at a much higher rate. Up until recent years there was no remedy for this situation because definite decisions were not made until the merchandise was imported. Now, with the aid of the appraiser's staff and classification experts in the collectors' offices throughout the country, we give classifications in advance of importation. By circulating those decisions to all ports we make certain that the merchandise will be classified in accordance with that decision when entered at any port. 1 H. R. 6040, with the amendment proposed and with.further minor modifications, was enacted as Public Law 927 on August 2, 1956. See page 69. EXHIBITS 219 This advance classification procedure is being used to an ever increasing extent and the many comments received from, shippers and im.porters establish that this procedure is m,aking a significant contribution to better customs administration. More and m.ore people are becom.ing aware that if they receive an advance decision on the classification of their merchandise they have a rate that will stick and that they will not later be taken by surprise. We also contribute to the goal of certainty to the extent that we are able to m.aintain continuity and stability in our classification practices. Once a classification decision has been m,ade and a rate of duty determined, whether by the advance classification procedure or by the developm.ent of a uniform practice with respect to actual importations, that rate should not be changed administratively without very convincing reasons. Consequently, it is our firm belief that unless the Congress or the courts decide otherwise, changes in classification should not be made unless the established procedure is clearly wrong. At the sam,e time, people at Customs must ever be alert not to becom.e too fettered to established practice, riot to becom.e too inelastic (som.e people use the humble word "bureaucratic"), realizing that if there should be impelling reasons for changes in classification, then they should be m.ade, but only after great care and a thorough opportunity to examine. While we are proud of the advances and achievem.ents that have been m.ade in this field, I also recognize that there is much which rem.ains to be done. There will always be a conflict between the desire to be as helpful as possible in prom.ptly giving the best inform.ation available in response to any inquiry and the desire that Customs advice should be binding on the Governm,ent. Sometimes speedy answers can be given only if certainty is sacrificed. Undoubtedly, some clarification of our procedures will be necessary so that a person dealing with the Custom.s Service knows the extent to which any particular advice is binding on the Governm.ent. Most customs transactions are com.pleted without a hitch, but it is impossible to handle hundreds of thousands of entries and not run into an occasional com.edy of errors. We had a case where a dutiable billfold for a gentlem.an and a nondutiable cake for a lady cam.e in the mails at the same time. The billfold mail entry somehow got attached to the parcel containing the cake and the lady paid $2 duty. She wrote in objecting, but som.ehow her letter was overlooked and the liquidation becam,e final. Fortunately, after a struggle,- a legal basis for relief was found. But this is one of the types of cases which showed the need for expanded statutory authority to correct such errors. It could be m.ultiplied m.any fold. When relief from various unavoidable errors not covered by a protest in classifying, appraising, and ascertaining the quantity of imported merchandise was lim.ited to clerical errors, such as the transposition of figures, we were powerless to permit the correction of many kinds of innocent m.istakes w-hich should in equity and fairness have been corrected with imm,ediate dispatch. The answer that the only means of correction was through a private relief bill in the Congress (always cumbersome, som,etim.es im.possible) engendered much ill will and frequently resulted in a prolonged and fruitless correspondence with the importer and his representatives. We are now able to correct mistakes of fact and inadvertences not amounting to an error in the construction of the law when brought to our attentio.Q within one year. We are able to authorize the correction of some errors in appraisement. All this has improved our relations with the public which naturally believes that the Governm.ent should not make them, suffer because of an innocent slip-up. These are only a few exam.ples of the m,any ways in which an alert and cooperative Customs Service has been able to im.prove its service functions and its relations with the public. But the program for Customs management improvem.ent and better service is not a matter.of one or two new pieces of legislation or of one year's survey. It requires a continuing day-by-day concentration by every one of us who is concerned with customs m.atters. It requires a constant awareness of the problem areas and a willingness to suggest new and better methods of operation. It requires a steadfast attention to the importance of courteous and efficient relations with the public. And it requires a willingness to adjust and revise views to accom.modate the changes which are put into effect. All of these factors I have found present in m.y dealings with Customs and I am sure that their presence will lead to a further record of putstanding accomplishments. 220 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY It is, of course, as it should be that such improvements should come along hand in hand with America's increasing interest in international trade, the narrowing of the world by faster means of transportation and communication and the tremendous increase in the business of world trade. EXHIBIT 23.—Press release, December 2, 1955, on the signing of a new Stabilization Agreement between the United States and Mexico Under Secretary of the Treasury W. Randolph Burgess, Mexican Ambassador Senor Don Manuel Tello, and Senor Don Rodrigo Gomez, Director General of the Banco de Mexico, today signed a new Stabilization Agreement between the United States and Mexico. The agreem.ent is designed to assist Mexico by providing up to a m.axim.um amount of $75 m.illion, if the occasion for use should arise, for exchange stabilization operations to aid in preserving Mexico's exchange system free from restrictions on payments. The agreement continues for another two year period, until December 31, 1957, arrangements that have been in effect since 1941 and will, as in the past, be operated in close coordination with the activities of the International Monetary Fund. Under Secretary Burgess noted that Mexico's gold and foreign exchange reserves have increased substantially and that Mexico's national output continues to increase whfle it maintains its traditional freedom of exchange transactions. EXHIBIT 24.—Press release, February 16, 1956, on the signing of an extension of the Stabilization Agreement between the United States and Peru Under Secretary of the Treasury W. Randolph Burgess and Am.bassador Fernando Berckemeyer of Peru today signed an agreement extending for a period of one year the Stabilization Agreement between the United States and Peru. The agreement extends until February 17, 1957, existing arrangem.ents under which the United States Exchange Stabilization Fund undertakes to purchase Peruvian soles up to an amount equivalent to $12.5 million should occasion for such a purchase arise. The agreement is designed to assist Peru in maintaining external trade and payments substantially free from governmental restrictions and avoiding unnecessary fluctuations in the rate of exchange. The International Monetary Fund has also announced extension of its standby arrangement with Peru under which that institution agrees to m.ake available up to $12.5 m.illion for the same purpose. The two agreements therefore provide a total of $25 million in standby resources for Peru. EXHIBIT 25.—Press release, April 26, 1956, on the signing of an exchange agreement between the United States and Chile Treasury Under Secretary W. Randolph Burgess and the Chilean Ambassador, Sr. Mario Rodriguez, have signed an exchange agreement designed to assist Chile in its efforts towards achieving increased economic stabflity and freedom for trade and exchange transactions. The Chilean Governm.ent has undertaken im.portant dom,estic measures to deal with inflationary problems. As part of Chile's efforts to stabilize its economy, it proposes to introduce a single peso rate of exchange to be applicable to commercial transactions. This rate would be allowed to find a realistic level in response to basic supply and dem.and forces. The Chileari authorities will operate a stabilization fund to minimize exchage rate fluctuations arising from purely temporary or erratic influences. A separate and secondary exchange market in Chile will continue to exist through which receipts and payments for certain nontrade transactions will be cleared. In connection with this new effort for the attainm.ent of internal stability and international equilibrium the Chilean authorities have entered into a standby arrangement with the International Monetary Fund and are receiving credits from private banks in the United States. The Treasury agreement, which supplements these arrangements, provides that the Chilean authorities may request the EXHIBITS 221 United States Exchange Stabflization Fund to purchase Chilean pesos up to an amount equivalent to $10 million, should occasion for such purchases arise. Chilean pesos so acquired would be repurchased by Chile for dollars. Addresses and Statements on General Fiscal and Otlier Policies EXHIBIT 26.—Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, November 17, 1955, before the American Petroleum Institute, San Francisco, Calif. It is an often-neglected fact that within the last half century this Nation has gone through an economic evolution that makes pale any other in the long history of man's efforts to achieve a better life. The result is that this Nation is today a Nation made up of small to medium savers and investors. This means that today this is a Nation of "haves,'* and not a Nation of "have nots." We have been in a tremendous and beneficial evolution, peacefully bettering the lives of most of us. We in this administration have hitched our wagon to this rising star of a "have" nation to make sure of its continued rise—to keep making "have nots" into "haves." We are admirers of, and believers in this uniquely American growth and progress. But on coming into office we found that this great day-to-day American evolution from the bottom up was in danger. In fact, we found that it had not even been properly recognized by economic policymakers of the past two decades. They were too busy fighting the ghosts of a "have not" nation, a nation that had even then already ceased to exist. As a result, we found the economy blown up with the hot air of inflation, to a point where there was real danger that it might burst, letting us all down with a crash that would have maimed us as a Nation and dropped the free world's defenses invitingly low. We found the economy's growth hampered and hobbled by a tangle of successive layers of regulations, controls, subsidies, and taxes imposed in past emergencies. The economy was being twisted into the shape of things past, when it should have been reaching freely for its rightful future. In addition, we found defense spending being used partly to buy defense, and partly as a crutch to support an unsound economy, thereby endangering both defense and the econoriiy. In other words, we found an economy in danger of going stale, out of step with the times and out of step with the Nation it had to serve, an economy fearful of the ghosts of bygone crises, living precariously on the treacherous dodges of inflation,* subsidy, and excessive crash-and-crisis Government spending. We have been reshaping this Government's economic policies into the policies required for a strong and forward-looking nation, its economy firmly footed and self-supporting; an economy that will pump a continuous new flow of nourishment into the day-to-day American evolution of self-betterment; an economy that will constantly generate new and better paying jobs for an evergrowing population. At the same time our economy must provide an ever-higher standard of living, plus the social services the people want and need, as well as the men and the weapons the Nation must have for its defense. Now, let's look at what you millions of American citizens have been making of our economy, how you have been creating the world's most successful and beneficial economy, and what we in the Government are now doing to see that you have every possible opportunity to press forward and continue making a better life for all. All hands in our Nation: Labor unions and the employer, the rich and the poor, both major parties, the farmer and the city man, the woman at home, and the man at his job—all have had a part in making our new productive way of life. The point now is that the peaceful evolution has resulted in a tremendous upheaval of this Nation's whole economy that really has created a different kind of Nation, a unique Nation of "haves" that needs an up-to-date way of thinking 222 1956 REPORT 01^ THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY about itself, and up-to-date policies, in keeping with its strength and growth potential. Let's look back to the turn of the century and see what has been happening, economically, since then. Only by making such a comparison can you realize how outmoded a line of thought can be, even if only a few years old, when applied to our dynamic economy, and how alert we must be not to let out-of-date thought and practices tie us down while opportunity passes us by. Our total national production of goods and services now approaches 400 bilhon dollars. That is just 20 times as much as our national output in 1900. When you make allowance for price rises since the turn of the century, today's national production is still about seven times what it was in 1900. Our population has more than doubled since 1900, but our national output per capita—production per man, woman, and child in the Nation—is three times what it was then. Our national income is now over 320 billion dollars. After allowance again for price changes, this is seven times what it was in 1900. And our income per man, woman, and child in the whole population is, like production, three times as much as in 1900. Here is the important thing about that inclDme change since 1900. The lower and middle income groups have received the greatest share of our increased income. Early in the century, only 1 out of every 10 American families earned as much as $4,000 a year in terms of today's prices. Now almost half of our families earn more than $4,000 a year. Those with inadequate incomes for a decent living are becoming fewer and fewer, and more and more of them are becoming "haves", people who have enough money not only to live adequatelj^, but to save besides. That is the basic economic development in this country which we are trying most fervently to keep going, and to continually improve. Let's see just how widespread and important this flow of purchasing power to the broad base of our economy has been and will continue to be. One of the most common methods of savings is the purchase of insurance. At the turn of the century, people in this country had taken out 14 million life insurance policies. Today, with the population only slightly more than doubled, and with many people owning several policies, the number of life insurance policies has increased nearly 18 times, to about 250 million. Ownership of individuals in their life insurance has increased from under 2 billion dollars in 1900 to more than 85 billion dollars today. Small investors' holdings in United States savings bonds, total the huge amount of 50 billion dollars. No such investment existed in 1900. Let's see some other ways in which the average man on the street in this Nation has been making himself over into an investor, a man with a real financial stake in the future such as no other average citizen anywhere ever had before. Nearly 10 percent of all American families today own stock in American corporations. At the turn of the century, this was just getting under way. In 1900, individuals had liquid savings of all types amounting to less than 10 billion dollars. Now such savings of individuals in this country total more than 235 biflion dollars. Last year alone, Americans bought equipment for themselves and their homes of almost 30 billion dollars. This included things unknown to the homeowner of 1900, like 7 million radios, 7 niillion television sets, nearly 3J^ million washing machines, and a million air conditioners. These are mass investments in a better life only a nation of "haves" could make. About 25 million, families own their own homes today, compared with only 7 miflion homeowners half a century ago, while population has only a little more than doubled in that time. About 55 percent of our families now live in homes of their own.. Nearly all the others want to. And ways and means of helping them to do so are of greatest concern in present Government polic3^ Labor unions to which many American workmen pay dues, are also investors. Not so many years ago, union treasuries were low. Today many of them bulge with huge sums. They own banks and buildings, bonds and stocks, and investments of many kinds. These are investments belonging to, and benefiting, the man in overalls. Today more than 15 million Americans have more than 30 billion dollars invested in pension and retirement trust funds. This represents an investment of almost $2,000 per worker. Such retirement plans were practically unknown in 1900. You can see from these few examples what has been happening to the ordinary individual and the ordinary family in our wonderland economy. We need a EXHIBITS 223 completely new^ set of standards in thinking about ourselves. We are a Nation of "haves," not of "have-nots." This Nation's economy has grown right over, and has left ,behind in the dust, both socialism and communism. The consequence of this brilliant human achievement in our Nation is that the basic interests of the man in the overalls are today the same as the basic interests of the man in the business suit. Business long a^go recognized this fact, and centered its attention on the wants and needs of the far greater number of men who at times wear overalls. It is time that we all caught up with the facts of life in this Nation. Let's see how the man in the overalls and the man in the business suit today have the same basic interests and what that revolutionary fact means to the whole economy: In the first place these clothes are interchangeable and great masses of our people wear both depending upon the day of the week, the time of day, and their occupation at the moment. This fact in itself illustrates the virtual rempva,l of" any gap between them. But there are many other illustrations of similarity ,of purpose, thought, and situation.. Both men have current earnings and probably savings in one form or another. That means that both are interested in seeing the dollar keep its purchasing power. To the extent that inflation develops, both men are robbed. If you had $1,000 saved up in 1939, which you did not draw out to use until 1953, you really took a beating. Inflation had sneaked into your savings during those years and made off with $478. How? Because inflationary price rises during that time cut the purchasing value of the dollars you were saving, every minute of every day. When you drew out your $1,000 savings, inflation had stolen away with all but $522 of the purchasing power your dollars had when you put them aside in 1939. This is a terrible thing to happen to a Nation of people who are working and sweating and scrimping to put aside money for the education of their children, the purchase of a home, or to provide for their old age. The man in the overalls and the man in the business suit often try, by purchasing insurance, to build up some security to leave to their wives and children in the event of untimely death. It is a terrible thing to have the purchasing power of his insurance, the time that it will pay the rent and set the table or help with the education for those that are left, cut nearly in half in the short period of just 15 years. It is a heartbreaking thing for a man and woman who put. aside savings in a pension or retirement trust fund as they work during their lifetime to find on retirement that inflation has robbed them of nearly half of what they had invested to live on in their declining years. We in the Eisenhower Administration have made halting inflation one of the principal goals of our administration. In the last 2% years, the value of the dollar has changed only one-half of one cent. This means that we have kept inflation's hand out of your savings almost entirely. We want to keep inflation locked out, so that when you save by putting money in the bank, by buying a savings bond, by buying insurance, by contributing either work or money to a pension fund or fraternal order or in any other way, you will get from your investment the same value that you toil now to put into it. The man in the overalls and the man in the business suit have at least an equal interest in this fight. But, if there is any difference between them, it is the man in the overalls who most needs protection. He can less afford to lose. Now, it is growing more and more to be that it is the vast sum of the many smaller savings of the man in the overalls on which our industrial and commercial System depends for its financing. The sum of all the little savings is funneled mainly into big investments by the savings banks, the building and loan associations,- the insurance companies, investment trusts, pension funds, union and fraternal organizations, and others handling the savings of the man in the overalls. Business in this country is pouring nearly 28 billion dollars of new investment into its plants and equipment this year. That tremendous amount must come from somebody's savings. Without it, the future's new jobs will never be born, nor will we get tomorrow's increase in productivity, as the result of new and better tools of production, bought by new investment. Saving is important to the Nation, and must be encouraged, not discouraged, because it strongly influences the security of the job you have, and your hopes for ever-better pay through continued increase in your productivity. Thus you 224 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY can see how inflation can rob you not only of your personal savings but, in addition, steal away your pay increases and perhaps even your jobs. We must have policies that put solid ground under our day-to-day evolution of continual betterment from the bottom up. Such pohcies must aim at everyone, spreading the riches throughout the land. There is only one way to have everyone have more and that is to produce more. The Nation's treasures of goods and services must constantly increase, by continually increasing individual productivity, so that they can be spread ever deeper and broader throughout the whole economy. Our policies must result in giving the man in the overafls ever more and more of the same things which the man in the business suit also wants to have. And that can only be accomplished by an economy that constantly produces more of the comforts," conveniences, and necessities of life. Such an economy will not only be of direct benefit here at home, but will also be a beacon of progress in the whole free world. Our strong economy must and can carry the costs of fully adequate defense, and of indispensable pubhc services, and at the same time continue its healthy growth. But it will only be able to do so if we balance the load correctly, so that it can be carried, and carried indefinitely, without a breakdown. We have devised policies to fit our new situation and we are balancing the load. We are not the slave of any particular aspect of our flexible policies. We regard inflation as a public enemy of the worst type. But we have not hesitated, either, to ease or restrict the basis of credit when need was indicated. Under the new cooperation that exists in this administration between the Treasury and the Federal Reserve, the full force of monetary policy has been made effective more promptly than ever before in the. Nation's history to better respond to natural demands. We found when we came to office an overblown economy. It was hobbled with all sorts of artificial controls, dangerously dependent upon the uncertainties of defense spending, and inflationary pressures. It was borrowing from tomorrow's production and income at a prodigious rate, with unsound confiscatory taxation that still failed to provide for the profligate spending. This resulted in huge deficits that were passing the heavy burden of our excesses on for our children and grandchildren to bear. And sooner or later it was sure to result in complete downfall. Under the Eisenhower Administration, the whole economy, the livelihood of all the people, has been made more safe. This has been done by the-timely use of monetary policy and credit in response to actual demand; by the return to the Dubhc of purchasing power through the biggest tax cut in the history of the Nation, Dy cutting unjustified Government spending; and at the same time by timely encouragement to construction, home building, and needed improvements. By the prompt and vigorous use of all these measures we have made the difficult and dehcate change from a dangerously artificial economy to a healthy one, with every effort exerted to the utmost to involve the very minimum of cost in terms of unemployment. In turning our faces resolutely from inflation, and unrealistic spending, what have we turned toward? We have turned to you, to the 166 million people of America. We have turned with full confidence to a people that have demonstrated that you are industrious, saving, inventive, daring, progressive, and self-reliant to an unprecedented degree. We believe in your capacity to go on providing yourselves with an ever better life, if we in Government support your efforts where the general welfare calls for such support, and do not load you with unnecessary burdens, or take from you by excessive taxation the increase in your income that you might otherwise earn and save, or allow you to be robbed by inflation. Realistic economic policies that take account of the true nature of our economy and the burdens it must bear, will bear big fruit. We wifl not be rising on the hot, uncertain air of inflation. Nor wfll we be wearing the false, rose-colored glasses of a prosperity based on unwise and dangerous Government deficit spending, treacherous alike to the Nation's security and its economic health. We wifl be rising on the sohd ground of these things: Savings protected against shrinkage by a stable dollar; Increased production and increased wages and earnings made possible by the investment of those savings in more, new, and better tools of production; Wide use, by Americans who are both workers and investors, of these tools of EXHIBITS 225 production for the creation of more jobs and new, better, and cheaper goods, with everwidening distribution among an evergrowing number of consumers as their earning power increases and the cost of the goods decline; Use of the increased income from this increased production of the things you want; not to pay the bill for unneeded or unwise Government spending, or as tribute to inflation, but for the creation pf a better life for all. We have turned our backs on artificial stimulants. We have turned our faces confidently to practical, natural methods for the creation of a better life for all of us—firm in the belief that continuation of the processes of the American evolution of self-betterment from the bottom, up is second nature to our whole people. The United States is now enjoying plenty in peace. Americans are breaking all records in the number of people with jobs, the high wages they are receiving, and in the production of goods for people to enjoy. And they are enjoying this high prosperity while successfully resisting pressures toward inflation. Whether this high prosperity will continue without getting into the excesses of inflation or deflation depends in very large part upon what 166 million Americans do. It depends upon you in this room this morning, and your associates in the economic life of America. We hope for continued prosperity based, not on war scares or artificial Government stimulants, but on steady spending by consumers, and investment by business. It has a broad and solid base. We have laid to rest the myth that a free enterprise system can thrive only in war. We have shown that free men in a free world can provide an abundance, can provide plenty in peace, far above the capacity of the government-run economies of the world. The best that government can do to strengthen our economy is to provide a fertile field in which raillions of Americans can work. The continued success of our economy depends, not upon government, but upon the efforts of all the people trying to do a little more for themselves and their loved ones. It is the sum total of all these individual efforts that makes our system superior to anything known in this world before. It is what makes America. The continued prosperity of America is peculiarly a responsibility of a group such as the petroleum industry of America. For it is from such industries as yours that we constantly get the new products, and new uses for products which lead to the new jobs, higher income, and better living, which is the progress of America. From the seemingly inexhaustible spring of American research flows a stream of new ideas and new products resulting in new opportunities and new wealth for everyone. Your industry is one which must continue to be a frontrunner in nurturing progress from the spring of research. The continuance of good and even better times in America is up to you. It is up to you and all the rest of the American people. If all Americans, workers, producers, businessmen, consumers, and investors go ahead and buy and build and improve with confidence tempered with prudence, this Nation will continue to be even more a Nation of "haves" enjoying new peaks of prosperity in business, production, and wages, and constantly higher standards of living for all the people. EXHIBIT 27.—Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, November 19, 1955, before the National Grange, Cleveland, Ohio I am honored and pleased to be able to talk for a few minutes today to this session of the National Grange. I am honored because of the great influence your farm family fraternity has in the rural life of America. And I am pleased because it affords the opportunity to try to explain some of the fiscal and economic principles this administration is attempting to follow in the best interests of our farm people and all of our 166 million Americans. After outlining some of the general principles we have been following as they affect the whole Nation, I wifl describe how they apply to the best interests of the farm people who make up American agriculture and who are such an important part of our whole economy. On a bright afternoon just short of three years ago today I boarded by helicopter the heavy cruiser Helena off Wake Island in the mid-Pacific. Already aboard were President-elect Eisenhower, just returned from Korea, and several other appointees to the new cabinet. Mr. Eisenhower had just finished one of the missions which he had laid out in his campaign for the presidency. He had been to Korea to see for himself what, if anything, should or could be done about 399346—57 16 226 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY bringing an end to death and suffering in the war of stalemate that was dragging on and on and taking the lives of American boys month after month. Let's go back to those days for a few minutes to look at the situation then confronting this country and recall the objectives toward which we then set our ^ sights. We on the Helena nearly three years ago. were determ.ined to restore the fullest measure of freedom and the good things that go with it to the American people. We were determined to work to^vard freedoiri from war and the cruel strains and stresses throughout the world that threatened its very destruction, freedom from communism and corruption, and freedom from inflation and the artificial controls which throttled our economy. A mom.ent's reflection will recall the situation both domestic and around the world which obtained as we talked .on the Helena three years ago. The most pressing problem., of course, was Korea, where 33,000 Am.erican boys were killed arid nearly 104,000 wounded, and where there was no end to war in sight. The war in Indo-China had been going for six years and there were no plans to bring it to an end. . Although we were spending record amounts for our defense and for foreign aid, we found as we tried to be strong everywhere at once that we were diffusing our efforts to such an extent that we weren't really strong enough anywhere to be as effective as we should be. President Eisenhower on the Helena then was as determined as he is today that "mankind longs for freedom from. M^ar and from rum.ors of war"; and that working toward peace, and thus toward freedom from_ war, must be the primary goal df the new administration. As we surveyed the scene three years ago, there were other things that also concerned us. We saw that for many years we had been following unhealthy financial policies that induced inflation, depreciated our currency, and threatened to exhaust our credit. Our dollar had shrunk in purchasing power from 100 cents to 52 cents in 13 short years. Savings of the people had been half destroyed by cruel inflation. We found ourselves with more than $267 billion of debt. We found obligations to spend some $80 billion, with no provision for payment. We found a proposed budget left for us to spend $78 billion in our very first fiscal year with a deficit of $10 billion over anticipated revenues. We found a tax structure so high that it threatened to destroy the incentives to work and to save and to invest. We found controls needlessly strangling the economy. , We found corruption' and communism in too m.any places. A constructive program was designed to bring about peace in Korea, and pressures were applied to accomplish it. These pressures were successful, and in July the arm.istice in Korea was achieved, to end the killing and wounding of our American youth as M^ell as to bring welcom.e relief from worry and heartbreak to thousands of fam.ilies back home. Freedom from war in Korea had so soon become an established fact. But there remained the greater problem, of establishing better relations throughout the world. We sought to establish relations which might eventually lead to peace, a just and honorable peace for all nations. To keep strong meanwhile was prerequisite to everything else. Plans and programs for ourselves and our allies have progressed far since then with improved relations in many directions. On the fiscal and economic side, we determined early in 1953 to adopt a fiscal program which would help to make more jobs and better living for every citizen. This program involved the restoration of freedom in many fields. One of the most severe restrictions on freedom which we inherited was that of wage and price controls and allocations of materials. A difficult but prompt decision was made to lift those controls very early in 1953. As soon as it was announced, the voices of the timid cried out that it could never be done without runaAvay prices and further inflation wrecking the economy. You all remember the public hue and cry. Yet within a matter of weeks the hue and cry was as dead as the controls. This was the actual result rather than the disaster which bur critics had prophesied. In the spring of i953, as the prospects for a Korean armistice appeared brighter, we were faced with a new problem. Fear was voiced bj?- some that the coming of peace and the reductions in Government spending which our program of economy was producing might lead to an upset in business and a depression. It was in peace that America grew great and accumulated the homes, industries. EXHIBITS 227 farms, and mines t h a t saw us through two M^ars. I t was wars t h a t brought us d e b t a n d taxes, and inflation. There was no reason why we should fear peace, even t h o u g h there might have to be adjustments in t h e economy as there were swings in Government spending. We did get peace. We did not have a depression. I n only about six m o n t h s we h a d obtained freedom from war in Korea. We h a d obtained freedom from controls on the private lives and busiriesses of our citizens. Progress along t h e lines of t h e framework of t h e freedoms we had determined on the Helena to r e t u r n to the people of America began to take real shape. Who wants to go back? I n the spring of 1954, progress toward greater freedom for the American people was jeopardized b y t h e prophets of doom and gloom. There appeared ill-advised spokesmen who proclaimed t h a t our economy was in a bad way. These prophets loudly predicted t h a t t h e economy was headed for serious trouble unless t h e executive branch should greatly increase deficit spending and embark on large emergency public-works expenditures to "stimulate t h e economy." The administration resisted the pressure t o move in and t r y to run the economy from Washington. We retained the new freedoms which we had won, with confidence in our position. We had then made tremendous savings in Government expenditures over the p a s t two years by big reductions in both Government payrolls and purchasing. We were in t h e transition of absorbing t h e people who had previously been working for the Government directly or making wartime goods which t h e Government had been buying by helping t h e m get jobs making peacetime goods for all the people to buy to improve the general scale of living. One reason it was so certain t h a t the private economy would make the jobs to hire people previously employed by the Government or by the Government's spending was the tax program. Tax cuts p u t into effect in 1954 totaled $7.4 billion, t h e largest t o t a l dollar t a x cut in any year in history. This tax cut left this huge sum in the hands of all of the people to buy the goods which they wanted to b u y r a t h e r t h a n in paying it in taxes to t h e Government. Returning this huge sum of money to t h e people to spend for themselves was certain to result in greater purchasing and in the creation of more and better jobs for t h e people who used to make their living from Government spending. Millions of individuals were also assisted by these great tax cuts. Every single t a x p a y e r in this country received a tax saving, and millions of cases of hardship existing under t h e previous laws were corrected so t h a t individuals were encouraged to expand their purchases and all their activities. The great bulk of the tax savings went directly to individuals. T h e Government can help best to strengthen t h e economy by helping to provide a fertile field and sound basic conditions in which 166 million Americans can work. The success of our economy depends not upon Government b u t upon the efforts of all the people all trying to do a little more for themselves,. trying to better themselves and their loved ones. I t is the cumulative effect of all this individual effort, each for himself, thinking, planning, and wbrking to improve his own position in his own way, t h a t makes our system superior to anything ever known in this world before. T h a t ' s w h a t makes America. Prosperity in America cannot be had just by stimulating consumption, essential as t h a t certainly is. Unemployment in the heavy industries can be just as real a problem. To solve this, t h e people m u s t b u y the productiori of heavy industries. This means more investment because it is the investors who buy the heavy goods. T h a t is w h a t makes t h e jobs in t h e heavy goods industries of America, and t h a t is w h a t creates new plants and new tools and new jobs for t h e ever-growing work force of this expanding country. T h a t is w h a t control of inflation and the tax revision bill helped to accomplish. More i m p o r t a n t perhaps t h a n any other single thing in developing a healthy economy with high purchasing power, high employment, and good times is widespread general confidence in t h e integrity of the Government, in its security, in its plans and programs, and in the stability of its money. The cost of living which had doubled during the preceding thirteen years has increased less t h a n one percent in t h e p a s t three years. The dollar has been stable and is the most prized currency in all the world. Pensions and savings have been protected. I n v e s t m e n t is encouraged and we a t long last are on t h e 228 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY way to a balanced budget for the Government. It is this course of Government conduct, so carefully planned and so rigidly adhered to, that inspires the great confidence of the people and which has brought us so far from the predictions of doom and gloom into the greatest volume of business and highest employment of people in the long history of this country. Of great importance is our consistent program of' economy in Government spending. Since the 1953 fiscal year Government spending has been cut by $10H billion. Reductions have been made in spending in many places. In defense, while reductions have been made, we are at the same time developing a better, more efficient defense structure. Today, at less cost, we have an armed strength more efficient and better organized than ever before. We have the great advantage of guidance from the foremost mflitary leader in this world and under President Eisenhower's great leadership, the defense of America is today stronger in peacetime than at any previous moment in our history. The unequaled present prosperity of America, except in agriculture, is well known to us* all. We have set new records in almost every way in which good times can be judged and measured. Employment reached 65.5 million for the first time in history. Unemployment has declined to 2.1 million. And at the same time there has been an Eisenhower "extra" for the benefit of all Americans. This Eisenhower "extra" has been created in this sound way. The fact that there has been practically no change in the cost of living since this administration has been in office means that the wage-earners of America have now been getting real wage increases instead of the "cost of living" wage increases which had previously been the order of the day. So they have more money to spend for food, for better living, for the products of both farm and factory than ever before in history. Who wants to go back? .Now what about more freedom for the farmer? The other day I received a letter from a midwestern farmer's wife in which she said: "I see by the papers that you made a speech asking, 'who wants to go back?' If you talked to some of the farmers, as well as the farm machinery people, in this area you would very soon find out who wants to go back." I have thought a great deal about what that good farm lady wrote. I sense in it all the concern and anxiety of a farm famfly that is experiencing the squeeze of declining selling prices and the rise in some prices of the things they buy. I think I can understand a little of the puzzlement and concern that beset her. Why shouldn't she and her famfly be sharing more equitably in the country's unprecedented good times? Yet I wonder if she and her famfly, and the farm famflies of America generally, really want to go back. • The peak of farm prices was in February 1951. That was during the war in Korea. I doubt very much that anyone wants to go back to those high prices based on war. I do not believe that this farmer's wife nor anyone else v^ants that with all its heartache and suffering and fear for every famfly. Yet substantially less than half of the decline in farm prices has occurred since the end of that war. What she wants, and what this administration wants for her, is to share more equally with other Americans in the abundance we as a Nation are enjoying. She is proud of the work that she and her faniily do to help provide the food and fiber needs of our country. She feels that somehow this basic part of the economy is not in step with prospering America. She is right. But does she want to go back to the discredited program that buflt up the huge price-depressing surpluses which today deny our farmers better returns for what they produce? Does she want to go back to a program from which today a majority of our farmers are reaping not benefits but injury? Does she want to go back to a program that can only perpetuate and make worse all her present difficulties? Does she want to go down that deadend road of Government regimentation of our independent farm folk which is the sure end result of that old program? I doubt she wants to go back to that old road. These price-depressing surpluses operate in agriculture as they would in any other industry. Imagine the situation if a whole year's production of automobiles was in storage around the country in Government stockpfles. Or if there were millions of Government-owned radio or TV sets or refrigerators in Government storage. These surpluses overhanging the markets would certainly demoralize them, and it is impossible to imagine our present prosperity in those lines under EXHIBITS 229 such conditions. So, too, today our agricultural surpluses plague the path ahead to a fair break for our farmers. We must stop adding to those surpluses and we must work at cutting them down. After Korea and subsequent cutbacks in defense spending, the industrial side of our economy went through a readjustment. Reduced production, particularly in heavy industry, began in 1953 and continued during a considerable part of 1954 as the inventory of excess goods stimulated by the Korean war was being absorbed by sales in excess of production. It was during this period that the false prophets of doom and gloom cried loudest of coming depression and despair. But as the excess supplies were used up, production and employment began to pick up and the industrial side of our economy began the movement toward its present record prosperity. America's agriculture is still in its postwar adjustment, slowed down by wartime rigid supports and ever-increasing Government surplus stockpfles which have made the process even riiore difficult and drawn out because of the restricted ability of agriculture to bring production into line with changing demands. There is no easy solution, but there is only one objective that will ever wholly succeed. Production must ultimately become reasonably balanced with demand and those overhanging price-depressing, increasing surpluses must be absorbed and ultimately disposed of. Surely continuation of the plan that got us into all this trouble is not the answer. While we still press forward to gain our place in world markets, it is obvious that wholesale dumping indiscriminately abroad is no answer. That would be not only distressing to our foreign relations with friendly nations with whom we are joined for our common.defense, but it would surely result in retaliation by other countries and price wars with the prospect of ruinous prices and competition that would greatly hmit our sales. So the whole thing would be worse than useless in moving the surplus crops. The middle way is the solution. Price supports that recognize th6 natural laws of supply and demand and do not try futilely to repeal them. Carefully planned restriction of production. Expanded programs of research to find new crops and new uses to aid agriculture. Cautious selling of surpluses both at home and abroad with strenuous efforts continuously made to increase consumption everywhere. All coupled with a dynamic program of sofl conservation and improvement of our farm lands for future generations. The growth of our population will be of tremendous help. Three million more mouths to feed each year wfll eat into both limited current production and surplus at an amazing rate as time goes on. Our increasing scale of living means that 166 million of us will all eat more and better as each year passes by. Our growing industry with its continuously increasing jobs to be filled wifl continue to offer good opportunities for farm boys and girls to work in industry if they choose to do so rather than raising more cotton and wheat than can be consumed. The farmer is equally interested with all the rest of us in prosperity for industry. Its workers are his customers. The more they earn, the more of his crops they can buy. And the more industry advances in its techniques and inventions the better and more effective tools for farming will be available for him to have. We are all bound together. It is not always evenly balanced, but that is the objective we must always strive to attain. One fact we should never forget: This transition has been helped because the industrial economy has been operating at high levels. We must keep it so. Meanwhile we must continuously adopt and apply the most effective means to cushion the hardships and ease the strains of the transition for the people on the farms. We must do this while we continue to make progress toward our true objective of a balanced farm economy, unhampered by excessive stocks of crops which destroy the very markets they were created in false hope to help. President Eisenhower said after his recent meeting in Denver with Secretary Benson that "no problem on the domestic front is more demanding of our understanding and best ideas" than that facing our farniers. The President's great concern is illustrated by the fact that this agricultural statement was his first personal statement on a domestic matter issued from his hospital bed in Denver. In it the President cited the need for "new steps" to deal with the farm problem so as "to speed the time when farm production and markets are in balance at prices that return to our farmers a fair share of the national income." I can assure you tha£ there is the fullest realization at the highest levels of the administration" not only of the trernendous importance of our farm people to the welfare 230 1956 REPORT OF THE SEGRETARY OF THE TREASURY of the whole Nation and national policies but also of the need to help farm people share more fufly in the expanding prosperity which the rest of the economy enjoys. To do this we must avoid going back to the policies that have failed in the past, policies which were bailed out before only by two ghastly wars and a terrible drought. We must go forward, building on the foundation already laid, to hasten the transition to a better day for farming and better returns for farmers. This means a many-sided program designed to cut down the surpluses, adjust production to markets, expand markets at home and abroad, and spur research into new uses of farm products. There are two related matters to which the administration has been giving a great deal of earnest attention recently which are of interest to you. First, I should like to mention the Treasury's position in regard to taxation of cooperatives. We made a written suggestion to the Congress on this subject last July which I recommend you read. It has been charged by some critics that we desire to tax accumulated savings first at the corporate rate in the hands of the cooperative and later to retax the same savings in the hands .of the patrons of cooperatives as income to the individual. This is not true. The Treasury does not favor double taxation. We are interested only in obtaining a means of taxing the income of a cooperative as income either to the cooperative or to the individual wherever the income is held but not to tax at bothdevels. That is only fair and proper. It is to the end only of effectively providing that single tax, such as we envisioned by the act of Congress in 1951, that we have suggested to the Congress that action might properly be considered. Second, I should like to touch upon the Cabinet report on transportation which I know is of interest to you because of the Grange's role in getting the Interstate Commerce Commission originally established to check transportation monopoly many years ago. The main point of the Cabinet report was that all forms of transportation be allowed more freedom to voluntarily compete so that all the American public riiight have the best transportation as cheaply as possible. Needed safeguards would not be relinquished as freedom increased. I am no expert on agriculture and I am conscious of being in the presence of experts. But I am sure that Secretary Benson is a true and devoted friend of the farmer, with, the wisdom and the courage to do whatever is soundly required. And I know that in his intensive scrutiny of new ideas for strengthening the present program, Ezra Benson is seeking help from every farmer and every true friend of farmers. In that search he has the full support and interest of the whole administration. Onlj'^ the best efforts and the best ideas of all of us will be good enough. I am confident that we Americans have the resourcefulness and the character to work our wa-y o^^t of this problem as we have out of others. To do so we must think clearly with steadfast adherence to American ideals. There is no trick way to do it, but there is a right way to do it, consistent with our values and traditions. I know that working together we will find that way. And so we return to a review of our objectives as we outlined them three years ago for the benefit of all Americans. We now have a sound and stable dollar. We have reduced deficit spending until now we can hope that a balanced budget this year is within our grasp. Our credit has improved by the manner in which we have handled the debts we already owe. Taxes have been reduced for every single taxpayer in this country. Free markets in America have been reestablished without price controls. Inflation and its cruel theft of savings is halted and the savings of the old, their pensions and insurance, are now being protected. America is again becoming the land of unbounded opportunity for the young where only your own ambition and ability can limit your rise to any height in this fair land. Progress, you' must admit, is well on its way. There is plenty yet to do but much has already been accomplished. The turn has been completely made. America now faces in a new improved direction. There is no reason to go back. Let's all go forward. EXHIBITS 231 EXHIBIT 2S.—Excerpts from remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, December 7, 1955, before the Mercantile Trust Company, St. Louis, Mo. The future is promising if we pull together. For three j^ears, we have been reshaping this Government's economic policies into the policies required for a strong and forward-looking nation, its economy firmly rooted and self-supporting; an economy that will pump a continuous.new flow of nourishment into the day-to-day American evolution of self-betterment; an economy that will constantly generate new and better-paying jobs for an evergrowing population. At the same time our economy must provide an ever-higher standard of living, plus the social services the people want and need as well as the men and the weapons we must have for our defense. All hands in our Nation: labor unions and employers, the rich and the poor, both major parties, the farmer and the city man, the woman at home, and the man at his job—all have a part in making our new productive way of life. The peaceful evolution has resulted in a tremendous upheaval of this Nation's whole economy that has really created a different kind of a nation, a unique nation of "haves" that needs an up-to-date way of thinking about itself and up-to-date policies in keeping with its strength and growth potential. We have curbed inflation, avoided deflation, and encouraged initiative and expansion which have developed into the greatest period of prosperity that our fast growing, now unhobbled economy has ever known. Barring unforseen developments, we will have a balanced Federal budget in the present fiscal year. The anticipated deficit of the Government for fiscal 1956 was $1.7 billion at the time of the midyear review last July. If present estimates are realized, we will have a balanced budget for this fiscal year ending June 30, 1956. Our prosperity didn't just happen. It was brought about by the confidence of the American people in the Eisenhower Administi ation and the favorable climate which has been created for 166 million free Americans to exercise their own initiatives and endeavors to the full limit of their abilities to improve and better the lives of their loved ones and themselves. The administration's program promised a new, a better day, not for any particular segment of the population but for afl the people. We have seen that day dawn. It is just the beginning if we can continue to achieve national unity and improve the lot of the farmer, about the only large segment of our population still suffering from the overhanging effects of past unrealisti-c governmental programs. We have the greatest productive machine the world has ever seen. It is expanding rapidly. From the appa.rently unfafling spring we call research flows a stream of new ideas and new products, resulting in new opportunities and new wealth for everyone. . We have set new records in almost every way in which good times can be judged and measured. Employment last summer reached 65.5 million for the first time in history. Unemployment declined in October to 2.1 million. The dollar has been stable for three years; wage earners have been getting real wage increases instead of "the cost of living" wage increases of the previous several years. How long this high prosperity will continue without getting into the excesses of either inflation or deflation depends upon what 166 million Americans do. EXHIBIT 29.—Extracts from remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 1, 1956, before the Junior Achievement Conference, Washington, D. C. This is a fine representation from business, from Government, and from the educational world gathered here under the sponsorship of Junior Achievement to . study ways and means of familiarizing more of America's young people with the principles and the practice of free incentive competition. Few organizations give more direct and more effective support to what we call the American way of life than does Junior Achievement; the organization today holding its first national conference in its thirty-year history. When young people, generally those of high school age, sign up with Junior Achievement, they agree to "learn by doing." One writer called Junior Achievernent "a kind of 4-H club of business." That's an excellent description. The 4-H young folks learn the agricultural arts by first-hand experience. The youngsters of Junior Achievement, organized in their own local "companies," under the 232 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY sponsorship of a local business concern or some civic, service, or professional group, learn the operation of business enterprises in just the same way—^by first-hand experience. First they learn about raising capital by selling stock at half a dollar a share or thereabouts. They learn about setting up managements, about obtaining production equipment and materials, about selling—in brief, about all the ordinary procedures in setting up a business under our free enterprise economy, and making it work. Certainly every participant in the program learns a great deal about the way our free enterprise economy works: why it has proved far and away the sort of economy most productive of higher living standards; why it can be depended on to generate new and better paying jobs for an ever growing population; why it is such a powerful force for the defense of our country. Your purpose here today is to consult on means of extending the Junior Achievement program so it will reach many more young Americans than now. That purpose is a challenge to every one of us who wants to see our country grow and prosper and its people share more and more generously in the rewards of economic freedom. It is a challenge because the Junior Achievement way is so effective a way of helping equip the boys and girls of today to conduct economic affairs of our country in the future. Today we have the greatest productive machine the world has ever seen. It is expanding rapidly. From the apparently unfailing spring we call research flows a stream of new ideas and new products, resulting in new opportunities and new wealth for everyone. The success of our economy has. depended not upon government but upon the efforts of all the people all trying to do a little more for themselves, trying to better themselves and their loved ones. It is the cumulative effect of all this individual effort, each for himself, thinking, planning, and working to improve his own position in his own way, that makes our system superior to anything ever known in this world before. That's what makes America. Such a sound, prosperous economy based upon free competition and free choice is the real difference between a free country and a slave state. A free nation stems from the freedom of choice of the individual, in religion, in government, and in the freedom of individual opportunity that permits a man or woman to go out and work for an incentive of their own choosing—not because they are told to "do it or else." In America that incentive is for better homes and living conditions, better education, and better opportunities for our children. As you take part in the Junior Achievement program, giving supervision and guidance to the boys and girls in the ways of operating a business, you have a woriderful opportunity to impress on them the story of how our free enterpiise system has helped make our country strong and prosperous. Remind them that nowhere in the world is there greater freedom of initiative and enterprise than we know right here. Remind them of their responsibilities as citizens of the future to make sure that this continues. If all Americans: workers, farmers and other producers, businessmen, consumers, and investors all go ahead and work and buy and build and improve with confidence tempered with prudence, we will make more and more jobs and this Nation can enjoy new peaks of prosperity in business, production, and wages and constantly higher standards of living for all the people. If the boys and girls pf Junior Achievement can help to lead all their contemporaries in this path the future of America is unlimited. EXHIBIT 30.—Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 3, 1956, before the Joint Committee on the Economic Report I am pleased to appear before your committee this morning to discuss with you various matters in connection with your study of the President's Economic Report. The United States today is enjoying plenty—in peace. Americans have broken all records in the numbers of people with jobs, the high wages they are receiving, and in the production of goods and services for the people to enjoy. They are benefiting from this high prosperity while reasonably resisting pressures toward inflation. EXHIBITS 233 Whether this high prosperity will continue without involving the excesses of either inflation or deflation depends in very large part upon what 167 million Americans do. Continued high activity in our economy depends not so much upon Government as upon the efforts of all the people, all in their own ways trying to do a little more for themselves and their loved ones. It is the sum total of all these individual efforts that makes our system so superior to anything ever known in this world before. That is what makes free America. This Government has helped in several specific ways to provide a more fertile field in which free Americans can work to better themselves. Total Government spending is now $10 billion below that of three years ago, and $14 billion below what had been previously planned. We, at long last, have proposed a balanced budget, the surest index to thrifty management in a home, in a business, or in the Federal Government. We have made the largest dollar tax cut of any year in the history of this country. This tax reduction of nearly $7J4 bfllion was a strong assist in the transition from a wartime to a peacetime economy. And the long trend of inflation that dropped the value of the dollar from one hundred cents in 1939 to fifty-two cents thirteen years later has been halted, with no significant loss in the buying power of the dollar now for over three full years. We have been assisted to this high level of prosperity by the confidence of the American people in the policies of their Government and by their confidence in themselves to exercise their own initiative and endeavors to improve and better the lives of their loved ones and themselves. If all Americans: workers, farmers and others producers, businessmen, consumers, and investors all go ahead and work, and buy, and build, and improve with confidence tempered with prudence, this Nation ^ifl continue to enjoy new peaks of prosperity in business, production, and wages, and constantly higher standards of living for all the people. EXHIBIT 31.—Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 22, 1956, upon receiving an award of the American Good Government Society, via telephone from New York, N. Y. By telephone from New York I am glad to say that I am deeply honored in being selected as one of those to receive the American Good Government Society's George Washington award. And I feel doubly honored to be associated in receiving it with that distinguished and widely admired American, my friend. Senator George. It has been a great privilege for me to serve my country in public office. And if in your opinion I have been able to contribute in some small measure toward furthering good government, then it will have brought great personal reward. With real humflity, I deeply appreciate Mr. Hamilton's overgenerous remarks and the impressive citation which your Society has seen fit to bestow upon me. I shafl continue to endeavor to merit this honor, recognizing the distinguished company in which you have placed me. I speak, of course, of the outstanding contributors to American gopd government who have been previous recipients of your George Washington awards. As your Society honors again tonight the enduring contributions of George Washington to good government iri the United States, I should like personally to do honor to his close friend and stalwart associate in good government, Alexander Hamilton, our first Secretary of the Treasury and the first cabinet officer appointed by George Washington. It was Hamilton who was the architect of sound money policies which are the foundation stones of good government. His principles were simple but vital: (1) That the country must balance its budget by collecting enough taxes to pay its bills; (2) That we must have a banking system to manage the country's currency flexibly and in the public interest; (3) That the public debt is a sacred obligation that must bei honored completely. There have been times in our Nation's history when some voices have been raised to question these old principles. But in the long run, the American people have clung to Hamilton's concepts of sound money. The dollar is now so secure that the flow of trade and business can go unimpeded by worry about its value. 234 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Which, of course, is one of the reasons for the great prosperity and economic growth of this country. The policies we are following in the Treasury today, while, of course, adjusted to-current needs, are nevertheless aimed at the same basic objectives as those of Washington and Hamilton. Our philosophy of sound governmental financial principles can be stated no better than in the words of Hamilton himself 161 years ago: "It is wisdom in every case, to cherish whatever is useful, and guard against its abuse. It will be the truest policy of the United States to give all possible energy to public credit, by a firm adherence to its strictest maxims; and yet to avoid the ills of an excessive employriient of it, by true economy and system in the public expenditures, by steadily cultivating peace, and by using sincere, efficient, and persevering endeavors to diminish present debts, prevent the accumulation of new, and secure the discharge, within a reasonable period, of such as it may be at any time matter of necessity to contract." Alexander Hamilton's great success in putting into effect these principles of fiscal integrity was due in large measure to the unfailing support of President George Washington, whose birthday we celebrate today. Again, my sincere thanks to all of you for the honor you have paid me. While I deeply regret that it was impossible for me to be with you in person tonight, I am happy that Under Secretary of the Treasury W. Randolph Burgess is with you to receive for me this George Washington Award. EXHIBIT 32.—^Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, February 22, 1956, upon receiving a certificate of honorary membership in the Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, New York, N. Y. It is truly an understatement to say that I am highly honored and pleased to be here tonight. The honorary membership which you have conferred upon me ranks high indeed among the distinctions to which I personally could hope to aspire. My warmest thanks to all who had a hand in bringing this presentation about. '' I haye long had a genuine admiration for followers of the engineering professions, and particularly for mining and metallurgical engineers, with whose talents many of my activities in private life have been closely identified for so many years. Engineers, including many of you in this room, have been key contributors over the years to the daring developments which have made America great. Nearly everyone these days seems to be tremendously interested in the engineer- . ing professions. The national administration is seeking ways to stimulate education particularly in that field as a contribution to our national defense program. It must be a matter of real satisfaction, and practical reward, to engineers of whatever persuasion for their profession to be held in such universally high esteem. To a certain extent my endeavors in public life, over the last three years, also have had to do with engineering. The present administration has been trying to engineer some sound policies and practices into government. Possibly that fact supplies a small measure of justification for your action in readmitting me to membership. I say "readmitting" because I was an Institute member of the ordinary or garden variety for a good many years. Much of the engineering of government done under President Eisenhower's leadership has had to do with freeing the Nation's economy. Specifically, we have been trying to set the economy free from an accumulation of unhealthy influences that had almost engulfed it. There were such bad influences as unchecked Government deficits, a tax structure so high that it threatened to destroy the incentives to work and save and invest, and a hampering network of regulations and controls. Since I promised that my remarks would be brief, it is not possible to describe fully what we have done about the governmental situation we found. But I can summarize. We worked to curtail Government spending and reduced it ten billion dollars. We reduced taxes. We removed artificial and unnecessary controls. We installed sound monetary policies. We checked inflation. And we have balanced the budget. Our objective is simple. It is to provide a more fertile economic field in which free Americans can work to better themselves; in which free enterprise can generate new and better paying jobs for an ever-growing population, while supporting adequately our needs for defense. EXHIBITS 235 The effectiveness of these moves toward greater economic freedom is apparent. The country has broken all records in the number of people employed, the high wages being paid, and the Nation's production levels. The productive machine continues to expand, and the research in which so many engineers participate continues to provide an ever flowing stream of new ideas for new products, with its promise of still further expansion and of new opportunities and new wealth.. A sound, prosperous economy based upon free competition and free choice is the real difference between a free couritry and a slave state. The Government can contribute to economic strength by taking steps, the sort of steps taken in the last three years, to provide a healthy climate for the free competitive activity of its citizens. But the long-run success of our economy depends not so much upon government as upon the efforts of all the people each trying to seize the opportunity to improve his own position, and his lot in life. It is the cumulative effect of all this individual thinking, planning, and working that makes our system superior to anything ever known in this world before. This is the sort of free economy in. which every engineer and every good American wants to work out his future. I am deeply appreciative of the honor you have given me and I will look forward to enjoying attendance at your meetings in this new capacity for years to come. EXHIBIT 33.—Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, April 17, 1956, before the House Post Office and Civil Service Committee I am.glad to appear before this committee in support of H. R. 9228 which carries out the proposal of the President and the Postmaster General designed to reduce the deficit of the postal service for the fiscal year 1957 and make the department as self-supporting as possible in future years. The chairman's letter inviting me to appear today indicated that the committee would like comment on how this bill will affect the Government's budget situation. The bill before you would increase postal revenue by about $400 million a year. Failure to enact this bill, ori the basis of simple arithmetic, would to all practical purposes eliminate the very thin $400 million surplus which the President's January budget envisioned for fiscal 1957. Balancing the Government's budget is not academic or simply a bookkeeping exercise. It is the very keystone of financial responsibility. In a home you can't spend continually more than you earn and not get in trouble. The same is true in a business. And, the same is even more true in Government. With the enormous debt that our Government now has it becomes a matter of extreme importance. The prosperity which is widely shared in this country today is in large part inspired and sustained by confidence in the Administration's determination and. success in getting the Government's financial affairs on a sounder basis. Americans realize that continued heavy deficit financing by the Government contributes to the pressures for inflation. And inflation robs people of the value of their earnings and savings. Getting and keeping the (]rovernment's budget in balance has a very real, practical bearing upon the jobs and earnings and well-being of every citizen in America. That is why we all must work to accomplish the things which will help balance the budget and keep it in balance. The proposal to increase the revenue of the Post Office Department, and so cut its annual operating deficit, is one of those things which should be done to help put the Government's financial house in better order. We all appreciate the basic importance of efficient mail service in this Nation. It is vital to communications between nearly all of the people in America.. It is also vital to the mass suppliers of publications which provide the wealth of information read by Americans every day. But there is no reason which justifies our postal service pfling up more heavy deficits as each year goes by which must be paid from general revenues. In the past ten years the cost of the Post Office Department exceeded its income by nearly $5 billion. This means that $5 billion of additional deficits have been added to our public debt with the result that the taxpayers not only have the debt to pay but also the extra intei'est on that additional amount of an already too huge public debt. We cannot justify, particularly in this period of high prosperity, this dodging of the cost of mail deliveries and passing it on to our chfldren and children's 236 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY children. That is exactly what we do when we fail to put the Post Office Department on a pay-as-you-go basis. It seems right and proper to me that those who use the mails should pay whatever equitable rates are required to make the postal service self-supporting. I see no logic in the arguments of those who suggest that the Post Office Department should properly have its deficit made up from general tax funds because it is a public service institution. The important point is that Public Law 137 of the 82d Congress established the policy that measurable service "when performed for identifiable individuals" should be "self-sustaining to the fullest extent possible." Persons who use the mail do so only because they wish to with the full knowledge of what the cost will be. The user of the mail is" in no way comparable to the individual who suddenly needs police or firemen in an emergency over which he has no control. It is only consistent with fair play, as well as with the intent of Congress, that the Post Office Department should be maintained on a self-supporting basis. Under the direction of Postmaster General Surnmerfield a persistent, determined, and effective search for possible economies has been made throughout the past three years. That search is being continued, but it cannot realistically be expected to solve the deficit problem which has been running at nearly half a billion dollars a year. ^It would not be realistic because the Department's great service to all of us makes it necessary that it be maintained at a very high standard. It would be poor economy to so reduce expenses that these high standards were lowered. When we realize that our population (and thus the number of our post office patrons) is increasing by more than a million people yearly, it becomes perfectly clear that the problem of putting the Department on a self-supporting basis becomes more and more important as each year passes and can only be done by equitable increases in rates and not alone by reducing costs. I am not qualified to discuss the specific rate increases by which this yearly deficit problem should be met. But, I do know that it is of basic importance to the fiscal integrity of our Government that the problem should be met. The suggestion that any substantial part of increased postal rates would be offset by reduced corporate income tax receipts is not realistic. Postage paid by business concerns is an element of their costs, and an increase in costs is ordinarily reflected in prices or absorbed in some other way. There is no more reason to refrain from charging adequate postal rates because of its effect upon taxes than to fail to try to make money in any other enterprise because over half of it will go to the Government. Even if the Post Office is considered as a service arm of the Government its rates should be considered to be a user tax paid in proportion by those who use the service and adequate to pay for it in full without deflecting general revenues in the same manner as toll highways. I urge you to pass this bill to protect the Government's revenues, to reduce its losses, help to balance its budget, strengthen its financial position and let the users of the service fairly and equitably pay for its use in proportion to their respective benefits. EXHIBIT 34.—Letter and joint statements from Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey and Budget Director Brundage on budget receipts, expenditures, and estimates LETTER, May 17, 1956, TO SENATORS HAYDEN AND BYRD AND REPRESENTATIVES C A N N O N AND C O O P E R MY DEAR MR. CHAIRMEN: For some weeks it has been evident that the upsurge of prosperity in the Nation has increased current Federal budget receipts, and that current economic factors have also played an important part in increasing expenditures over earlier estimates for the fiscal year 1956. Tabulations of the receipts and expenditures of the United States Government for the month of April and for the first ten months of the current fiscal year have just been completed. The Treasury Department and the Bureau of the Budget have reviewed these financial results and have revised the budget estimates for the fiscal year 1956. A balanced budget, for which the President has been striving for three years, now appears assured for the 1956 fiscal year. 237 EXHIBITS On t h e basis of our new estimates it is expected t h a t b u d g e t receipts will t o t a ! $67.7 billion, b u d g e t expenditures $65.9 billion, resulting in a n e s t i m a t e d b u d g e t surplus for 1956 of $1.8 billion, which will m a k e a m o s t welcome r e d u c t i o n in o u r huge n a t i o n a l d e b t . A copy of these revised estimates is a t t a c h e d . T h e revisions are based on t h e b u d g e t results t h r o u g h April 30, 1956, w i t h e s t i m a t e s for t h e last t w o m o n t h s . T h e c u r r e n t l y revised estimates are, therefore^ subject to change, b u t t h e y r e p r e s e n t our best j u d g m e n t s on t h e basis of t h e d a t a now available. Y o u r s very truly, PERCIVAL F . BRUNDAGE, G. Director, B u r e a u of the Budget. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. Budget receipts and expenditures, fiscal years 1953-56 [In millions] 1956 Actual 1953 Actual 1954 Actual 1955 January May 17 ]956 estimat© budget BUDGET RECEIPTS ( N E T ) Individual income taxes _ Corporation income taxes Excise taxes _ All otlier receipts and customs (net) Total _ Refunds of receipts (—). _ Net budget receipts 32, 768 21,595 9,934 3,646 32,383 21,523 10,014 4,112 31,650 IS, 265 9,211 4,690 33,555 20,300 9,894 4,540 35,000 21,500 10, 000 5,000 67, 943 -3,118 68,032 -3, 377 63, 816 -3,426 68, 289 -3,789 71.500 -3, 800 64,825 64,655 60,390 64,500 43, 610 40,335 35, 534 34,575 35, 600 3,954 1,702 1,791 1,008 3,629 1,253 1,895 1,045 2,291 1,927 1,857 944 2,464 1,726 1,715 713 2,239 1,550 1,650 000 52,065 48,157 42,553 41,193 41,639 3,383 1,943 3,297 1,526 3,519 3,414 3,770 2,211 3,770 3,550 1,718 740 771 1,718 740 876 BUDGET EVPENDITURES ( N E T ) National security: Department of Defense—Military Mutual security program: Mutual military program, including direct forces support _ Other Atomic Energy Commission. _ Stockpiling and defense production expansion Total national security Special legislative: Veterans' compensation, pension and benefit programs. Commodity Credit Corporation (net) Agricultural conservation program and removal of sm-plus agricultural commodities Grants to States for public assistance and employment security __. Federal-aid highway grants. Allother _.._ Total special legislative Departmental; Veterans Administration (other) Housing and Home Finance Agency Agriculture Department (other). _ Commerce Department (other) Department of Defense, civil _ Department of Health, Education, and Welfare (other).. Department of the Interior __ Post Office Department ._ Treasury Department: Interest on the public debt and on refunds of taxes. Other Allother L Total departmental Net budget expenditures Surplus ( + ) , or deficit ( - ) ._ 355 349 294 1,532 509 597 1,641 531 448 1,621 595 457 ;,319 7,792 950 403 919 554 813 590 587 659 952 -593 1,040 469 605 543 535 312 153 928 482 548 666 515 356 962 19 997 558 574 644 557 483 950 19 1,040 540 560 610 557 6,583 614 1,218 6,470 656 834 6,438 156 1,089 6,875 509 1,244 6,875 475 1,025 13, 890 11,823 12,117 13,422 13,134 74, 274 67, 772 64,570 64,270 65,872 -3,117 -4,180 +230 -1-1,828 9,655 238 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREAStJRY JOINT STATEMENT, JULY 19, 1956 A balanced budget, to which this administration has been pledged from the beginning, has now been achieved. This gratifying outcome is shown in the budget statement for June 30th, issued today, which reports a surplus of one billion, seven hundred and "fifty-four million dollars ($1 billion, 754 million) for the fiscal year 1956. We have also proposed a balanced iD^dget for the fiscal year 1957. This means a great deal to the people of this country. With such financial stability and sound fiscal conditions, the American people can go forward with their constructive individual plans looking toward better living and more and better jobs. The actual results for 1956, as compared with the May estimates and prior years, are shown in the following table: Budget totals, fiscal years 1953-55 [In billions of dollars] Description 1954 1953 Budgetreceipts . . . B u d g e t expenditm'es M a y 17 estimate J u n e 30 closing 64.8 74.3 64.7 6718 -60.4 64.6 67.7 65.9 68.1 66.4 -9.4 -3.1 -4.2 +1.828 + 1 . 754 __ B u d g e t deficit (—), or s u r p l u s ( + ) 1955 A breakdown of receipts and expenditures by major categories as compared with the May estimates and actual figures for previous years follows. Budget receipts and expenditures, fiscal years 1953-56 [In millions of dollars] 1956 Actual 1953 Actual 1954 Actual 1955 M a y 17 estimate BUDGET RECEIPTS (NET) I n d i v i d u a l income t a x e s . _ Corporation income taxes _ Excise taxes All other receipts and customs (net) Total B e f i m d s of receipts (—) . . . . N e t b u d g e t receipts _ . _ . BUDGET EVPENDITURES _ 32,768 21,595 9,934 3,646 32,383 21,523 10, 014 4,112 31,650 18, 265 9,211 4,690 35,000 21,500 10,000 5,000 35,337 21, 297 10, 004 5,187 67, 943 -3,118 68,032 -3,377 63, 816 -3,426 71, 500 - 3 , 800 71, 825 —3, 684 64, 825 64,655 .60,390 . 67,700 68,141 43, 610 40,335 35,534 35, 600 35, 686 3,954 1,702 1,791 1, 008 3,629 1,253 1,895 1,045 2,291 1,927 1,857 944 2, 239 1,550 1,650 600 2,551 1,588 1,654 587 52, 065 48,157 42, 553 41, 639 42, 066 3,383 1,943 3,297 1,526 3, 519 3,414 3,770 3,550 3,780 3,784 (NET) N a t i o n a l security: D e p a r t m e n t of Defense—Military _ M u t u a l security p r o g r a m : M u t u a l m i l i t a r y program", including direct forces support-_ Other A t o m i c E n e r g y Commission ;. Stockpiling a n d defense p r o d u c t i o n e x p a n s i o n . . . : T o t a l n a t i o n a l security Special legislative: V e t e r a n s ' compensation, pension a n d benefit p r o g r a m s . C o m m o d i t y C r e d i t Corporation (net) Agricultural conservation p r o g r a m a n d r e m o v a l of s u r p l u s agricultnral commodities , G r a n t s to States for p u b l i c assistance a n d e m p l o y m e n t security _ .. .. Federal-aid h i g h w a y g r a n t s _. Allother . T o t a l special l e g i s l a t i v e . . . . . - . _ - - - - - - . . - . — - Actual 355 349 294 445 394 1,532 509 597 1,641 531 448 1,621 595 457 1,718 740 876 1,686 740 851 8,319 7.792 9, 900 11,099 11,235 239 EXHIBITS Budget receipts and expenditures, fiscal years 1953-56—Continued [In millions of dollars] 1 9 5 6 • ••• Actual 1953 Actual 1954 Actual 1955 M a y 17 estimate • BUDGET EXPENDITURES (NET)—Continued Departmental: V e t e r a n s ' A d m i n i s t r a t i o n (other) Housing and H o m e Finance Agency _ . __ A g r i c u l t u r e D e p a r t m e n t (other) C o m m e r c e D e p a r t m e n t (other) D e p a r t m e n t of Defense, civil _ .... D e p a r t m e n t of H e a l t h , E d u c a t i o n , a n d WeKare (other) . D e p a r t m e n t ofthe Interior : P o s t Office D e p a r t m e n t . _ . _. Treasury Department: Interest, o n t h e p u b l i c d e b t a n d on refunds of . taxes Other . . .-_ . Allother Total departmental S u r p l u s ( + ) , or deficit (—) . . . . . 952 -593 1,040 469 605 886 153 928 482 548 950 19. 1,040 540 560 951 37 1,013 540 571 543 535 312 566 515 356 610 557 483 615 526 457 6,470 656 834 6,438 156 1,089 6,875 •475 1,025 6,851 477 1,046 13,084 950 403 919 554 813 590 587 659 6,583 614 1,218 . 13, 890 11,823 12,117 13,134 74, 274 67, 772 64, 570 65, 872 66.386 . -9,449 -3,117 -4,180 + 1 , 828 + 1 , 754 _. N e t budget expenditures Actual •. JOINT STATEMENT, AUGUST 28, 1956 It is gratifying to report that our midyear review indicates that we will have a balanced budget for a second successive year. The surplus for the fiscal year 1956 amounted to $1,800 million. The surplus for the fiscal year 1957 is estimated at $700 million as against an estimated surplus of $400 million last January. Since this estimate is made before two full months of the current year have passed, we will know much better as the year progresses what our actual surplus and future prospects may be. We will continue to exert every effort, as we have in the past, to improve the efficiency of operations, eliminate waste, and obtain a full dollar value for every dollar spent by every department of the Government. A comparison between the fiscal year 1953 and the current estimates for 1957, in millions, is as follows: Estimated 1953 1957 Change Receipts . $64, 800 $69, 800 +$5, 000 Expenditures 74,300 69,100 -5,200 Net hnprovement, 1957 over 1953 Deduct 1953 deficit 10, 200 9, 500 Net surplus, estimated for 1957 --700 It is clear that even with higher tax receipts from a prosperous economy the present favorable budget position would not have been possible without a very substantial cut of over $5 billion in Government spending between 1953 and 1957, as estimated. This has been accomplished while we have continually strengthened our Nation^s defenses and improved our civilian services. No family can continue to live largely beyond its means. It was even worse for the Government to do so. The turn has now been made and we believe that our Government is firmly on a pay-as-you-go basis, provided our policies receive real congressional and public support. 240 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY EXHIBIT 35.—Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, May 27, 1956, before members of the Press Club, Washington, D. C. With your permission, I will just ask myself a few questions. Then, if there is time left, I will do the best I can to answer your questions. The first question I have here is this: How close can we come to the new estimate for a budget surplus of $1 billion, 800 million? The answer to that is that we hope we will be pretty close. In trying to say how close we can come, I just want you to have in mind a few things as to how difficult it is to make these estimates. A billion dollars is an awful lot of money. I do not know how much it is, and I do not believe there is anybody in this audience who knows how much it is. It is a terrific amount of money in the things it will buy and the things it will do. However, a billion dollars in national finances is a relatively small amount of money, when you are collecting and spending 65, 66, or 67 billion a year. About all we can hope for, to be perfectly frank with you about it, is that in making up our estimates we will make so many mistakes on both sides that they will cancel each other off. By and large it works about that way. With the efforts that we put out, I have reason to believe that we will come pretty close to the $1 billion, 800 million that we have estimated. We have about three-quarters of it behind us oh the income side, and about ten months of it on the defense side. But we will have the income for the last quarter of the fiscal year, which are the June tax payments, to come in and we can very easily have $1 billion variation from our estimate. On the other hand, we have the expenditures coming in for the end of the year and, as you all know, there is a great tendency toward the end of the year when there is money not spent to at least commit it so there is no chance of having an appropriation lapse. The last quarter of the year is a difficult time on both the expense and income side to estimate, but I still believe we will be fairly close to a budget surplus of $1 billion, 800 million. The next question: On the basis of this estimated surplus, will you recommend a tax cut? The answer to that one is no. I will not. For one thing, it is high time to start reducing our huge debt. Another reason is this: As I said a minute ago $1 billion, 800 million is a lot of money, but again it is a very small percentage of our total collections and our total disbursements. We have nearly 80 million taxpayers in this country. We have over 50 million tax returns. Some of them are made for husbands and wives jointly, so that we have more actual taxpayers than we have tax returns. That is a lot of people. When you start dividing up some money among as many people as that, you have to have a lot of money or nobody gets anything that amounts to anything. In order to have a tax reduction of any proper size, you have to know first, which we do not know, about what we are going to have. We have to be sure how much is available. Then we have to have enough so that we can make proper adjustments among all the people who are entitled to consideration. I believe very definitely that our taxes are too high. I believe that our taxes have got to come down, and that we ought to reduce our taxes just as soon as we possibly can. Real tax reductions can be made in just one way. That is by having a combination of more income and less expense continuously so that ypu have a surplus that you can count on that is available to hand back to the people. That is the sort of a program that we have in mind. That is what we are working toward. We had it once and we gave the largest tax cut that has ever been given. We will work, and are working, toward it, I hope, in this country regardless of who is the Secretary of the Treasury, or regardless of what the administration is. We will work toward having surpluses, and having surpluses of sufficient size to count on and to make proper reductions in taxes, in a fair and proper manner, among all the people so that the cut is spread and the benefits are spread, to get the best results for the forward progress of this country. That is what we are all interested in. That is what we must have. We must have, with a growing population, more employment, more jobs, more goods, and more activity all of the time. In all of our financial activities, and all we do in our financial policies, we should always have in mind the development of the country and the fair spread among all of the people of the burdens that go with taxation. The third question: What are the prospects for more reductions in Government spending? EXHIBITS 241 Of course, the big amount of money that we spend in this country is spent for security. About two-thirds of all that we collect is spent for security. So long as we have the conditions that face us in the world today, so long as we are in this period, we must be sure that we are dealing from strength and never from weakness in all of the negotiations that go on throughout the world, and all the changing conditions that have to be met throughout the world. This country must be in a position to deal with strength. As long as it is necessary to be in that position, we must make sure that we are there and we must spend whatever is necessary to be there. That does not mean, however, that we should not take account of waste that creeps into every home, every business, into every situation in life, where all the corners have to be watched, whereever reasonable and proper economy should be enforced all the time. That means just continual vigilance. It means watching every single corner, watching every single dollar all the time. No item is too small to watch. It is a lot of those little ones building up that make the big ones that make the real difference in the amount of money we have to raise. We also have to have this in mind; and perhaps more so all the time: that is, that we are in a very rapidly developing era in research; that we are in a very rapidly developing and very rapidly changing period in this country. I do not. think that we have ever been in an era where research and development, new things, and new ways of doing things are coming on as rapidly as they are today. That is markedly true in our security requirements. It is markedly true in. weapons. It is markedly true in the ways in which we protect and preserve our strength, the way in which we will defend ourselves, and the way in which our military people will handle their affairs. As this rapid development goes on the tendency, of course, always is, as the new things appear, to say that is fine, let us take that one on, that is something we must have and we must have it at once. We must spend a lot of money for research, wbich is proper. Then, because we have done that, and as new things come on, we want to have them. That is a very proper thing to do and we must have new things just as soon as we are sure they are practical and they are workable. But, if we just keep adding on, if all we do is keep adding on the new and, at the same time, maintaining in the same way all of the old, we very soon will find ourselves in a lot of difficulty. It is true throughout our whole life, it is true in your home and your business, that when you move forward in one front you must be selective. You must pick out the things that will give you the most strength. You cannot have everything. You take the things that develop the most strength and you drop off some of the things that previously were effective, but which are of less concern because of the new developments. That is why we must be continually vigilant, to see that as we add on we also recognize the worth of what we put on, and do not keep things that may otherwise, or could otherwise, be supplanted by the new that we have taken. With that in mind, and I think that we must always approach it from the point of view that we can maintain and increase our strength, we will be able to increase our military strength, our military position, and concurrently we will be able to reduce our expenditures. That is the history of all business. It is the history of your own situations. As you get these new and more effective things, you can drop off the less effective things that cost a lot of money. As you progress in a business what happens? You add new machines. You add new ways of doing things, new organizations, and you reduce your cost. You improve your product. You have a better product and it costs you less money. I think that same general principle must be sought for and attempted to be applied in every way that we can in our governmental expenditures. Now let's look at the remaining one-third of spending, which covers the Government services. It is going to be very difficult to continually reduce those expenditures because, with our growing population, with our growing enterprise, with our growing commerce, and with the growth of the amount of things we do, we have a growing workload for Government. The workload of the various departments keeps increasing. The workload that you people demand that your Government do for you, those things are all increasing. It is pretty difficult to keep having both an increasing workload and a decreasing cost of doing the work. 399346—57 17 242 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Your unit cost can go down, but your total costs are pretty hard to control under those circumstances. I think that there is some room for some reductions in the normal functions of the Government, but that is not where the real savings of the future will come from. Of course, when you get right down to it, the real savings and real reductions that we have to look forward to wfll come about through a different atmosphere, a different situation in the Avorld. The time will come, I believe—and must come—when the tensions in the world will not be as great as they are today. Some way or other we will have a better understanding in the world, when this hope for a more surely peaceful situation that we all are striving for will actually develop. When that time comes then the real savings, the real reductions, in governmental expenditures can be realized. The next question: Has militarj^ security been weakened to balance the budget? The answer to that is positively no. Regardless of the comments of various citizens, columnists, members of Congress, and even some of our military people, there never has been a single denial of expenditure of a dollar for defense that has been based purel}^ on saving money or balancing the budget. That has never occurred. That, of course, does not mean that we have not at all times, and that we will not in the future at all times, watch every expenditure with the greatest of care. It is basic that the strength of this countrj^ be maintained at whatever the cost may be. The people of the country will gladly paj^ whatever the cost maj^ be to be sure that we do maintain ourselves in a position of real strength. But we must have this in mind, and it is often overlooked. Strength does not come just from spending money. You do not get things done just by spending, money. Just because you spend a lot of money does not mean that you have a good operation of a newspaper, or a good operation of your plant. As a matter of fact, it may mean that you are having a careless one, that you are having one that is not as tightly managed as it should be. It is the effectiveness of your expenditure that you must be interested in. It is how well is your money being spent, how carefully is it being spent, how intelligently is it being spent. That is what we must question. You must question it. You as citizens, we as officers of the Government, must question our expenditures, every expenditure, to see that it is being intelligently made, that it is a necessary expenditure, and that we are not just piling one expenditure on another. I do not think anyone has a right to say, or a right to feel or believe, that because expenditures are questioned, that because various plans or programs are questioned and discussed, that somebody is denying the right to the security of this country for the sake of balancing the budget. That has nothing to do with it. It is simply a matter of trying to be sure that we have the most efficient expenditure of whatever it is that we have to spend. There is one other point. Strength does not come just in the military either. The strength of America is just as much economic as it is military. There is no way that this country could be defeated quicker, no way that we could lose our way of life quicker, than by so conducting ourselves in one way that we ruined ourselves in another. It is the economic strength, the industrial power of America, that is the great power in this world. It is our tremendous economic power that is so far ahead of anj^ other country in the world. . That balance between the maintenance of a sound and progressive, virile economy which is essential to our welfare and our military expenditures, our expenditures for all forms of governmental operations—that balance should be carefully maintained. It must be carefully balanced to be sure that we are just as strong as possible economicallj^, so that great force, that great economic position of strength is maintained, as well as our military and other positions in the world. This is my last question: Is there a controversy between the Federal Reserve System and the Treasury? You must admit that I have tried to ask questions that are at least subjects of discussion. The Federal Reserve System as a whole spreads out all over the United States. It is made up of boards of our best citizens, a majority of whom are businessmen in the various comniunities, and these communities cover the entire United States. When you are talking about the action of the Federal Reserve System, j^ou are talking about a widespread system of information, of opinion, of examination of what is going on, and of knowledge of conditions in this country. EXHIBITS 243 T h e Federal Reserve System, under our laws, is an independent system and is responsible for certain areas of action. At some previous times in our history t h e question of its independence has come into discussion. There have been times when perhaps it has been subservient to other judgment. Before we came here there was such a situation. I t was resolved before we came here in t h e reestablishment of the independence of t h e Federal Reserve System in its field. M a r k you, in its field. When. I assumed t h e responsibility of m y office, I realized t h e close association t h a t would have to exist between t h e Federal Reserve System and t h e Treasury, because our fields are so interlocked. Bill M a r t i n was then t h e Chairman of t h e Federal Reserve Board. One of t h e very first things t h a t I did was to ask Bill M a r t i n if he would continue. He had tendered a resignation. I asked him if he would continue as t h e chairman. I did it for one reason. I did it because I t h o u g h t then, and I think now, t h a t Bill M a r t i n is t h e best qualified m a n in t h e United States for his job. / H e consented and took t h e job. We arranged at t h a t time t h a t we would have t h e closest cooperation between t h e Federal Reserve Board and t h e Treasury, each recognizing t h e other's field of operation and t h e other's independence in his particular field. We set up a lot of mechanics, such as meetings back and forth, weekly meetings, biweekly or triweekly meetings. We have gone along in a very close association, each presenting to t h e other his views, hearing his views, giving consideration to t h e other's views, and finally deciding w h a t he was going to do in t h e field of which he was responsible and going ahead with his job. AVe have had t h a t close association, as I t h i n k you m u s t in any situation where you are trying to balance. T h e most difficult situation is where you are trying to balance t h e effect of pressures, b o t h inflationary and deflationary pressures, not only as to w h a t t h e effects of those pressures are t o d a y b u t what t h e effect of those pressures is going to be three months, six months, or even some longer period hence. You are in a field of tremendous difficulty. You are in a field where nobody can really be very sure t h a t he is right. Worse t h a n t h a t , you never can know afterwards who. is right because this is a moving business. When you t a k e action one way you never will know, and nobody else will ever know, w h a t would have happened if you had t a k e n the action t h e other way. There is no way to ever check up. All during this period we had continual discussions, continual questions back and forth amongst our staffs, as to w h a t action should be t a k e n to resist both inflationary and deflationary pressures. By and large we have been fairly lucky in having a p r e t t y close balance during most of t h e period between these pressures. T h a t is t h e finest position t h a t t h e people of t h e United States can be in. And it is t h e most difficult position for the people who are tr3dng to balance t h e pressures in any way t h a t they can. I will just cite for a m o m e n t w h a t t h e pressures are. We h a v e for a period of a good m a n y m o n t h s had t h e highest employment in t h e history of this country, t h e highest earnings in t h e history of t h e country, t h e greatest volume of business in t h e history of t h e country. We have been going along at this extremely high level a large p a r t of this period, and p r e t t y well balanced with very little change, either deflationary or inflationary, during this period—very, very little change. When you are in a period of very high employment, very high business activity, if 5^ou t r y to move up to any great extent from t h a t extremely high level, you soon reach t h e place where there are not enough more materials, and there are not enough more people, to m a k e m a n y more goods. If t h e pressure is pushed too high under those circumstances, you get a scramble for materials and a scramble for people and you raise costs to the general public, t h e cost t h a t t h e public has t o pay, without giving t h e public anything more or better for it. T h a t is an inflationary pressure t h a t should, a n d must, be avoided, if it can be, because you are not getting better goods and you are not getting more goods. You are simply parang more for t h e m because j^ou already are at about as high as you can go. If during such a period there are pressures and scrambles to increase inventories, or to build inventories, or to gamble with goods against price rises, or against material shortages, you very soon get yourselves into a position where you have more t h a n your normal requirements need. Under those circumstances as inventories accumulate they, in a n d of themselves, soon become a burden a n d have t o be liquidated. As you liquidate t h e inventory you curtail your purchase of 244 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY new products. Then you begin to have deflationary pressures and you begin to lose employment and begin to get in trouble on the down side. The Federal Reserve System, with its combined judgment of all of these people, has been leaning, as they say, against the wind during this high period, to prevent inflationary pressures. We have had discussions as to when they should move, or how they should move. We very frankly always stated our opinions to them, and they to us. We talked about it at length. Included in those discussions are the President's economic advisers who worked with us continually, Arthur Burns and his people, and we all expressed ourselves, and a great deal of the time there is a difference of opinion in shades of timing and in shades of what the pressures will be. We work this out to a point where the Federal Reserve System exercises its final judgment in its field and the Treasury exercises its final judgment in its field. This last time when the discussion was up as to whether we would make this additional move, we had to balance not only the conditions that obtained at the time, but the question of what those conditions are going to be sometim.e hence. Very frankly I differed with Bill, and our people differed with his people, as to the force of the pressures sometime hence—not as to the conditions of today, but as to the force of pressures sometime hence. It seemed to us that we could already see some natural conditions that were coming. We could see some excessive inventory in the automobile business. We could see some excessive inventory here and there. We could see a steel wage negotiation coining up. We could see some accumulation in that field. We felt that the natural conditions would exert some downward pressures that would offset these jDressures upward, and that there was no further action required at that time, that it was better to go without it. My general feeling about our economy is that the best interests of America are served when the great majority of people in America have confidence in the situation, when they believe that things are sound and strong, that their jobs are reasonably secure, and that good times, which we are in, are going to continue. Not necessarily peak times. I think we must distinguish that. I think we are often apt to exaggerate when in some particular place there is some relatively small readjustment, and think that is bad times, or that when som.ebody is not breaking records all the time, that that is bad times. It is not. When you have very high levels, you have to expect small adjustments in the economy, and you thank the Lord that they are small and come here, there, and the other place. When they are coming here and there and the other place, it means they are not all going to come at once. When they do not all come at once they correct themselves relatively soon and with relatively little damage. When you have a high degree of confidence that that is the situation, you can feel that you have pretty sound ground under your feet. The reason I put so much stress on confidence is this: The majority of people in America have more money to spend than just what they have to spend every day to live on—for clothes and food and shelter. They can spend a little more, or a little less, depending on how they feel, depending on how secure they feel— depending on their confidence. They can buy a washing machine or not buy. They can trade automobiles, or go along with the one they have. They can buy a house or they can still pay rent. With confidence you have the peojDle going along on an even keel and buying not just the things they need, but other things they want, the things that are availabie for them to have, to keep increasing their scale of living, and to keep a strong economy and widespread "activity.. If people begin to lose that confidence and they begin to curtail their activities, why you can very soon find yourself in a position where, when that fellow decides not to buy that washing machine, it is only a little while before either there is another washing machine in the inventory, and later there is a man out of a job. The most important thing in America is a job. Don't ever forget it. If you you do not have the jobs, you do not have any America. The problem for all of us is to see, in every way that we can, that we do have jobs in America. It is jobs in America that makes everything that we have. It makes all the goods we have. It m.akes all the material things. I am not talking spiritually. I am talking materially. Jobs make all the material things that we have. Jobs are the most important thing in this country. Confidence in our financial situation and our financial management, in our prudence, in our financial integrity, is essential to the maintenance of jobs and EXHIBITS 245 lots of jobs. Therefore, I think that what we want to do is so conduct ourselves in every way so we do not shake that confidence, so that the people feel that we are working in the best interests of leaning against both inflation and deflation, but letting the judgment of 160 million people determine what they wfll buy, when they wfll buy it, and what they will pay for it; and have the confidence to go ahead and do it. EXHIBIT 36.—Statement by Secretary of the Treasury Humphrey, June 19,1956, before the House Ways and Means Committee I am appearing before you today to ask for a temporary increase in the public debt limit from $275 billion to $278 billion for the fiscal year 1957. Because of our improved fiscal position, we are following the suggestion that the temporary increase granted by Congress for two years past be cut in half. We succeeded in living within the $281 billion limit set a year ago, but by a narrow margin. On several days, we were within $700 million of the debt ceiling, and, at times, our operating cash balance was less than enough to cover 10 days' expenditures. This is closer than is prudent in handling the Government's huge operations efficiently. However, I am in full sympathy with the desire of the Congress to keep a limit on Government spending. We hope to finish this fiscal year with a budget surplus of about $1.8 billion and the debt under $273 bfllion. We still face, however, a heavy seasonal swing in receipts, which means borrowing in the first half of the fiscal year for repayment from heavy tax receipts in the second half. This swing is gradually being reduced |by the shift in time of payment of corporation taxes, provided by 1954 legislation. Taking these facts into account, I believe we can operate under a $278 billion ceiling, though it will take careful management. If this becomes impossible, we shall advise the Congress promptly. Our success in living within this ceiling will depend on great restraint by both the Congress and the administration in expenditures. On the basis of present estimates, there is no leeway for any reduction in tax rates. The program calls for applying any surplus to debt reduction in accordance with the recommendations made by the President. I hope that this year we are setting a precedent which may be faithfully followed year after year, and that from now on we will so handle our financial affairs that we can make each year a modest payment in reduction of our huge indebtedness as a matter of standard practice. This program is one more step in maintaining fiscal soundness and ensuring the integrity of our money, so that our people can count upon its value and go forward with all their undertakings with full confidence. This is the basis of continuing and growing prosperity and constantly more and better jobs. Let me thank the members of this Committee for their continued understanding and cooperation in working toward these objectives. EXHIBIT 37.—Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, November 28, 1955, before the Subcommittee on Housing of the Senate Banking and Currency Committee The Treasury is vitally interested in any development that affects the value of the dollar. Debt management operations are also influenced by any large demand for funds such as arises from building. This year there has been mounting evidence that the volume of residential building has been exceeding not only the volume of money available from, normal sources for mortgage lending, but also the availability of labor and building materials. Building material costs since mid-1954 have moved up by about 10 percent under the impact of the tremendous increase in new housing starts. If materials and labor are available only at increasing prices, the inevitable result is a higherpriced house. In the final analysis, it is the home buyer who suffers. Continued increase in the cost of homes could sharply limit the future market for houses, and limit our progress toward improved housing standards for our people. 246 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Accordingly, the Treasury has been sympathetic to the various actions taken by the Federal .Housing Administration, the Veterans' Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, and the Federal Reserve System which have been designed to protect the dollars of the home builders and home owners and others. Money for home mortgages must come largely from the savings of the people. In times like these, with business activity straining at capacity, we cannot run the inflationary risks of manufacturing money through bank credit to encourage a level of housing starts that probably could not be sustained because of shortages of labor and materials. That would only result in further, price increases. EXHIBIT 38.—Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, February 27, 1956, before the House Committee on Banking and Currency I am glad to appear before you today to present the views of the Treasury Department in support of H. R. 9285. This bill would extend until June 30, 1958, the present authority of the Federal Reserve Banks to purchase securities directly from the Treasury in amounts not to exceed $5 billion outstanding at any one time. The Treasury Department requested the enactment of this, measure in its letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives on January 24, 1956. It has been endorsed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Prior to 1935, Federal Reserve Banks could purchase Government obhgations either in the market or directly from the Treasury. From 1935 until 1942, however, this authorit}^ was restricted to open market" transactions under the Banking Act of 1935. In 1942 the authorit3^of the Federal Reserve Banks to purchase securities directly from the Treasury was restored, but a limit of $5.biflion was placed on the amount outstanding at any one time. The $5 billion authority was granted initially only through 1944, but the Congress has extended it from time to time. The present authority was granted for two years and expires June 30, 1956. . The primar}^ purpose of this direct borrowing authority has been to help the Treasury and the Fed.eral Reserve System work together in minimizing the disturbing effects on the economy of short-run peaks in Treasury cash receipts and disbursements, particularly around the time of quarterly income tax pajanents. These short-run movements of funds are large, and precise estimates of their day-to-day patterns are often difficult. This direct borrowing authority is a useful mechanism for the Treasur}^ and the Federal Reserve and its use has avoided unnecessary strains on the money market on a number of occasions. Treasury borrowing from the Federal Reserve Banks under this authority has been used infrequently and then only for short periods. The last time it was used was on March 17, 1954. Borrowing has exceeded $1 billion only rarely. A table showing the use of the direct borrowing authority since 1942 is attached. The Treasur}^ and the Federal Reserve have used the direct borrowing authority only to meet temporary requirements of this nature. The authority is also, however, a safeguard that-could be used in the event of any sudden nationwide emergency requiring heavy cash payments from the Treasuiy before securities could be sold. While it has never been necessary to use as miich as $5 billion, we recommend continuation .of the present $5 bfllion authority to give the Federal Reserve and the Treasury sufficient flexibility to cover emergency situations if they should arise. Any borrowing under the authority is, of course, subject to the statutory debt limit. Direct borrowing from Federal Reserve • Banks Year 1942 1943 ]944-.. 1945 1946 1947 1948 Days used . : . 19 48 8 - Maximum amount at any tirae (inmillions) $4221,320 484 Year 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 Days used .• '2 2 4 30 29 15 Maximum amount at any time (in m.illions) $220 108 320 811 1,172 424 EXHIBITS 247 EXHIBIT 39.—Remarks by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, April 25, 1956, in presenting a medal to the American Newspaper Publishers Association, New York, N. Y. This year, throughout America, we are commemorating the 250th Anniversary of the birth of Benjamin Franklin. In that connection, the Congress of the United States has authorized and directed the Secretary of the Treasury to have struck 71 bronze commemorative medals and arrange for their presentation to the societies or enterprises of which Franklin was a member, founder, or which he helped in their early development. When we in the Treasury sought to carry out this responsibility, we were again' impressed by the enormous range of Franklin's interests and achievements. Without Franklin's skillful diplomacy, which brought to the colonies the aid of France, the Revolution would probably have foundered. The Constitution of the country reflects his wisdom. He made great contributions to science and education. But he began at the age of 15 and continued throughout his life as a newspaper pubhsher. Of his work as a publisher and editor, we might well say in the words of Kipling that he painted on a ''ten league canvas with brushes of comet's hair." Those who work in the newspaper field are thought to be primarily recorders of happenings of things that have already occurred. Yet, strictly among ourselves, would not every newspaper publisher admit that, to be truly successful in his chosen field, to make a really great newspaper, there must be a good deal of the prophet in his makeup? The best reporters are those who look ahead as well as behind. Franklin symbolized that ability, that necessity, to look ahead which we have come to associate with your great organizations. Few of us can claim a crystal ball of such enormous power as his, yet I think it may prove inspiring to each of us if we remind ourselves today that, in the infancy of our Nation, these were the three steps which Benjamin Franklin believed could eventually bring lasting peace to the world: The first step was to develop the threat of massive retaliation by air to deter aggressors from making waT. Amazingly, he wrote this suggestion to the Royal Societj^ at the time of the first balloon flight in France. The second step was to develop a council of nations to try and adjust their differences without ''first cutting each other's throats." The third, and to Franklin perhaps the most important step, was the free and open communication between the peoples of all countries. This third step is the basic theme of the international celebration of the 250th anniversary of Franklin's birth. More than 1,000 organizations and associations in 51 countries are cooperating this year in a free and voluntary exchange of ideas. . Each country, each group, plans its own program. Their ideas are shared through the generous cooperation of many thousands of publishers and broadcasters. Benjamin Franklin's entire life was lived in the belief that the communication of ideas was, perhaps, man's greatest service to man. In an age when the civil authorities of Boston said that one newspaper was all that New England, perhaps America, would ever need, Franklin set about helping to organize or publish 8 newspapers himself in Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Antigua, and in Montreal, Canada, where the Montreal Gazette is generally considered the oldest English-language newspaper in continuous circulation in the British Empire. He published the first foreign-language newspaper in America, the second monthly magazine, and his almanack and autobiography w^ere the first of all our publications to enjoy world-wide circulation. He created the American newspaper cartoon, started the idea of illustration news stories, and. developed advertising from brief, uninspired notices to the warm and persuasive voice of free enterprise. In fact, we might call Benjamin Franklin and his associates the original "Newspaper Publishers Association." You ladies and gentlemen have received from him' a rich legacy. You have guarded it well. Nowhere else on earth is freedom of the press a more vital and effective principle. You have taught people to understand both sides of a question and to know the citizens of other countries better. When our viewpoints disagree, it is necessary that we at least understand why, and that Ave try to appreciate the other person's ideas. In this way, as Franklin predicted, we can slowly but surety bring peace one step nearer to all mankind. 248 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY In the Franklin tradition, the newspaper men and women of America have been looking ahead in other ways, too. You are lending your talents and industry to furthering the principles of good government and encouraging the initiative and enterprise of our citizens. In our times, as in Franklin's, one of the first principles of good government is sound money, and sound money depends, in turn, on the national habit of thrift, which is almost a synonym for Franklin's name. One of your contributions to the cause of sound money has been your active sponsorship of the United States savings bonds program. As a public service, you have donated millions of dollars in advertising space, plus many thousands of man-hours, to bring the merits of this program to the attention of the American people. America has benefited in countless ways from the new meanings you have given to Franklin's conception of the publishing business as a great medium of public service. But let me be more personal. The Franklin Medal, which I have the honor to present to you today, carries these words taken from Franklin himself: "Wise and Good Men are the Strength of a Nation." The complete quotation adds the words "Far More Than Riches or Arms." I am proud to present this medal to the American Newspaper Publishers. Association. During the years, you have numbered among j^^our members many of the "wise and good men" of their age. You who publish newspapers hold in your hands a large part of the hope that free communications among peoples may yet bring the understanding that can achieve peace and new standards of thinking and living for the people of this world. EXHIBIT 40.—Remarks by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, May 8,1956, before the National Association of Mutual Savings Banks, Washington, D. C. Economic events in the United States in the past year have made the business of your association even more important than it was a year ago. For these events give evidence that for its long-term growth the country needs a higher rate of saving. What has happened is that the demand for capital has shown itself to be greater than the supply of capital. The amount of money sought to bufld houses, to build factories, roads, and public facilities has been greater than even the large amount, of savings available for these purposes. As a result, some of the demands for this money have been met from bank credit instead of by savings, and the price of money has risen. This is, in fact, one of the principal reasons why a threat of inflation has developed and why the Federal Reserve System has raised its discount rates from 1% percent a little over a year ago to 2% and 3 percent today. For some years it was popular in this country to talk about our "mature economy." The economists who used this language said that the growth of our country was slowing down, and that we did not need as much capital as in the past. They emphasized the importance of spending rather than saving. In recent months we have been demonstrating.the very great capacity of this country for growth. We are building a better America at an exceptionally rapid rate: new houses, new production facilities, new public services. We have disproved the old theory of stagnation because of maturity. This great progress is based on confidence in our country and in ourselves. It is based on sound Government policies. It means more jobs for more people at bette.r pay than ever before. This prosperity of ours is shared in Western Europe and in many other parts of the world. The great recovery in these countries from the dislocations and distress of war partly reflects generous cooperative action by the United States. One reason our own and other countries have gone forward confidently in economic progress is that we feel we have held our own in the cold war. We have increased our striking power to a point where it is a strong deterrent to aggression. So we have good cause for satisfaction. But history teaches one lesson we must never forget: the seeds of future trouble are often sown in times of prosperity. This is the time to examine ourselves to see how we may bufld better and more firmly for the future, to see how we can avoid trouble. EXHIBITS 249 One major problem, as indicated, is the danger of inflation. Other countries have the same problem. The Bank of England has raised its rate to 5H percent; Canada has gone to 3 percent; Germany to 4}^ percent. At the Istanbul meeting last autumn of the 58 countries which are members of the International Monetary Fund and the International Bank, there was agreement by afl present that inflation was a threat. Inflationary pressures have increased since then. In this country, steps that the Government has taken, with the cooperation of people like the savings bankers here today, have been and are being reasonably successful in keeping things on an even keel. The great increase that is going on in productive capacity—to turn out more goods by more efficient methods—will, in the long run, help to keep prices stable and, at the same time, pay higher wages. The large savings of the American people are providing money to bufld this larger capacity, along with more and better homes and public facflities. It is when we rush the spending faster than the rate of savings, and do it too heavily with borrowed money, that we run the risk of inflation. We have tended to do this in the past year. Home building was a good illustration. We tried to build more homes in early 1955 than we had building materials, building workers, or money available. Therefore, the cost of building rose 4 or 5 percent. The steps that were taken have brought that particular situation into balance. Some people have said that we are going into debt faster than we are saving. That is not true. Americans set aside about $17 billion of their income last year, . rather than spending it. As you know, almost $2 bfllion of this total represents increased deposits in your own institutions. Savings and loan shares rose by $5 bfllion, and almost $4 billion went into checking and savings accounts in commercial banks. Another $2 bfllion went into United States Government securities and over twice that amount into corporate stocks and bonds and the obligations of State and local governments. " In addition, individuals added $6 biflion to the value of their insurance last year. They put close to $30 biUion into the purchase of homes and the plant, equipment, and inventories of unincorporated businesses and farms. Even when you aflow for the increases in mortgages, consumer and business debt that individuals incurred during the year, and for property depreciation which is constantly taking place, individuals' savings still added up to about $17 billion in 1955. In spite of this remarkable record of savings last year, however, individuals saved a little less than in 1954, which in turn was a little lower than 1953. Personal savings are accounting for only about 6J^ percent of our income after taxes now, as against an average of about 8 percent in other recent years. This is disturbing and is a further indication that we are not saving today quite enough to finance the rapid rate of growth of which we are otherwise capable. We need to develop thrift and encourage it by attractive rewards. This is one of the objectives of the Treasury savings bonds program, which is celebrating the 15th anniversary of the E bond this month. Your institutions are enlisted in this same endeavor. One of the ways your Government is trying to keep the economy in balance, to assure the continued vigorous growth of the country without setbacks, is to bring the budget into balance. In late 1952, Mr. Eisenhower said that his goal was to bring the budget into balance within four years. We are doing it a little faster than that. This year we shall have a balanced budget as against an inherited $9]^ bfllion deficit in the year we took over. We shall have a balance again next year, if the citizens keep on the pressure against unnecessary spending and the world situation continues to improve. Taxes have, as you know, already been reduced by $7^ billion as an incentive for increased enterprise and increased savings. In the long run, if we can keep Government spending under control, can keep on giving the people confidence and incentives, the continuing growth of the country should make our mflitary burdens, easier to carry and we should be able both to make reductions in the public debt and gradually to reduce taxes further. The other proved mechanism which we have for helping to keep our economy in balance is the Federal Reserve System. This administration is opposed to trying to manage the country by direct controls over wages and prices and commodities. One of the first things the administration did in 1953 was to abolish the remaining wartime price and wage controls. 250 19 56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY But we do believe in the traditional and more general influence of central banks over the supply and price of money. In 1953 we pledged that the Federal Reserve System would be free to exercise the functions given them by law to influence the credit supply in the public interest. The success of the System depends, of course, on the understanding and cooperation of the Nation's financial institutions. I know from long personal experience the problems in running a bank, whether it is a commercial bank or a savings bank, when money is as tight as it is today. It is most gratifying to see the wisdom with which the banks are working in harmony with Federal Reserve policy to see that all sound and legitimate needs for credit are met whfle less essential demands are deferred or reduced. It gives us grounds for confidence that we can weather this period of adjustment without serious difficulty. We are looking to the savings institutions of America to help further the dynamic growth of our Nation through the encouragement of greater individuals' savings. If individual investors in savings bonds and in all other forms of saving respond as we hope, we may look forward to financing without inflation the steady, sure, and rapid advance in the economic well-being of our people. EXHIBIT 41.—Remarks by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, May 10, 1956, at Rutgers University, New Brunswick, N. J. The great surge in capital expenditures of business this year, following a big year in 1955, naturally raises the question of where the money is coming from. There are two sorts of evidence that the demands for capital, both for business and personal use,.are running ahead of the country's savings. One evidence is in the capital markets themselves, where, in spite of the largest volume of new issues of all time, the market has been staggering under the impact of additional demands for funds. With the price of money substantially increased, a number of new issues have had heavy going, and some have been deferred. The second evidence is to be found in the increase in bank loans. Loans to business by commercial banks are about 20 percent higher than they were a year ago, showing that some of the demand for capital has been absorbed by the commercial banks. The mortgage market has provided a particularly interesting piece of evidence. In the middle of last year, the volume of mortgages created to build homes could not be fully absorbed by the accumulation of savings in the regular savings institutions and spilled over into the commei cial banks, largely through a substantial increase in mortgages warehoused by the banks. So here is evidence that savings have not been keeping pace with the demands for funds. Several questions are naturally raised: Is this a temporary burst of demand, or is this a long-term trend? How serious is the shortage of savings, and what ought we to do about it? One thing, at least, is certain: We have definitely disproved the theory of the "mature economy," which was held by many economists a few years ago. Instead of stagnating, we are building a better America at an exceptionally rapid rate: New houses, new production facilities, new public services. This great progress is based on confidence in our country and in ourselves. It is based on sound Government policies. It means more jobs for more people at better pay than ever before. This prosperity in America is part of a larger prosperity throughout the Western World. I am sure, however, that this audience of businessmen would all agree that it is in times of prosperity like this that the seeds of future trouble often start to grow. It is time to examine ourselves and take every possible precaution to avoid the twin evils of either inflation or deflation. In judging the balance between savings and spending, we now fortunately have many more figures available than we had a few years ago. I shall avoid getting enmeshed in expounding these figures to you, but I should rather try to give you certain broad conclusions from my examination of the figures. The first conclusion is that this country is doing a tremendous job of saving money and applying it to increasing our wealth and wealth-producing assets. •Business corporations in 1955 increased their assets by about $39 billion. Of this, $14/^ billion was covered by current depreciation, and $14/4 biflion was EXHIBITS .251 raised by increasing debt or sefling capital stock. The other $10 bfllion came from retained earnings. While corporations went into debt by about $9 biflion (outside of income tax liabflity), on the other side of their ledgers, thCy increased their receivables and inventories by almost as much. So the record for last year is a pretty good one but does seem to suggest that a further substantial increase in plant and equipment expenditures this year, such as is now projected, will mean a further large increase in debt. Looking further ahead, the number of variables is so great as to baffle firm conclusions. George Terborgh has made a careful analysis and estimates for the coming decade that depreciation and retained earnings are likely to provide the major part of future expansion; so that requirements from the public would be well within the expected amount of funds available. That raises the question of the trend of individual savings from which capital may be drawn for business growth. A number of articles in recent, weeks have implied that the people of this country were borrowing more money than they saved and were thus on the road to insolvency. This is not so. While individuals have been increasing their debt rapidly, particularly their mortgage debt and consumer debt, they have been saving more than they borrow. So that, in the aggregate, net personal savings are running better than 6 percent of individual disposable income. This, however, compares with 8 percent savings a few years ago, and the amount and percent have been declining for three years. Thus the figures show that the American people are a saving people both as individuals and in the operation of business. A huge amount of funds is being made available each year for the progress of the country in satisfying human needs more fully and meeting our national obligations. " Based on these figures and on what is actually happening in the money markets and with respect to bank credit, my conclusion is that we are doing pretty well, but not quite well enough. To be sure that our rate of progress will continue without interruption by inflation or lack of accumulation of capital, I believe the time has come when we must all consciously follow policies which will encourage the accumulation of the needed capital. in the background, we must remember that we are engaged in a great international struggle to demonstrate to the people of the world the quality of our economic system and its capacity to satisfy human needs. I believe we have the best economic system and the most efficient one, but we must give the broad principles of its operation the same careful attention that we give to the details of the operation of our businesses. What then are the things that we need to do to assure the continued flow of savings in the amounts needed to keep our economic machine moving ahead in high gear? The first thing we must do is resist inflation. When you have inflation, the cost of building new plants increases faster than the rate of savings. Inflation is a product of many influences and policies, both governmental and private. The Government today recognizes its responsibility for maintaining a stable dollar. The first necessity is a balanced budget, and we are promising you that for this fiscal year and, with good fortune and cooperation, for the next fiscal year also. Perhaps the most potent arm of Government for assuring stable money is the Federal Reserve System. This administration has assured the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks that they will be free to exercise their judgment in the determination of their policies in the public interest. The broad program of the Reserve System in the past year for holding in check a tendency toward overexpansion of credit has, I believe, been most helpful in keeping the pressure toward inflation within bounds. There are other governmental actions which impinge on economic stability which I shall not attempt to describe, except to assure you that those of us who are working for you in Washington are doing our best to steer these forces in the direction of sustained economic growth. Let me suggest, also, that business itself and the policies it follows with respect to wages and the pricing of its products exercise a very important influence on the economic trend. The other area in which I believe we can all make a contribution toward assuring an adequate supply of funds for progress is the direct encouragement of savings. 252 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY In the Treasury we are celebratinglbhis year the 15th anniversary of the Series E savings bond. This bond has proved itself a unique mechanism for teaching regular savings by millions of people. There are now $40 billion worth of these bonds outstanding in the hands of approximately 40 million people in the United States. The best method of selling savings bonds is through the payroll savings plan, which, I am sure, most of the businesses represented here have in effect in their establishments. The vigorous promotion of this form of savings is one of the best ways of teaching thrift. To the extent that more of the Federal debt can be put into the hands of individuals who would not otherwise have saved, that will tend to release other funds for the use of business. We have developed in this country, also, a unique system of institutions for savings, including insurance companies, pension funds, savings and loan associations, savings banks, commercial banks, and others. These institutions we need to foster and encourage. We are today going through a period of uncertainty as to rates of interest. In a free market the balance between the volume of savings and the demand for money is influenced by rates of interest. We are just emerging from a period of twenty years during which interest rates were held artificially low as a matter of Government policy—a great handicap to sound economic progress. Just where the rates should be cannot be determined arbitrarily. The important thing is that rates should have reasonable freedom of movement to reflect the economic forces of supply and demand. What I believe is that we have escaped from a period of economic regimentation and doctrinaire solutions into a freer atmosphere. In this period, we should be able to make vigorous economic growth toward new standards of satisfaction for the lives of all the people. If this growth is to go forward with power and assurance, we must somehow learn to combine freedom with restraint to avoid the twin dangers of inflation or deflation which threaten us in every period when we tend to grow overconfident. The opportunity ahead is very great, indeed. EXHIBIT 42.—Statement by Under Secretary of the Treasury Burgess, June 7, 1956, before the Subcommittee on Executive and Legislative Reorganization of the House Committee on Government Operations In reviewing the material already placed in your hands, there seemed to me three or four points that need clarification for your records as to the purposes and the results of the Treasury's consultation with these committees. The first point I want to be sure is clear is the enormous importance to the American people of sound management of the debt. The $275 billion national debt is a major influence in our economic life. If handled improperly, it could be inflationary or deflationary. The failure, for example, of one of our large financing operations involving $10 biflion or $12 billion could have a serious effect on our whole money market and on the financing of business in this country. It is therefore essential that the Treasury should take every precaution to get information from every useful source before making decisions about any of these operations. These four advisory committees are representative of an important part of the huge market for Government securities. In the course of exploring the facts for a new Government issue, we consult, however, a great many other people. In particular, we get a great deal of help from the Federal Reserve Board and the twelve Federal Reserve Banks, with their offices throughout the country, who are in contact with a great many people and with the market. We maintain contact, also, with the people who handle investment of pension funds (State, municipal, labor union, and other private), with trust companies which have money to invest, and a great many individuals. Our exploration of the market for Government securities is continuous and not something that is related solely to the periods when we put out new issues. The bankers and dealers, whose representatives we consult, are not simply important markets for our securities, but they are also the principal salesmen. We rely upon the banks to keep their customers informed about our offerings of securities and they do this as a service, not only to the Treasury, but to the public. After a new issue is announced the bankers and dealers do an enormous amount of EXHIBITS 253 writiug and telephoning to their customers to tell them about the new issues. You always get the best cooperation from people when they know your problem; so that our consultations are one of the methods of assuring the successful sale of our bonds. One point not commonly understood is that the rates of interest which our securities carry are determined by the Government security market, and when we sit down with the advisory committees there is seldom any important question about the rate of interest which a security of any given maturity should carry. Hundreds of mfllions of dollars of Government securities are bought and sold every day in the free market and the price d.etermined in this way dictates the rates that we have to pay on new issues. Every week the Treasury sells $1,600,000,000 Treasury bills at free public auction and the rate at which these bflls sell, together with the rates on purchases and sales in the open market, build up a curve of rates which makes it fairly obvious at any time what rate a new issue of securities has to carry to be sold successfully. Therefore, our consultations with these advisory committees are not so much concerned with the rates of interest, but more largely the question of what kind of security the public wants: a bond issue, an issue of 1 to 5-year notes, or only a 1-year certificate. The market itself writes the interest rate. The essential point is that the Treasury, for its guidance in very important operations, must have just as complete information as possible as to what maturities the public wfll buy. On this point, the consultation with these committees is invaluable. Let me emphasize again that we do not tell these committees our decisions; we often receive conflicting advice. The Secretary makes up his own mind only at the last minute before the public announcement and after all the facts are on hand. The Treasury is most appreciative of the large amount of time and attention that the members of these committees have been willing, patriotically, to give both in advising with us and in assisting in the sale of securities when they are issued. We are fortunate in this country to have a spirit of public service which enables us to call upon our citizens in this way. It would be an unhappy day when citizens felt that services of this sort were no longer welcome. In your letter inviting representatives of the Treasury Department to appear at this hearing, you asked the Department to give information on the applicabflity of Departmerit of Justice standards for the organization and functioning of advisory committees to the various committees which are consulted, from tim a to time, by the Treasury on matters having to do with debt management policy and have been so consulted since the early 1940's. Insofar as I am informed, consultations by the Treasury with the advisory committees which are the subject of the hearing this morning have not been considered to raise problems in the antitrust field. The suggested standards, and they are only suggested standards, of the Justice Department have dealt primarily with steps to be taken in order to minimize the possibflity of violation of the antitrust laws. The suggested standards were, I believe, first called to the attention of certain departments of the Government in October of 1950. It is interesting to note, however, that the Justice Department did not at that time write to the Treasury Department concerning such standards. From time to time thereafter, these standards have been pointed out to various departments of the Government by the Justice Department in connection with the functioning of various committees. I do not understand, however, that it has been suggested that they should be formalized and put into effect insofar as the committees which we are discussing today are concerned. While no formalized regulations have been issued by the Treasury covering conferences with these committees, the operation of these committees do follow, in the main, the requirements which have been suggested from time to time. The committees which are your present concern are, in fact, set up as an integral part of the committee system in "their respective parent organizations. Responsibflity for membership selection rests solely with the sponsoring organizations. Meetings with the Government are called by the Treasury, which fixes the time and place of the meetings and determines the phases of public debt management to be discussed. Whenever the committees meet with representatives of the Government, the direction of the meetings is in the hands of a representative of the Government. The value of the meetings to the Government comes from the open, full, and complete discussion of the problem submitted. While minutes 254 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY are not kept of all meetings, the Government representatives secure from such discussions the information which, with other information received from many sources, responsible Government officials use in reaching conclusions in the financing field. The functions of all of the committees with which we are here concerned are purely advisory and afl determinations of action to be taken in the field of debt manageinent are made solely by Treasury representatives and such decisions are not imparted to the committees,, or any members thereof, these committees learning of the Government's decision when a general public announcement concerning debt financing is issued by the Treasury. Thus, in their purposes and operating procedures, I believe these committees conform to sound principles for the relationship of such committees to a Government department. EXHIBIT 43.—Extract from remarks by Assistant Secretary ofthe Treasury Kendall, October 27, 1955, before the United States Customs Service, Detroit, Mich. We have heard a great deal lately about team play in Government. This team play goes from top to bottom in the Government itself. No one who has been privileged to serve with the present administration could fail but to be deeply impressed by this spirit of enthusiasm, of coordination, and cooperation. One of the most striking and refreshing discoveries I made, and which I think anj'-one new to Washington makes quite quickly, is the realization of what a fine and devoted public service exists among the career employees of the Government. I have not only been deeply impressed but fervently thankful that such is the case. In practically every problem which arises one can count on the cooperation of at least two or three, or a larger number when necessary, of informed and keenly intelligent associates who make sure that policy and action do not overlook any relevant consideration or point of view. In an organization as intricate as a national government this is by no means an automatic or built-in safeguard. It necessarily requires a desire as well as a capacity, for imaginative and resourceful thinking, based upon past spadework in getting the facts in order; in getting the ducks in a row. This is equally true in the field, and the thoughtful cooperation and coordination of each bureau and branch of service, and of the people within its. bureaus and departments, goes a long, long way towards the accomplishment of the ideal in government. I can speak perhaps with greater knowledge and a greater ring of knowing what I am talking about if I could digress for a moment and discuss public service from the standpoint of the Department with which I have the honor to be associated. Each of the bureaus and services of the United States Treasury has achieved a record of distinction as part of our Federal Government. You are clearly entitled to take pride in the high tradition which has grown up within each of your units, as well as within the Treasury Department as a whole. Tradition is a fine thing, and every man who has ever been conscious of a standard of performance and loyalty to duty, built up by his predecessors and his colleagues over a period of j^ears, knows what a constructive force it can be. In a very practical way, tradition can be a guide both as to what should be done, and what should be avoided. Few men possess such infallible judgment, and such sureness of perception that they are not helped by a consideration of the courses of action chosen by other men of high principle in comparable situations. We in the service of the Treasury Department can justifiably take a special pride in the fact that ours is almost the oldest of our Federal executive departments, and that its high reputation was well established more than a century-anda-half ago. Yet no tradition, however proud, can stand upon its length alone. It is important that it develop and retain qualities which help its devotees to meet the problems of each new year with the kind of wisdom which deserves fresh approbation. Allowances must be made, too, for the well established propensitj^ of our fellow Americans to challenge every pretension which is based only upon antiquity. During the early part of World War II one of our four-star generals shocked some of the high Navy brass by saying, "when you fellows talk about tradition, what you usually mean is bad habits". What I suppose he meant was that certain aspects of an organizational sense of fitness are as commendable in the first 15 minutes as in the second century of its existence; but that any precepts which do not clearly meet the chaflenge of the present day should be reexamined. EXHIBITS 255 We in t h e Treasury are also fortunate in another respect.. T h e laws which we are charged with enforcing are concerned, in t h e main, with very tangible and practical m a t t e r s . T h e y are not necessarily popular ones, b u t the need for t h e m is clearly understood and accepted, and thej^ are all basic to t h e successful operation of this or any representative government. They have to do with protecting not only t h e totals of our national revenues, b u t also the individual rights of our citizens as active partners in t h e great cooperative effort which modern democracy has become. We are helped in this task by many factors, b u t mainly by t h e underlying soundness of our national concept of w h a t government must, and m u s t not, u n d e r t a k e in its relations with t h e individuaL T h e intelligence and loyalty of t h e average m a n on t h e street, in every community, helps to make t h e orderly processes of law enforcement possible. We can go about our work with confidence in t h e fact t h a t we have been trained for our tasks in t h e special functions assigned to each of our separate Treasury agencies. Beyond this is the priceless accumulation of experience which so m a n y of you have gained through your years of service. F r o m t h e Treasury point of view, t h a t experience, m u c h of it highly specialized, becomes even more valuable when applied through interagency means, of which your meeting here t o d a y is a good example. We are, to use a t e r m which our President has often employed, a " t e a m , " to again refer to t h a t great aspect of his administration. E X H I B I T 44.—Statement by General Counsel of the Treasury Scribner, J u n e 20, 1956, before the Subcommittee on Government Information of the H o u s e Committee on Government Operations I t is t h e established policy of t h e Treasury t o make available t o Congress a n d its committees, a n d to all who are entitled t o know, all requested information with t h e very minimum of restriction. Secretary H u m p h r e y has heretofore written this committee t h a t he has no reservation about t h e Government's business being t h e public's business, and t h a t t h e public is certainly entitled to know, with a minimum of restriction, exactly w h a t its Government is doing. I n dealing with t h e right of t h e Executive, acting in t h e public interest, to hold in confidence material which has come to t h e executive branch of t h e Government, your committee considers a problem which is as i m p o r t a n t as it is old. I n t h e hearings you have heretofore conducted committee members a n d witnesses have spoken with candor on t h e rights a n d privileges of t h e legislative a n d executive branches of Government. I t r u s t t h a t I will be permitted t h e same privilege. I t is categorically stated in t h e s t u d y issued by t h e staff of this committee under date of M a y 3, 1956, t h a t : , " I t should be stated a t t h e outset t h a t judicial precedents do not recognize any inherent right in any officer of t h e United States t o withhold testimony or docum e n t s either from t h e judiciary or from t h e Congress of t h e United S t a t e s . " While I do not believe t h a t there is any judicial holding which asserts or denies t h e right of t h e Executive t o withhold testimony or documents from Congress, there is ample a u t h o r i t y in t h e reported decisions for t h e withholding by t h e Executive of material from t h e courts. I n Marbury v. Madison (1803) 1 Cranch 137, 144, t h e Attorney General, who h a d responded t o a summons, was a witness. T h e Court, speaking of testimony he was t o give, said: " T h e r e was nothing confidential required to be disclosed. If there h a d been, he was not obliged t o answer it; a n d if he t h o u g h t t h a t a n y t h i n g was communicated to him in confidence, he was not bound to disclose it * * *." I n t h e report of t h e trial for seditious libel of T h o m a s Cooper, 1800, in a circuit court of t h e United States, t h e report states: " T h e court a t t h e same time refused t o permit a subpoena t o issue directed t o t h e President of t h e United S t a t e s . " Wharton, State Trials of the United States, 659, 662. I n t h e trial of Aaron Burr, 1807, Chief Justice Marshall presiding, t h e court issued a subpoena duces tecum to President Jefferson. I n long passages which are somewhat equivocal as to whether t h e existence of t h e privilege is t o be determined by t h e officer or by t h e court, t h e court said: " T h e President,*^ although subject t o t h e general rules which apply t o others, m a y h a v e sufficient motives for declining t o produce a particular paper, a n d those motives m a y be such as t o restrain t h e court from enforcing its production. . I do not think preciselj^ with t h e gentlemen on either side. I can readily conceive 256 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY that the President might receive a letter which it would be improper to exhibit in public, because of the manifest inconvenience of its exposure. The occasion for demanding it ought, in such a case, to be very strong, and to be fully shown to the court before its production could be insisted on. I admit, that in such a case, much reliance must be placed on the declaration of the President; and I do think that a privilege does exist to withhold private letters of a certain description. The reason is this: letters to the President in his private character, are often written to him in consequence of his public character, and may relate to public concerns. Such a letter, though it be a private one, seems to partake of the character of an official paper, and to be such as ought not on light ground to be forced into public view." Robertson, Burr Trials, V. 2. pp. 535, 536. President Jefferson did not obey the subpoena. In a letter of June 17, 1807, to the United States Attorney in the case, George Hay, the President, referred to the public and private sides of the Presidency, and said: "All nations have found it necessary, that for the advantageous conduct of their affairs, some of these proceedings, at least, should remain known to their executive functionary only. He, of course, from the nature of the case, must be the sole judge of which of them the public interests will permit publication. Hence, under our Constitution, in requests of papers, from the legislative to the executive branch, an exception is carefully expressed, as to those which he may deem the public welfare may require not to be disclosed; as you will see in the enclosed resolution of the House of Representatives, which produced the message of January 22d, respecting this case." Writings of Thomas J eferson edited by H. A. Washington (1853) Vol. V, pp. 97, 98. In Totten, Administrator, v. United Staies (1875) 92 U. S. 105, 107, involving an alleged contract between President Lincoln and the claimant for secret war services, the Court said: "It may be stated as a general principle, the public policy forbids the maintenance of any suit in a court of justice, the trial of which would inevitably lead to the disclosure of matters which the law itself regards as confidential, and respecting which it will not allow the confidence to be violated. On this principle, suits cannot be maintained which would require a disclosure of the confidences of the confessional, or those between husband and wife, or of communications by a client to his counsel for professional advice, or of a patient to his physician for a similar purpose. Much greater reason exists for the application of the principle to cases of contract for secret services with the government, as the existence of a contract of that kind is itself a fact not to be disclosed." In United States v. Reynolds (1953) 345 U. S. 1, a case discussed in the committee print, the Court referred at pp. 6, 7, to "the privilege against revealing mflitary secrets, a privilege which is well established in the law of evidence." While no cases can be cited either for or against the right to withhold, there are ample precedents for the authority of the Chief Executive of the United States to withhold testimony or documents from the Congress. One reads little of these precedents in. the material presented to this committee to, date. In the transcripts one also reads little of the repeated, reasoned, and firm refusals of Presidents from Washington to Eisenhower to agree that the Congress can compel production of records held confidential by the Executive in the public interest, as that interest is determined by the Executive. The JExecutive position in this controversy has been accepted explicitly by representatives of Congress on more than one occasion over the years. Perhaps the most explicit statement on the subject was made by the House Committee of the Judiciary in 1879. Among other things the comniittee then stated: "And whenever the President has returned (as sometimes he has) that, in his judgment, it was not consistent with the public interest to give the House such information, no further proceedings have ever been taken to compel the production of such information. Indeed, upon principle, it would seem that this must be so." Page 3 of 1873 House Report 141, 45th Cong. The Executive's assertion, of its privilege has prevailed through 150 years. It has been suggested in material heretofore presented to this committee that the time has come for "some kind of a showdown"; that the Executive is not really convinced of its position and would "retreat" if pressed. I think this view is erroneous. I do not beheve that the Executive would, or should, yield on a basic position which seems to the Executive to be correct in principle and EXHIBITS 257 which has been asserted successfully and with explicitness b y m a n y Presidents from Washington a n d Jefferson to Eisenhower. T h e position t h a t there is no Executive privilege and t h a t t h e assertion of t h e same is a violation of t h e provisions of our Constitution, or a t least of certain of its amendments, appears to be contrary to t h e understanding of certain of our early Presidents, Avho participated in t h e drafting of t h e Constitution a n d of t h e first 10 amendments, and who, thereafter, adopted and supported t h e right of t h e Executive to withhold information when t h e Executive believed it was in t h e public interest so to do. I n m y opinion there is no basis for suggesting t h e Executive should concede controlling rights to Congress as to every document in t h e possession of t h e Executive. I do wish to make it clear, however, t h a t it is m y understanding t h a t while there is a privilege t o withhold, it is nevertheless t h e general and basic right of Congress and its committees to secure testimony and documents from t h e Executive. I agree t h a t it is generally in t h e public interest t h a t Congress' should have t h e m . T h e right to refuse is, however, possessed by t h e Executive. Organization and Procedure E X H I B I T 45.—Treasury Department orders relating to organization and procedure No. 82 ( R E V I S E D ) , R E V I S I O N AND A M E N D M E N T . — R E G U L A T I O N S U N D E R E X ECUTIVE O R D E R N O . 10450, As A M E N D E D , R E L A T I N G TO T H E P E R S O N N E L S E C U R I T Y P R O G R A M OF T H E T R E A S U R Y D E P A R T M E N T No. 82 (Revised), Revision, August 15, 1955.—Supersedes t h e revision dated October 12, 1954 P u r s u a n t t o t h e a u t h o r i t y contained in t h e act of August 26, 1950, 64 Stat. 476; Executive Orders Nos. 10450, Aprfl 27, 1953, 10491, October 13, 1953, a n d 10548, August 2, 1954, a n d Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, 64 Stat. 1280, t h e following regulations relating t o t h e security program of t h e D e p a r t m e n t of t h e Treasury are hereby prescribed: Section 1. Definitions T h e following terms, as used herein, shall have t h e meanings specified: (a) " D e p a r t m e n t " means t h e D e p a r t m e n t of t h e Treasury. (b) " S e c r e t a r y " means t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury. (c) "Security Officer" means t h e person designated as Personnel Security Officer of t h e D e p a r t m e n t , or t h e person designated as Alternate Personnel Security Officer, by t h e Secretary. (d) "Legal Officer" means t h e person designated as Legal Officer, or any person designated as Alternate Legal Officer, b y t h e Secretary. (e) " H e a d of t h e B u r e a u " means, t h e head of t h e bureau, independent office, or division of t h e D e p a r t m e n t , in which t h e employee is employed. (f) " E m p l o y e e " means a civilian officer or employee of t h e D e p a r t m e n t . (g) " N a t i o n a l security" means t h e protection a n d preservation of t h e military, economic, a n d productive strength of t h e United States, including t h e security of t h e Government in domestic a n d foreign affairs, against or from espionage, sabotage, a n d subversion, and any a n d all other fllegal acts designed to weaken or destroy t h e United States. (h) "Suspension" means t h e t e m p o r a r y removal of an employee without pay, in t h e interests of t h e national security, pending final determination of his case under t h e provisions of this order. (i) " R e a s s i g n m e n t " means t h e t e m p o r a r y alteration in, or limitation of, t h e duties of an employee, in t h e interests of t h e national security, pending final determination of his case under t h e provisions of this order. Although reassignm e n t does not necessarfly entafl physical relocation, appropriate steps m u s t be t a k e n to prevent t h e employee's having access to all categories of classified information or material, pending final determination. No termination following reassignment shall be effected without prior suspension a n d full compliance thereafter with t h e procedures applicable to suspension set forth in this order. 399346—57 IS 258 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY (j) "Sensitive position" means a n y position in t h e D e p a r t m e n t , t h e occupant of which could bring about, because of t h e n a t u r e of t h e position, a material adverse effect on t h e national security. Such positions shall include, b u t shall not be limited to, a n y position t h e occupant of which m a y have access t o information or material classified as "secret" or " t o p secret" or a n y other inform a t i o n or material having a direct bearing on t h e national security, a n d m a y have opportunity t o commit acts directl}'- or indirectly adversely affecting t h e national security. Section 2. Policy (a) I t shall be t h e policy of t h e D e p a r t m e n t , based on t h e act of August 26, 1950, a n d Executive Order No. 10450, as amended, to employ a n d retain in employment only those persons whose employment or retention in e m p l o y m e n t is found t o be clearly consistent with t h e interests of t h e national security. (b) T h e use of t h e suspension and termination procedures authorized by t h e act of August 26, 1950, and Executive Order No. 10450, as amended, will be limited t o cases i n . which t h e interests of t h e national security are involved. These procedures will be used t o supplement, not to substitute for, normal civil service removal procedures, which will be used when national security is not a consideration and such procedures are adequate a n d appropriate. (c) Prior to t h e reassignment or suspension of any employee p u r s u a n t t o t h e provisions of this order, t h e Security Officer or his designee m a y interrogate t h e employee under oath, orally or in writing, concerning t h e derogatory information against him. T h e results of such interrogation shall be considered in determining ohe action to be taken. Section 3. Security s t a n d a r d s (a) No person shall be employed, or retained as an employee, in t h e D e p a r t m e n t . unless t h e employment of such person is clearly consistent with t h e interests of t h e national security. (b) Information regarding an applicant for employment, or an employee, in t h e D e p a r t m e n t which m a y preclude a finding t h a t his emplpyment or retention in employment is clearly consistent with t h e interests of t h e national security shall relate, b u t shall not be limited, to t h e following: (1) Depending on t h e relation of t h e Government employment t o t h e national security: (i) Any behavior, activities, or associations which t e n d to show t h a t t h e individual is not reliable or t r u s t w o r t h y . (ii) Any deliberate misrepresentations, falsifications, or omissions of material facts. (iii) Any criminal, infamous, dishonest, immoral, or notoriously disgraceful conduct, habitual use of intoxicants to excess, drug addiction, or sexual perversion. (iv) Any illness, including any mental condition, of a n a t u r e which in t h e opinion of competent m.edical a u t h o r i t y m a y cause significant defect in t h e . j u d g m e n t or reliability of t h e employee, with due regard to t h e transient or continuing effect of t h e illness and t h e medical findings in such case. (v) Any facts which furnish reason to believe thiat t h e individual ma}^ be subjected to coercion, influence, or pressure which m a y cause him to act contrary to t h e best interests of t h e national security. (2) Commission of any act of sabotage, espionage, treason, or sedition, or a t t e m p t s t h e r e a t or preparation therefor, or conspiring with, or aiding or abetting, another t o commit or a t t e m p t to commit any act of sabotage, espionage, treason, or sedition. (3) Establishing or continuing a sympathetic association with a saboteur, spy, traitor, seditionist, anarchist, or revolutionist, or with an espionage or other secret agent or representative of a foreign nation, or any representative of a foreign nation whose interests msiy be inimical t o t h e interests of t h e United States, or with any person who advocates t h e use of force or violence co overthrow t h e Government of t h e United States or t h e alteration of t h e form of government of t h e United States b}^ unconstitutional means. (4) Advocacy of use of force or violence t o overthrow t h e Government of t h e United States, or of t h e alteration of t h e form of governnient of t h e United States b y unconstitutional means. (5) Membership in, or affiliation or sympathetic association with, any foreign or domestic organization, association, movement, group, or combination of persons EXHIBITS 259 which is totalitarian. Fascist, Communist, or subversive, or which has adopted, or shows, a policy of advocating or approving the commission of acts of force or violence to deny other persons their rights under the Constitution of the United States, or which seeks to alter the form of government of the United States by unconstitutional means. (6) Intentional, unauthorized disclosure to any person of classified information, or of other information disclosure of which is prohibited by law, or willful violation or disregard of securitj^ regulations. (7) Performing or attempting to perform his duties, or otherwise acting, so as to serve the interests of another government in preference to the interests of the United States. • (8) Refusal by the individual, upon the ground of constitutional privilege against self-incrimination, to testify before a congressional committee regarding charges of his alleged disloyalty or other misconduct. Section 4. Security investigations (a) Purpose.—Security investigations conducted pursuant to this order shall be designed to develop informatioi^ as to whether employment or retention in emploj^'ment by the Department of the person being investigated is clearly consistent with the interests of the national security. (b) Scope of investigations.—Ever}^ appointment made within the Department shall be made subject to investigation. The scope of the investigation shall be determined in the first instance according to the degree of adverse effect the occupant of the position sought to be filled could bring about, by virtue of the nature of the position, on the national security, but in no event shall the investigation include less than a national ageric}^ check, including a check of the fingerprint files of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and written inquiries to appropriate local law-enforcement agencies, former employers and supervisors, references, and schools and colleges attended by the person under investigation: Provided, That to the extent authorized by the Civil Service Commission a less investigation may suffice with respect to per diem, intermittent, temporary, or seasonal emploj^ees, or aliens employed outside the United States. Should information develop at any stage of investigation indicating that the employment of any such person may not be clearl)' consistent with the interests of the national security, there , shall be conducted with respect to such person a full field investigation, or such less investigation as shall be sufficient to enable the Secretary to determine whether retention of such person is clearly consistent with the interests of the national security. (c) Requirements for sensitive position.—No sensitive position in the Department shafl be filled or occupied by any person with respect to whom a full field investigation has not been conducted: Provided, That a person occupying a sensitive position at the time it is designated as such may continue to occupy such position pending the completion of a full field investigation, subject to the other provisions of this order: And provided further. That in case of emergency a sensitive position may be filled for a limited period of time by a person with respect to whom a full field preappointment investigation has not been completed if the Secretary finds that such action is necessary in the national interest. Such finding shall be made a part of the personnel record of the person concerned. (d) Reinvestigation of former Government employees.—(1) Nonsensitive positions.—No reinvestigation is required for appointments of employees of another Federal agency or for reappointments when there has been no break in service in excess of one year since the last employment in the Government. If the break in service is in excess of one j^ear, the case shall be processed the same as a new appointee to a nonsensitive position in accordance with section 4 (b). A National agency check or an additional investigation may be required by the Security Officer or the head of the bureau in any case wherein it is deemed appropriate. (2) Sensitive positions.—No reinvestigation is required for appointments of employees of another Federal agency or for reappointments when the break in service does not exceed 90 daj^s AND an investigation has been made in connection with previous Federal employment which meets the Treasury Department's current standards for a full field investigation. If the break in service exceeds 90 days, but is not in excess of one 3^ear, a current national agency check shall be made. 260 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY If the break in service exceeds one year the case shall be processed the same as that of a new appointee to a sensitive position in accordance with section 4(c). Further investigation may be prescribed by the Security Officer or the head of the bureau in any case wherein it is deemed appropriate. (3) Use of reports of prior investigation.—Investigation reports made in connection with previous Federal employment shall be used as a basis for making security determinations; provided however, that the Security Officer or the head of the bureau may require such additional investigation as may be necessary to bring any previous investigation report up to date. . (e) Cases requiring investigation by Federal Bureau of Investigation.—Whenever a security investigation being conducted with respect to an employee of the Department develops information relating to any of the matters described in subdivisions 2 through 8 of subsection (b) of section 3 of this order, or indicates that an employee has been subject to coercion, influence, or pressure to act contrary to the interests of the national security, the matter shall be referred to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a full field investigation. (f) Submission of certain investigation reports io security officer.—The reports of all full field investigations conducted for sensitive positions and all other investigations developing unfavorable information of a nature outlined in section 3 of this order shall be forwarded to the Security Officer for processing and retention. Section 5. Suspension, reassignment, and termination (a) Authority io suspend.—The authority conferred by the act of August 26, 1950, 64 Stat. 476, upon the heads of departments and agencies to which such act is applicable to suspend civilian employees, without pay, when deemed necessary in the interests of the national security, is hereby delegated with respect to the employees of this Department to an Assistant Secretary or the General Counsel who shall order the suspension after consultation with the head of the bureau concerned. (b) Evaluation of invesiigation reports.—Upon receipt of an investigative report containing derogatory information, the Security Officer shall evaluate the same and make a determination as to what action may be required in the interests of the national security. Factors to be taken into consideration in making this determination shall include, but shall not be limited to: (1) The seriousness of the derogatory information contained in the report; (2) the quality and quantity of the classified information or mateiial to which the employee may have access^ authorized or unauthorized; (3) the opportunity, by reason of the nature of the position, for committing acts adversely affecting the national security; and (4) the recency and duration of membership in, affiliation or sympathetic association with, any organization, association, or combination of persons of the type within the scope of section 3 (b) (5) where such matters are the subject of evaluation. (c) Types of action on investigation reports.—One of the four following actions shall be taken in each case: (1) A written determination that the employment or retention in employment of the subject of the report is clearly consistent with the interests of the national security; (2) A written determination that suspension of an incumbent is necessary in the interests of the national security; (3) A written determination that reassignment of an incumbent is necessary in the interests of the national security; or (4) A written determination that the employment of an applicant is not clearly consistent with the interests of the national security. (d) Reassignment and suspension cases.—(1) Bill of particulars.—In cases where the reassignment or suspension of an employee is deemed necessary in the interests of the national security, there shall be prepared a bill of particulars which shall be signed by the Security Officer. The bill of particulars shall be as specific and detailed as security considerations permit, and normally shall contain all the derogatory information relating to the employee except that which will reveal the source of the information, or the identity of confidential informants, or information affecting the national security. It shall be subject to amendment at any time prior to final action in the case. (2) Action on bill of particulars.—The bill of particulars, together with the entire file and the written recommendation of the Security Officer and the Legal Officer, shall be submitted to an Assistant Secretary or the General Counsel. If EXHIBITS 261 such official approves the recommendation, he shall order the immedia-te reassignment or suspension of the employee by the head of the bureau. (3) Notice to employee.—In every case where the reassignment or suspension of an employee by the head of the bureau has been ordered, the head of the bureau shall notify the employee in writing of his reassignment or suspension, attaching to such notice a copy of the bill of particulars, and a copy of this order. Such notice shall be sent by registered mail with return receipt required or personnally served upon the employee with a written return to the Security Office showing the date, time, and place of service. (4) Procedure in reassignment cases.—An employee who has been reassigned may submit to the Security Officer within 30 days after the receipt of the notice of reassignment and the bill of particulars, or within 30 days after any amendment thereof, a sworn answer and supporting affidavits, if any, refuting or explaining the allegations in the bill of particulars. If the Security Officer and the Legal Officer are of the opinion that the case should be resolved favorably to the employee, they shall so recommend to the Secretary. If the case is resolved unfavorably to the employee, an Assistant Secretary or the General Counsel shall order the immediate suspension of the employee by the head of the bureau. Thereafter, the procedure applicable to suspensions hereinafter set forth shall be followed. (5) Procedure in suspension cases.—(i) Employee's answer.—An employee who has been suspended may submit to the Security Officer, within 30 days after the receipt of the notice of suspension and the bill of particulars, or within 30 days after any amendment thereof, a sworn answer and supporting affidavits, if any, refuting or explaining the allegations in the bill of particulars. If such answer is found insufficient, the employee shall be given 15 days to file an amended sworn answer. (ii) Disposition without hearhig.—If, upon the submission of a sworn answer by the employee, the Security Officer and the Legal Officer are of the opinion that the case should be resolved favorably to the employee without a hearing, they shall so recommend to the Secretary, and the Secretary, an ^Assistant Secretary or the Administrative Assistant Secretary, shall reinstate or transfer the employee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (6) of this section, or, if the Secretary deems appropriate, he may direct a hearing to be held in accordance with the provisions of sections 6 and 7 of this order. If the suspended employee does not submit a sworn answer within the required period, or does not request a hearing, or does request a hearing and is hot entitled thereto, the Security Officer and the Legal Officer shall consider the case on the basis of the record as then constituted and submit to the Secretary their recommendations for its disposition, together with the reasons therefor. (iii) Requirements for hearing.—If the case is resolved unfavorably to the suspended employee, AND he is (a) a citizen of the United States, AND (6) a permanent or indefinite appointee, AND (c) an employee who has completed his probationary or trial period, AND (d) ,the said employee requests a hearing, then the same shall be held before a board composed of at least three impartial, disinterested persons selected in accordance with the provisions of section 6 and conducted in accordance with the provisions of section 7 of this order. (iv) Action after hearing.—After a hearing has been held, the entire case shall be reviewed by the board and its written determination and a separate memorandum of reasons therefor, shall be submitted to the Secretary through the Security Officer, who, together with the Legal Officer, shall review the entire case and make appropriate recommendations to the Secretary for its final disposition. (6) Final action.—Upon the receipt of the complete file containing the record, the board's determination, the recommendations of the Security Officer and the Legal Officer, and all confidential information, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the General Counsel, or the Administrative Assistant Secretary, shall review the case and take one of the following actions: (i) If he finds that reinstatement of the employee in the ppsition from which the employee has been suspended or reassigned is clearly consistent with the interests of the national security, he shall order the employee to be restored to duty in such position and the employee shall be compensated for any period of suspension to the extent permitted by law: Provided, That the employee shall not be compensated for any extension of the period of suspension caused by his voluntary action. (ii) If he does not find reinstatement of the employee in the position from which the employee has been suspended or reassigned will be clearly consistent with the interests of the national security, but that the transfer of the employee 262 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY to another position in the Department is clearly consistent with the interests of the national security, he may order the employee to be transferred to duty in such other position, and to be compensated for any period of suspension to the extent permitted by law: Provided, That the employee shall not be compensated for any extension of the period of suspension caused by his voluntary action. (iii) If he does not find that the reinstatement or transfer of the employee to any position in the Department is clearly consistent with the interests of the national security, he shall order the employment of the employee terminated: Provided, however, That only the Secretary is authorized to take this action, which is final. The head of the bureau shall furnish to the employee a written notice of such action. Section 6. Security hearing boards (a) Security hearing boards of the Department shall be composed of not less than three civilian officers or employees of the Federal Government, selected by the Secretary from rosters maintained for that purpose by the Civil Service Commission in Washington, D. C , and at the regional offices of the Commission. (b) No officer or emplo3^ee of the Department shall serve as a member of a hearing board hearing the case of an employee of the Department. (c) No person shall serve as a member of a hearing board hearing a case of an employee with whom he is acquainted. (d) The Security Officer shall be responsible for the preparation and presentation of the charges against the employee before the hearing board. (e) The Legal Officer shall be present in every case in order to protect the interests of the Government and the interests of the employee. He shall not act as prosecutor, but shall aid the board in its determination as to procedure, and shall advise the employee of his rights before the board upon request of the employee. (f) The time and place of hearings before hearing boards shall be determined by the Secretary, with due regard to the availability and convenience of the employee and the members of the board. The Security Officer shall make all necessary arrangements for hearings including availability of stenographic assistance. (g) Competent stenographic assistance will be supplied to the hearing boards by the Office of the Secretary at the request of the Security Officer. Section 7. Hearing procedure (a) Nature of hearing.—All hearings shall be held in. closed session at which only the following will be present: Members of the board, the employee and his counsel. Department employees concerned, and the stenographer. Witnesses shall be present in the hearing room only when actually testifying. Testimony shall be given under oath or affirmation administered by the Legal Officer. The member of the board designated by tha Secretary as chairman shall preside at the hearing. (b) Conduct of hearing.—(1) The hearing board shall take whatever action is necessary to insure the employee a full and fair consideration of his case. The employee shall be informed by the board of his right (i) to participate in the hearing, (ii) to be represented by counsel of his choice, (iii) to present witnesses and offer other evidence in his own behalf and in refutation of the charges brought against him, and (iv) to cross-examine any witness offered in support of the charges. (2) The employee shall have the privilege, for good cause shown, of challenging any member of the board. Challenges for cause shall be determined by the -Legal Officer. (3) Hearings shall be opened by the reading of the order convening the board, the notice of suspension and the bill of particulars setting forth the charges against the employee and the sworn answer submitted by the (employee, unless such reading is waived by the mutual consent of the Security Officer and the employee or his counsel. All such documents shall be made part of the transscript. (4) The board is not authorized to pass upon legal or constitutional objections to the procedure under the security program. (5) Both the Department and the employee may introduce such evidence as the hearing board may deem proper in the particular case. Rules of evidence shall not be binding on the board, but, reasonable restrictions shall be imposed as to the relevancy, competency, and materiality of matters considered, so that the EXHIBITS 263 hearings shall not be unduly prolonged. If the employee is, or may be handicapped by the nondisclosure to him of confidential information or by lack of opportunity to cross-examine confidential informants, the hearing board shall take that fact into consideration. If a person who has made charges against the employee and who is not a confidential informant is called as a witness but does not appear, his failure to appear shall be considered by the board in evaluating such charges, as well as the fact that there can be no payment for travel of witnesses. (6) The employee or his counsel shall have the right to control the sequence of witnesses called by him. The employee or his counsel shall be permitted reasonable cross-examination of witnesses called by the ^Government or the hearing board. The board and the Security Officer shall be permitted reasonable cross-examination of witnesses called by the employee. (7) The hearing board shall give due consideration to documentary evidence developed by investigation, including party membership cards, petitions bearing the employee's signature, books, treatises or articles written by the employee, and testimony by the employee before duly constituted authorities. The fact that such evidence has been considered shall be made a part of the transcript of the hearing. (8) The hearing board may, in its discretion, invite any person to appear at the hearing and testify. However, the board shall not be bound by the testimony of such witness by reason of having called him, and shall have full right to crossexamine him. (9) The hearing board shall conduct the hearing proceedings in such manner as to^protect from disclosure information affecting the national security or tending to disclose or compromise investigative sources or methods. (10) If, after due notice of the time and place of hearing, the employee without request for delay or other explanation, fails to appear for such hearing, the hearing board may consider the case and make its recommendation on the basis of information before it. (11) A complete verbatim stenographic transcript shall be made of the hearing by a qualified reporter, and the transcript shall constitute a permanent part of the record. Upon request, the employee or his counsel shall be furnished a copy of the transcript of the hearing. (12) The board shall reach its conclusions and base its determination on the transcript of the hearing, together with such confidential information as it may have in its possession. The board, in making its determination, shall take into consideration the inability of the employee to meet charges of which he has not been advised, because of security reasons, specifically or in detail, or to attack the credibility of witnesses who do not appear. The determination of the board shall be in writing, and shall be signed by all members of the board. The determination will not contain the reasons upon which the board based its conclusion. A separate memorandum of reasons will be prepared, signed by all members of the board, setting forth the findings of the board, its recommendation as to the disposition of the case, and the reasons therefor. The board shafl submit its written determination and the memorandum of reasons to the Secretary without further dissemination. Section 8. Readjudication of certain cases The Security Officer shall review all cases of employees of the Department with respect to whom there has been conducted a full field investigation under Executive Order 9835, approved March 21, 1947. After such further investigation as the Security Officer may deem appropriate, all such cases shall be readjudicated in accordance with the act of August 26, 1950, and this order. Section 9. Reemployment of employees whose employment has been terminated No person whose employment has been terminated by the Treasury Department under or pursuant to the provisions of the act of August 26, 1950, or pursuant to Executive Order No. 9835, or any other security or loyalty program, shall be employed in the Treasury Department; and no person whose employment has been so terminated by any other department or agency shall be employed in the Treasury Department, unless the Secretary finds that such employment is clearly consistent with the interests of the national security and unless the Civfl' Service Commission determines that such person is eligible for such employment. The finding of the Secretary and the determination of the Civfl Service Commission shall be made a part o.f the personnel record of the person concerned. 264 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Section 10. Nominations to security hearing board roster (a) The Security Officer, after such consultation with bureau officials as he may deem necessary, shall name five employees, of the Department to the security hearing board roster maintained in Washington, D. C , by the Civfl Service Commission. (b) The head of each field office outside the metropolitan area of Washington, D. C , upon the request of the Security Officer, shall nominate one employee for each 500 employees in such field office to security hearing board rosters maintained at regional offices of the Civil Service Commission. The Security Officer shall name employees to such rosters from the persons so nominated. (c) All employees nominated to security hearing board rosters shall be persons of responsibility, unquestioned integrity, and sound judgment. Each such nominee shall have been the subject of a full field investigation, and his nomination shall be deterinined by the Security Officer to be clearly consistent with the interests of the national security. No security officer or person who conducts personnel investigations, shall be nominated to security hearing board rosters. Section 11. Roster of sensitive positions A list of all positions designated as "Sensitive" in the Department, including the names of the persons occupying the same, shall be maintained on a current basis in the Personnel Security Office. All changes affecting such positions or the occupants thereof shall be reported to the Personnel Security Officer by the Bureau concerned. Section 12. Revocation of previous actions and determinations Any action or favorable determination previously made pursuant to the provisions of this order may be revoked whenever derogatory information is received on the basis of which it is determined that the employment or retention in employment of the individual concerned is not clearly consistent with the interests of the national security. Section 13. Procedural instructions The Security Officer is authorized to issue such procedural instructions as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this order. G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. No, 82 (REVISED), AMENDMENT N O . 1, NOVEMBER 21, 1955 Pursuant to the authority contained in the act of August 26, 1950, 64 Stat; 476; Executive Order No. 10450, Aprfl 27, 1953, as amended; and Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, 64 Stat. 1280; Treasury Department Order No. 82, Revised, dated August 15, 1955, is amended as follows: Section 2 is amended by deleting subsection (b) and the following is substituted therefor: "(b) The provisions of this order shall not be utflized to the exclusion of normal personnel procedures for the selection and retention df employees." Section 5 (d) is amended by deleting subparagraph (1) and by substituting the following therefor: "(1) Bfll of particulars.—In cases where the reassignment or suspension of an employee is deemed necessary in the interests of the national security, there shall be prepared a bfll of particulars which shall be signed by the Security Officer. The bill of particulars shall be as specific and detailed as security considerations permit, and normally shall contain all the derogatory information relating to the employee except that which will reveal the source of the information, or the identity of confidential -informants, or information affecting the national security. It shall be subject tQ amendment within 30 days of issuance." Section 5 (d) is further amended by adding thereto a new subparagraph (7) reading as follows: "(7) Reports of action taken.—Copies of ail notices of personnel action taken in security cases shall be supplied at once by the Personnel Security Officer to the Civfl Service Commission." EXHIBITS 265 Section 7 is amended by deleting subsection (a) a n d t h e following is substituted therefor: "(a) Nature of hearing.—All hearings shall be held in closed session a t which only t h e following wfll be present: Members of t h e board, t h e employee a n d his counsel. D e p a r t m e n t employees concerned, a n d t h e stenographer. Witnesses shall be present in t h e hearing room only when actually testifying. Testimony shall be given under oath or affirmation administered b y t h e Legal Officer who is hereby designated for this purpose p u r s u a n t to Section 16(a) of Title 5 U. S. Code. T h e member of t h e board designated b y t h e Secretary as chairman shall preside a t t h e hearing." Section 7 (b) is amended b y deleting subparagraph (1) a n d by substituting t h e following therefor: "(1) T h e hearing board shall t a k e whatever action is necessary to insure t h e employee a full a n d fair consideration of his case. T h e employee shall be informed b y t h e board of his right (i) to participate in t h e hearing, (ii) to be represented b y counsel of his choice, (iii) to present witnesses a n d offer other evidence in his own behalf a n d in refutation of t h e charges brought against him, a n d (iv) t o crossexamine any witness offered in support of t h e charges a n d testifying in his presence." G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. No. 83 ( R E V I S E D ) , R E V I S I O N , J A N U A R Y 17, 1 9 5 6 . — D E S I G N A T I O N S R E L A T I N G TO T H E S E C U R I T Y O F F I C E R AND P E R S O N N E L S E C U R I T Y O F F I C E R P u r s u a n t to t h e provisions of Executive Orders No. 10450 and 10501 and of Treasury D e p a r t m e n t Orders No. 82, Revised, and 160, Revised, Mr. Clarence 0 . Tormoen, Assistant to t h e Secretary, is hereby designated as Security Officer a n d Personnel Security Officer for t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t . Mr. Francis J. Gafford is designated as Legal Officer for t h e Security a n d Personnel Security Programs, and as Alternate Personnel Security Officer. Mr. Charles P . R y a n shall serve as Alternate Legal Officer. I n any case in which Mr. Gafford acts as Alternate Personnel Security Officer, he shall not act as Legal Officer. All officers a n d employees of t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t are directed t o comply with requests for information received from t h e persons designated above and to cooperate with t h e m to t h e fullest possible extent. This order supersedes Treasury D e p a r t m e n t Order No. 83 (Revised), dated M a y 17, 1955. G. M. H U M P H R E Y , Secreiary of the Treasury. N o . 95, R E V I S I O N N o . 1, J U L Y 20, 1 9 5 5 . — T R A N S F E R OF THE R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y FOR THE CUSTODY OF U N I S S U E D F E D E R A L R E S E R V E N O T E S T h e Comptroller of t h e Currency and t h e Treasurer of t h e United States shall, t h r o u g h such employees as they m a y designate, jointly maintain physical custody of unissued Federal Reserve notes delivered by t h e Bureau of Engraving and Printing a n d held for shipment to Federal Reserve agents. Personnel now assigned by t h e Bureau of t h e Public D e b t to t h e performance of functions relating to t h e custody of unissued Federal Reserve notes, together with all records and property used by them, shall be transferred to t h e Office of t h e Treasurer of t h e United States. This order shall be effective on August 1, 1955. W. R A N D O L P H B U R G E S S , Acting Secretary of the Treasury. 266 NO. 107 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY (REVISED), TWO REVISIONS.—DESIGNATION OF OFFICERS TO AFFIX THE SEAL OF THE TREASURY DEPARTMENT Revision No. 3, November 30, 1955 By virtue of the authority vested in me as Secretary of the Treasury, including the authority conferred by Section 161 of the Revised Statutes, it is hereby ordered that: 1. Except as provided for in paragraph 2, the following officers are authorized to affix the Seal of the Treasury Department in the authentication of originals and copies of books, records, papers, writings, and documents of the Department, for all purposes, including the purposes authorized by 28 U. S. C. 1733 (b): (a) In the Office of Administrative Services: (1) Director of Administrative Services (2) Chief, Office Services Division (3) Records Administration Officer (4) Chief, Document Distribution Section (b) In the Internal Revenue Service: (1) Commissioner of Internal Revenue (2) Director, and Assistant Director, Audit Division (3) Chief, and Assistant Chief, Audit Operations Branch, Audit Division (4) Chief, and Assistant Chief, Miscellaneous Services Section, Audit Operations Branch, Audit Division (c) In the Bureau of Customs: (1) Commissioner of Customs (2) Assistant Commissioner of Customs (3) Deputy Commissioner, Division of Investigations (4) Deputy Commissioner, Division of Appraisement Administration (5) Deputy Commissioner, Division of Management and Controls. 2. Copies of documents which are to be published in the Federal Register may be certified only by the officers named in paragraph 1 (a) of this order. , 3. The Director of Administrative Services and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue Service are authorized to retain custody of the dies of the Treasury Seal now in their possession. The officers authorized in paragraph No. 1 (c) may make use of such dies. DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secreiary of the Treasury. Revision No. 4, June 8, 1956 _ By virtue of the authority vested in me as Secretary of the Treasury, including the authority conferred by Section 161 of the Revised Statutes, it is hereby ordered, that: 1. Except as provided for in paragraph 2, the following officers are authorized to affix the Seal of the Treasury Department in the authentication of originals and copies of books, records, papers, writings, and documents of the Department, for all purposes, including the purposes authorized by 28 U. S. C. 1733 (b): (a) In the Office of Administrative Services: (1) Director of Administrative Services (2) Chief, Office Services Division (3) Records Administration Officer (4) Chief, Document Distribution Section (b) In the Internal Revenue Service: . . (1) Commissioner of.internal Revenue (2) Director, and Assistant Director, Audit Division (3) Chief, and Assistant Chief, Audit Operations Branch, Audit Division (4) Chief, and Assistant Chief, Miscellaneous Services Section, Audit Operations Branch, Audit Division (c) In the Bureau of Customs: (1) Commissioner of Customs (2) Assistant Commissioner of Customs (3) Deputy Commissioner, Division of Investigations (4) Deputy Commissiorier, Division of Appraisement Administration (5) Deputy Commissioner, Division of Management and Controls EXHIBITS 267 (d) I n t h e Bureau of t h e Public D e b t : (1) Commissioner of t h e Public D e b t (2) D e p u t y Commissioner in Charge of t h e Chicago Office (3) Assistant D e p u t y Commissioner in Charge of t h e Chicago Office 2. Copies of documents which are to be published in t h e Federal Register may be certified only by t h e officers n a m e d in. paragraph. 1 (a) ofthis order. 3. T h e Director of Administrative Services, t h e Commissioner of I n t e r n a l R e v e n u e Service, a n d t h e Commissioner of t h e Public D e b t are authorized t o . procure a n d m a i n t a i n custody of t h e dies of t h e Treasury Seal. T h e officers authorized in p a r a g r a p h No. 1 (c) m a y m a k e use of such dies. DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. No. 120 ( A M E N D E D ) , A M E N D M E N T N o . 9, J U L Y 27, 1 9 5 5 . — T R A N S F E R OF C E R T A I N F U N C T I O N S W I T H I N T H E M I N T AT SAN F R A N C I S C O , C A L I F . By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in me by Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, as an a m e n d m e n t of T r e a s u r y D e p a r t m e n t Order No. 120, d a t e d J u l y 31, 1950, I hereby transfer all of t h e functions of t h e Assayer of t h e United States M i n t at San Francisco, California t o t h e Superintendent of t h e United States Mint, San Francisco, California. This a m e n d m e n t of T r e a s u r y D e p a r t m e n t Order No. 120 shall be effective August 1, 1955, a n d shall remain in effect until t e r m i n a t e d by subsequent order. H . CHAPMAN R O S E , Acting Secretary of ihe Treasury. No. 140 ( R E V I S E D ) , R E V I S I O N N o . 3, D E C E M B E R 19, 1 9 5 5 . — D E L E G A T I O N A U T H O R I T Y TO D E S I G N A T E C E R T I F Y I N G O F F I C E R S OF By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in me by Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, there are delegated t o t h e head of each bureau, t o be exercised with respect to his bureau, t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury (1) of authorizing officers and employees t o certify vouchers to disbursing officers and fixing t h e penal sums of their bonds under Sections 1 and 2 of t h e act of December 29, 1941, as amended (31 U. S. C. 82b and 82c), and (2) of making certifications and giving notices under regulations of t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t governing t h e documentation required for certifying vouchers t o t h e Division of Disbursement. T h e head of each bureau m a y m a k e provision for t h e performance by subordinates of anjT- of these functions. W. R A N D O L P H B U R G E S S , Acting Secreiary of ihe Treasury. N o . 148 ( R E V I S E D ) , R E V I S I O N N o . 2, A U G U S T 3, 1 9 5 5 . — S U P E R V I S I O N OF T R E A S U R Y DEPARTMENT BUREAUS T h e following assignments of bureaus of t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t are hereby ordered: Under Secretary (Mr. W. R a n d o l p h Burgess): Office of t h e Comptroller of t h e Currency United States Savings Bonds Division Assistant t o t h e Secretary (Mr. Robert B. Blyth) Mr. Burgess shall h a v e general supervision over t h e functions assigned t o Assistant Secretary Overby, Assistant Secretary Robbins, and Fiscal Assistant Secretary Heffelfinger, who shall supervise t h e following b u r e a u s : Assistant Secretary (Mr. Andrew N . Overby): Office of I n t e r n a t i o n a l Finance (including Foreign. Assets Control) Assistant Secretary (Mr. Laurence B. R o b b i n s ) : Office of Production a n d Defense Lending Defense Lending Division Federal Facilities Corporation Reconstruction Finance Corporation (In Liquidation) Fiscal Assistant Secretary (Mr. Wifliam T. Heffelfinger) Bureau of Accounts Office of t h e Treasurer Bureau of t h e Public D e b t 268 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Under Secretary (Mr. H . C h a p m a n Rose): I n t e r n a l Revenue Service Assistant t o t h e Secretary (Mr. Nils A. Lennartson) Information Service Assistant t o t h e Secretary (National Security Council) Mr. Rose shall have general supervision over t h e functions assigned t o Assistant Secretary Kendall a n d Administrative Assistant Secretary Parsons, who shall supervise t h e following b u r e a u s : Assistant Secretary (Mr. D a v i d W. Kendall): United States Coast G u a r d United States Secret Service Bureau of Customs Bureau of t h e M i n t Bureau of Narcotics Assistant, t o t h e Secretary (Mr. D a v i d P . Page) Technical Assistant t o t h e Secretary for Enforcement ( M r . M . L. Harney) Administrative Assistant Secretary (Mr. William W. Parsons): Office.of Budget Office of Personnel Office of Administrative Services Bureau of Engraving a n d Printing General Counsel: Legal Division Assistant t o t h e Secretary (Mr. Clarence 0 . Tormoen) Personnel Security Office Special Assistant t o t h e Secretary in Charge of T a x Policy ( M r . D a n T h r o o p Smith): Analysis Staff Assistant t o t h e Secretary (Mr. Laurens Williams) Legal Advisory Staff G. M . H U M P H R E Y , Secretary of the Treasury. No. 150-40, A U G U S T 16, 1 9 5 5 . — D E L E G A T I O N O F F U N C T I O N S R E L A T I N G TO BONDING INTERNAL R E V E N U E SERVICE PERSONNEL By virtue of t h e authority vested in me b y Reorganization Plan N o . 26 of 1950, there are transf e n ed t o t h e Commissioner of I n t e r n a l Revenue t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury under Section 7803 (c) of t h e Inxernal Revenue Code of 1954, relating t o t h e bonding of personnel of t h e I n t e r n a l Revenue Service. Whenever a n y officer or employee of t h e I n t e r n a l Revenue Service is covered by a bond obtained b y t h e I n t e r n a l Revenue Service p u r s u a n t t o Section 7803 (c) of t h e I n t e r n a l Revenue Code of 1954, t h e Commissioner of I n t e r n a l Revenue is authorized t o t e r m i n a t e t h e coverage of a n y existing bond of a n y such officer or employee in respect t o acts or defaults occurring subsequent t o t h e effective date of t h e new coverage: Provided, T h a t nothing herein contained shall apply to t h e coverage of a n y bond required b y s t a t u t e or b y a regulation which is applicable t o officers or employees of t h e I n t e r n a l Revenue Service a n d t o other officers a n d employees of t h e Executive Branch of t h e Government. A. N . O V E R B Y , Acting Secreiary of the Treasury. No. 1 5 0 - 4 1 , F E B R U A R Y 13, 1 9 5 6 . — D E L E G A T I O N OP F U N C T I O N S R E L A T I N G TO APPROVING INTERNAL R E V E N U E REGULATIONS By virtue of t h e authority vested in m e b y Reorganization Plan N o . 26 of 1950, t h e Special Assistant t o t h e Secretary in Charge of T a x Policy is authorized t o approve' such regulations prescribed b y t h e Commissioner of I n t e r n a l Revenue (or t h e Acting Commissioner of I n t e r n a l Revenue) as are required t o be approved b y t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury or his delegate. G. M . H U M P H R E Y , Secreiary of the Treasury. EXHIBITS No. 269 151, R E V I S I O N N o . 1, S E P T E M B E R 9, 1 9 5 5 . — D E L E G A T I O N O F A U T H O R I T Y P E R T A I N I N G TO T H E U S E OF O F F I C I A L A U T O M O B I L E S By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in m e b y Reorganization Plan N o . 26 of 1950, there are transferred t o t h e Commissioner of I n t e r n a l Revenue, Commissioner of Customs, Commissioner of Narcotics, C o m m a n d a n t of t h e Coast Guard, and Chief of t h e Secret Service, with respect t o employees of their respective organizations, t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury under Section 5 of t h e act of July 16, 1914, as amended (5 U. S. C. 78), relating t o t h e designation of employees authorized t o use official automobiles for transportation between their domiciles a n d places of employment. Any of these officials m a y redelegate t h e functions transferred t o him t o a n y principal assistant, including t h e head of a division, in his headquarters office who has primary administrative control over t h e field organization. T h e Commissioner of I n t e r n a l Revenue m a y also redelegate t h e functions transferred t o him t o Regional Commissioners for exercise b y each within his Region, a n d he m a y authorize each Regional Commissioner t o redelegate his functions t o a n y one or several of his Assistant Regional Commissioners. H. CHAPMAN ROSE, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. N o . 165 ( R E V I S E D ) , A M E N D M E N T N O . 1, D E C E M B E R 5, 1 9 5 5 . — D E L E G A T I O N O F A U T H O R I T Y TO T H E C O M M I S S I O N E R O F C U S T O M S TO TAK:E F I N A L A C T I O N I N CERTAIN PENALTY CASES By virtue of t h e authority vested in m e b y Reorganization Plan N o . 26 cf 1950 (3 C F R , 1950 Supp. Ch. I l l ) , it is hereby ordered t h a t s u b p a r a g r a p h (h) of p a r a g r a p h 1 of Treasury D e p a r t m e n t Order N o . 165, Revised, issued on November 2, 1954 (T. D . 53654; 19 F . R. 7241), is amended b y substituting a comma for t h e period a t t h e end thereof a n d adding— "except t h a t such approval shall n o t be required with Tcspect t o a n y forfeiture incurred under section 27, Merchant Marine Act, 1920, as amended (46 U. S. C. 883), if it is determined b y t h e Commissioner of Customs or a subordinate in t h e Bureau of Customs designated b y t h e said Commissioner t h a t t h e violation occurred as a direct result of a n arrival of t h e transporting vessel in distress." DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secretary of ihe Treasury. N o . 165-4, J U N E 29, 1 9 5 6 . — D E L E G A T I O N O F A U T H O R I T Y TO T H E C O M M I S S I O N E R OF C U S T O M S TO N E G O T I A T E A F I N A L CONTRACT By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in m e as Secretary of t h e Treasury a n d b y Delegation of Authority N o . 262, dated June 15, 1956, from t h e Administrator of General Services, there is hereby delegated t o t h e Commissioner of Customs t h e a u t h o r i t y t o negotiate, without advertising, under Section 302 (c) (9) of t h e Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, 63 Stat. 377, as amended, a contract for t h e purchase a n d installation of a mechanical conveyor system a t t h e Morgan Annex Post Office Building, N e w York, for t h e use of t h e Bureau of Customs. T h e a u t h o r i t y herein delegated m a y be redelegated t o a n y official or employee of t h e Bureau of Customs as t h e Commissioner m a y determine. A. N . O V E R B Y , Acting Secretary of the Treasury. N o s . 167-18 T H R O U G H 1 6 7 - 2 1 . — D E L E G A T I O N O F C E R T A I N F U N C T I O N S TO T H E COMMANDANT, U . S . C O A S T G U A R D N o . 167-18, December 8, 1955 By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in m e b y Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, and b y 14 U. S. C. 631 a n d 633, there are transferred t o t h e C o m m a n d a n t , U. S. Coast Guard, t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury under: 1. Section 182 of Title 14, U. S. Code, b u t a cadet shall have t h e right t o appeal t o t h e Secretary from a determination of t h e C o m m a n d a n t t h a t he shall be 270 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY separated from t h e i^cademy and t h e Service for misconduct, inaptitude, or physical disability. 2. Section 303 of t h e Career Compensation Act of 1949, as amended. 3. T h e Armed Forces Leave Act of 1946, as amended, except t h e functions pertaining to Armed Forces leave bonds. This order supersedes Treasury D e p a r t m e n t Order No. 167, d a t e d December 30, 1952, and Treasury D e p a r t m e n t Order No. 167-2, dated M a y 6, 1953. DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secretary of ihe Treasury. No. 167-19, J a n u a r y 6, 1956 By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in me by Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, and by 14 U. S. C. 631 and 633, there are transferred to t h e C o m m a n d a n t , U. S. Coast Guard, t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury under 14 U. S. C. 370, 14 U. S. C. 511, and t h e act of July 12, 1955 (Public Law 147, 84th Congress). DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secretary of the Treasuiy. No. 167-20, J u n e 18, 1956 B y virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in me by Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950 and 14 U. S. C. 631, there are transferred to t h e C o m m a n d a n t , U. S. Coast Guard, t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury under t h e act of M a y 10, 1956 (Public Law 519, 84th Congress), an act which relates to t h e inspection of certain vessels carrying passengers. T h e C o m m a n d a n t m a y m a k e provision for t h e performance by subordinates in t h e Coast Guard of any of t h e functions transferred except t h e functions of prescribing fees, charges, rules, and regulations. DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secreiary of ihe Treasury. No. 167-21, J u n e 18, 1956 By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in m e as Secretary of t h e Treasury and t h e a u t h o r i t y in Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950 (15 F . R. 4935), there is hereby delegated to t h e C o m m a n d a n t , U. S. Coast Guard, t h e function vested in t h e Secretary of the Treasury by Section 207 of t h e Reserve Officer Personnel Act, as amended, of ordering Reserve officers to active d u t y or active d u t y for training in a n y t e m p o r a r y grade in which serving above t h a t of their p e r m a n e n t grades. All action t a k e n by t h e C o m m a n d a n t prior to t h e eff'ective date of this order is hereby ratified. T h e C o m m a n d a n t is authorized t o redelegate t h e function herein delegated. DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. No. 177-7, N O V E M B E R 1, 1955.-—DELEGATION OF A U T H O R I T Y P E R T A I N I N G TO BONDING TREASURY DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury by Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, there are hereby transferred t o t h e head of each Treasury bureau, t o be exercised by him in accordance with regulations promulgated by t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury p u r s u a n t t o t h e act of August 9, 1955, Public Law 323, 84th Congress, t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury u n d e r such act a n d t h e regulations issued p u r s u a n t thereto in respect t o t h e obtaining of blanket, position schedule, or other types of surety bonds covering t h e civilian officers and employees and military personnel of his bureau who are required by law or administrative ruling to be bonded. G. M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. •EXHIBITS No. 177-8, 271 J A N U A R Y 4, 1 9 5 6 . — D E L E G A T I O N OF FUNCTIONS RECIPROCAL F I R E PROTECTION AGREEMENTS R E L A T I N G TO By virtue of the a u t h o r i t y vested in m e b y Reorganizatipn Plan No. 26 of 1950, the functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury under t h e a c t of M a y 27, 1955 (Public Law 46, 84th Congress), are transferred t o t h e head of each bureau charged with t h e d u t y of providing fire protection for a n y property of t h e United States, to be exercised b y each \yith respect t o his bureau. E a c h bureau head m a y m a k e provision for t h e performance of a n y of these functions b y subordinates. DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. N o . 177-9, A P R I L 18, 1 9 5 6 . — D E L E G A T I O N O F A U T H O R I T Y TO T H E C O M P T R O L L E R OF THE C U R R E N C Y TO P U B L I S H A D V E R T I S E M E N T S TO R E C R U I T E X A M I N I N G PERSONNEL By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in m e as Secretary of t h e Treasury a n d purs u a n t t o t h e provisions of Section 12 of t h e a c t of August 2, 1946, 60 Stat. 809 (5 U. S. C. 22a), I hereby delegate t o t h e Comptroller of t h e Currency a u t h o r i t y t o authorize t h e publication of advertisements pertaining t o t h e recruitment of examining personnel t o serve in t h e Bureau of t h e Comptroller of t h e Currency, in newspapers, periodicals, a n d other media of commercial publicity. This authority m a y be exercised until further notice. W. R A N D O L P H B U R G E S S , Acting Secretaiy of the Treasury. N o . 177-10, M A Y 9, 1 9 5 6 . — T R A N S F E R O F F U N C T I O N S O F T H E R E G I S T E R O F T H E T R E A S U R Y TO T H E C O M M I S S I O N E R O F T H E P U B L I C D E B T By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in m e b y Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, t h e functions of t h e Register of t h e Treasury a n d of t h e Office of t h e Register of t h e Treasury are transferred t o t h e Commissioner of t h e Public Debt. The Commissioner of t h e Public D e b t m a y m a k e such provisions as he deems appropriate authorizing t h e performance of any of these functions b y subordinates in t h e Bureau of t h e Public Debt. This order shafl be effective M a y 16, 1956. W. RANDOLPH BURGESS, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. N O . 180-3, A U G U S T 22, 1 9 5 5 . — D E L E G A T I O N O F F U N C T I O N S P U R S U A N T TO P U B L I C L A W 362, A P P R O V E D A U G U S T 11, 1955, TO T H E C O M M I S S I O N E R O F N A R C O T I C S By virtue of t h e a u t h o r i t y vested in m e b y Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950, there are hereby transferred t o t h e Commissioner of Narcotics all t h e functions of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury under Public L a w N o . 362, 84th Congress, 1st Session. T h e functions herein transferred m a y be delegated b y t h e Commissioner of Narcotics t o subordinates a s he deems necessary. DAVID W . KENDALL, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. 272 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Reporting and Accounting Changes EXHIBIT 46.—Instructions governing the furnishing of information to the Treasury of estimated collections of foreign currencies and estimated needs of agencies for the currencies [Department Circular No. 967. Accountsl TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, August 24, 1955. To Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies and Others Concerned: This circular contains revised instructions, pursuant to Section 281.8 of Treasury Department Circular No. 930, dated October 19, 1953, with regard to the furnishing of information to the Treasury of estimated collections of foreign currencies and estimated needs of agencies for the currencies. For purposes of the President's Budget, the Treasury must compile overall estimates relating to receipts to be derived from the sale of foreign currencies to be used for the expenditures of executive agencies abroad. Hence, the Treasury must obtain on an annual basis from the various departments and agencies concerned, estimates regarding: (1) The amounts of foreign currencies to be acquired in behalf of the United States Government by executive departments and agencies, without purchase with dollars, under agreements with foreign governments and from other sources; and (2) The amounts of foreign currencies needed for expenditures of executive departments and agencies which must be purchased with appropriated funds, regardless of whether such currencies are available with the Treasury or must be procured in the market. The foregoing information shall be reported annually to the Treasury by executive departments and agencies which: Collect such foreign currencies incident to their operations; administer agreements with foreign governments involving the acquisition of such currencies; collect such currencies as the result of loans or other credits; or require foreign currencies for expenditures in connection with their programs or for other authorized purposes. Agencies having relatively nominal amounts of expenditures in local currencies abroad need not submit reports unless such expenditures with respect to any particular currency exceed $5,000 annually, in which case reports on all currencies should be submitted. The estimates required to be submitted each year will consist of two separate reports, one covering the fiscal year in progress at the time of submission and the other the next succeeding year. The latter will include only data based on existing laws or agreements with foreign governments, or other transactions that can be projected from experience or other considerations. The data on foreign currencies reported to the Treasury should, so far as applicable, be consistent with the regular budget estimates of the reporting agencies which are submitted to the Bureau of the Budget for the fiscal years involved. The reports will be submitted by the departments and agencies to the Treasury by October 15 each year. All reports are to be furnished in an original and one copy and directed to the Division of Central Reports, Bureau of Accounts, Treasury Department. The first report under this instruction will cover the fiscal years 1956 and 1957. Agencies should report estimated collections, stated in dollars, of foreign currencies (except repayments to appropriations) according to (1) source (i. e., provisions of law or agreements with foreign governments) and (2) country. Collections should include currencies which, by law, are available for use of the agencies without reimbursement to the Treasury. Collections of a miscellaneous character (fees, services, etc.) which are for credit to miscellaneous receipt accounts of the Treasury, should be lumped together ur.der the caption, "Miscellaneous." Agencies should report, according to countrjr, their dollar needs for foreign currencies which must be purchased with appropriated funds, regardless of whether or not the Treasury has the currencies available for sale. Needs for currencies under programs which, by law, permit the use ojr the currencies without reimbursement to the Treasury, should not be reported EXHIBITS 273 Instructions contained in circular letter d a t e d September 24, 1954, on t h e above subject are rescinded. Any questions concerning t h e reporting instructions herein should be discussed with t h e Accounting Systems Division of t h e JBureau of Accounts. ° A. N. OVERBY, Acting Secretary of the Treasury, E X H I B I T 47.—Regulations relating to t h e submission of business-type financial s t a t e m e n t s by Government corporations and certam unincorporated agencies [Department Circular No. 966. Accounts.] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, J a n u a r y 30, 1956. To Heads of Departments and Agencies and Others Concerned: P U R P O S E OF R E G U L A T I O N 1. T h e financial s t a t e m e n t s and related information to be submitted under these regulations are required to furnish financial information for use by t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t in discharging its responsibility under the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 for compilation of overall financial reports of the Government, and for use by t h e Bureau of t h e Budget in following through with t h e b u d g e t a r y programs of t h e reporting agencies. A U T H O R I T Y FOR R E G U L A T I O N 2. This regulation is issued p u r s u a n t to Section 114 of t h e Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U. S. C. 66b) which authorizes the Secretary of t h e Treasury to require from agencies reports and information for t h e effective performance of his responsibility for preparing such reports for t h e information of t h e President, t h e Congress, and t h e public as will present the results of t h e financial operations of the Government. As authorized by said section, t h e regulation provides for the furnishing of such financial d a t a as are required by the D i rector of t h e Bureau of the Budget. S C O P E OF R E G U L A T I O N 3. This regulation requires t h e submission of financial s t a t e m e n t s by corporate and noncorporate Government agencies of the following character: (a) AU wholly owned and mixed ownership Government corporations specifically included in t h e Government Corporation Control Act and a m e n d m e n t s thereto, or subsequently brought under t h e provisions of t h a t act. (b) All other activities of t h e Government operating as revolving funds (accounts symbolized 4000-4999 and 8400-8499 by t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t ) , for which business-type public enterprise or intragovernmental fund budgets are required by t h e Bureau of t h e Budget. (c) Other activities or agencies (1) which are of a business-type n a t u r e ; or (2) whose operations, services, or functions are largely self-liquidating or primarily of a revenue producing n a t u r e ; or (3) whose operations result in t h e accumulation of substantial inventories, investments or other recoverable assets. Agencies and other activities to report under this category will be designated by t h e Fiscal Assistant Secretary of t h e Treasury. I S S U A N C E OF I N S T R U C T I O N S 4. Financial s t a t e m e n t s and related information under this regulation shall be prepared and submitted by t h e agencies concerned, in t h e form and the manner prescribed in t h e procedural instructions issued by t h e Fiscal Assistant Secretary of t h e Treasury. WAIVERS 5. The Fiscal Assistant Secretary of t h e Treasury is authorized t o waive t h e provisions of this regulation in whole or in p a r t as to any agency or activity when it is determined t h a t full compliance by such agency or activity is not necessary to accomplish t h e overall objective to obtain information required for t h e preparation of financial reports or for t h e purposes of t h e Bureau of t h e Budget. 399346—57 19 274 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY PERIODIC REPORTS REQUIRED 6. Agencies responsible for t h e administration of corporate or noncorporate activities of t h e t y p e specified in p a r a g r a p h 3 shall furnish for each such activity periodic financial statements, as follows: (a) A statement of financial condition showing t h e assets, liabilities, and investments of t h e United States Government in t h e enterprise. (b) A statement of income and expense and changes in accumulated net iiicome {or deficit) showing in condensed form t h e earnings or losses arising from operations a n d changes in accumulated net income (or deficit) for t h e fiscal year to t h e end of t h e reporting period. (c) A statement of sources and application of funds showing t h e manner in which funds have been applied to t h e acquisition of assets, to expenses, and to retirement of borrowings and capital; t h e m a n n e r in which funds have been provided by t h e realization of assets, by income, by borrowings and capital contributions; and from which the net effect of such operations on t h e budget for the Government as a whole can be determined. (d) A statement of long-range commitments arid contingencies containing a short description of t h e program a n d a s t a t e m e n t showing t h e gross a m o u n t outstanding of loans guaranteed or insured by t h e reporting agency, insurance programs, obligations issued on credit of or guaranteed by t h e United States, long-range commitments a n d other contingent liabilities, a n d assets held as offsets t o such liabilities. ACCOUNTING S U P P O R T FOR R E P O R T S 7. One of t h e principles upon which t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t is proceeding in connection with t h e responsibility for preparing central financial reports is t h a t such reports should present fairly t h e financial condition a n d results of operations of t h e agencies as shown by their books a n d records. Hence, agencies shall furnish t h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t with such information regarding t h e accounting basis for their reports submitted under this regulation, as m a y be required for proper evaluation of such reports. EFFECTIVE DATE 8. This regulation, with t h e concurrence of t h e Director of t h e Bureau of t h e Budget, supersedes Budget-Treasury Regulation No. 3, dated September 1, 1944, a n d revised March 15, 1947, issued p u r s u a n t t o Executive Order No. 8512 of August 13, 1940, as amended by Executive Order No. 9084 of March 3, 1942, a n d shall be effective with t h e period ending March 31, 1956. W. R A N D O L P H B U R G E S S , Acting Secretary of the Treasury. [Department Circular 966, Supplement No. 1. Accounts] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, J u n e 1, 1956. To Heads of Departments and Agencies and Others Concerned: T h e Treasury D e p a r t m e n t has been requested t o furnish t h e Committee on Government Operations, House of Representatives, with information on properties a n d assets of t h e United States Government in connection with t h e committee's responsibilities for conducting a continuing study of t h e assets of t h e Government. Accordingly, D e p a r t m e n t Circular No. 966, dated J a n u a r y 30, 1956, is amended as follows: SCOPE 1. P a r a g r a p h 3 is amerided by adding t h e following sub-paragraph " d " : " d . E a c h executive agency a n d activity not included in t h e preceding subparagraphs." PERIODIC REPORTS REQUIRED 2. T h e first sentence in p a r a g r a p h 6 is amended t o read as follows: "Agencies responsible for t h e administration of corporate or noncorporate activities of t h e t y p e specified in subparagraphs a, b, a n d c of p a r a g r a p h 3 shaU furnish all of t h e following periodic financial s t a t e m e n t s for each such activity EXHIBITS 275 whereas agencies referred to in subparagraph 'd' of paragraph 3 are requested to furnish only the statement of financial condition referred to in subparagraph 'a' of this paragraph." EFFECTIVE DATE 3. This supplement is effective immediately. W. RANDOLPH BURGESS, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. EXHIBIT 48.—Regulations governing the handling of certificates of deposit for credit in the general account of the Treasurer of the United States [Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement 1. Accounts] TREASURY D E P A R T M E N T , Washington, May 3, 1955. To Heads of Government Departments and Agencies and Others Concerned: I. Purpose of these regulations 1. These regulations are issued to establish revised procedures, effective Jul}'I, 1955, for handling certificates of deposit and related charges for uncollectible items in the general account of the Treasurer of the United States, within the framework of Department Circular No. 945, Revised, dated April 29, 1955. (a) Applicability to agencies operating without funded checking accounts for the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States. Pursuant to Treasury Department and General Accounting Office Joint Regulation No. 4, Revised, dated April 29, 1955, the use of fimded checking accounts in the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States will be discontinued with respect to certain designated agencies. Accordingly, deposits made by or for such agencies in the general account of the Treasurer of the United States will no longer be for credit to disbursing officers' checking accounts. These regulations apply in their entirety to all such agencies that are presently directed by Joint Regulation No. 4, Revised, or hereafter directed by supplement to such joint regulation, to discontinue the use of funded checking accounts. (b) Applicability to all other agencies. Until specifically authorized to discontinue the use of funded checking accounts, by supplement to Joint Regulation No. 4, Revised, all other agencies shall continue to make deposits in the Treasurer's gerieral account, distinguishing between (1) deposits of collections available for disbursement, for credit to checking accounts; and (2) deposits of unavailable receipts, for covering into the Treasury with credit to receipt accounts. Such agencies shall observe only the provisions of section II of these regulations, with particular regard for revised requirements for sorting items in deposits. II. General requirements applicable to all agencies 2. Department Circular No. 176. Procedures herein established are consistent with the technical requirements for making deposits as set forth in Department Circular No. 176, Revised December 21, 1945, and amendments thereto. Part II of that circular and related amendments are for special attention of all Government agencies making deposits for credit to the Treasurer of the United States. 3. Preparation of certificates of deposit and record of items deposited. The depositing agency shall: (a) Prepare a certificate of deposit, using the prescribed form; (b) Endeavor to" hmit the number of transmittals to a depositary to one each day; and (c) Maintain a record of all items deposited, in such form as to enable identification of each item with the related certificate of deposit. 4. Deposits ivith Federal Reserve Banks and branches will be credited in the Treasurer's account for all items on the date the deposit is received, if received early enough in the day to be processed that same day. The following general requirenients for the sorting of items deposited with Federal Reserve Banks and branches supersede the provisions of Department Circular No. 772, dated August 14, 1945, which circular is hereby rescinded: (a) As a general rule, only one certificate of deposit shall be prepared for each 276 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY deposit transmitted. Exceptions to this rule will be observed by depositing agencies under the following conditions only: (1) Where separate certificates of deposit are necessary for accounting purposes as authorized in Treasury regulations; or (2) Where a Federal Reserve Bank or branch requires (a) separate certificates of deposit for currency and coin; and (b) separate certificates of deposit for noncash items. (b) Certificates of deposit shall be accompanied by adding machine tapes or other listings showing the amount of each item deposited and a total in agreement with the amount of the certificate, in accordance with the instructions outlined below. Since depositors are required to maintain a record of all items deposited so as to enable identification of each item and the related certificate of deposit, identifications of amounts of individual items are not required to be shown on the tapes or other listings. (c) Where the number of checks and postal money orders comprising a certificate exceeds twenty-five, the items shall be sorted into the following groups: (1) Currency and coin (except where required to be included in a separate certificate of deposit). (2) Checks dcawn on the Treasurer of the United States. (3) Postal money orders. (4) Items drawn on banks and trust companies located in the same city as the Federal Reserve Bank or branch with which the deposit is made. (5) Items drawn on other banks and trust companies. (6) Noncash items (except where required to be included in a separate certificate of deposit). (d) A separate adding machine tape or onher listing shall accompany each of the foregoing groups of items. The several group totals shall be recapitulated on a separate tape or other form, to show the total amount of the certificate of deposit. Each group total listed shall be identified by the numeral designating that group as indicated above. (e) Where the number of checks and postal money orders for a certificate do not exceed twenty-five, no sorting of items is required and a single listing of unarranged items, with a separate listing for currency and coin if included, shall accompany the certificate. (f) The foregoing provisions represent maximum requirements, except in special circumstances. Federal Reserve Banks and branches may continue to accept deposits, with less rigid sorting requirements, at their election. Additional sorting requirements may be established, where warranted by large volumes of items deposited, on an individual agency or agency location basis. Arrangements to this end will be made by the Treasury Department upon request of the Federal Reserve Bank concerned. Existing special sorting arrangements with certain agencies, such as Veterans Administration and Internal Revenue Service, may be continued. 5. Deposits with other Federal depositaries.—(a) General depositaries will give credit in Treasurer's account for all items on the date the deposit is received. Sorting requirements for these deposits are not standardized. Therefore, all agencies should observe the requirements of the individual depositaries. (b) Cash Division, Office of the Treasurer of the United States will give credit in the Treasurer's account in accordance with established procedure. Sorting requirements for these deposits are the same as those outlined for deposits with Federal Reserve Banks and branches (paragraph 4). 6. Symbols identifying accountable officers.—(a) Agencies which continue to operate with funded checking accounts shall continue to identify certificates of deposit and related debit vouchers for uncollectible checks according to the disbursing symbol of the checking account affected. Such agencies shall continue to use the same symbols, to identify accountable officers, on certificates of deposit, Standard Form No. 201, for the covering of receipts into the Treasury. (b) Agencies not operating with funded checking accounts shall show on certifi- . cates of deposit and related debit vouchers for uncollectible checks the symbol which identifies the disbursing officer rendering the account current which incorporates such deposits. Such symbols, as provided by paragraphs 13 and 17 of these regulations, will determine the levels of the Treasury's central accounts for deposits in transit, which are to be charged with amounts of confirmed deposits reported in accounts current of disbursing and collecting officers and credited with amounts of deposits ^reported by the Treasurer of the United States. EXHIBITS 277 (c) Department Circular No. 831, dated June 18, 1948, is accordingly rescinded. III. General requirements applicable only to agencies operating without funded checking accounts The provisions of this section and all further sections of these regulations apply to (1) disbursing officers operating without funded checking accounts in the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Tieasurer of the United States; and (2) administrative agencies whose collections affect accounts of Treasury regional offices and who deposit such collections directly in Federal depositaries. 7. Deposit forms to be discontinued are as follows: (a) Standard Form No. 207. Changes in the system of central accounts in the Treasury Department provide for recording vouchers which effect nonexpenditure transfers between appropriations, as counter-checks and deposits, directly in the central accounts, without the drawing of Treasury checks by disbursing officers and the deposit of such checks on Standard Form No. 207. Department Circular No, 12, Second Supplement, dated June 30, 1950, is hereby rescinded. (b) Standard Form No. 208. Collections for credit to special fund and trust fund appropriations, as available receipts, heretofore required to be deposited by certain agencies on this special form shall be included in the regular deposit form authorized for the use of such agency. Department Circular No. 12, Third Supplement, dated June 12, 1951, is hereby rescinded. 8. All other deposit forms to be continued. All other existing certificate of deposit and debit voucher forms shall continue to be used. With certain exceptions specified in paragraphs 9 and 10, however, agencies which heretofore used both the Standard Form No. 201 type of certificate (for credits to receipt accounts) and the Standard Form No. 209 type of certificate (for credits to checking accounts) shall now use only one of these forms as hereinafter outlined, regardless of the classes of collections involved. A single form to replace the Form 201 and 209 wfll be established at a later date. In the meantime, either form will serve the same general purpose so far as the accounts of the Treasurer of the United States are concerned, since no deposits will be for credit to checking accounts. The basic distinction between the two forms will rest on the fact that the space provided on the Form 201 for classification of the collections, where required to be shown on the certificate of deposit, is more adequate than on the Form 209. Accordingly, the following general rules will govern: (a) Deposits by disbursing officers. Standard Form No. 209 shall be used by all disbursing offices to deposit all classes of collections, since the collections are classified in their accounts on the basis of collections received. In these cases, a classification of the collections is not to be shown on the certificate of deposit since such information is obtained for the Treasury's central accounts directly from the official accounts rendered by the accountable officers. This does not apply to "courtesy" deposits of public debt receipts. (b) Deposits by administrative agencies. Standard Form No. 201 shall be used for the deposit of all classes of collections by administrative agencies whose collections affect accounts of Treasury regional offices. In these cases, the showing of a classification of the collections on the certificate is required, so as to provide the information for the Treasury regional offices concerned (such information, prior to the adoption of the existing direct deposit procedure, was furnished on separate collection schedules). Accordingly, except for certain special circumstances outlined in paragraphs 9 and 10 below, the use of Standard Form No. 201 is confined to the administrative agencies under the Treasury's central disbursing system, all of which have been operating under the direct deposit procedures established in Department Circular No. 937, dated January 18, 1954. Agencies required to use Standard Form No. 201 should observe that: (1) Procedures established in these regulations for the preparation and routing of Forms 201 and related debit vouchers for uncollectible checks supersede the provisions of Department Circular No. 937, which circular is hereby rescinded; and (2) Supplement No. 1 of Department Circular No. 937, dated August 31, 1954, is likewise rescinded, since the applicable requirements for handling foreign currency collections are incorporated in these regulations. (c) Under the foregoing arrangements, it should be observed that: _ (1) Standard Form No. 201 certificates of deposit are the basis,for picking up classified amounts of collections and corresponding amounts of con- 278 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY firmed deposits in the accounts of Treasury regional offices. These entries have no net effect on the accountability of the Treasury disbursing officers; whereas (2) Standard Form No. 209 certificates]of|deposit are the basis for recording amounts of confirmed deposits in the accounts of all Government disbursing offices, including Treasury regional offices, with corresponding reductions in the cas-h assets for which the disbursing officers became accountable upon receipt. 9. Trust fund receipts for which ihe Treasury is required to determine balances available for investment or interest credit will be accounted for officially through the Treasury regional office, Washington, D. C. Accordingly: (a) Admiriistrative agencies under the Treasuryis central disbursing system which receive collections of this type shall deposit same on Forrii 201, symbolized for recordation in the Washington regional office, in accordance with paragraph 17 below. (b) All other agencies, which will regularly use Form 209, shall also deposit this type of receipt on a Form 201 for attention of the Treasury regional office, Washington, D. C. This is not intended to preclude a disbursing officer from depositing the collection initially by Form 209 in relation to his own account and then dra,wing a check which is to be deposited on Form 201 to the credit of the Treasury regional office, Washington, D. C , as indicated in paragraph 17 below. (c) Effect of failure to observe foregoing procedure. Any trust receipts of the foregoing type which, inadvertently, are not haridled in accordance with the above requirements, and which, therefore, are brought into the central receipt accounts from a monthly statement of classified transactions of other than the Treasury's Washington regional office, will be treated as available for investment or interest credit when such monthly statement is recorded centrally. (d) Exceptions. The foregoing does not apply to amounts deducted from payrolls paid by Treasury disbursing officers for credit to the civil service retirement and disability fund, since such credits will continue to be handled without check and deposit action. 10. Miscellaneous and other unavailable receipts of certain agencies whose accountable officers do not render monthly accounts current classifying • such receipts will also be accounted for officially through the Treasury regional office, Washington, D. C , on the basis of Form 201 deposits for credit to that regional office. This applies also to miscellaneous receipts collected by Federal Reserve Banks and branches. A disbursing officer is not precluded from depositing such collections initially on a Form 209 for his own account, then drawing a check for deposit on Form 201 to the credit of the Treasury regional office, Washington, D. C , as indicated in paragraph 17 below. 11. Deductions from paid vouchers. In all cases of amounts withheld from paid vouchers, whether they represent (a) repayments for credit to appropriations or deposit funds, (b) available receipts for credits to special or trust fund appropriations, or (c) unavailable receipts for credit to miscellaneous, special or trust receipt accounts, the paying officer will account for the credit without drawing a check on the Treasurer, hence without making a deposit, provided that (1) the monthly classified statements furnished by the paying officer, or his agency, are authorized as the basis for recording the particular credits in the central appropriation, fund and receipt accounts of the Treasury; and (2) the paying officer has an accounting relationship with the administrative agency fiscal office whose accounts are affected by the credit. IV. Preparation and distribution of certificates of deposit, Standard Form No. 209 and related debit vouchers, Treasury Form 5504 12. General. The procedures outlined in this section apply only to deposits of disbursing officers, as stated in paragraph 8 (a) above. 13. Information to be shown on Standard Form No. 209 will be essentially the same as heretofore (see exhibit on Attachment No. 1 i). (a) Symbol number to be shown in the designated block shall be the symbol identifying the disbursing office. Unless otherwise requested by the Treasury Department, each disbursing office shall use only one symbol to identify all of its deposits. Such symbol shall be the regular or general symbol assigned for checks of the disbursing office, regardless of the number of additional special check symbols with which such office operates. Treasury regional disbursing officers shafl use the same office symbols for Form 209 deposits that are prescribed for the identification of Form 201 deposits (see Attachment No. 4 i). » Attachments omitted from this exhibit. EXHIBITS 279 (b) Printed references to checking accounts on the Form 209 are to be disregarded, as indicated on Attachment No. 1.^ Depositors are not required to actually cross out the printed matter. 14. Information to be shown on Form 5504 debit vouchers for uncollectible checks relating to Form 209 deposits will be essentially the same as heretofore (see exhibit on Attachment No. 2 i). (a) Symbol number appearing on the related Forin 209 certificate shall be shown on the Form 5504 in the second column under "Classification of Deposit." The colurrin immediately to the left shall be left blank. (b) Printed references to checking accounts on the Form 5504 are to be disregarded, as indicated on Attachment No. 2.^ (c) Form 5504 debit vouchers may be prepared by either the depositary or the depositor (see paragraph 20). 15. Distribution of originals and copies of Form 209 and Form 5504 will be the same as heretofore. The originals of these documents will be received in the Office of the Treasurer of the United States, as heretofore, with the transcripts of Federal Reserve Banks and all other Federal depositaries. V. Preparation and distribution of certificates of deposit, Standard Form No. 201 and related debit vouchers. Treasury Form 5504 16. General. The procedures outlined in this section apply only to deposits which affect accounts of Treasury regional offices, which deposits are made by (a) administrative agencies under the Treasury's central disbursing system, as stated in paragraph 8 b above; and (b) all other agencies or disbursing officers who are required to make Form 201 deposits to the credit of the Treasury's Washington regional office as specified in paragraphs 9 and 10 above. / 17. Information io be shown on Standard Form No. 201 will be as outlined below (see exhibit on Attachment No. 3 ^). Strict observance of these requirements is essential for integration of the accounting of the administrative agencies and the accounting of the Treasury Department as well as for synchronization of the Government's cash transactions in the general account of the Treasurer of the United States with the accounts of the respective disbursing officers. (a) Identification of ihe Treasury regional office which is required to account for the classified collections and the total amount of deposit confirmed shall be shown on the line captioned "For credit of."' This shall consist of the Treasury regional office symbol, followed by "Treasury Regional Office (City and State)." Symbols assigned to identify Treasury regional offices, and the related locations are shown on Attachment No. 4.^ These symbols correspond to the general check symbols at the respective regional offices and, unless otherwise advised by the Treasury Department, shall be used to identify all deposits affecting such offices. All deposits required to be made pursuant to paragraphs 9 and 10 of these regulations shall be ideritified as follows: "300 Treasury Regional Office, Washington, D. C." (b) Ciiy location of Treasury regional office shall also be shown in the extreme upper right corner of the form, immediately above the "Deposit Number" block, with respect to all deposits made in any depositaries within continental United States affecting Treasury regional offices within the continental limits. For deposits made pursuant to paragraphs 9 and 10, "Washington, D. C." should be shown in this space. (As will be seen in paragraph 23 of these regulations, the city location will be the basis on which the original Form 201 certificates, as well as any original Form 5504 debit vouchers, will be transmitted by Federal Reserve Banks and branches to Treasury regional offices in the forty-eight States. This eliminates the transmission of copies of these documents from depositing agencies to the Treasury regional offices affected.) (c) Classification of collections deposited shall be shown in the space provided, according to individual appropriation, deposit fund, or receipt symbol, as follows: (1) Show appropriation, deposit fund or receipt symbol in the column headed "Account Symbol" and the respective amounts immediately to the right, in the next column, disregarding the heading of such column. This provides space for five account classifications. If more classifications are involved, the additional symbols and amounts should be shown to the right of the foregoing, as illustrated on Attachment No. 3.^ (2) Credits to special fund or trust fund appropriations which represent available receipts, as distinguished from repayments, must be identified by the letters "A/R" to the right of the appropriation symbol, as illustrated. All credits 1 Attachments omitted from this exhibit. 280 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY to appropriations not so identified will be treated as repayments in the Treasury's accounts and in the overall reports of the Government. (d) Total amount of deposit shall be shown in the designated block. The depositor shall verify that this agrees with the aggregate of the classified amounts shown on the certificate and also agrees with the aggregate of the checks and other remittances being deposited. -Remittances in foreign currencies are required to be handled under special procedures outlined in paragraph 26 of these regulations. (e) Depositing agency identification shall be inserted in the block designated exclusively for this purpose. If a deposit is made by one agency for account of another administrative agency, the latter agency shall be identified in available space above this block, as indicated on Attachment No. 3.^ In such case the depositing agency should exercise care to identify the Treasury regional office related to the latter administrative agency since this is not necessarily the same as the Treasury regional office related to the depositing agency. With respect to collections received by the General Accounting Office which are for deposit by that office for credit to appropriations and other accounts of other administrative agencies, it is essential that the administrative agencies concerned furnish the General Accounting Office with all information needed to prepare the Form 201 certificate in the same manner as it would be prepared by the administrative agency, including identification of the appropriate Treasury regional office. (f) A fifth copy of the Form 201 should be attached to the blank set of the form at the time it is prepared. This may be any copy from a blank set of forms, but should be marked "quintuplicate." The quintuplicate will serve as the temporary copy held by the depositor at the time the deposit is made. In certain cases, however, it will also serve as the official retained copy, as will be seen on Attachment No. 6 relating to paragraph 19.^ 18. Information to be shown on Form 5504 debit vouchers for uncollectible checks relating to Form 201 deposits will be consistent with the information shown on the related Form 201 certificate, as outlined below (see exhibit on Attachment No. 5 1). (a) Identification of the Treasury regional office as shown on the Form 201 (i. e., the office symbol followed by "Treasury Regional Office (City and State)") shall be inserted in the second column under "Classification of Deposit," disregarding the reference to "official checking account" in the printed caption of that column. (b) City location of Treasury regional office shall also be shown in the extreme upper right corner of the form. This will serve as the guide to the Federal Reserve Banks and branches for the transmission of the original Forms 5504 to the Treasury regional offices affected. (c) Classification of the charge according to appropriation, deposit fund or receipt account symbol, consistent with the related Form 201, shall be shown in the first column under "Classification of Deposit" and the respective amounts shown in the designated column. If the uncollectible item had been classified as an available receipt on the Form 201, the letters "A/R" should likewise be inserted to the right of the appropriation symbol on the Form 5504. (d) Identification of depositor, as shown on the Form 201, shall be inserted in the space provided. If the Form 201 indicates that the deposit is made for account of another administrative agency, such agency should also be identified in this space on the Form 5504. (e) Form 5504 debit vouchers may be prepared by either the depositary or depositor (see paragraph 20). 19. Distribution of confirmed copies of Form 201 certificates and related Form 5504 debit vouchers received by depositing agencies under the Treasuryis central disbursing system will be as outlined in Attachment No. 6.^ In all cases, the administrative agency shall use (a) the confirmed triplicate of Form 201, and (b) the duplicate Form 5504 executed by the depositary, as the document supporting the collection transactions stated on the monthly statement of classified transactions furnished by the Treasury regional office. By reason that the originals of these documents wfll flow into Treasury regional offices located within continental United States only with respect to deposits made within continental United States, depositing agencies will continue to send to Treasury regional offices the confirmed copies of documents specified in Attachment No. 6^ in the following cases: (a) Deposits made with depositaries located outside continental United 1 Attachments omlttedYrom this>xhibit. EXHIBITS 281 States, whether they affect Treasury regional offices located within or outside continental United States; and (b) Deposits made with depositaries located within continental United States which may affect Treasury regional offices located outside continental United States. VI. Alternatives regarding the preparation of debit vouchers for uncollectible checks 20. General. Certain alternatives are available to all Federal depositaries as to when and where. Form 5504 debit vouchers for uncollectible checks shall be prepared for their processing of the charges in their general account with the Treasurer of the United States. The contents of this section, therefore, are for the attention of Federal Reserve Banks and branches, general depositaries and all depositing agencies. (a) Preparation by depositor. As a general rule, depositaries will hold in suspense the charge for an uncollectible item and transmit the returned check or other instrument to the agency which made the deposit, together with a partially prepared set of the Form 5504. The depositing agency shall complete the Form 5504, including the information outlined in these regulations (see paragraph 14 regarding Form 209 items and paragraph 18 regarding Form 201 items) and shall return the full set of the form to the depositary. Under this method the depositor, rather than the depositary, correlates the uncollectible item with the certificate of deposit. Upon return of the completed form, the charge is processed by the depositary in the Treasurer's general account, supported by the original Form 5504, and the executed duplicate is returned to the depositing agency. Where the depositary elects to request the depositor to prepare the debit voucher, it should be observed that: (1) The depositor must return the completed set of the form promptly to the depositary; and (2) If there is undue delay in this regard, the depositary is authorized to charge the item directly in the Treasurer's account, even if such charge has to be supported by an incomplete Form 5504; theieby requiring (3) Further action on the part of the Treasurer's office, depositing agency, and where applicable, the Treasury regional office, for coordination with respect to proper identification or classification of the charge. (b) Preparation by depositary. The depositary may elect to correlate the uncollectible item with the certificate of deposit in which it had been included and prepaic the Form 5504, charging same directly in the Treasurer's general account. In such case the depositary is required to show on the Form 5504 the necessary identification of disbursing office or Treasury regional office, by symbol and otherwise, as indicated on the related Form 209 or 201 (see paragraph 14 and 18). With respect to uncollectible items in Form 201 deposits and the matter of classifying the Form 5504 according to appropriation, deposit fund or receipt symbol, the depositary will show the classification on the Form 5504 only if the related Form 201 shows a single account classification. If two or more classifications are involved, the depositary will not be in a position to determine which classification is to be charged and such information will be left blank. Accordingly, the depositing agency shall furnish this classification information directly to the Treasury regional office promptly upon receipt of the executed duplicate Form 5504. (c) Cash Division of Treasurer's Office follows the method outlined in subparagraph (b) above. In this case, however, the results are the same as described in subparagraph (a), insofar as classification is concerned, since the Cash Division obtains this information from the local depositing agency, by telephone, 21. Other alternative. Nothing in the foregoing is intended to preclude a depositary from exercising the option of holding an uncollectible item in suspense, for such period as it may elect, under an arrangement with the depositor whereby the uncollectible check is reprocessed for collection or replaced by a new check, without having to function a debit voucher charge in the Treasurer's account. VII. Handling of original Form 201 certificates of deposit and related Form 5504 debit vouchers received by Federal Reserve Banks and branches and Treasurer's Cash Division which aflfect Treasury regional offices within continental United States 22. General.—This section establishes new procedures for handling the originals of Form 201 certificates of deposit and related Form 5504 debit vouchers, and is for particular attention of Federal Reserve Banks and branches, Treasury regional 282 195 6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY offices, and the Office of the Treasurer of the United States. The. new routing procedures apply to all such original documents that affect Treasury regional offices within continental United States which are received in Federal Reserve Banks and branches and the Treasurer's Cash Division. Deposits made with general depositaries within continental United States are included jin [the"^'documentation handled by the Federal Reserve Banks and branches since the originals of these Forms 201 and Forms 5504 flow from the general depositary to the Federal Reserve Bank or branch of the district in which the depositary is located. 23. Preparation of consolidated abstract of deposits. For each daily transcript of the Treasurer's general account, as well as for each consolidated transcript for documents received by Federal Reserve Banks from general depositaries, the Federal Reserve Banks and branches and Treasurer's Cash Division will: (a) Arrange the original Form 201 certificates and Form 5504 debit vouchers according to Treasury regional office within the forty-eight States, using as a primary guide the city identifications in the upper right corner of the forms; (b) Prepare, in original and two copies, a separate abstract of receipts (Treasury Form 17c) for each Treasury regional office group of documents (see exhibit on Attachment No. 7). This is hereinafter referred to as a consolidated abstract of deposits; (c) In the heading of each consolidated abstract of deposits, identify (1) the Federal Reserve Bank, by code, or the Treasurer's Cash Division; (2) the Treasury regional office affected; and (3) the daily transcript date. With respect to item (1), the separate consolidated abstract pertaining to the special transciipt for general depositaries will be identified as "General depositaries" following the Federal Reserve Bank code. In those cases where the transcript covers transactions confirmed by general depositaries in the prior month, the word "Prior" should be shown after "General depositaries." The four columns of the Form 17c may be used for the listing of documents, as indicated below, without regard to the columnar captions; (d) List each Form 201 on the consolidated abstract, showing only deposit number and total amount, followed by a total of all deposits applicable to the Treasury regional office; and (e) List each Form 5504 on the consolidated abstract, showing the certificate of deposit number (s) identified on the Form 5504 and total amount, followed by (1) the total of all debit vouchers for the Treasury regional office, and (2) the net total of the consolidated abstract representing deposits less debit vouchers. The net total of each consolidated abstract (representing the net increase of cash in the Treasurer's general account for transactions affecting the accounts of a Treasury regional office) will be included in the amount of receipts shown on the related daily transcript. ^ 24. Distribution of consolidated abstract of deposits will be made by Federal Reserve Banks and branches and the Treasurer's Cash Division, as follows: (a) Original will accompany the daily transcript to the Treasurer's office, in support of the total receipts stated thereon, along with the originals of all other individual certificates and debit vouchers which are not stated on consolidated abstracts. (b) First copy, together with each original Form 201 and Form 5504 listed thereon, wifl be forwarded to the Treasury regional office affected. The consolidated abstracts and supporting documents pertaining to Treasury regional offices located outside the Federal Reserve Bank city should be mailed as soon as the abstract is completed. Treasury regional offices located in the same cities as Federal Reserve Banks should make arrangements to pick up their consolidated abstracts and supporting documents at the banks not later than the morning of the first working day following the date of the transcript, particularly with respect to the last few days of each month. Treasury regional offices will hold their accounts open at the end of each month for a period of not less than oije working day nor more than two working days to give maximum effect to transactions confirmed by depositaries during the month. (c) Second copy will be retained by the Federal Reserve Bank or Treasurer's Cash Division together with (1) the designated copy of each Form 201 or Form 5504 listed, or (2) the copy of the transmittal form received from general depositaries on which are listed such documents as may be included in the consolidated abstracts, the copies of which documents are retained by the general depositaries. EXHIBITS 283 VIII. other matters 25. Special certificates of deposit initiated by the General Accounting Office or Office of the Treasurer of the United States. This paragraph, which is for attention of all agencies, concerns special sets of forms prepared by the General Accounting Office and the O.ffice of the Treasurer of the United States for certain types of intra-Government transactions representing charges on the Treasurer's books, in the same manner as paid checks, with credit of the proceeds to appropriation, deposit fund or receipt accounts. In all such cases those copies of each form which deal with the credit side of the transaction will be routed in the same manner as a certificate of deposit under these regulations. The copy of the credit document heretofore included in the daily transcript of the Treasurer's office will continue to be so handled where it serves in lieu of a certificate of deposit on Standard Form No. 209. Those documents, however, which are in lieu of Standard Form No. 201 affecting Treasury regional offices within continental United States will be included in the appropriate consolidated abstract in the same manner as a Form 201. (a) The General Accounting Office or the Treasurer's office, whichever initiated the document, will forward two copies of the confirmed credit document to the administrative agency office affected. If a Treasury regional office outside continental United States is involved, a confirmed copy will also be sent to that office. There follows a general description of the several types of intra-Government transactions concerned. (b) General Accounting Office Form 5055 is used for such transactions as: (1) Checks canceled by the General Accounting Office, the checks being treated as paid and the proceeds credited to an appropriation, deposit fund or receipt account; and (2) Adjustments of small overdrafts or underdrafts in disbursing officers' accounts, requiring payment charges or credits on the Treasurer's books, with corresponding credit or charge to the G. A. 0. deposit fund established therefor, through the Treasury's Washington regional office. Where the debit side of the Form 5055 is for charge to the deposit fund it will serve as a disbursement document. (c) Certain Treasury forms are used to effect disposition of the collected proceeds of forged checks held in the Reclamation Suspense Account on the books of the Treasurer of the United States. Where the payees of the forged checks are not entitled to the proceeds, the amounts held in the Reclamation Suspense Account are transferred to the appropriation or other account involved on the basis of: (1) Treasury Form 6743, used only for credits to the Federal old-age and survivors insurance trust fund, through the Treasury's Washington regional office. (2) Treasury Form 6741, for credit to any other accounts, through the Washington regional office. (3) Treasury Form 6742, for credit to any accounts other than those relating to the Treasury's Washington regional office. 26. Disposition of foreign currency collections by certain agencies within the forty-eight Staies. The provisions of this paragraph regarding foreign currency collections apply only to agencies whose collections affect the accounts of Treasury regional offices within the forty-eight States, consistent with the established procedures for transmission of collections of such agencies directly to Federal depositaries. The requirements do not apply to operations outside the forty-eight States where foreign currencies are handled through the accounts of disbursing officers in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Department Circular No. 930, dated October 13, 1953. (a) Except where specifically authorized to schedule foreign currency collections to a Treasury disbursing officer, the collecting agency will transmit such, items, by letter, addressed to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Foreign Department, New York 45, New York, accompanied by a certificate of deposit. Standard Form No. 201. (b) The letter will contain (1) specific instructions to sell the enclosed items and credit the dollar proceeds in the Treasurei's account; and (2) a description of each item as to name of foreign country, medium of exchange, type of remittance (coin, currency, draft, etc.) and foreign currency amount. Foreign drafts or other commercial paper should be fully described as to drawer, drawee, date, and amount, and should be endorsed by the sending agency in the usual manner. (c) The accompanying certificate of deposit will be completed by the collecting agency in the usual manner, except that the United States dollar amount^will 284 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY be left blank. The net dollar proceeds will be filled in by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, upon sale. The following rules concerning the preparation of individual certificates of deposit for separate classes of items wifl be observed: (1) No more than one foreign currency may be included in the same certificate. (2) Checks drawn on foreign banks and foreign currencies may not be included in the same certificate. • (3) Each certificate should pertain to only one appropriation, fund or receipt symbol. (d) Upon sale and dollar credit in the Treasurer's account, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York will distribute the confirmed certificate of deposit copies under the established procedures. Items found to have no marketable value will be returned to the depositing agency with the unexecuted Form 201. A debit voucher will be processed, under established procedure, for any item sold which is returned as uncollectible after the dollar proceeds have been credited in the Treasurer's account. 27. Central accounting for deposits and related debit vouchers. Certain aspects of the central accounting with respect to deposits and related charges for uncollectible items are discussed in Attachment No. 8 ^ for general information. Treasury regional offices should observe that the interlocking relationship between their accounts and the accounts of the Treasurer of the United States regarding confirmed deposits, through the central accounts in the Treasury, will be based on (a) the consolidated abstracts of deposits for direct deposits of administrative agencies; (b) individual Forms 209 with respect to deposits made by the Treasury regional offices; and (c) individual Forras 201 and 5504 for direct deposits made outside continental United States or affecting regional offices outside continental United States. Accordingly, the consolidated abstracts of deposits rather than the individual Forms 201 and 5504 involved in (a), will support the Treasury regional offices' accounts for confirmed deposits; whereas the underlying Forms 201 and 5504 will in effect be the collection documents supporting the receipts and repayment transactions classified in their accounts. All other Forms 201 and 5504 handled outside consolidated abstracts will, as heretofore, support the entries for both the confirmed deposits and the receipts and repayments. E. F. BARTELT, Fiscal Assistant Secretary. EXHIBIT 49.— Regulations concerning certain procedures for the transition from funded checking accounts to accounts for cash transactions [Depiartment Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement 2. Accounts] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, May S, 1955. To Heads of Government Departments and Agencies and Others Concerned: I. Purpose of these regulations 1. These regulations are issued to establish onetime special procedures to be observed as of July 1, 1955, for the transition from the system involving the use of funded checking accounts in the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States to the system of central accounts which will include accounts for checks outstanding, deposits in transit and other cash accounts based on cash transactions reported by disbursing officers and the Treasurer of the United States. Specified portions of these regulations are applicable to (a) only those disbursing agencies for which funded checking accounts with the Treasurer of the United States are to be discontinued pursuant to Joint Regulation No. 4, Revised; and (b) administrative agencies which make direct deposits in relation to accounts current of the Division of Disbursement, Treasury Department. All agencies concerned are requested to give special attention to these regulations which are designed to effect an orderly changeover and to keep the transitional problems to a minimum. 2. Requirements for the establishment of opening balances of certain central cash accounts as of July 1, 1955, are directly related to the closing of certain accounts on the books of disbursing officers. References to these account closing Attachments omitted from this exhibit. EXHIBITS '• 285 actions are consistent with applicable regulations of the General Accounting Office. Separate instructions wfll be issued in connection with balances of checking accounts and other accounts on the books of the Treasurer of the United States as of June 30, 1955. II. Accounts of disbursing offices discontinuing the use of funded checking accounts 3. Under the new system of accounts, all disbursing officers drawing checks directly on the general account of the Treasurer of the United States are to render official accounts (accounts current) in terms of (a) certain real accounts for the Government's cash and other related assets in their custody, representing accountability to the United States; and (b) certain transaction accounts which are nominal, in the sense that their balances representing monthly totals of transactions are to be closed out by the disbursing officer. The new account current form is designed to present the results on this basis. The nominal transactions wfll be closed into the Accountability Account, the balance of which wfll be equal to the aggregate of the cash and other related assets accounted for at the disbursing office. (a) To fllustrate the foregoing, assume that the opening balances of a disbursing officer's accounts for the first month of the new system are: Debit Credit Cash assets (disbursing cash on hand, deposits in designated depositaries, cash with agents, etc.) $20, 000 _ _.. Disbursing officers' Accountability Account' $20, 000 20, 000 (b) Assume further that during July 1955 the disbursing officer transactions resulting in the following preclosing balances: Debit Cash assets (various) $35,000 Disbursing officers' accountability Nominal accounts: Checks issued (on Treasurer, U. S.) Gross disbursements 40, 000 Collections (receipts and repayments) Confirmed deposits (with Treasurer, U. S.) 10, 000 85,000 20, 000 handles Credit $20, 000 50,000 15,000 __» 85,000 (c) The net aggregate of the transactions for the period in the nominal accounts reflects an increase of $15,000 in the disbursing officer's accountability, represented by the fact that the cash assets increased by that amount. Thus, upon closing out the four nominal accounts illustrated, the excess of credits is carried to the accountability account, resulting in the following balances brought forward to the next month: Debit Credit Cash assets (various)»_ $35, 000 Disbursing officers' accountability $35, 000 35, 000 35, 000 4. The manner in which opening balances of the disbursing officer's accounts on July 1, 1955, are to be established is, in principle, on the same basis as the regular monthly closing entries outlined above. This is illustrated by the following: (a) The account current for June 30, 1955, will show the balances under the former accounting procedure. Assume: Debit Credit Cash assets (various) $20,000 Disbursing officer's checking account(s) 80, 000 Undisbursed appropriations and funds $100,000 100, 000 100, 000 JThe manner in which this account balance is to be established on July 1,1955, Is discussed in paragraph 4. 286 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY (b) The following requirements should be observed with respect to the stating of balances in the account current for June 30, 1955: (1) To preclude certain problems in the transition, all disbursing officers who have been operating under procedures whereby the account current might reflect a credit balance for undeposited misceflaneous collections (unavailable receipts),, sometimes referred to as Account 03.32, should avoid such balances as of June 30, 1955. The amounts of all of these unavailable receipt credits during June 1955, whether carried in the balance of cash assets or the checking account, should be deposited currently during June to the end that all such items will be represented by Form 201 certificates of deposit confirmed by depositaries not later than June 30. Accordingly, a credit balance for unavailable receipts has not been included in the above illustration. (2) Some disbursing agencies have had their disbursing officers follow the practice of increasing their checking account balance with the Treasurer anci correspondingly reducing their balance of disbursing cash or other cash account at the time they transmit a deposit (Form 209) to the depositary, even though the deposit may be confirmed by the depositary in the succeeding month. Under the new system, the cash asset is to be reduced and the corresponding charge for the deposit shown on the basis of the accounting month in which the deposit is confirmed by the depositary. To preclude certain problems in the transition, afl such disbursing agencies are requested to observe the confirmed deposit basis with respect to Form 209 deposits made in June 1955, to the end that all increases in the disbursing officers' checking account balances by reason of such deposits in June will be represented by certificates confirmed by depositaries as credited in the Treasurer's account in June. Any related debit vouchers for uncollectible items charged by a depositary in the Treasurer's general account through June should likewise be reflected as reductions of the disbursing officers' checking account balances. This will have the effect of retaining in the disbursing officer's accounts as of June 30, 1955, the cash assets for any deposits made during the last few days of June which may not have been confirmed by a depositary as a June credit. Such items, therefore, will be dropped from the disbursing officer's accountability in July on the basis of the certificate of deposit confirmed in July. (c) As at the beginning of business on July 1, 1955, the disbursing officer will close out the balance of his checking account(s) and the balance of the control account for undisbursed appropriations and funds illustrated in 4 (a) above, establishing the excess of credits as the opening balance of the Accountability Account. This creates the following illustrated opening balances, consistent with the initial balances illustrated in paragraph 3 (a) above. To obtain these results it is essential that a balance of undeposited miscellaneous collections (Account 03.32) as of June 30, 1955, be avoided, as indicated in paragraph 4 (b) above. Debit Credit Cash assets (various) $20,000 Disbursing officers' accountability account $20, 000 20,000 20,000 5. The above-discussed balances on the June 30, 1955, accounts current of all disbursing officers are essential for the establishment of the opening balances of certain accounts in the new system of central accounts of the Treasury. The copies of accounts current regularly furnished by certain disbursing agencies to the Treasury Department, Bureau of Accounts, will be used for this purpose. Special arrangements will be made with those disbursing agencies which have not heretofore furnished copies of individual disbursing officers' accounts current, sucb as the Department df Defense, to obtain the balances as of June 30, 1955. These arrangements may provide for the submission of a report by the disbursing agency, consolidating the June 30 closing balances as shown on the accounts current of all the disbursing officers of the agency, provided that the aggregate of the agency's checking account balances with the Treasurer of the United States is supported by a listing of balances according to individual check symbol. 6. Procedures concerning the submission of Standard Form 1151 vouchers directly to the Treasury Department, Bureau of Accounts, Division of Central Accounts, Washington, D. C , without passing through the operations of disbursing offices, will become operative July 1, 1955, in accordance with regulations of the General Accounting Office. This wifl include all Forms 1151 for transfer of undisbursed balances from appropriations which lapse for experiditure on June 30, EXHIBITS 287 1955, to the certified claims appropriation, which could not be processed in disbursirig accounts under former procedures prior to July 1, 1955. III. Additional matters applicable to Treasury regional disbursing offices and related administrative agencies 7. In addition to the foregoing, certain factors affecting the transition, which are outlined below, apply only to Treasury regional disbursing offices and related administrative agencies, by reason of the direct deposit procedures pursuant to . which administrative agencies deposit collections directly in FederaPdepositaries for credit to accounts at Treasury regional offices. (a) All Treasury regional offices will hold their June 1955 accounts open for two working days in July. This will give maximum effect in the June 30 accounts current to the collection and deposit transactions represented by certificates of deposit and debit vouchers functioned by depositaries in the Treasurer's general account through June 30, 1955, on the basis of the confirmed copies of the documents received from the depositing agencies. All administrative agencies concerned should promptly transmit the copies of these documents to the related Treasury regional offices for transactions consummated by depositaries through June 30, with a view to (1) minimizing differences between their accounts and the account current and classified statements of transactions; and (2) otherwise facilitating the transition. The use of air mail for this purpose is desirable, particularly with respect to deposits made by certain agencies in depositaries throughout the IJnited States, for which, by reason of centralized-administrative accounting operations, the agencies forward copies to the Treasury's Washington regional office. Any consolidated abstracts received from Federal Reserve Banks during those two working days in July, supported by original certificates of deposit and Form 5504 debit vouchers confirmed in July, should be handled under the new procedures in relation'to the accounts for July. (b) Treasury regional offices mayTreceiye from the depositing agencies, after the accounts fbr June 1955 have been closed, some copies of certificates of deposit and debit vouchers which were functioned by the depositaries in the Treasurer's general account during June. Such documents will be handled as follows: (1) Any Form 209 deposits or related Form 5504 debit vouchers will be recorded as collection and deposit transactions in the accounts for July under the new procedures. The analysis furnished with respect to confirmed deposits in the account current for July will identify such items as applicable to June under the regular procedures. Every effort should be made, however, as previously indicated, to avoid such items or to keep them to a minimum. (2) Any Form 201 deposits or related Form 5504 debit vouchers confirmed in June but received after the June accounts have been closed will not be recorded in any accounts of the Treasury regional office. This is by reason that such transactions will be recorded in the Treasury's central receipt accounts as of June 30, 1955, on the basis of the original certificates of deposit and debit vouchers cleared in Washington and covered into the Treasury. The inclusion of the same transactions in the accounts current for the first month under the new system would create a duplication of the receipts. (c) There may be instances where, by reason of the mailing of deposits to depositaries or otherwise, a deposit transmitted by an administrative agency on the last day or two of June under the former system is not confirmed by the depositary until July- Such items are required to be handled by the Federal Reserve Banks, the Treasurer's office, and the Treasury regional offices as July transactions under the new procedures. To facilitate the transition, the depositing agency should, in every case where it is certain that the deposit will be confirmed in July, prepare the certificate of deposit under the new procedures outlined in Supplement No. 1 of this circular. This includes the matter of using only Forms 201 for all classes of collections and identifying the Treasury regional office in the upper right corner of the certificate. In the event the depositing agency fails to do the foregoing, it is possible that some original certificates of deposit confirmed at the beginning of July will be forwarded to the Treasurer's office with the Federal Reserve Bank's transcript rather than being forwarded to the Treasury regional office affected. In such event only, the depositing agency should forward to the Treasury regional office a copy of the Form 201 or 209 confirmed in July, for entry in the new accounts, treating a Form 209 as if it were a Form ^201. Failure to take this action will cause a difference between the accounts'of^the'administrative agency a n d t h e Treasury. 288 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY IV. Additional matters applicable to the Department of Defense 8. Funding officers of the Department of the Army, Navy, and Air Force will draw checks in June 1955,, as usual, for the purpose of depositing on Form 201 the amounts of unavailable receipts held in checking accounts or cash accounts of the respective departments. Such action will not be taken in July 1955 or thereafter with respect to any unavailable receipts accumulated in checking accounts or cash accounts up to July 1, 1955. In lieu thereof, the monthly statement of classified transactions furnished to the Treasury Department by each department, applicable to June 1955 and thereafter, will include a classification of the receipts which otherwise would have been represented by Form 201 deposits in the next month's business. 9. Matters pertaining to balances of military payment certificates in the accounts of Defense disbursing officers as of June 30, 1955, and the balance of the related reserve account will be the subject of special arrangement. E. F. BARTELT, Fiscal Assistant Secretary. EXHIBIT 50.—Regulations concerning the establishment of or transfer between appropriations or other accounts including, where applicable, the funding of checking accounts for the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States [Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement 3. Accounts] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, May 19, 1955. To Heads of Government Departnients and Others Concerned: I. Purpose of the regulations 1. These regulations are issued to establish revised procedures applicable to all Government agencies, including Government corporations, effective July 1, 1955, for recording all uonexpenditure transactions involving (a) the establishing of or effecting transfers between appropriations or other accounts, and (b) the funding of such checking accounts as are maintained for the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States. 2. The term "nonexpenditure transaction," as used herein, refers generally to the same type of transaction for which Form 1151 is prescribed in Accounting Systems Memorandum No. 9, as amended, and to capital transfers defined in Accounting Systems Memorandum No. 29. More specifically, this regulation applies to the establishment or modification of (a) appropriations, on the basis of appropriation warrants, including increases and decreases of such appropriations pursuant to authorized nonexpenditure transfers between the appropriations and funds, (b) borrowings from the Treasury and repayments of such borrowings, and (c) credits to miscellaneous receipts representing either the repayment of the Government's investment in a revolving fund or the distribution of earnings of a revolving fund. Nonexpenditure transactions referred to herein will not appear in Treasury reports or in the Budget document as receipts or expenditures, and will not affect the budget surplus or deficit for any year. 3. The term "funding of checking accounts," as used herein, refers to all transactions based upon appropriations or other authorizations which are required to establish or remove credits in funded checking accounts maintained for the issuance and payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States. Funded checking accounts comprise (a) the accounts on the books of the Treasurer of the United States which are credited with amounts of deposits representing appropriations and other authorizations and collections creating balances available for the payment of checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States, and (b) the related accounts on the books of disbursing officers with balances available for drawing of such checks. II. Operating procedure 4. Documentation for nonexpenditure transactions.—The documentation used by all agencies for the various actions incident to the establishment of appropriation and^certain other accounts and for transfers between such accounts is as follows: (a) Appropriations. The Bureau of Accounts, Treasury Department, will issue appropriation warrants as heretofore. EXHIBITS 289 (b) Authorizations to borrow from the Treasury. The Bureau of Accounts, Treasury Department, will issue a "Loan Authorization Journal" for any new amount or for any change in the amount which a Government corporation or agency is authorized by law to borrow from the Treasury. (c) Nonexpenditure transfers between appropriations or funds. Administrative agencies making nonexpenditure transfers authorized by law to other appropriations or funds will initiate Standard Form 1151 as heretofore. Pursuant to revised regulations of the General Accounting Office, an original and two copies of such Forms 1151 will be transmitted directly to the Division of Central Accounts, Bureau of Accounts, Treasury Department, Washington 25, D. C , without passing through the accounts of disbursing officers. (d) For other nonexpenditure transfers. Forms 1151, in an original and three copi^es, will be transmitted by all Government corporations and agencies to the Investments Branch, Bureau of Accounts, Treasury Department, Washington 25, D. C , for the following nonexpenditure transactions: (1) Amounts to be advanced currently to an agency's revolving fund under loan agreements with the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to authority to borrow from the Treasury. (2) Principal on loans (under 1 above) in the amount which the agency determines to repay to the Treasury. (Interest on such loans wfll continue to be paid by check and deposit.) (3) The amount of dividends, earnings, or interest on the outstanding capital investment of the United States in a Government corporation or enterprise required to be paid into the Treasury periodically. (4) The amount of outstanding capital investment of the United States required to be repaid into the Treasury. The Forms 1151 will be used by the Division of Central Accounts as a basis for debiting or crediting, as the case may be, the appropriate agency's revolving fund, 5. Distribution and recording of documents.— (a) Appropriation warrants. Copies of appropriation warrants will be forwarded by the Bureau of Accounts, as heretofore, to the administrative agencies affected, to be recorded in the administrative accounts, for the same accounting period recorded in the central accounts, as noted in the "Accounting Month" stamp on the warrant. This generally will be the month in which the warrant is signed by the Comptroller General. (b) ''Loan Authorization JournaV^ for authorizations to borrow from the Treasury. Copies of the "Loan Authorization Journal" will be forwarded by the Bureau of Accounts for the information of the Government corporations or agencies concerned. (c) Appropriation transfer authorizations {Standard Form 1151) for nonexpenditure transfers between appropriations and funds. The Bureau of Accounts wfll forward an acknowledged copy of Form 1151 to the administrative agency making the transfer and to the administrative agency receiving the transfer. Both the transferring and the receiving administrative agencies involved should reflect the transfer in the same accounting month identified by the Bureau of Accounts as recorded in the central appropriation accounts. Generally, the accounting month will be the month in which the transferring agency issues the document. (d) Standard Form 1151, for all other financing transactions. The Investments Branch, Bureau of Accounts, will indicate on the Form 1151 the official date of credit for the advance made under a borrowing authorization, and the official date of the charge for repayments of borrowings and other financing transactions referred to in paragraph "4 (d)" above, which dates will be used for interest computation purposes. With respect to charges to Government corporations and agencies maintaining checking accounts with the Treasurer of the United States, the official date will be affixed after the Investments Branch has determined that sufficient balance is available in the applicable checking account on the books of the Treasurer of the United States. In this connection, the Treasurer's Office will at this time place a reservation agai-nst the balance of the checking account pending receipt of the charge document referred to in " 6 " below. An acknowledged copy of the Form 1151 will be forwarded by the Investments Branch to the Division of Securities, Treasurer's Office, to the Division of Central Accounts, Bureau of Accounts (original), and tb the Government corporation or agency affected, to be entered in the accounts for the same accounting period 399346—57, 20 290 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TRIEASURY indicated by the official date of the document as established by the Investments Branch. 6. Documentation for funding of checking accounts.—The provisions of this paragraph apply only to those transactions relating to appropriations and other fund accounts for which advances are credited in checking accounts with the Treasurer of the United States. Accordingly, such actions apply only to agencies excluded from the provisions of Joint Regulation No. 4, Revised. (a) Form for funding authorization for checking account. Treasury Form 593 "Funding Authorization for Checking Account," will be used as the document to establish credit or reduce credits in checking accounts for the amounts of all appropriation warrants and Form 1151 transfers affecting agencies maintaining checking accounts with the Treasurer of the United States. This form, which will replace the use of checks, debit vouchers and certificates of deposit with respect to funding transactions, will be prepared by the Division of Central Accounts, Bureau of Accounts, with identification of the disbursing agency, station, and checking account symbol, and a reference to the underlying appropriation warrant or Form 1151. Each form will be assigned a docuriient number in consecutive sequence for each fiscal year. (b) Distribution and recording of funding authorizations for checking account form. The Division of Central Accounts wifl deliver to the Treasurer's Office the original and three copies of each "Funding Authorization for Checking Account" (Form 593). (1) The Treasurer's Office wifl (a) enter the transactions in the accounts for the month indicated by the date of the document and retain the original and third copy; (b) forward the acknowledged first copy to the disbursing office affected; and (c) forward the acknowledged second copy to the Division of Central Accounts, Bureau of Accounts. (2) The Division of Central Accounts, Burea,u pf Accounts, will maintain the controls necessary to verify that every transaction for the funding of appropriation and other accounts which has an effect on checking accounts has been consummated. (3) The disbursing office will record the increase or decrease in the balance of the checking account in the same accounting period represented by the date ofthe Form 593 "Funding Authorization for Checking Accounts." E. F. BARTELT, Fiscal Assistant Secretary. EXHIBIT 51.—Regulations governing the fiscal year closing of the Treasury's central accounts for the Government cash operations [Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement No. 4. Accounts] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, March 13, 1956.. To Heads of Government Departments and Agencies Whose Accounts are Required to be Reconciled wiih Accounts Current of the Division of Disbursement, Treasury Department, and Others Concerned 1. Purpose. These regulations are for the information of departments and agencies which receive monthly statements of transactions according to appropriations, funds, and receipt accounts. Standard Form No. 1220, from Treasury regional accounting and disbursing offices and concern procedures which are to be observed in the preparation of such statements as of the close of each fiscal year. The objective is (a) to achieve complete integration as of the close of each fiscal year with respect to deposits made by or for administrative agencies and the related receipts and repayments in the central accounts and financial reports of the Treasury, and (b) to record in the same fiscal year both the payment and receipt side of intragovernmental transfers in those cases where a check is drawn by one Treasury office and deposited by that office for credit of another Treasury office. 2. General provisions. Under existing regulations. Treasury regional offices hold their accounts open for not less than one nor more than two working days after the last day of each month in order to reflect in the accounts and financial reports for the applicable month the amounts of receipts and repayments for deposits Confirmed by depositaries in that month, to the maximum extent practi- EXHIBITS 291 cable. This practice will also be observed for the last month of each fiscal year in connection with the submission of the twelfth n i n t h l y statement of transactions (Standard Form No. 1220) for the year. In addition, each Treasury regional office hereafter will render a thirteenth, supplementary statement of transactions for the year, as of June 30. 3. Supplementary statement as of June 30. The supplementary statement of transactions will embrace all certificates of deposit and debit vouchers for uncollectible items which were confirmed by Federal depositaries as credited and charged, respectively, in the account of the Treasurer of the United States through June 30, which documents are received in the Treasury regional offices during the period between the preliminary June 30 closing for the rendition of the twelfth monthly statements and July 25. The Treasury regional offices will transmit the supplementary statements to the administrative agencies in the same manner provided by General Regulations No. 122, not later than July 31 of each year. Agencies should reconcile these supplementary statements as of June 30 in the same manner as the regular monthly statements. The first supplementary statements will be furnished to the agencies to which this regulation is applicable for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1956. W. T. HEFFELFINGER, Fiscal Assistant Secretary. [Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement No. 5. Accounts] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, May 14, 1956. To Heads of Government Departments and. Agencies whose Accounts are Required to be Reconciled wiih Accounts Current of the Division of Disbursement, Treasury Department, and Others Concerned 1. Purpose. These regulations extend the provisions of Supplement JSlo. 4 of Department Circular No. 945—Revised, dated March 13, 1956, regarding supplementary statements of transactions according to appropriations, funds, and receipt accounts (Standard Form No. 1220) furnished as of June 30 of each fiscal year by Treasury regional accounting and disbursing offices to administrative agencies for reconciliation. 2. Extension of provisions. In addition to the amounts of receipts and repayments for deposits confirmed by depositaries through June 30, as provided for in Supplement No. 4, the supplementary statements of transactions (Standard Form 1220) prepared by the Treasury regional offices will include other transactions affecting the June accounts which are received by such Treasury regional offices during the period between the preliminary June 30 closing and July 25. These other transactions, which are normally included in statements of transactions prepared by Treasury regional offices for a subsequent month, are: (a) adjustment documentation initiated by administrative agencies to effect a correction in classification of June or prior transactions; (b) similar adjustment documentation initiated by Treasury regional offices; and (c) disbursements made abroad in foreign currency by United States disbursing officers of the Department of State, and disbursements made in Canadian currency through the chief disbursing officer in behalf of administrative agencies. 3. General. To facilitate inclusion of adjustment documentation in the supplementary statements of transactions, administrative agencies should verify the regular June statements with their records promptly upon receipt, in order that necessary adjustments may be received and processed by Treasury regional offices prior to the close of business on July 25. Administrative agencies should stamp, or otherwise indicate, the legend "Prior Fiscal Year Adjustment" on documentation initiated to effect correction of prior transactions. Documentation initiated by Treasury regional offices to effect such correction will be simflarly identified. Prompt examination of the regular June accounts and initiation of adjustments as indicated should minimize the problem of year-end adjustments heretofore handled centrally by the administrative agencies and the Treasury Department. After July 25, necessary adjustments, if any, will be made centrally, as heretofore, prior to closing of Treasury accounts for preparation of the annual Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances. W. T. HEFFELFINGER, Fiscal Assistant Secretary. 292 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY EXHIBIT 52.—Regulations gc^erning the disposition of cash gifts, donations, and contributions received by the Treasury Department [Department Circular No. 865, Second Revision. Accounts] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, April 27, 1956. To Heads of Bureaus, Treasury Department: I. PURPOSE 1. This circular establishes regulations for the guidance of all bureaus of the Treasury Department with respect to the receipt and deposit of funds relating to (a) all unconditional cash gifts and donations to the United States; (h) certain conditional cash gifts and donations to the United States; and (c) all cash contributions to the United States to relieve conscience. II. DEFINITIONS 2. The term "remittance" includes currency and negotiable instruments such as checks and drafts, as well as money orders, bonds, shares of stock, or similar evidences of value. Gifts, donations, and contributions received in a form other than such remittances should be turned over to the General Services Administration for disposal with instructions as to disposition of the proceeds. Government securities received as a gift, donation, or contribution, as defined by these regulations, will be forwarded directly to the Budget and Administrative Accounts Branch, Bureau of Accounts, Washington 25, D. C. for disposition. 3. The term "unconditional cash gifts and donations" applies to remittances specifically designated by the remittor as a gift or donation to the United States where acceptance is not subject to any specified condition by the donor. This includes remittances having general designations, such as "to balance the budget," "to reduce the public debt," and "to maintain defense." 4. The term "conditional cash gifts and donations" applies to remittances specifically designated by the remittor as a gift or donation to the United States but acceptance is stipulated by the donor as conditioned on its use for a specified purpose. Gifts made on condition that they be used for a particular defense purpose pursuant to the provisions of the act of July 27, 1954, are not covered by this circular. See Treasury Department Circular No. 957, dated February 24, 1955. 5. The term "contributions to reheve conscience" applies to remittances specifically designated by a remittor, either known or unknown, as a contribution evidently in remission of some past action bearing on the remittor's conscience, such as the evasion of an obligation, theft, etc. This category includes remittances received from persons who do not give their name or indicate the purpose of the remittance. III. PROCEDURE APPLICABLE TO ALL TREASURY BUREAUS 6. Each bureau receiving remittances constituting gifts, donations, or contributions, as previously defined, will make direct deposits with a designated depositary, authorized to accept deposits for credit to the account of the Treasurer of the United States, on Certificate of Deposit, Standard Form-No. 201, to the credit of "300 Treasury Regional Office, Washington, D. C." showing credit to deposit fund account 20X6875 (18)—Suspense, Bureau of Accounts, Treasury. The deposits will be made in accordance with Treasury Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement No. 1, and any revision thereof. 7. The depositing bureau will forward immediately to the Bureau of Accourits, Budget and Administrative Accounts Branch, Washington 25, D. C , the confirmed triplicate and quadruplicate copies of the certificate of deposit and all original correspondence, including the envelope received from the remittor. The depositing bureau, if other than the Bureau of Accounts, will not be required to keep the administrative deposit fund accounts for these collections or deposits. 8. Remittances which cannot be identified or determined to be a gift, donation, or contribution, as defined herein, should be deposited to the appropriate deposit fund suspense account of the collecting bureau (not the suspense account of the Bureau of Accounts) until a determination can be made as to the purpose of the remittance by further investigation or inquiry of the remittor. If it is EXHIBITS 293 determined from t h e investigation or inquiry t h a t t h e remittance is a gift, donation, or contribution as defined herein, t h e a m o u n t should be transferred to deposit fund account 20X6875 (18)—Suspense, Bureau of Accounts, Treasury, by t h e use of Standard Form No. 1081. All original correspondence, including t h e envelope received from t h e remittor, should be attached to t h e copy of Standard F o r m No. 1081 forwarded to t h e Bureau of Accounts, Budget and Administ r a t i v e Accounts Branch, Washington 25, D . C. 9. Transfers t o t h e deposit fund suspense account of t h e Bureau of Accounts shall not include a m o u n t s of remittances received from a known remittor who did not specificaUy indicate t h e purpose of t h e remittance, and further inquiry and investigation failed to disclose additional information aa to t h e whereabouts of t h e remittor. These items should be transferred t o account 208881 ( ) "Unclaimed Moneys of Individuals Whose Whereabouts are U n k n o w n , " for which account t h e collecting office is administratively responsible. (See Accounting Systems M e m o r a n d u m No. 28 of t h e General Accounting Office.) Under no circumstance should items of this n a t u r e be credited to accounts 1110 a n d l l l l established to record contributions t o "Conscience F u n d " as listed in t h e s t a t e m e n t of receipt, appropriation, and other fund account symbols and titles issued by t h e Bureau of Accounts. IV. ADDITIONAL P R O C E D U R E FOR B U R E A U OF ACCOUNTS 10. T h e Bureau of Accounts shall have t h e responsibflity t o : (a) Maintain t h e administrative accounts for all deposits m a d e by Treasury bureaus for credit to t h e deposit fund account 20X6875 (18) of t h e Bureau of Accounts. (b) Investigate and determine t h e purposes of all remittances credited t o t h e above account, including a m o u n t s transferred t o such account from suspense accounts of other bureaus, and effect final disposition of funds held in its suspense account by transfer t o t h e appropriate miscellaneous receipt account or accounts or by refund t o t h e remittor. (c) Officially acknowledge t o t h e remittor receipt of all funds accepted as gifts, donations, and contributions when t h e name and address of t h e remittor is known. (d) Maintain files of all original correspondence a n d acknowledgments of gifts, donations, and contributions. V. GENERAL I L E a c h bureau shall establish appropriate internal control procedures to insure t h e proper handling of cash gifts, donations, and contributions. 12. Any questions regarding t h e provisions of this circular should be referred t o t h e Bureau of Accounts, Treasury D e p a r t m e n t . 13. This circular shall become effective M a y 1, 1956. W. RANDOLPH BURGESS, Acting Secretary of the Treasury. E X H I B I T 53.—Compilation of general requirements in various existing regulations on the integration of Treasury-agency accounting data, transmitted to departm e n t s and agencies TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, J u n e 4i 1956. To Heads of Government Departments and Agencies and Others Concerned: Subject: Integration of Treasury-agency accounting d a t a There is t r a n s m i t t e d herewith, for convenient reference of all d e p a r t m e n t s a n d agencies, a compilation of general requirements set forth in various existing regulations designed t o achieve integration of accounting of administrative agencies with central accounting and financial reporting of the Treasury D e p a r t m e n t regarding t h e Government's receipts and expenditures and related cash operations. T h e integration of Treasury-agency accounting d a t a is a key factor in t h e program looking t o unified financial reporting of receipts, expenditures, a n d appropriations under t h e principles announced on February 17, 1954, in a joint s t a t e m e n t of t h e Secretary of t h e Treasury, Director of t h e Bureau of t h e Budget, and 294 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Comptroller General of the United States. This program, which depends largely on the mutual efforts of all departments and agencies, has as one of its basic objectives consistency between such Government-wide financial statements as: The monthly Treasury statement, which discloses currently receipts, expenditures, and the budget results; The Combined Statement, of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances, which furnishes annually greater detail than the monthly Treasury statement and deals also with appropriations and funds and their status; and The Budget. document, which embraces data contained in both documents mentioned, coordinate with other data derived from the administrative accounts of the departments and agencies. Another basic objective is the central compflation of the Government's cash transactions in a manner providing the link or reconciliation between receipts and expenditures on one hand and the changes in the balance of the account of. the Treasurer of the United States on the other hand. While the cooperation of all departments and agencies has made possible considerable progress during the past two fiscal years under the program referred to above, the Secretary, Budget Director, and Comptroller General are confident that the heads of all departments and agencies wfll join in the view that continued cooperation in this mutual endeavor is essential. Moreover, continuing emphasis should be placed on those integrating steps which need to be taken during the entire fiscal year, as outlined in the attachment, all of which have a direct bearing on proper year-end closing of accounts and the compilation of timely central financial reports on a practical basis. A revision of Department Circular No. 965, concerning certain central reporting requirements of the Treasury, will be issued at an early date. The circular will also set forth target dates developed jointly by the Treasury Department, Bureau of the Budget, and General Accounting Office for completion of the various operations centrally in the Bureau of Accounts to culminate in the issuance, for the fiscal year 1956, of the final Treasury statement of receipts and expenditures and the annual Combined Statement, coordinate with the Budget document. W. T. HEFFELFINGER, Fiscal Assistant Secretary. INTEGRATION OF TREASURY-AGENCY ACCOUNTING DATA 1. Accounts current rendered by accountable officers. (a) Use of accounts current in central operations. The official accounts current rendered for audit and settlement by the accountable officers who collect and disburse the Government's funds, including statements of transactions classified by type of transaction according to appropriation, fund, and receipt accounts and, where applicable, according to the individual fiscal offices of the departments and agencies affected, are the primary basis for the receipts and expenditures in the central accounts of the Treasury. Therefore such accounts current constitute the basis for the monthly Treasury statement and the annual Combined Statement. (b) Administrative reconciliation of monthly statements of transactions. As part of the administrative examination of accounts current, all departments and agencies, through their fiscal offices, are required to reconcile their administrative accounts with the monthly staternents of transactions furnished by the accountable officers.^ Such reconciliations currentlj'- during the year, at the points where the agency's operating accounts are maintained, are a basic requisite for the integration of accounting. (c) Prompt processing of necessary adjustments is essential. The primary . purpose of the monthly reconciliations is to disclose any discrepancies in the monthly statements furnished by the accountable officers or in the administrative accounts, so that necessary adjustments will be processed promptly.2 To the extent that a transaction in an accountable officer's statement is erroneous, the central accounts and monthly Treasury statement requires adjustment. Accordingly, prompt handling of such adjustments is essential for accuracy of central 1 See General Regulations No. 122 issued by the Comptroller General of the United States on May 5, 1955, and General Accounting Office Accounting Systems Memorandum No. 18, Revised, dated August 25,1955., 2 See General Regulations'N0/U6 issued by the'Comptroller General of the United States on March 17, 1952. EXHIBITS 295 reports pubhshed nionthly. Moreover, when discrepancies in either the central or administrative accounts are allowed-to accumulate during the year, peakload problems are created in the fiscal year closing and it becomes extremely difficult to meet deadlines for the Treasury's final central reports and the Budget document. If the accountable officer's monthly statement of transactions needs correction by reason of: (1) An error in a voucher schedule or collection document (or certificate of deposit) prepared by the adniinistrative agenc}'', it is the responsibility of the agency fiscal office concerned to submit the necesEiary adjusting document to the accountable officer. (2) A recording error in the compilation of the accountable officer's statement, it is the responsibihty of the agency fiscal office to report the facts to the accountable officer for the prompt preparation and processing of the necessary adjusting document. 2. Consolidated monthly statements made available. In additipn to the use of accountable officers' monthly statements for integration of Treasury-agency accounting at the decentralized operating levels, th(i Bureau of Accounts, Treasury Department, furnishes to the central offices of afl agencies concerned monthly consolidated summaries of receipt and disbursem(3nt transactions compiled centrally from the accountable officers' statements. These summary statements with respect to individual appropriation, fund, and receipt accounts also provide information as to (a) transactions recorded dir^jctly in the central accounts, including appropriation warrants and other authorizations and nonexpenditure transfers between appropriations; and (b) the balances of the individual accounts after giving effect to the receipts and disbursements compiled from the accountable officers' statements. (a) Purpose of statements. The monthly consolidated statements are designed to provide each department arid agency with the facility for accomphshing month-to-month integration of its own consolidated data, such as shown in its Form 133 statements, with the data contained in the Treasury's central accounts and overall financial reports. Much can be accomplished toward expediting year-end closing operations by taking these synchronizing steps monthly, particularly when such actions affect both the accounting and budgeting operations of the agency, as in the case of reports on Form 133. There have been a number of instances in the past when it was evident that last minute adjustments of receipt and expenditure data after the close of the fiscal year could have been effected much earlier during the fiscal year through closer coordination of accounting and budget work within the agency. 3. Procedures recently established to promote integration of accounting. One of the basic objectives in the design of the system of central accounts in the Treasury regarding the Government's cash operations,^ was to enable.the recording of transactions in Treasury accounts in a manner which enhances integration of Treasury-agency data. Thus, for example: (a) Receipts now recorded centrally from monthly statements rendered by accountable officers. Many classes of receipts collected by agencies operating under the provisions of Joint Regulation No. 4, Revised, which formerly were picked up in the Treasury accounts in the month when certificates of deposit were received by mail in Washington, are now being picked up centrally through the statements rendered by accountable officers. Whether shown in the accountable officers' accounts on the basis of (1) collections received, in instances where the accountable officer handles the coUection; or (2) confirmed deposits, in instances where the collecting administrative agencies make the deposits directly in Federal depositaries, the effect is to bring the Treasury-agency accounting closer into line according to the applicable accounting period. (b) Monthly closing of Treasury regional office accounts. In furtherance of the foregoing, provision was made for holding open the accounts in Treasury regional disbursing offices for one additional working day after the last day of each month and two additiorial working days after the last day of a fiscal year to pick up to the maximum degree possible the coUection credits and corresponding deposits confirmed for the period, with respect to direct deposits made by the administrative agencies. (c) Fiscal year closing of Treasury regional office accounts with respect to direct deposits by administrative agencies. It was recognized that the flow of documentation into Treasury regional disbursing offices is such that two additional working 8 Installed effective July 1,1955, pursuant to Department Circular No. 945, Revised, dated April 29,1955. 296 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY days after June 30 are not always adequate to bring into the accounts the documents for deposits made by administrative agencies during the last few days of June in Federal depositaries distant from the Treasury regional^offices affected. Accordingly, beginning with the first fiscal year closing June 30, 1956, under the new system of central accounts, provision has been made for having Treasury regional disbursing offices render supplementary statements as of each June 30 embracing all documentation received after the closing for the regular June statements and before July 25.^ This has the effect of holding open the Treasury accounts for twenty-five days as of the close of each fiscal year to accommodate the transactions in transit as of the close of the fiscal year, in the interest of yearend timeliness of financial reports and integration. The same will be true with respect to any necessary expenditure adjustments as will be seen in the following paragraphs. These supplementary statements will serve to firm up year-end balances without impeding the work of the administrative agencies and the Bureau of Accounts centrally with respect to the regular June statements based on the prehminary June 30 closing on the second working day bf July. Hence, all administrative agencies affected may proceed in their fiscal year closings with assurance that all certificates of deposit and related debit vouchers for uncollectible items which are consummated by Federal depositaries through June 30 wiU be incorporated in the Treasury accounts for that fiscal year. And this should preclude a good deal of the year-end closing problem heretofore requiring centralized adjustment action with respect to transactions taken up in the disbursing officers' accounts for July or thereafter which belong in the prior fiscal year. {d) Fiscal year closing of Treasury regional office accounts wiih respect to other iransactions. Other transactions applicable to the fiscal year will be incorporated in the supplementary June 30 statements rendered by Treasury regional disbursing offices, as follows: ^ (lj Payments made overseas in foreign currency in behalf of agencies located within continental United States. Agencies associated with Treasury regional disbursing offices sometimes require payments to be made in foreign currency overseas through United States disbursing officers of the Departriient of State. Under existing procedures, because of the time required by a flow of documentation from the Treasury regional disbursing office through the central office of the Division of Disbursement to the United States disbursing officer, and a return flow upon payment by the latter officer, the expenditure is shown in the statement issued by the Treasury regional disbursing office in a month following the month in which the expenditure was initially reported by the United States disbursing officer. For the June 30, 1956, closing, any such payments made by Uriited States disbursing officers through June 30, if not reflected in the regular monthly statements of Treasury regional disbursing offices for the fiscal year, will be picked up in the supplementary statements as of June 30 if received in the regional disbursing office by July 25. If received too late for this purpose the adjustment will be made directly in the central accounts. Future plans in this connection contemplate an arrangement for recording such expenditures against the appropriation or fund directly on the basis of the accounts rendered by the United States disbursing officers for the period in which the payments were actually made, with provision for furnishing the administrative agency concerned the information needed for tieing in with its accounts. (2) Year-end adjustment of discrepancies. The supplementary statements of disbursing officers as of June 30 will also be used to bring into the Treasury central accounts for the fiscal year adjustments of discrepancies relating to either expenditures or receipts. The extent to which this is accomplished will preclude the problem of centralized year-end adjusting actions. This depends on the exercise of the responsibilities by all administrative agency fiscal offices in the manner outlined herein. Following each monthly reconciliation with the disbursing officer's statement, every effort should be made by the administrative agency fiscal office to initiate any necessary adjusting action in time to be incorporated in the disbursing officer's statement for the month next following the month in which the erroneous transaction occurred. Thus, any discrepancies occurring through May 31 should be adjusted in the disbursing officers' accounts rendered through the preliminary June 30 statements. With respect to any discrepancies in transactions recorded during the month of June and refiected in the preliminary June 30 statements of disbursing officers, the administrative agency 1 See Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement No. 4, dated March 13,1956. 2 See Department Circular No. 945, Revised, Supplement No. 6, dated May 14,1956. EXHIBITS 297 fiscal office should initiate the adjusting action in time to be documented and recorded in the disbursing office by not later than July 25, as of June 30, and therefore reflected in the supplementary June 30 statements. (e) Complete coverage of accounts current rendered by overseas accountable officers through June 30. Year-end reports, except last year, have been deficient in some respects by reason that the fiscal year closings did not incorporate fully the accounts current for June of some overseas disbursing officers, such as those of the Department of Defense and United States disbursing officers of the Department of State. As was done for the first time in the closing for June 30, 1955, the central accounts and reports will include all transactions of United States disbursing officers as shown in their accounts rendered through June 30. Moreover, it is the responsibflity of the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force each to furnish the Treasury Department with supplementary consolidated statements of accountability and of transactions classified according to appropriation, fund, and receipt accounts, for the fiscal year (sometimes referred to as "thirteenth'' monthly statements for the year). Such supplementary statements, to be recorded centrally as of June 30, are required to incorporate the cash transactions and the classifications of receipts and expenditures as shown in all accounts rendered by individual disbursing officers through June 30 which, by reason of geographic limitations or otherwise, were not available early enough to be included in the regular consolidated statements prepared by the respective departments for the preliminary June 30 closing. EXHIBIT 54.—Statement relating to the preparation of the Combined Statement [Department Circular No. 965, Revised. Accounts] TREASURY DEPARTMENT, Washington, July 3, 1956. To Heads of Government Departments and Agencies and Others Concerned: Three years ago the reporting of the Government's receipts and expenditures during a fiscal year was changed from a daily to a monthly basis. The object was to provide more informative current reports and better figures for stating the budget surplus or deficit. With the cooperation of agencies responsible for the collection or disbursement of funds, the Treasury Department has been able to obtain the necessary data in time to publish the statement within two to three weeks after the close of each month. However, the initial June 30 statement each year, including a tentative figure for the budget surplus or deficit, is regarded as preliminary and a final statement is prepared, and published, as soon as practicable, for the purpose of having year-end preciseness in the President's Budget and the Treasury's annual Combined Statement of Receipts, Expendiiures and Balances of the United States Government. Two of the most fundamental principles, which underlie the new system of reporting, are: (1) The various reports on receipts and expenditures which are published (including figures for the last completed fiscal year as shown in the Budget) should be in agreement as to basic classifications and totals; and (2) The receipts and expenditures (and budget results) shown in such reports should be anchored tb changes in the Treasury's cash balance, by means of such reconciling factors as cash held outside the Treasurer's account, deposits in transit, and checks drawn on the Treasurer which have not yet been paid. In this connection, the Treasury has been installing, during the fiscal year 1956, a revised system of central accounts under the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950. The purpose of such accounts, as a basis for reliable central reports in the area of the Government's cash operations, is to disclose complete and current (monthly as well as fiscal year) information on: (1) The Government's receipts, by principal sources, and its expenditures according to the different appropriations and other funds involved; and (2) The cash transactions, classified by types, together with certain directly related assets and liabilities, which involve such receipts and expenditures. The structure of these central accounts and the related procedures comprehend a reconciliation, on a firm accounting basis, between the published reports of receipts and expenditures (and budget results) and changes in the cash balance, of the Treasury. 298 1956 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY Law requires the Secretary of the Treasury to submit the Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances to the Congress on the first day of each regular session and requires the President to transmit the Budget during the first fifteen days of each regular session. If a mutual closing date for preparation of the Treasury's report and the Budget is not observed, it is virtually impossible for the accounting and reporting system to operate successfully from the standpoint of the two fundamental principles stated;.namely, the agreement of the various published reports on receipts and expenditures and the anchoring of such reports to the Treasury's cash balance. Both the Bureau of the Budget and the Treasury Department believe that a realistic schedule should be established to facilitate the work of preparing consistent and timely overall reports for publication. The Bureau of the Budget recognizes that the schedule should afford a reasonable opportunity for executive agencies to work out with the Treasury Department any necessary corrections or adjustments before accounts are finally closed for the year—particularly as agencies are required by the Bureau's Circular No. A-11 to make their budget schedule agree with data to be published in the Treasury's Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances. The Bureau of the Budget and the Treasury Department have agreed that rather than one fixed closing date, there will be a closing date for each chapter of the Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances; to be the fifth working day after the copy of a complete chapter (including footnotes) has been released by the Treasury Department for the review of the agency or agencies concerned. Hence, tJfie mutual closing dates each year for Treasury reports and the Budget will be on a sliding scale, beginning about the middle of October and continuing for several weeks. After a chapter of the Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances has been closed, any adjustments will be taken up as transactions of the next fiscal year. In order that such adjustments will not be of consequence, it is essential that all agencies coordinate the data they furnish for the Budget with the results of checking their accounts with Treasury figures. The Treasury Department intends to continue to include in the tables of the Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances an analysis of the unexpended balances of appropriations and other authorizations according to availability. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1956, and subsequent years, the Treasury plans, if possible, to use as the source material for this purpose copies of reports prepared by agencies pursuant to Section 1311 of the Supplemental Appropriations Act, 1955, Pubflc Law 663, approved August 26, 1954. To the extent this can be done, special reporting requirements will be unnecessary. For the information and guidance of the executive agencies, there is attached to this circular.a copy of the work schedule which has been adopted with respect to the preparation of the Combined Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Balances for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1956. W. T. HEFFELFINGER, Fiscal Assistant Secretary. SCHEDULE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREPARA.TION OF THE COMBINED STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS, EXPENDITURES AND BALANCES OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1956 1. Treasury will supply agencies with a preliminary statement, with respect to each appropriation or fund, showing the balance brought forward, current-year appropriations, nonexpenditure transfers, net disbursements, and closing balance by 2. Treasury will deliver to agencies a similar statement which will include late accounts of collecting and disbursing officers, and other transactions or adjustments not received in time for incorporation in the preliminary statement, by 3. Agency budget and fiscal officers shoul